LI ROYAL ONT MUSEUM 100 QUE PARK TORONTO - CANADA M5S 2C6 Thank you a Ret'd to: ey Ne VV eck. | Date ret'd: (Meron S /% PROCEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHbbADELPHIA VOLUME LYVII 1905 PHILADELPHIA : THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES LOGAN SQUARE (ee o, 1905-1906 pe on eg fyi S| THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, FEBRUARY 2, 1906. I hereby certify that printed copies of the ProckEptines for 1905 have been mailed as follows :— Pages 1- 16 mailed March 10, 1905. ‘« 17- 48 «March 24, 1905. «« 49- 80 «« March 31, 1905. {ial} fon AN 8, 1905. « 113-192......... _ cagecGnoncsacetoucdnaSpensavsosdEsDCRtOReAS «May 4, 1905. OG) TEBE Blcscocas oacccqoqnasnatonardonocssd9 josccépoanconansacs «« May 19, 1905. C6 BREET osecocedionoocéséseosadunec oastiontcabspsSdononcceuent July; 6, 1995. “363-442. “« August 7, 1905. 6 443-522 «« August 14, 1905. “523-554 “ §55-576 .... “577-656 ** 657-688 “689-720 «August 21, 1905. * September 12, 1905, “September 25, 1905. “November 2, 1905. ‘December 8, 1905. Se OME G Gece caccnits cose sisace decceeaceeccawocdneasselienceseacias «« January 15, 1906. SLD seica scans ocieneeeencesusiemelninstasicevesesioeareesestes «January 26, 1906 Sm TO Oooseacccecaccnccncscccsea ase nase se esceceh cotetscescees “February 7, 1906. B83 HO 8B orsccecccesscneasaccnsdsova se Sosueccescoaceentsesesees ‘March 1, 1906. Advance copies of p. 844 distributed December 16, 1908, EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., Recording Secretary. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE: Henry SKINNER, M.D., Puiu P. Catvert, Ph.D., Henry A. Pitspry, Sc.D., WitMER STONE, Epwarp J. Noxan, M.D., The President, Samurt G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. EDITOR: Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D. CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. BARRINGER, DaNnrEL Moreav. Coon Mountain and its Crater, Brieram, Huco. Diachea cylindrica, a New Species of Myceto- ZOD SA AO: 6. eC Brown, ArTHUR Erwin. The Utility Principle in Relation to Specific Characters, . The Identity of Eutenia atrata Kenai : CRAWLEY, Howarp. The Movements of Greene Ceelosporidium blattelle, a New Sporozoan Eaeaie ci Blattella germanica, Crospy, Crrus R. A Catalogue of the Beieoeee =: North isnt ica, with Notes and Descriptions of New Species (Plates XXVIII, XXIX), ; Fow er, Henry W. New, Rare and Little Rotem! Saanens. Notes on some Arctic Fishes, with Description of a New On- cocottus, . Some Fishes from Boene, The Sphagnum Frog of New Jersey 7 Rane een dogs Cone (Plate XL), . HARSHBERGER, JOHN W., M.D. fonmanl Qaune: Concerned in North RENenese Plant Dispersal, . The Plant Formations of the Bermuda Tales) The Hour-Glass Stems of the Bermuda Palmetto (Plate XLII), 5 Jennines, H.S. Behavior of Sea Anemones JOHNSON, Thums W. Annotated List of the Types os Taree brate Fossils in the Collection of The Academy of Nat- ural Sciences of Philadelphia, . Montcomery, THomas H. Jr. The Spereeteeaese of Syrbula and Lycosa, with General Considerations upon Chromo- some Reduction and the Heterochromosomes (Plates IX, X), 162 li Moorg, J. Percy. A New Species of Sea-Mouse (Aphrodita has- tata) from Eastern Massachusetts, : Some Marine Oligochzeta of New England (Plates XXXII, XXXIID, New Species of Polycheta no the North pacific, ciel from Alaskan Waters (Plates XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI), : Five New Species of eeudapoeanille fr om ihe Pantie Co: ast of North America (Plate XX XVII), . New Species of Ampharetide and Terebellidz from the N Jorth Pacific (Plate XLIV), PatmerR, T. CHALKLEY. Delaware Valley Hones of Mrachelo- monas (Plate XLI), ee 3 > Puruuips, EveRETT FRANKLIN, Ph.D. Structure and Develop- ment of the Compound Eye of the Honey Bee (Plates WAL, WAGG WAUUD)S & Pinspry, Henry A., Sc.D. New Tapes Mollusea ‘(Plates Il, RSV V), ; Mollusea of the Southw stern Ses ne Urocopetees Heli: cide of Arizona and New Mexico (Plates XI-X XVII), Pruspry, Henry A., and Y. Hrrasr. New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire, Catalogue of the Land and Perens -W aap Mottnces of Paivy an (Formosa), with Descriptions of New Species, Piuspry, Henry A.,and Epwarp G. Vanarra. Mollusca of Flint and Caroline Islands, in the Central Pacific, Sars Notes on some Hawaiian Achatinellide and Endodontide (Plates XXX VIII, XX XIX), . On Two Hawaiian Cerithide, Hawaiian Species of Endodonta ond (Opens (Plate XLIID), On some Pacific Cerithiide, RaruBun, Mary L. Description of a New Species of Commenel Crab, REHN, JAMES A. G. in Cuaiinnane a the reeoeilesia of the Acrididee (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica, 3 Notes on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica, with Descemaens of New Species, : Resn, James A. G., and Monee pia ARD. nN Contanution fe the ieaaaicaee of the Orthoptera of South and Central Florida (Plate I), : SarGcent, C.S. Crategus in Eastern Beanerie ania, . Suir, BurNerr. Senility among Gastropods (Plates XXX, XXX), 4 ob ROBIE Se” Be Srone, Wirmer. On a Collection of Birds and Mammals from the Colorado Delta, Lower California. With Field Notes by Samuel N. Rhoads, : On a Collection of Birds from British East ice aed by Mr. George L. Harrison, Jr., 5 TILGHMAN, BENJAMIN CHEW. Coon Butte evona) nk PROCEEDINGS ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADELPHIA. 4905. A JANUARY 3. The President, SamurL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Thirteen persons present. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: Lisrary.—Dr. C.N.Peirce, Thos. A. Robinson, Thos. Biddle, Jr.,M.D., Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. Pusiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Witmer Stone, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Instruction AND Lecrures.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. Finance.—Isaace J. Wistar, William Sellers, John Cadwalader, Edwin §. Dixon and the Treasurer (George Vaux, Jr.). CoMMITTEE OF CouNcIL ON By-Laws.—Isaac J. Wistar, Arthur E. Brown, Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., and John Cadwalader. The President is, ex-officio, a member of all Standing Committees. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., vw. Original Centers Concerned in North American Plant Dispersal.— Joun W. HarsuperGcer, Pu.D., remarked that the northern part of North America was covered during Miocene times with a dense forest of trees, the living representatives of which include the sequoias, mag- nolias, oaks, eucalyptus and species of the genus Cinnamomum and certain palms, and that these extended as far north as Greenland. As early as the close of the Cretaceous period we find an indication of the separation of the American flora into an eastern and a western division. In the eastern division, the deciduous trees perhaps predomi- nated; in the western, the coniferous vegetation formed a large per- centage of the floral elements. The great continental glacier de- stroyed this forest in the north, but remnants of it remained in the south. At the close of the glacial period, the following centers of distribu- tion of plants might have been recognized: first, the deciduous forest in the east; second, the prairie flora at the center of the continent; third, the great coniferous forest of the Pacific northwest; fourth, the desert or xerophytic flora of the Mexican tableland; fifth, the great American tropic flora which occupied at one time an Antillean conti- nent that later broke up into several physiographic units, viz., the islands of the Greater Antilles, Central America and northern South America. While this Antillean landmass existed, Mexico was sepa- rated from it. With the disappearance of the glacial ice sheet, the equilibrium between these separate floras was disturbed. The tundra vegetation and other Arctic species occupied during the glacial period the margin of the great ice sheet. These plants migrated north to the Arctic regions, but many remained behind to form the vegetation of sphagnum bogs and alpine summits of the higher mountains. The deciduous floras spread northward and northwestward, such plants as Populus tremuloides and Betula papyrijera reaching to Cook Inlet, Alaska. The prairie flora spread northward, reaching Saskatchewan, and south- ward to Texas. The Pacific coast conifers spread northward to Cook Inlet, Alaska, eastward to the Rocky Mountains and then southward, supplying one of the elements of the Rocky Mountain flora. The Mexican xerophytes—yuceas, agaves, cacti and the like—spread north- ward into a territory which was before the glacial period characterized by a more humid climate (hence the presence of many eastern decidu- ous trees), and which later assumed an arid climate with the consequent destruction of the deciduous element and the spread of the coniferous associations. The tropic center of northern South America, the West Indies, and Central America supplied part of Florida and much of low- land Mexico with tropic plants.” The differences, now found, beiug emphasized by the separation of the islands from each other and the isolation of the floras by physiographic changes. A study of the several regions above mentioned emphasizes the fact, that centers of distribution are determined by the following eri- teria: location of the greatest differentiation of type; of dominance or great abundance of individuals; of the presence of peculiar endemic forms; of the continuity and convergence of lines of dispersal. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 JANUARY 17. Mr. ArtHUR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication: “Ccelosperidium blattelle sp. n., a Sperozoon Parasite of Blatella germanica” (Preliminary Notice), by Howard Crawley (January 6, 1905). “The Spermatogenesis of Syrbula and Lycosa, with General Consid- erations upon Chromosome Reduction and Heterochromosomes,” by T: H. Montgomery, Jr. (January 14, 1905). “Some Fishes from Borneo,’ by Henry W. Fowler (January 16, 1905). “The Movements of Gregarines,” by Howard Crawley (January 16, 1905). The following were elected members: Howard De Honey, M.D., A. Sidney Carpenter, Courtland Y. White, M.D. The following were ordered to be printed: 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ANNOTATED LIST OF THE TYPES OF INVERTEBRATE CRETACEOUS FOSSILS IN THE COLLECTION OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, PHILADELPHIA. BY CHARLES W. JOHNSON. The following list of types and figured specimens was made during 1902. Leaving Philadelphia early the following year, I have been unable until the present time to verify some of the notes on syn- onymy, etc. No attempt has been made to fully work out the syn- onymy, so that only the published synonyms bearing on the types are given, usually where recent generic changes have been adopted. The generic position of many of the species is doubtful, as they are based on casts often lacking essential characters; the grouping of some of the species in families is therefore only provisional. Although a very thorough study was made of all the cretaceous material, a few types which should be in the collection are missing. I have not recorded these, as they may be found upon further search. C@LENTERATA. ANTHOZOA. Trochosmilia atlantica (Morton). Anthophyllum atlanticum Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 288, 1830; 1. c., XVIII, pl. 1, figs. 9, 10. Turbinolia inauris Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 81, pl. 15, f. 11, 1834. Flabellum striatum Gabb and Horn, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 399, pl. 68, figs. 10, 11, 1860. Trochocyathus conoides (Gabb and Horn). Trochosmilia conoides G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 399, pl. 69, f. 12: Trochocyathus woolmani Vaughan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1900, p. 436. figs. 1-3. ANNELIDA. SERPULIDZ. Serpula barbata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 73, pl. 15, f. 12, 1834. Serpula habrogramma Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2ser., 398, pl. 68, f. 16, 1860. Spirorbis? rotula (Morton). Vermetus rotula Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 81, pl. 1, f. 14, 1834. Hamulus onyx Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 73, pl. 2, f. 8, and pl. 16, f. 5, 1834, The type of the genus. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5) Hamulus falcatus (Conrad). Dentalium jalcatum Conrad, Am. Jour. Coneh., V, 44, pl. 1, figs. 12, 16, 1869. The type of Conrad’s genus Falcula, Am. Jour. Conch., V1, 77, where he refers to it as Dentaliwm? hamatus is truly an error, for in Vol. V he refers to a similar species, D. hamatum Forbes, found in India. The genus is based entirely upon internal casts of a Hamulus, probably H. onyx Mort. Also specimens figured by Whitfield, pl. 20, figs. 16, 17. Hamulus squamosus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pl. 68, f. 45, 1860. Hamulus major Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 399, pl. 68, f. 46, 1860. Paliurus triangularis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 324, pl. 17, figs. 11-13. POLYZOA. Alecto regularis Gabb and Horn, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 2 ser., 172, pl. 21,-f. 63, 1862. Bicrisina abbotii G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 174, pl. 21, f. 65, 1862. Biflustra torta G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 152, pl. 20, f. 36, 1862. Cavea prisca G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 175, pl. 21, f. 67, 1862. Cellepora bilabiata G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pl. 69, figs. 21-23, 1860 (not Busk, 1854) = C. prolijica G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 124, 1862. Cellepora carinata G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pl. 69, figs 24-26, 1860. On specimen with type of Pyripora irregularis G. and H. Cellepora exserta G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 125, pl. 19, f. 6, 1862. Cellepora pumila G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 126, pl. 19, f. 8, 1862. Cellepora typica G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, p. 400, pl. 69, figs.27—-29, 1860 = Escharijora typica G. and H. Crescis labiata G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 177, pl. 21, f. 69, 1862. Diastopora lineata G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 172, pl. 21, f. 62, 1862. Escharifora typica G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, pp. 134, 155, pl. 19, f. 16, 1862. The type is encrusting a specimen of Terebratula harlani. Escharinella muralis G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 140, pl. 19, f. 23, 1862. Escharipora abbottii G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 149, pl. 20, f. 33, 1862. Escharipora immersa G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 149, 1862. Eudea dichotoma Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 330. Fascipora americana G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 165, pl. 21, f. 54, 1862. Hippothoa irregularis G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366 = Pyripora irregularis G. and H. Membranipora abortiva G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei, V, 157, pl. 20, f. 41, 1862. Membranipora perampla G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 158, pl. 20, f. 42, 1862. Multicresis parvicella G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 178, pl. 21, f. 70, 1862. Plioplea sagena G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 150, pl. 20, f. 34, 1862. Pyripora irregularis G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 157, pl. 20, f. 40, 1862. Reptescharellina prolifera G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 146, pl. 20, f. 28, 1862. Reptocelleporaria aspera G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 181, pl. 19, f. 14, 1862. Reptoflustrella heteropora G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 162, pl. 20, f. 50, 1862. Reptomulticara cepularis G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 367; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei., IV, 401, pl. 68, figs. 33-35, 1860. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Retelea ovalis G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 164, pl. 21, f. 52, 1860. Reticulipora dichotoma G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 173, pl. 21, f. 64, 1860. Reticulipora sagena G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pl. 69, figs. 80-32, 1860. Desmatocium trilobatum Gabb. The type of the genus and species is only a peculiar shaped sand concretion. BRACHIOPODA. Terebratula harlani Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 283, 1829; XVIII, pl. 3, f. 16, 1880. Terebratula fragilis Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 283, 1829, XVIII, pl. yi. . Terebratula perovalis Morton (not Sowerby) = camella Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 70, var. ‘‘B,” pl. EX, £. 8, 1834. Terebratulina atlantioca (Morton). Terebratula atlantica Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 214, 1842. Terebratulina halliana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., V., 19, 1861. The type of Gabb’s species, but not of Morton’s. Terebratulina floridana (Morton). Terebratula floridana Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 72, pl. 16, f. 7, 1834. Terebratella plicata (Say). Terebratula plicata Say, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, 43, 1820; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 73, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6. Terebratula sayi Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 71, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 1834. The specimen figured by Morton, but not Say’s type. ECHINODERMATA. Pentacrinus bryani Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 178, pl. 5, figs. 1, 1a, 1b. Goniaster mammillata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 178, pl. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. Cidaris splendens (Morton). Cidarites splendens Morton, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1841, 132. Cidarites armiger Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 215, pl. II, f. 1. Cidaris walcotti Clark, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 75, 1891; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 37, pl. VI, figs. 4a—d, 1893. Salenia tumidula Clark, Johns Hopk. Uniy. Cir , No. 87, p. 75, 1891; U. 8. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 41, pL. XI, figs. la—j, 1893. Salenia bellula Clark, Johns Hopk. Uniy. Cir., No. 87, p. 75, 1891; U. 8. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 43, pl XI, figs. 2a—g, 1893. Pseudodiadema diatretum (Morton). Cidaris diatretum Mort., Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, 1833. Cidarites diatretwm Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 75, pl. 10, f. 10, 1834. Pseudodiadema diatretum Clark, U.S. Geol. Sur. Bulletin, 97, pl. 18, f. 1. Coptosoma speciosum Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 76, 1891; U.S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 52, pl. 18, figs. la—h. Psammechinus cingulatus Clark, Johns Hopk. Uniy. Cir., No. 87, p. 76; U.S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 53, pl. 20, figs. la—-i. Echinobrissus expansus Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., 87, p. 76; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull, 97, p. 61, pl. 26, figs. la-g. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 Trematopygus crucifer (Morten). Ananchytes cruciferus Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pl. 3, f. 8, 1830. Trematopygus crucijer Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull, 97, p. 63, pl. 27, figs. la-i. Catopygus oviformis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2ser., 39, pl. 1, f. 9. Cassidulus florealis (Morton). Clypeaster florealis Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, 1833; Synop. Org. Rem., 76, pl. 3, f. 12, and pl. 10, f. 12. Cassidulus florealis Clark, U.S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 66, pl. 28, figs. la—b. Type from the Delaware and Chesapeake Canal. The specimens figured by Clark are probably from Alabama, and not from New Jersey. They agree with specimens in the “Gabb collection” from Uniontown, Alabama. Cassidulus eequoreus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 76, pl. 3, f. 14, 1834. Cassidulus micrococcus Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 519; Clark, U.S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 69, pl. XXX, figs. la—i. Cassidulus subquadratus Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser., IV, 291, pl. 47, f. 19, 1860. Cardiaster cinctus (Morton). Ananchytes cinctus Mort., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, 1830; Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 246, pl. 3, f. 7, 1830. Cardiaster fimbriatus (Morton) = C. cinctus, Mort. Ananchytes fimbriatus Mort., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, 1830; Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pl. 3, f. 9, 1830. Hemiaster parastatus (Morton). Spatangus cor-marinum(?) Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 250, pl. 3, f. 10, 1830. Spatangus parastatus Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, 1833; Syn. Org. Rem., 77, pl. 3, f. 21, 1834. Hemiaster stella (Morton). Spatangus stella Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pl. 3, f. 11, 1830. Hemiaster ungula (Morton) Spatangus ungula Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 131, pl. 10, f. 6, 1833. Pygurus(?) geometricus (Morton). Clypeaster geometricus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 131, pl. 10, f. 951833. Pygurus(?) geometricus Clark, U.S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 92. : Discoidea occidentale Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pl. 68, figs. 42-44, 1860. MOLLUSCA.’ PELECYPODA. NUCULIDA. Nucula eufalensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pl. 68, f. 35. Nucula percrassa Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 327, pl. 35, f. 4. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (Won. U.S. Geol. Sur., 1X {102, pl. XI, figs. 4-6). 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Nucula slackiana (Gabb). * Leda slackiana Gabb., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pl. 68, f. 37. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., 1X, 103, jolly 2S Si 3) LEDIDA. Leda pinnaforme Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pl. 48, f. 23. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (Mon., IX). Leda protexta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pl. 48, f. 23 (not 24). Perrisonota protexta Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 98, pl. 9, f. 24. Represented by three specimens; the smaller one, and not the speei- men figured by Whitfield (pl. XJ, figs. 14, 15), is probably the type, or one figured by Conrad. Yoldia longifrons Conrad. Leda longijrons Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 281, pl. 46, f. 18. Nucularia papyria Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pl. 1, f. 7, and p. 98, pl. 9, f. 25. ARCIDA. Cucullea vulgaris Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 1 ser., 285, and XVIII, pl. 3, f. 21, 130; Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pl. 3, f. 8; pl. 13, f. 5, 1834. Represented by 16 specimens accompanied by Morton’s original label (No. 393), but the specimen is not numbered and the figure is too poor to positively identify. Cucullea antrosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 65, pl. 13, f. 6, 1834. A specimen marked “type” in Gabb’s handwriting. Cucullea tippana Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 328, pl. 35, f. 1, 1858. Cucullea capax Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 328, pl. 35, f. 2, 1858. Both C. tippana and C. capax will probably prove to be synonyms of C. vulgaris Morton. Cucullea maconensis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 281, pl. 47, f. 20, 1860. Type of the genus T'rigonarca Conr. (Am. Jour. Conch., III, 9, 1867). Cucullea neglecta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 326. The species is based on a number of specimens; the actual type can- not be defined. Whitfield considers it the same as C. antrosa Morton. If so it is the young. Cucullea transversa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 326. The specimen figured by Whitfield as Trigonarca transversa (pl. XII, figs. 14, 15) is not the type. JI found the true type in a drawer contain- ing material marked “Gabb collection.’”’ This is not the C. transversa Rogers, 1839, and being preoccupied, I propose the name of C. gabbi for this species. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 Cucullea alabamensis Gabb. Idonearca alabamensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 315. The type, a characteristic specimen of Prairie Bluff, Alabama, is so altered by the work of the boring sponge (Clione) that all shell charac- ters are obliterated. It is probably a synonym of C. vulgaris or tippana. Cucullea littlei Gabb. Idonearca littlei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 316. Trigonarca cuneata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 316. Trigonarca cuneiformis Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 98, pl. IX, f. 1, 1867. Cibota obesa Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol., IX, 93, pl. XI, figs. 30, 31, 1885. Cibota multiradiata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 95, pl. II, f. 1. Nemoarca cretacea Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., III, 97, pl. IX, f. 21, 1869. Arca rostellata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pl. III, f. 11, 1834. Arca uniopsis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 17, 1853. Arca altirostris Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 325. Arca quindecemradiata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 95, pl. 2, f. 1. Arca saffordii Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pl. 68, f. 37, 1860. Represented only by the New Jersey specimens referred to this species. Arca lintea (Conrad). Barbatia (Polynema) lintea Conr., Kerr’s Geol. Sur. N. Car., II, pp. 4, pl. I, f. 12, 1875. Arca carolinensis Conrad. Barbatia (Plagiarca) carolinensis Conr., Kerr’s Geol. Surv. N. Car., I, App., p: 4, pli, £.. 11,1875: Nemodon eufalensis (Gabb). Arca (Macrodon) eufalensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pl. 68, f. 39, 1860. Whitfield’s so-called type (pl. 12, fig. 5) may represent another species or the same as Conrad’s, but the exterior is so eroded that spe- cific characters are obliterated. Nemodon eufalensis Conrad, 1869 (not of Gabb). Conrad’s type of the genus Nemodon (Am. Jour. Conch., III, 9, and V, 97, pl. IX, f. 16). This is a very different species from Nemodon eujalensis Gabb. I therefore propose the name of N. conradi for this species. Nemodon angulatum Gabb. Leda angulata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pl. II, f. 12. Nemodon brevifrons Conr., Kerr’s Geol. Sur. N. C., App., p. 4, pl. I, f. 15,1875. Type? The specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. XII, figs. 1, 2) as probably from Haddonfield, New Jersey, is more likely to be from Snow Hill, North Carolina. The micaceous “marl” from Haddonfield is harder, 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., more dense and cuts smooth, while that from Snow Hill is more sandy and crumbles easily. Pectunculus hamula Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pl. 15, f. 7, 1834. Pectunculus australis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, 1834 = P. subaustralis d’Orb., Prod. de Pal., p. 243. Pectunculus rotundatus Gabb. Axinea rotundata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pl. 68, f. 33, 1860. PINNIDZ. Pinna rostriformis Morton, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., I, 132, 1841; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 1 ser., 214, pl. 10, f. 5, 1842. Pinna laqueata Conrad. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 16, f. 1). MELINIDA. Gervilliopsis ensiformis (Conrad). Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 15, f. 11). Inoceramus barabini Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 62, pl. If, f. 11, pl. XVIT, f. 3, 1834. Inoceramus alveatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 63, pl. XVII, f. 4, 1834. Inoceramus perovalis Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, 1852; Jour, Acad. Nat. Sci., IT, 2 ser., 299, pl. 27, f. 7, 1854. Inoceramus sagensis Owen, var. quadrans Whitf., Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., IX, 79, pl. 14, f. 16, 1885. HAPLOSCAPHIDAS Conrad. Haploscapha capax Conrad, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Sur. Ter. (Hayden), 456, 1873 (1874). Haploscapha grandis Conrad, U. S. Geol. Sur. Ter. (Hayden), II, 23, pl. 56, 1875. Haplosoapha (Cucullifera) eccentrioa Conrad, U. S. Geol. Sur. Ter. (Hayden), II, 24, pl. 57, 1875. PTERIIDA. Pteria laripes (Morton). Avicula laripes Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 63, pl. XVII, f. 5, 1834. Pteria navicula Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., IX, 70, pl. XIV, f. 8, 1885. Meleagrinella abrupta (Conrad). Avicula abrupta Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pl. 24, figs. 5, 6, 1853. OSTREIDZ. Ostrea cretacea Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 52, pl. XIX, p. 3, 1834. Ostrea plumosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 51, pl. III, f. 9, 1834. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. III, f. 13), also the specimen figured on pl. LV, f. 9, as Anomia argentaria. Ostrea denticulifera Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 30, pl. 35, figs. 1, 8, 1858. Ostrea littlei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 321. Ostrea tecticosta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 403, pl. 68, figs. 47, 48, 1860. The New Jersey type is figured by Whitfield (pl. III, figs. 1, 2). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 Ostrea falcata Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 1 ser., 50, pl. I, f. 2, 1827. Ostrea torosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 52, pl. X, f. 1, 1834. This is an eroded fragment of a large Exogyra costata Say. Ostrea (Grypheostrea) vomer (Morton). Gryphea vomer Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 54, pl. IX, f. 5, 1834. Gryphea pitcheri Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 55, pl. 15, f. 9, 1831. This is now considered a synonym of G. corrugata Say. Gryphea mutabilis Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 81, pl. IV, f. 3, 1828. Dr. Dall is wrong in considering this a synonym of Ostrea compressi- rostra. The specimen he refers to might be that species, but the type is not; it is a broad, flattened form of G. convera Say, which is consid- ered by most authors to be the same as Lamarck’s G. vesicularis. Gryphea convexa (Say). The specimen figured by Morton (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 79, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2, 1828). Gryphea bryanii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 321. The specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. 27, figs. 6-9) are not the types, but probably a suite of co-types presented to the Academy by Gabb. Specimens marked “type” in Gabb’s handwriting I found in the drawer marked “Gabb collection” above referred to. TRIGONIDA. Trigonia thoracica Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 6, pl. 15, f. 13, 1834. Trigonia eufalensis Gavb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pl. 68, f. 32, 1860. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 14, figs. 1, 2). This is only the young of 7’. thoracica. Trigonia angulicostata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 312. PECTINIDA Pecten craticula Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., 1 ser., XXIII, 293, 1833; Syn. Org. Rem., 57. Figured by Whitfield (Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., IX, 49, pl. VII, figs. 17, 18). Pecten venustus Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., 1 ser., XXIII, 298, pl. 5, f. 7, 1833. Pecten quinquenaria Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IT, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 10, 1854. Peoten mississippiensis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 283, 1860. Pecten tenuitesta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., 1861, 327; Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 47, pl. VII, figs. 5, 6. Pecten burlingtonensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 304, pl. 48, f. 26, 1860. Pecten bellisculptus (Conrad). Camptonectes bellisculptus Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 99, pl. 9, f. 11, 1869. Dr. Whitfield is right in uniting this with P. burlingtonensis; further study may prove that both are synonyms of P. argillensis Conr. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Pecten perlamellosus Whitfield, Mou. U. 8. Geol. Sur., IX, 50, pl. VU, f. 7, 1885. Pecten conradi Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 52, pl. VII, figs. 8-10, 1885. This is the P. simplicus Conrad in part. Neithea complexicosta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 319. Probably only a form of N. quinquecostata Sowb. SPONDYLIDZ. Spondylus gregale (Morton). Plagiostoma gregale Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 60, pl. V, f. 6, 1834. Dianchora echinata (Morton). Plagiostoma echinatum Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., Add. Obs., IV, 1835. Spondylus capax Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei., II, 2 ser., 274, pl. 24, f. 8. Dianchora echinata Whitf., Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., IX, 59, pl. X, figs. 3-5. Morton’s and Conrad’s species are based on the same shell, a very convex free valve. Plicatula urticosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 62, pl. X, f. 2, 1834. Plicatula tetrica Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 283, pl. 46, f. 26, 1860. LIMID Zi. Lima pelagica (Morton). Plagiostoma pelagicum Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 61, pl. V, f. 2, 1834. Lima squarrosa (Gabb). Ctenoides squarrosa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 366. Lima acutilineata (Conrad). Specimens figured by Whitfield (Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., LX, 62, pl. 9, figs. 6, 7). ANOMIIDZ5. Anomia argentaria Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 293, pl. 5, f. 10, 1833. Anomia argentaria Morton, var. ornata Gabb. Anomia tellinoides Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, p. 5, f. 11, 1833. Paranomia scabra (Morton). Placuna scabra Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 62, 1834. Figured by Whitfield (Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., 1X, 44, pl. X, fig. 10). Paranomia lineata (Conrad). Placunanomia lineata Conr., Jour. Acad, Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 291, pl. 46, £. 20: Paranomia saffordi Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., III, 8. Liroscapha squamosa Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 100, pl. 9, f. 23, 1869. MYTILIDAs. Modiolus julia Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 17, f.6). | Probably the type. Modiolus burlingtonensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 66, pl. 17, figs. 8, 9, 1885. Modiolus ovatus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pl. 68, f. 31, 1860. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 Lithophaga affinis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 326. Type figured by Whitfield (Mon., pl. 17, figs. 2, 3). Lithophaga ripleyana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 311. The types are not very clearly defined; they include the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 17, figs. 4, 5). PHOLADOMYID &. Pholadomya occidentalis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 68, pl. VIII, f. 5, 1834. Pholadomya littlei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 306. Pholadomya postsulcata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 276, 1860. Pholadomya (Anatimya) anteradiata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 276, pl. 46, f. 3, 1860. ANATINIDA. Periplomya elliptica (Gabb). Anatina elliptica Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 324. Cercomya peculiaris (Conrad). Inoceramus peculiaris Conr., Am. Jour. Conch., V, 43, pl. I, f. 13. PERIPLOMIDA. Periploma applicata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 324, 1858. POROMYIDZ. Leiopistha protexta (Conrad). Cardium protextum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 12. PLEUROPHORIDA. Veniella oonradi (Morton). Venilia conradi Mort., Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2, 1833. The specimen marked “type” is badly broken. Veniella elevata Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, pl. 1 [= 3], figs. 7, 7a, 1870. This is only the young of V. conradi. Veniella inflata Conrad. Goniosoma inflata Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pl. 1, f. 10. An internal cast, the type of Conrad’s genus Goniosoma. This is undoubtedly the same as V. conradi, as Dr. Whitfield suggests. Veniella trigona Gubb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 324. The types are figured by Whitfield (pl. 19, figs. 11-14). Veniella subovalis “ Conrad.”’ As figured and described by Whitfield (Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur. IX, 150, pl. 19, figs. 1, 2, 1885). Veniella trapezoides Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 282, pl. 47, f. 7, 1860. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Veniella rhomboidea Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 7, 1853. Spheriola umbonata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 152, pl. 19, figs. 17, 18, 1885. Eta carolinensis Conrad, Kerr’s Rept. Geol. N. Car., App., 6, pl. 1, f. 4, 1875. A specimen agreeing in all respects with the figure, but I am not sure that it is the type. The species is the type of the genus. CRASSATELLITID A, Crassatellites vadosus (Morton). Crassatella vadosa Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 66, pl. 13, f. 12, 1834. Crassatellites ripleyanus (Conrad) =C. vadosus Mort. Crassatella ripleyana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser.,327, pl. 35, f. 3, 1858. Crassatellites linteus (Conrad) = C. vadosus, Mort. juv. Crassatella lintea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 279, pl. 46, f. 5, 1860. Crassatellites prorus (Conrad). Crassatella prora Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 43, pl. I, f. 8, 1869. Crassatellites monmouthensis (Gabb). Crassatella monmouthensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 302, pl. 48, f. 19, 1860. Crassatellites delawarensis (Gabb). Crassatella delawarensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pl. 48, f. 20, 1860. The type is from “Crosswicks, N. J.,” in Gabb’s handwriting, not “deep cut Delaware and Chesapeake Canal” as stated in text. Crassatellites transversus (Gabb). Crassatella transversa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 364. Crassatellites subplanus (Conrad). Crasetelle subplana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pl. 24, f. 9, oo. Crassatellites (Scambula) perplanus (Conrad). Scambula perplana Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 48, pl. 9, figs. 7, 8. Eriphyla decemnaria (Conrad). Gouldia decemnaria Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 48, pl. 9, f. 4. Eriphyla conradi (Whitfield). Gouldia conradi Whitf., Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 125, pl. 18, figs. 1-3, 1885. The type is badly broken, Eriphyla parilis (Conrad). Astarte parilis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 276, pl. 24, f. 16, 1853. The type is very badly broken, in fact worthless. DICERATIDA. Requienia senseni Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 299, pl. 27, f. 8, 1854. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 LUCINIDZ. Lucina cretacea (Conrad), Whitfield. Lucina cretacea Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Surv., [X, 129, pl. 18, figs. 23-25, 1885. Lucina smockana Whitf., Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., [X, 130, pl. 18, figs. 21, 22, 1885. DIPLODONTIDAi Tenea pinguis (Conrad). Lucina pinguis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 18, 1853. Mysia gibbosa Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., TV, 2 ser., 302, pl. 48, f. 17 (not 18), 1860. Both the types of Conrad and Gabb. Tenea parilis (Conrad). Mysia parilis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pl. 46, f. 8, 1860. Type as figured in the Am. Jour. Conch., pl. 3, f. 12, and type of the genus Tenea. CARDIIDA. Cardium dumosum Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 75, 1870. The type and specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 20, figs. 9 and 13). ‘Cardium ripleyanum Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 96, pl. 9, f. 6, 1869. Cardium (Levicardium) spillmani Conrad. Cardium spillmani Conr., Jour Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 326, pl. 34, f. 3 1858. Type of the genus Pachycardiwm Conrad (Am. Jour. Conch., V, 96, 1807). Cardium (Levicardium) perelongatum (Whitfield). Protocardiwm perelongatum Whitf., Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., IX, 136, pl. XXI, figs. 4, 5, 1885. There is littlé doubt but that this is only the internal cast of C. spillmant. Cardium (Levicardium) burlingtonense (Whitfield). Pachycardium Burlingtonense Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 138, pl. XXI, figs. 6, 7, 1885. This may also prove to be only a form of C. spillmani. Protocardia arkansense (Conrad). Cardium arkansense Conr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1855, 266. ISOCARDIIDAs. Isocardia conradi Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pl. 68, f. 21, 1860. VENERIDZ. Cyprimeria excavata (Morton). Cytherea excavata Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 67, pl. V, f. 1, 1834, 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Cyprimeria depressa (Conrad). Dosinia depressa Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pl. 46, f. 6, 1860. Dosinia haddonfieldensis Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Cyprimeria densata (Conrad). Tellina densata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 17, 1853. Cyprimeria heilprini Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 160, pl. 22, figs. 14 and 15. Probably only the cast of a young C. densata. Cyprimeria torta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 308. May prove to be only a form of C. densata. Fora cretacea Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 72, pl. 3, f. 8, 1871- Type of the genus. Aphrodina tippana (Conrad). Meretrix tippana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IIT, 2 ser., 326, pl. 34, f. 18, 1858. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. XX, f. 7). Dione delawarensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei., IV, 2 ser., 302, p). 48, f. 18, 1860. TELLINIDA. Tellina georgiana Gabb. Tellina (Tellinella) georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 307. Tellinimera eborea Conrad. Tellina (Tellinimera) eborea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pl. 46, f. 14, 1860. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, figs. 12, 13). The de- scription says type from “Ala.’’; original label “Miss.” ‘The speci- mens used by Dr. Whitfield are from Haddonfield, New Jersey. In the Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 73, Conrad shortens the name Tellinimera to Tellimera, T. eborea being the type of the genus. Peroneepdarma georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 308. Gari elliptioa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876. ZEnona eufaulensis (Conrad). Tellina eufaulensis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 277, pl. 46, f. 15. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, figs. 2,3). Type of the genus, Ainona Conr. (Am. Jour. Conch., V1, 74). ZEnona papyria Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, 1871. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, f. 4). Linearia metastriata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 279, pl. 46, f. 7, 1860. Specimen from Haddonfield, New Jersey, figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, f. 6). Linearia carolinensis Conrad, Kerr’s Geol. Sur. N. Car., App., 9, pl. 1, f. 20, 1875. — ——— 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 DONACIDA. Donax fordii Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 102, pl. 9, f. 27, 1869; Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., 171, pl. 28, f. 1. Dr. Whitfield doubts whether the specimen he figures is the same as Conrad’s. SOLENIDZ. Leptosolen biplicata (Conrad). Siliquaria biplicata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 324, pl. 34, f.17, 1858. Type of the genus Leptosolen Conr. (Am. Jour. Conch.), III, 15, 188, 1867). Solyma lineolata Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 75, pl. 3, f. 9, 1871. ‘Type of the genus. Siliqua cretacea (Gabb). Cultellus cretacea Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser., IV, 303, pl. 48, f. 24, 1860. Legumen planulatum (Conrad). Solemya planulata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pl. 24, f. 11 1853. Legumen appressum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 325, 1858. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. XXV, figs. 6-8). Legumen elliptioum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IIT, $25, pl. 34, f. 19, 1858. Also figured by Whitfield (pl. 25, f. 5); probably the same as L. planulatum. MACTRIDA. Cymbophora lintea (Conrad). Cardium (Protocardia) lintea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pl. 46, f. 7, 1860. Veleda lintea Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, 1870. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, figs. 20, 21). The type of Conrad’s genus Veleda. Schizodesma appressa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 306. CORBULIDZ. Corbula crassiplica Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 394, pl. 68, f. 25, 1860. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, f. 30). Corbula foulkei Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, figs. 27-29) are undoubtedly the same as Conrad’s C. bisulcata from Snow Hill, North Carolina. Corbula subcompressa Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser., IV, 394, pl. 48, f. 24. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, fig. 26) is not the type or one figured by Gabb. 9 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan., SAXICAVIDZ. Panopea decisa Conrad. Ranepes decisa Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pl. 24, f. 19, 53. GASTROCH ANID 2. Gastrochena americana Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pl. 68, f. 20, 1860. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 25, f. 19). PHOLADIDZ. Pholas pectorosa Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., If, 2 ser., 299, pl. 27, f. 9. Pholas cretacea Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 392, pl. 68, f. 18. Casts of the excavations replaced by pyrite, with no indications of shell characters, so that it is doubtful whether it is the same as the following. Martesia cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 304. TEREDINIDA. Teredo tibialis Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 292, Vol. XXIV, pl. 9, f. 2, 1833. Teredo irregularis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pl. 68, f. 19, 1860. Teredo contorta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 323. Bivonia cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 302. SCAPHOPODA. Dentalium subarcuatum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 276, pl. 24, f. 13, 18°3. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. XX, f. 19). Dentalium ripleyanum Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pl. 69, f. 48, 1860. This name can only be applied to the smaller specimen; the other is D. subarcuatum Conrad. Dentalium falcatum Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pl. 1, figs. 12-16, 1869. Internal casts of Hamulus (see under Serpulide). Cadulus obrutus (Conrad). Gadus obrutus Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 101, pl. 9, f. 18, 1869. GASTEROPODA. Actzon cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 318. In the drawer containing the ‘‘Gabb collection” above referred to, I found the types of this species, which were not studied by Prof. Whit- field when writing his monograph. These show, as Gabb says, a resem- blance to Tornatella bullata Morton, but is a smaller species, ‘‘the spire higher,” ete. The “two folds on the columella” are very distinct. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. XX, figs. 5, 6) as the type of “‘Cinulia cvoidea” Gabb, is a specimen of A. eretacea. Not having the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 types of this species probably led Prof. Whitfield to describe the type of A. ovoidea Gabb, as a new species, ‘‘ Actwon subovoides,”’ although the original label was present. Both of Gabb’s species are well de- scribed, and in the true types all the characters in the original deserip- tions are clearly shown. There are also in the Academy’s collection the specimens figured by Whitfield on pl. 19, figs. 9-12. Actzon ovoidea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Figured by Whitfield (p. 155, pl. 19, figs. 14-16) as the type of a new species, ‘A. subovoides.” Acteon gabbana Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 156, pl. 19, figs. 23-25, 1892 = Acteon- ina biplicata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 93, pl. 2, f, 13 (not d’Orbigny). Aotzon forbesiana Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., X VIII, 157, pl. 19, figs. 17-22, 1892. Avellana bullata (Morton). : Tornatella? bullata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pl. V, f. 3, 1834. Avellana bullata Whitfield, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 163, pl. 20, figs. 1-4. ; Globiconcha curta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Cinulia naticoides (Gabb). Acteonina naticoides Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pl. 48, f. 2, 1860. Cinulia costata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 462, f. 1. Cylichna recta (Gabb). Bulla recta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 302, pl. 48, f. 17, 1860. Bulla mortoni Lyell and Forbes, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., London, I, 63. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 20, f. 9). Bulla macrostoma Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pl. 48, figs. 15, 16, 1860. Bulliopsis cretacea Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 334. PATELLIDA. Patella tentorium Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 50, pl. 1, f. 11, 1834. PLEUROTOMARIIDZ:. Pleurotomaria crotaloides (Morton). Cirrus crotaloides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 49, pl. 19, f. 5, 1834. Also the specimen figured by H. A. Pilsbry (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1896, p. 10, pl. 1). Pleurotrema solariformis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 180, pl. 22, figs. 12, 13. It is the Architectonica abbott: Gabb, in part (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321). DELPHINULIDA. Straparolus lapidosus (Morton). Delphinula lapidosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 46, pl. 19, f. 7, 1834. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ; [Jan, Straparolus subplanus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pl. 48, figs. 4a, b, 1860. This will probably prove to be a synonym of S. lapidosus Mort. Straparolus deplanatus Gabb, ms. The type of this species is what Gabb figured by mistake for the type of Delphinula lapidosa Mort. (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. IV, 2 ser., 300, pl. 48, figs. 5a, b. With the specimen there is an original label in Gabb’s handwriting, ‘‘ Straparolus deplanatus Gabb, Cretaceous, Ala.’ On the specimen is written the word ‘type.’ This seems to be a good species, the characters of which are well shown in the figure referred to. It is more depressed than S. lapidosus, the body whorl being almost uniformly rounded above and _ below. While practically an internal cast, the spire still has some of the shell (altered to calcite) remaining, which shows a slight crenulation below the suture. The specimen evidently came from Prairie Bluff, Alabama. I have been unable to find a description. TROCHIDZ. Trochus mortoni Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. Margarita abyssina (Gabb). Solarium abyssina Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pl. 2, f. 9. Margaritella abbotti (Gabb). Architectonica abbotti Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. Margaritella abbotti Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 134, pl. 17, figs. 12-15. Ataphrus kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 303, pl. 17, f. 10, 1875. Allied to the genus Monodonta. EULIMIDA. Eulima cretacea Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 100, pl. 9, f. 15. PYRAMIDELLIDZ:, Pyramidella conellus (Whitfield). Obeliscus conellus Whitfield, Mon. U. 8S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 151, pl. 19, feple SCALARIIDA., Scala annulata (Morton). Scalaria annulata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, Pl. 3, f. 10, 1834. Cavoscala annulata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 177, ‘pl. 22, figs. 1-5. Type of the genus Cavoscala Whitfield. Scala sillimani (Morton). Scalaria sillimani Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, pl. 13, f. 9, 1834. Scala thomasi Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 296. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. XVIII, f. 1). Scala cyclostoma Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 297. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 NATICIDA. Natica abyssina Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 49, pl. 13, f. 13, 1834. Gyrodes petrosus (Morton). Natica petrosus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pl. 19, f. 6, 1834. Gyrodes spillmanii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. This is probably the same as G. alveata Conrad. Gyrodes crenata (Conrad). Natica (Gyrodes) crenata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 289, 1860. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. 16, figs. 5, 6), and co-types. Gyrodes infracarinata (Gabb). Natica infracarinata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Gyrodes abbottii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. Type figured by Whitfield (pl. XV, f. 17). Gyrodes obtusivolva Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. Gyrodes altispira (Gabb). Lunatia altispira Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. An original label in Gabb’s handwriting is marked “ Dupl. types.” Lunatia halli Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV (2 ser.), 391, pl. 68, f. 11, 1860. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 16, figs. 13, 14). Amauropsis meekana Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 131, pl. 16, figs. 22-25, 1892. Amauropsis punctata (Gabb). Phasianella punctata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pl. 48, f. 3, 1860. Also specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. 16, figs. 19-21). XENOPHORIDA, Xenophora leprosa (Morton). Trochus leprosus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 46, pl. 15, f. 6, 1834. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 17, figs. 16, 17). TURRITELLIDZ. Turritella vertebroides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, pl. 3, f. 13, 1834. Turritella encrinoides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, pl. 3, f. 7, 1834. Turritella granulicosta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 363. Type figured by Whitfield (pl. 18, figs. 10, 11). Turritella pumila Gabb. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 23, figs. 5, 6). Turritella compacta Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 142, pl. 18, figs. 8, 9. Turritella quadrilirata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 463. VERMETIDZ. Siliquaria pauperata Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 149, pl. 183, figs. 26, 27, 28, 1892. Included by Gabb under Lazxispira lumbricalis. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Laxispira lumbricalis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 301, pl. 17, f. 7. The original label (to which the specimen was gummed?) and a pencil drawing is in the Academy’s collection, but the little shell is either lost or broken. The large specimen figured by Gabb (I. c., pl. 17, f. 6) as L. lumbricalis is only part of an internal cast of Turritella vertebroides. MATHILDIIDZ. Tuba reticulata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 461. CERITHIDA. Cerithium pilsbryi Whitfield, The Nautilus, VII, pp. 38 and 51, pl. IJ, f. 3, 1893. “*Chemnitzia’’ occidentalis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 391, pl. 68, f. 10, 1860. “‘Chemnitzia”’ spillmani Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 287, pl. 46, f. 48, 1860. “Chemnitzia’’ corona Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 287, pl. 46, f. 50, 1860. “‘Chemnitzia’’ meekiana Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pl. 48, f. 1, 1860. APORRHAIDA. Anchura arenaria (Morton). Rostellaria arenarum Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pl. 5, f. 8, 1834. Anchura arenaria Whitfield, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 112, pl. 14, f. 10. Anchura pennata (Morton). I have been unable to positively determine the type of Rostellaria pennata Morton (Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pl. 19,f.9). A specimen num- bered (219) in Morton’s handwriting (as most of his types are) agrees well with the description but not with the figure. It is a cast, and characteristic of the material from Prairie Bluff, Alabama. Three specimens (one nearly perfect) from Snow Hill, North Carolina, which Conrad has doubtfully referred to this species, on an original label, but which he has described and figured erroneously as “ Anchura rostrata Morton” (Kerr’s Geol. N. C., App., 12, pl. 2, f. 28), with a reference to Gabb’s description and figure of Alaria rostrata. It is an entirely different species from the one described by Gabb, having an expanded lip like that figured by me (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 463, f. 3), the entire lip showing one or two small projections below. Whether the form figured by Conrad or the one figured by Whitfield (pl. 14, figs. 7, 8) is the R. pennata of Morton I am unable to say. Anchura abrupta Conr., var. acutispira Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 114, pl. 14, f. 4 The two other specimens figured by Whitfield as abrupta? (pl. XIV, figs. 1-3) I should not consider the same species. Anchura solitaria Whitfield, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 117, pl. 14, f. 9, 1892. Anchura pergracilis Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 463, tapos 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 Alaria rostrata (Gabb). Rostellaria rostrata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 390, pl. 68, f. 7, 1860. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 14, f. 6) from Haddonfield, New Jersey, has been somewhat broken. Aporrhais? bicarinata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 299. STROMBIDZ. Pugnellus densatus Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 284, 1860. Specimen figured on pl. 46, f. 31, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, but not the type. Rostellaria spirata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 109, pl. 13, figs. 16, 17, 1892. Rostellaria compacta Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 108, pl. 13, figs. 18-21, 1892. CYPRAIDZA. Cyprea mortoni Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 391, pl. 68, f. 9, 1860. Also the New Jersey specimen figured by Whitfield (120, pl. 15, figs. 1-3). Cyprea squyeri Campbell, The Nautilus, VII, 52, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2, 1893. CASSIDIDA. Sconsia alabamensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2ser., 301, pl. 48, f. 13, 1860. BUCCINID&. Nassa? globosa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 282. Both the specimens from North Carolina and from Pataula Creek, Georgia. Euthria? fragilis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 78, pl. 9, figs. 11, 12, 1892. Pyropsis elevata (Gabb). Rapa elevata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pl. 48, f. 12, 1860, This and the following species will undoubtedly prove to be the same as P. richardsonii Tuomey (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, p. 169). Pyropsis perlata (Conrad). Tudicla (Pyropsis) perlata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 288, pl. 46, f. 39, 1860. Pyropsis trochiformis (Tuomey)? Pyrula trochijormis Tuomey, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, p. 169. The specimens figured by Whitfield (not of Tuomey) (pl. I, figs. 4-6). Pyropsis octolirata (Conrad). Ficus octoliratus Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 332, pl. 35, f. 6. 1858. Specimen from Haddonfield, New Jersey, figured by Whitfield (pl. II, f. 10). 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Pyropsis septemlirata (Gabb). Cancellaria septemlirata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, p. 2, f. 10. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 3, figs. 7, 8). Pyropsis retifer (Gabb). Fusus retifer Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pl. 48, f. 11, 1860. Pyropsis naticoides Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 43, pl. 2, figs. 5-7, 1892. Pyropsis alabamensis (Gabb). Cancellaria alabamensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pl. 48, f. 14, 1860. Perissolax dubia (Gabb). Purpuroidea dubia Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pl. 2, f. 11. ; Perissolax trivolva (Gabb). Fusus trivolvus Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94. Type figured by Whitfield (pl. 21, f. 1). Pyrifusus pyruloidea (Gabb). Rapa pyruloidea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pl. 2, f. 4. Pyrifusus turritus Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 54, pl. 5, figs. 3-5, 1892. Pyrifusus cuneus Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 51, pl. 4, f. 9, 1892. Pyrifusus mullicaensis (Gabb). Pleurotoma mullicaensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 95, pl. 2, f. 8. Neptunella mullicaensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 56, p. 4, figs. 20, 21, 1892. There is no character to separate the two types except that the speci- men described by Whitfield is a little larger. Fusus holmesianus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 389, pl. 68, f. 4, 1860. Fusus kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 279, pl. 17, f. 1. Hercorhynchus tippanus (Conrad). Fusus tippana Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 286, pl. 46, f. 4, 1860. Type of the genus Hercorhynchus Conrad (Amer. Jour. Conch., IV, p. 247, 1868). FASCIOLARIIDA. Odontofusus slackii Gabb. Fasciolaria slackii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 322. The type is figured by Whitfield (pl. VI, figs. 8, 9), and is the type of his genus Odontofusus. Fasciolaria orassicosta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 282. Fasciolaria obliquicostata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 283. Fasciolaria kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 283. Lagena? edentata Gabb. Tritonium (Lagena?) edentatum Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p 281. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 TURBINELLIDA. Turbinella parva Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pl. 2, f. 3. Turbinella subconica Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pl. 2, f. 6. VOLUTIDA. Volutoderma delawarensis (Gabb). Voluta delawarensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 322. Type and specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 10, figs. 5-7). Volutoderma biplicata (Gabb). Volutilithes biplicata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 300, pl. 48, f. 6, 1860. Type of the genus Volutoderma Gabb (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 289). Volutoderma abbottii (Gabb). Volutilithes abbottit Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pl. 2, f. 7. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 21, figs. 8, 9). Volutoderma intermedia Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., X VIII, 184, p. 23, figs. 14, 15, 1£92. Volutoderma woolmani Whitfield, The Nautilus, VII, pp. 37, 51, pl. 2, figs. 4, 5, 1893. Ptychosyca inornata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 295, pl. 17, figs. 2-4. Volutomorpha conradi (Gabb). Voliethes conradi Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 300, pl. 48, f. 10, Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. VII, figs. 4,5). Type of the genus Volutomorpha Gabb (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, 1876, p. 290). Volutomorpha bella (Gabb). Volutilithes bella Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 300, pl. 48, f. 7, 1860. Described from the ‘Delaware and Chesapeake Canal’; original label says “N. J.” Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. VI, figs. 17,18). Volutomorpha mucronata (Gabb). Voluta mucronata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 323. Volutomorpha kanei (Gabb). Voluta kanei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 323. Volutomorpha gabbi Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 73, pl. 8, figs. 2, 3, 1892. Rostellites nasutus (Gabb). Volutilithes nasuta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 300, pl. 48, f. 9, 1860. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 11, f. 2). Rostellites angulatus Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., X VIII, 88, pl. 11, figs. 3, 4, 1892. This may prove to be only the adult form of R. nasutus. Liopeplum leioderma (Conrad). Volutilithes (A thleta) letoderma Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 292, pl. 46, f. 32, 1860. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Lioderma lioderma Conrad, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1865, p. 184. Liopeplum lioderma Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., III, 73, 1890. The type of both Lioderma Conrad and Liopeplwm Dall. Cancellaria eufaulensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., TV, 390, pl. 68, f. 8, 1860. Cancellaria subalta Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 100, pl. 9, f. 22, 1869. Morea naticella (Gabb). Purpura (Morea) naticella Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 301, pl. 48, f. 15, 1860. This is probably the same as Morea cancellaria Conrad. Turbinopsis hilgardi Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., TV, 289, pl. 46, f. 29, 1860. Turbinopsis depressa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. This is doubtfully considered by Whitfield to be a synonym of 7. hilgardi. The specimens figured by him (pl. 12, figs. 7-9) represents neither 7’. hilgardi Conr. nor 7’. depressa Gabb. Turbinopsis angulata Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 101, pl. 12, figs. 17, 18, 1892. Type in the Academy’s collection, not Rutgers College, as stated by Whitfield. Turbinopsis curta Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., X VIII, 102, pl. 12, figs. 5, 6, 1892. Turbinopsis elevata Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 102, pl. 12, figs. 10-14, 1892. Four specimens are referred to this species, three of which are figured. I can find no character to separate three of these from 7’. curta. The type should, therefore, be restricted to the specimen represented by figs. 13 and 14. Turbinopsis plicata Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 104, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2, 1892. Turbinopsis lapidosa (Whitfield). Modulus lapidosa Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 152, pl. 17, figs. 6-8, 1892. This species is identical or close to T’urbinopsis depressa Gabb. Gyrotropis squamosus Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 300, pl. 17, f. 5. Probably a Turbinopsis. Cithara crosswickensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 107, pl. 13, figs. 7, 8, 1892. Drillia georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 280. CEPHALOPODA. Baculites ovatus Say, Am. Jour. Sci., I, 41, 1820; Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 89, pl. 5, f. 6, 1828. The specimen described by Say and figured by Morton. Baculites compressus Say, Am. Jour. Sci., I, 41, 1820; Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, pl. 9, f. 1, 1833. The specimen figured by Morton. Baculites asper Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, 1830; Syn. Org. Rem., 43, pl. 1, figs. 12, 13, pl. 13, f. 2, 1834. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Baculites carinatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pl. 13, f. 1, 1834. Baculites labyrinthicus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pl. 13, f. 10, 1834. Baculites columna Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pl. 19, f. 8, 1834. The specimen, although marked type, does not agree with the figure. Morton’s original label, which accompanied all the others, was wanting in this case. Solenoceras annulifer (Morton). Hamites annulijer Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 213, pl. 11, f. 4. Solenoceras annulifer Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 284. The type of Conrad’s genus Solonoceras. Whitfield refers it to the genus Ptychoceras, and also figures the type. Hamites arculus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pl. 15, figs. 1, 2, 1834. Hamites torquatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 45, pl. 15, f. 4, 1834. Hamites trabeatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 45, pl. 15, f. 4, 1834. Heteroceras conradi (Morton). Ammonceratites conradi Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 212, pl. 10, si Uy THAT Heteroceras conradi Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 269, pl. 45, figs. 9, 10, 11, and 14. Scaphites hippocrepis (DeKay). Scaphites cuvieri Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 109, pl. 7, f. 1, 1828. Morton’s type. Seaphites reniformis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 42, pl. 2, f. 6, 1843. The type reported missing by Dr. Whitfield was found in working over the material. Scaphites iris Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 2 ser., 335, pl. 35, f. 23. Scaphites similis Whitfield, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, pl. 44, figs. 1, 2, 1892. Scaphites conradi (Morton). Ammonites conradi Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 39, pl. 16, f. 3, 1834. Ammonites conradi Morton, var. A. gulosus, Lc. ple 1G: io Ammonites conradi Morton, var. B. petechialis, Lc. , 40, pl. 16, f. 1. Ammonites conradi Morton, var. C. navicularis, l. C., 40, pl. 19, f. 4. Types of the species and all the varieties. Ammonites delawarensis Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 244, pl. 2, f. 4, 1830. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pl. 42, figs. 6, 7, 8, and pl. 43, figs. 1, 2). Ammonites vanuxemi Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., X VIL, 244, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 1830. Ammonites dentatocarinatus Roemer. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 41, figs. 3, 4). Placenticeras spillmani Hyatt, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 233, pl. 47, figs. 6-8, 1903. Placenticeras placenta (DeKay). Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 40). Also specimens figured by Hyatt (Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, pl. 39, figs. 3-6). 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan., Placenticeras telifer (Morton). Ammonites telifer Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, p. 290, 1833; Syn. Org. Rem., 38, pl. 2, f. 7. Placenticeras syrtale (Morton). Ammonites syrtalis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., pl. 16, figs. 1 Placenticeras syrtalis yet, ‘Mon. U. 8S. Geol. Sur., XLV, 205, pl. 28, figs. 1, 2, and pl. 27, Protengonoceras gabbi (Bohm). areca: pedernalis Gabb, Pal. Calf. II, 258, pl. 35, figs. 1, 1a, 1869 (not v. Buch). Engonoceras gabbi Bohm, Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell., L, p. 197, 1898. Protengonoceras gabbi Hyatt, Mon. U.S. Geol. Sur. SGV, 158, pl. 17, f. 20. The specimen figured by Hyatt, Pl. 17, f. 20. Sphenodisous lentioularis var. mississippiensis Hyatt, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 77, pl. 9, f. 9, 1903. Eutrephoceras dekayi (Morton). Nautilus dekayi Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, 'pl. 8, f. 4, 1833. I’ Specimen figured by Whitfield (pl. 37, f. 4). Type of Hyatt’s genus Hutrephoceras (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., XXXII, 555). Nautilus perlatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 33, pl. 13, f. 4, 1834. This may prove to be a synonym of E. dekayi. Nautilus bryani Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 277. Hercoglossa paucifex (Cope). Aturia paucijex Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1866, p. 34. Type figured by Whitfield (pl. 39, f. 1). Belemnitella americana (Morton). Belemnites americanus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 281, 1830; XVIII, pl. 1, figs. 1-3, 1830; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 190, pl. 8, ‘figs. A 3, 1830. Variety A, Morton (Syn. Org. Rem., 34, pl. 1, fig. 3), is the type of the var. subjusiformis Whitfield (pl. 47, figs. 1,2). There is also the type of var. “B,” Morton (Syn. Org. Rem., 34, pl. 1, f. 3b). Belemnites (?) ambiguus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 281, 1830; XVIII, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5, 1830 ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei., VI, 192, pl. 8, figs. 4, 5, 1830. CRUSTACEA. Callianassa mortoni Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901, 112, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. Hoploparia gabbi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901, 115, pl. 1, figs. 11-14. Cancer whitfieldi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901, 118, pl. 1, f. 18. Soalpellum conradi Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 179, pl. V, figs. 3a, b, 4. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. i) Wo} A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF SOUTH AND CENTRAL FLORIDA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. The material on which the following study is based is almost entirely the property of the junior author, the greater portion having been collected by him on trips taken in the months of January and February, 1903 and 1904. The localitics represented are Tampa, Hillsboro county; Chokoloskee and Key West, Monroe county; and Miami, Dade county. The specimens examined number 783, the species seventy-eight, of which seven are new, and several Cuban types are here recorded from the United States for the first time. A very representative series of the material has been presented to the Academy. The field notes given after the species are entirely the work of the junior author, and are followed by the initial of his name. The brief descriptions of the localities visited, with other facts of interest from the standpoint of this paper, are also by him. Tampa, HititsBoro County, FLoripa. During my brief stay in Tampa (January 16 and 17, 1904) I had time for only a few expeditions, and found that from the Tampa Bay Hotel good collecting grounds were not easy to reach. Chilly weather also hampered me decidedly, as in South Florida the weather had been so cool that Orthoptera was scarce, except in the most sheltered places. There are many marshy spots along the shore of Tampa Bay, and in these few specimens of Orthoptera were to be found. In the driftwood along the shore I also captured a few Forficulids and Blattids, and noticed a small cricket of a pale straw color which I was unable to capture. Back from the bay the country is flat, and for the greater part open with frequent shallow ponds, around the edges of which the grasses grow rank, and in these I took numerous specimens. The occasional woods of scattering pines proved unproductive at this time of year, but along their borders the dead pine stumps yielded a number of Hurycotis floridana. A vacant lot near the hotel yielded in addition a few specimens of Nemobius. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Key West, Monror County, Fioripa. T arrived at Key West on January 18, at 4 P.M., and left on the 20th, but during this time I collected every spare moment, and although the Key was dry and a high wind kept the white coquina dust flying in clouds, collecting proved quite productive. During the fall months the collecting must be of the best. Key West is one of the numerous small islands off the Florida coast, and is situated on the edge of the Gulf Stream, ninety miles northeast of Havana, Cuba. The surface of the Key is composed almost wholly of coquina and is perfectly flat. The greater part is covered with a dense scrub growing to a height of from fifteen to twenty feet, in which very few Orthoptera could be found. The lagoons extending along parts of the shore were also unproductive, but there are afew portions of the island near the city where the country is more open and the scrub is interspersed with occasional gumbo-limbo trees, and in such location the collecting was excellent. Here not only was Acrididze abundant in the grass, but I also found the Blattide and Forficulidse abundantly represented under the loose chunks of coquina. I noticed many immature Gonatista grisea scurrying about on the gumbo-limbo trees, and at their roots captured several Anisomorpha buprestoides. Here and there are small shallow ponds, around the edges of which peculiar weeds flourish on the bare coquina. Miami, Dapr County, Frioripa. I spent several weeks in Miami in the winter of 1903, but did no collecting of any importance in Orthoptera until February, 1904, when I was there from February 5 to February 9, and found Orthoptera plentiful. Near the town there are four different localities in which to collect: the thick jungle or “hammock,”’ the open pine woods, the salt marshes, and the Everglades. Inthe “hammock” most insects are abundant, but Orthoptera are scarce. I took several species here on the weeds, under the bark of the oaks, and in the small open spaces. The open pine woods are filled with Orthoptera, and many species were to be found among the low vegetation and pine needles. The dead pine logs, upon their bark being peeled off, also disclosed several interesting species. These pine woods extend along Biscayne Bay between the Everglades and the “hammocks”’ along the shore. The salt marshes are to be found here and there along the shore of the bay, but are quite distant from the hotel, and owing to the shortness of my stay I was unable to visit them. The Everglades are so difficult 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 to penetrate that I found it impossible to collect there. Along their edge no Orthoptera could be found. Many species of Orthoptera were to be heard in the grounds of the Hotel Royal Palm after dark, and I made a number of interesting captures there. During the summer of 1903, Mr. W. 8. Dickinson collected for me in this locality and reported Orthoptera to be scarce in most places. The material from Chokoloskee, Monroe county, was purchased, and therefore I ean give no notes for it. Family FORFICULIDAL. Tabidura bidens (Olivier). A single small male of this species is contained in the Miami collec- tion, taken July 11, 1903. It is considerably smaller and hghter than males from Thomasville, Georgia, and has the anal segment almost unarmed. Anisolabis maritima (Bon.). A female of this species from Key West, taken January 19, 1904, and another from Miami, taken February 9, 1904, have been examined. Key West.—This specimen was taken from under a coquina boulder, which also disclosed a number of Anisolabis annulipes. (H.) Miami.—Taken from a stone wall. (H.) Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas). A series of fifty-three specimens from Miami taken during the sum- mer of 1903, and a Key West series of nineteen taken January 19, 1904, represent this species. Considerable variation exists in the width and intensity of the femoral annuli, and in some specimens they are almost wholly lacking. Key West.—All of these specimens were taken from under coquina boulders along a new road being built on the outskirts of the town. They were found several at a time, often in company with one or two large scorpions. (H.) Labia burgessii Scudder. Nine specimens from Tampa, taken January 17, 1904, and fourteen from Miami, taken February 6, 1904, are identical with specimens from Thomasville, Georgia. Specimens from both localities were taken from under the bark of dead pine logs, those from Miami all being taken from the same log. (H.) Labia guttata Scudder. A single female of this species was taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Taken from under a sign on an oak in company with a number of Periplaneta australasie. (H.) Family BLATTIDZ. Blattella germanioa (Linneus). Four specimens of this species from Miami have been examined. Blattella adspersicollis (Stl). Four specimens of this West Indian and tropical American species have been examined from Miami, taken February 6, 1903, and Febru- ary 7, 1904. This is the first record of the species within the United States. The specimen captured on February 6, 1903, I took on the porch of the Hotel Royal Palm in the early morning. All the others were found under signs on the pine trees in the town. (H.) Ceratinoptera lutea Saussure and Zehntner. An adult was taken at Tampa, in the driftwood along the shore of Tampa Bay, on January 17, 1904, and one in Key West on January 20, 1904. The specimen taken at Tampa was so recently emerged from the larval state that it had not then become hardened. (H.) Temnopteryx deropeltiformis Brunner. An adult female of this species was taken at Miami on the 5th of August, 1903. This record considerably extends the range of the species, Indiana being the only State from which it has previously been recorded. Brunner’s original description merely credited the species to North America. Eurycotis floridana (Walker). This ill-smelling species is represented by a series of twenty-cight individuals in all stages of development, thirteen being adult. Tampa specimens were taken January 16, 1904; Key West individuals on January 18 and 19, 1904; and Miami representatives on February 6, 1904, and July 1 and August 11, 1903. The greater portion of the immature individuals are of the sabaliana type, with the lateral margins light-colored. In some specimens this is quite marked, in others very obscure, and in a number absent; two adults are noteworthy as retaining indistinct traces of this early color pattern. I found this species moderately common under the bark of dead pine stumps and logs both at Tampa and Miami. In Key West it fairly swarmed under the coquina boulders in the woods, one rock often disclosing a dozen, the greater part immature but ranging from tiny 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 young to huge females bearing large odthece. All would immediately scuttle away, making a rustling sound in the loose pebbles. When seized these insects emit a vile-smelling oily fluid. The females always produced far more of this than the males. (H.) Periplaneta americana (Linnzus). This species is represented by an adult female and four immature individuals taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904. Periplaneta australasie (Fabricius). Three adults from Miami, taken July 11 and 21 and August 23, 1903, and three adults and seven nymphs taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904, represent this species. All the specimens from Tampa were taken from under a tin sign on an oak tree. (H.) Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnzus). This tropical species is represented by a series of sixty-four adult and immature specimens. But one specimen was taken at Tampa, a nymph, on January 17, 1904, and it would appear from this that the species is not so common that far north. Miami is represented by * specimens taken in January, February and during the summer, while Key West individuals were all (fourteen in number) taken January 19 and 20, 1904. I have always found this species plentiful at Miami under stones and rubbish. In Key West it was very abundant under coquina boul- ders in the woods. I have noticed that they usually attempt to escape by burrowing. (H.) Plectoptera poeyi (Saussure). This Cuban type is represented by a series of eight specimens taken at Key West on January 19, 1904. These specimens are the first of the species with exact data recorded from the United States. Family MANTID. Stagmomantis carolina (Johannson). One immature female, beaten from scrub at Key West on January 20, 1904, belongs to this species. Several males were taken at Miami on February 4, 1903, attracted to light. Gonatista grisea (Fabricius). Six immature individuals from Key West, January 19, 1904, and one from Miami, February 6, 1904, are referable to this species. Key West.—The immature specimens of this species were abundant upon the trunks of the gumbo-limbo trees. They ran about. with 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., great swiftness, but when resting pressed themselves close to the bark, which they exactly resembled. Miami.—t found a few immature specimens on the trunk of a tree in a Swampy spot near the Miami river. (H.) Thesprotia graminis (Scudder). This species is represented by an immature specimen from Tampa, taken January 17, 1904, another from Key West, taken January 18, 1904, and six mature or nearly mature individuals from Miami, taken in February, March, July and August. T have usually found this species in the pine straw of the pine woods, which it so closely resembles as to be invisible when stationary. (H.) Family PHASMID 2. Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll). Three specimens of this species were taken at Key West on January 19, 1904, and one adult has been examined from Miami, taken August 5, 1903. Specimens from Key West were taken from among the roots of gumbo-limbo trees. A pair taken on January 19 were in coitu. (H.) Family ACRIDIDZ. Apotettix minutus n. sp. (Pl. I, figs. 3 and 4). Type: o'; Miami, Dade county, Florida. February 6, 1904. Col- lected by Morgan Hebard. Allied to A. rugosus (Scudder), but very considerably smaller, with the median carina of the pronotum very slightly depressed between the humeral angles, the margins of the median femora scarcely undu- late and the pulvilli of the caudal metatarsi of subequal length. Size small; form robust; surface finely tuberculate. Head small; occiput ascending; vertex not elevated above the level of the eyes; fastigium subtruncate, very slightly wider than one of the eyes, dis- tinctly excavated laterad, cephalic margin distinctly carinate and rounded in toward the median carina; median carina of fastigium dis- tinet, extending back to the middle of the eyes and projecting cephalad beyond the margin of the fastigium; frontal costa shghtly and regu- larly divergent to the median ocellus, ventrad of which it is absent; eyes moderately prominent, slightly ovate in outline. Pronotum pro- duced, surpassing the tips of the caudal femora; median carina dis- tinct, slightly elevated and arcuate, very slightly depressed between the humeral angles; anterior margin subtruncate; caudal process very slightly subulate; humeral angle not strongly marked, scapular area 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 very narrow; cephalic angle of the lateral lobes distinct, obtusc-angu- late; caudal angle of the lateral lobes somewhat recurved, elytral and ventral sinus deep and angulate. Tegmina elliptical, the apex acute. Wings extending beyond the caudal process of the pronotum a distance equal to the length of the cephalic femora. Cephalic femora with the dorsal carina quite distinct but not very high, the lower margin slightly arcuate, but not undulate. Median femora with the margins very slightly undulate, the dorsal more so than the ventral. Caudal femora quite robust, inflated, femoral lobe rectangulate and not clevated, external pagina and dorso-lateral face with strong diagonal folds; tibie slightly shorter than the femora; metatarsi with the pulvilli of equal length. ‘General color clove brown becoming somewhat lighter laterad, the dorsal aspect of the caudal femora obscurely russet; eyes black. Measurements. enothvombodyew a. s+ a hie oe era yoy Olcormmn. Length of pronotum, . . 32, i: Oe ee aE TENS YER Oar oes Greatest width of pronotum, 55 SES ee OR Eee RR oe tenth. of caudalfemora; |, - 2/00 ile) 5 ensure oe The type is the only specimen of the species which has been exam- ined. This specimen was taken near the south bank of the Miami river, in a damp spot in the “hammock.” The exact locality is about one hundred yards downstream from the first bridge. (H.) Tettigidea lateralis (Say). This species was taken at Miami, February 6, 1903. Radinotatum brevipenne (Thomas). This species apparently does not occur on Key West, as no specimens were taken. Tampa is represented by sixteen specimens taken on January 17, 1904, while thirteen specimens from Miami were taken on January 29 and 31 and February 3, 1903, February 6 and 9, 1904, and July 28, 1904. Several of the adult females are of very large size. The usual color forms are represented in the series. Specimens from Tampa were all taken in the grasses bordering the shallow ponds. Those from Miami were taken in the wire-grass and undergrowth of tlt pine woods. (H.) Truxalis brevicornis (Johannson). A single male from Chokoloskee represents this species. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). A single female of this species was taken at Miami on September 1, 1903. Itis very much larger than specimens from the Northern States, measuring forty-five millimeters in length of body. Macneillia obsoura (Scudder). A series of eighteen specimens—six adult males, six adult females, six nymphs—from Miami were taken February 6 and 9, 1904. They represent both color phases, the green and the brown, the latter pre- dominating, and including all except one adult female and one nymph. The green female has the dorsal half of the latter lobes of the pronotum, the face except the costal region and the dorsal face of the caudal femora grass green, the remainder of the surface being colored much as in the brown phase. Five nymphs from Tampa, taken on January 17, 1904, were also examined. I found these specimens in the wire-grass of the pine woods, over a mile from town on the Everglades road. All the specimens were taken within a few yards of each other, and diligent search failed to reveal others in the surrounding woods. The females were easily captured, but the males sprang about with alacrity. (H.) Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure). Thirteen specimens of this species have been examined: three taken at Miami, February 7 and 9, 1904; eight at Cape Florida, Biscayne Key, February 8, 1904; one at Tampa, January 17, 1904, and one at Choko- loskee. Orphulella pratorum Scudder. A series of twenty-two specimens from Key West, taken January 18, 19 and 20, 1904, and seven individuals from Miami, taken in July and August, 1903, represents this species. Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder). Eight Tampa specimens, taken January 16 and 17, 1904, and one Chokoloskee individual represent this species. Both color phases are present. Taken in a vacant field at Tampa. (H.) Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. (PI. I, figs. 1 and 2). Types: c\ and 2 ; Miami, Dade county, Florida. July 20 (oc) and 16 (2), 1903. Collected by Dickinson. Hebard collection. Allied to C. elegans Morse, but readily distinguished by the larger size, longer tegmina and more brilliant coloration in the green phase. Size large (for the genus); form moderately slender. Head with the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 occiput with a hardly perceptible elevation; vertex sloping very slightly toward the fastigium, interocular space almost twice as wide as the frontal costa in the male and about once and a half the width in the female; fastigium moderately produced, rectangulate, with a distinct semicircular excavation, margins distinctly elevated, no me- dian carina present; face distinctly retreating; frontal costa slightly and gradually expanding, reaching to the clypeus, sulcate through the entire length; eyes ovoid, in the male very decidedly longer than in infra-ocular portion of the gene, in the female slightly longer than the same; antenne distinctly longer (c) or considerably shorter ( 2 ) than the head and pronotum. Pronotum subequal in the male, slightly expanding caudad in the female, lateral carine very slightly constricted mesad; medium carina as distinct as the lateral; cephalic margin rotundato-truncate, caudal margin very broadly obtuse-angulate, more rounded in the male than in the female; transverse sulcus sever- ing the median carina distinctly behind the middle; lateral lobes of the pronotum with the ventral margin very broadly obtuse-angulate. Tegmina falling slightly short of the apex of the abdomen, apex slightly narrowed and rotundato-truncate; costal area with the proximal lobe very prominent, ulnar area of the male with about eight distinct trans- verse veins. Abdomen with the subgenital plate of the male produced into a distinct tubercle; cerci straight, simple, tapering. Cephalic and median femora of the male somewhat inflated. Caudal femora exceeding the apex of the abdomen by nearly the length of the head, moderately robust, distal portion slender with the genicular region enlarged; tibize with thirteen or fourteen spines on the lateral margin in the male and sixteen in the female. Male above apple green; sides and limbs cinnamon, shading to wood brown on the lower surface, eyes and a distinct brownish-black post- ocular streak which also suffuses the base of the tegmina; tegmina (except for the green anal area) pale drab; antenne cinnamon, slightly infuscate apically; dorsal carina of the lateral face of the caudal femora olive; lateral carinee of the pronotum narrowly lined with cinnamon. Female with the sides, face and limbs apple green; postocular streak as in the male; head above centrally apple green, flanked by bars of vinaceous-rufous; pronotum above vinaceous-rufous; tegmina with the costal area apple green, the continuations of the postocular streak (reaching to the apex of the tegmina and including the whole discoidal field) brownish-black, angle of the anal vein and adjoining portion of 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., the anal ficld salmon buff, margin of the anal field obscurely blackish- brown. Antenne and limbs marked as in the male. Measurements. of 9 Tenpthombpodye. 5 . - © = = & & 5 ecU omnes Zoom. Length of pronotum, TST eer aes O10. a Caudal width of pronotum, aio <* 3:0) te Length of tegmina,. . . E2tD a Wier Length of caudal femora, . 12.5 ay A series of five males and three females of this beautiful species have been examined, all taken at Miami on July 20, 1903, except the female type. The males are all uniformly colored except for the presence of a median broad blackish longitudinal bar on the head, a character not noticeable in the type, very distinct in two and faintly indicated in two others. The females, however, exhibit a great color diversity, the type representing one form; another is dull brown with little or no contrasts, in fact resembling the coloration of Amblytropidia occiden- talis; the third is cinnamon-rufous on the head and pronotum, with the usual postocular streak, while the tegmina are a very delicate pinkish without any longitudinal bar. Arphia granulata Saussure. This quite distinct species is represented by a series of four from Chokoloskee, two from Miami, taken February 6, 1903, and February 7, 1904, and four from Key West, taken January 20, 1904. Three of this series are females, and two of them from Chokoloskee are of a decided blackish hue. Key West.—I found this species in a few sunny openings in the serub at the eastern end of the Key. Miami.—Specimens were taken in pine woods near the town. (H.) Chortophaga viridifasciata (DeGeer), A series of thirty-seven specimens represents this common and widely distributed species. Miami specimens were taken in January, February and July; Key West individuals on the 18th and 19th of January, 1904; Tampa is represented by three specimens taken Janu- ary 16 and 17,1904. Four specimens are from Chokoloskee. Dissosteira carolina (Linnzus). One female from Chokoloskee. Scirtetica picta (Scudder). This beautiful species is apparently rather common at Miami in July, sixteen specimens taken on the 20th having been examined. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 Two specimens taken there on February 6, 1904, were also studied. The hoary suffusion so noticeable in the species of this genus is limited in some individuals, and more general in others, very much as in the closely related S. marmorata. In a few places in the pine woods this species was plentiful, but speci- mens were hard to capture on account of their extreme shyness. (H.) Psinidia fenestralis (Serville). This sand-loving species is represented by a series of sixteen speci- mens, taken at Chokoloskee, and Miami on February 6, 1904, and July 20,1903. Asarule they are darker than northern specimens, and have the transverse bars on the lateral aspects of the caudal femora more pronounced. Dictyophorus guttatus (Stoll). This striking species is represented by four specimens taken at Miami on July 11, 1903, and June 2, 1899, the latter collected by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, and in the collection of the Academy. A number of specimens have also been examined from Chokoloskee, Tarpon Springs, Hillsboro county (November, 1903), and Goodall, Volusia county (August). Pseudopomala brachyptera (Scudder). A single adult female of this species from Chokoloskee has been examined. ‘This is the first record of this species from the Southern States. Stenacris chlorizans Walker. This water-loving species is represented by a single individual from Miami, taken January 30, 1903. A specimen from St. Augustine, in the collection of the Academy, has also been examined. } Leptysma marginicollis (Serville). This elusive species is no doubt of regular occurrence in suitable localities, ten specimens haying been examined from Chokoloskee, Tampa (January 17, 1904), Miami (January 16, 23, and February 2, 1899; S. N. Rhoads), and De Funiak Springs, Walton county (Febru- ary 20; C. W. Johnson). All the specimens have the lateral lines distinct. Specimens from Tampa were taken in the marshy places along the bay. (H.) Schistocerca americana (Drury). This powerful species is represented by a series of thirteen Key West specimens taken on January 18 and 19, 1904, two females from Cape Florida, February 8, 1904, a single Chokoloskee individual and a series 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., of ten from Miami taken in July, 1903, and February, 1904. January specimens from Miami are also in the Academy collection. Schistocerca damnifica (Saussure). A male from Miami taken February 6, 1904, and a female from Chokoloskee represent this species. Schistocerca alutacea (Harris). Three males, two from Key West, January 20, 1904, and one from Chokoloskee, represent this species. The Key West individuals are rather uniformly colored, while the Chokoloskee specimen is striped. Key West.—These specimens were taken in the open bush near the city. (H.) Schistocerca obscura (Fabricius). One male from Miami taken August 12, 1903, is referred to this species. Melanoplus puer (Scudder). Twenty-nine specimens represent this peculiar species, several being immature and the adults all larger than Scudder’s measurements. One individual is from Tampa, while the remainder are from Miami, taken February 6, 7 and 9, 1904. The species was previously known only from Fort Reed, Orange county, and Jacksonville, Duval county. Tampa.—The specimen from Tampa was taken in a grassy spot near the railroad. Miami.—These specimens were taken in the undergrowth of the pine woods both to the north and the west of the town. (H.) Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas). A series of twenty-six individuals, evenly divided between the sexes, represent this species. All are from Miami, taken in July and August, 1903. Some of the male specimens have the cerci typical of keeleri, while others might with justice be referred to deletor, and it appears very possible that the two species are identical. The series examined can- not be separated by the cerci into two forms, one extreme running into the other, while in all other characters no difference exists. The series exhibits a considerable amount of color variation, and in size both sexes are larger than Scudder’s measurements. Paroxya floridiana (Thomas). A male and a female from Miami, taken July 17, 1903, and January 23, 1899, and three females from Chokoloskee represent this species. Paroxya atlantica Scudder. A series of fifty-five males and twenty-six females represents this 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 species. Miami individuals were taken in February, July and August; Cape Florida specimens (two) on February 8, 1904; Tampa individuals (two) on January 17, 1904, and the Key West series on January 19, 1904. Chokoloskee is represented by a number of specimens without data. Many of the males are extremely small, and the Key West series (twenty-six in number) is remarkable on account of the distinct bars on the posterior femora, a feature not very marked on specimens from other localities. The same series appears somewhat smaller than the mainland representatives, especially the females, and possibly may be an insular race worthy of separation. Those taken in Tampa and Miami were found in marshy spots, while those from Cape Florida and Key West were found on dry ground among weeds. (H.) Aptenopedes olara Rebn. This beautiful species is represented by a series of forty-one speci- mens exhibiting a great amount of variation in size, and considerable in color, A topotypic series from Miami were taken on February 6 and 7, 1904, and in July, 1903, while Key West is represented by twelve specimens indistinguishable from the types, and taken on January 19 and 20, 1904. Several individuals from Cape Florida, Key Biscayne, taken February 8, 1904, are of enormous size, but cannot be separated otherwise from the types. Eight specimens from Tampa, taken Janu- ary 16 and 17, 1904, have the cerci slightly shorter and less falcate than in Miami specimens, but the furcula are as in true clara, and the tendency toward sphenarioides is extremely slight. The range in total length of adult males is from 19 millimeters in Miami specimens to 26.5 in the Cape Florida type, in adult females from 24 in small Miami specimens to 34 in the largest Cape Florida representatives. The brown phase of coloration has been noticed in the female only, the male presenting little else than variation in the intensity of the green phase of coloration. The specimens from Tampa were taken in marshy spots along the bay. In Key West I found the species among the low, dry herbage near the city, and on Cape Florida in a dense tangle of vines and grasses. Those from Miami were captured in the undergrowth of the pine woods. (H.) Aptenopedes aptera Scudder. Four males of this species taken at Miami, February 7, 1904, have been examined. The caudal femora of this species appear heavier than in any of the other species of the genus. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan., These specimens were taken in the wire-grass of the pine woods to the north of Miami. Specimens were very hard to find here, and none were taken to the west of the town where, otherwise, the best collect- ing was secured. (H.) Family TETTIGONIDA. Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville). A single female specimen of this neotropical species from Chokoloskee has been examined. It is slightly smaller than a Nicaraguan female in the Academy collection, but can without hesitancy be referred to this species. Scudder has recorded it from the Florida Keys. Soudderia curvicauda (DeGeer). A single female of this species was taken at Miami on July 20, 1903. Scudderia cuneata Morse. A pair of this southern species was taken at Miami on August 21 () and 23 (2), 1903. Amblycorypha floridana n. sp. (PI. I, fig. 5). Types: o, Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida [A. N. S. Phila.]; @ , Miami, Dade county, Florida, July 20, 1908 [Hebard collection]. Allied to A. oblongifolia, but differing in the straighter ovipositor and less angulate lateral angles of the disk of the pronotum. From A. huasteca, which it resembles in the latter respect, it can be separated by the very much shorter ovipositor. Size medium; form slender, elongate. Head short, rather broad; vertex very strongly declivent; fastigium of the vertex very broad. about equal to the length of one of the eyes, truncate, broadly touching the frontal fastigium; eyes elliptical; antenne reaching to the tips of the wings. Pronotum depressed above, distinctly expanding poste- riorly; lateral margins of the disk rounded rectangulate, ratner obso- lete cephalad; cephalic margin with a broad slight median emargina- tion, caudal margin broadly rotundate; lateral lobes slightly deeper than long. Tegmina not quite four times as long as broad, costal margin evenly arcuate, apex rounded; radial rami bifurcate, the branches reaching the anal margin cephalad of the apex; costal region irregularly reticulate. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly less than the length of the pronotum. Mesosternal lobes somewhat produced, rounded mesad, an angle developed latero-caudad ; metasternal lobes each subcircular. Subgenital plate of the male carinate mesad, distad with a narrow V-shaped median emargination; styles very short, tapering. Ovipositor considerably longer than the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 pronotum, moderately curved, distal two-thirds of the dorsad/and distal one-third of the ventral margins serrato-dentate, apex mod- erately acute. Cephalic tibie with the auricle elongate-clliptical. Caudal femora clongate, considerably inflated proximad, external margin unarmed, internal margin with nine spines; tibize very ois longer than the Secs, General color (specimens discolored) straw yellow, traces of the origi- nal apple green visible on the tegmina; tympanum of male heavily marked with black. Measurements. oh 2 Ian OH loeshig “BW BS a So 6 5 6 Pusey PA raven Length of pronotum, ae Aegtee Ale ny naar i ah a Caudal width of pronotum, wpa Eileen ce ltr ee i Ta 4.5 “ Length of tegmina, . . 20 OO eT ERS SCS A 32.5 “ Greatest width of tegmina, Bei ioute) owls 1 Betts 9) eanr Mengthvofvcaudalifemora,.., |=. 5 :-aeenenee 28.5 “ hengthyoimoyapOsitor.. = -. -. 4 6h ues 1 ae ae This interesting species js represented by a series of five specimens, three females, two males, all of which are in bad condition, three having lost the caudal limbs. The specimens other than the types are all from Chokoloskce, Florida. Microcentrum laurifolium (Linnzus). Two specimens, male and female, from Miami represent this species in the Hebard collection. They were taken on February 5 and Sep- tember 12. A single female, in the collection of the Academy, was taken at Miami on February 1, 1899, by S. N. and M. C. Rhoads, and another male at Braidentown, Manatec county. Many specimens of this species could be heard stridulating in the trees after dark, but were difficult to capture. (H.) Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. (Pl. I, figs. 6 and 7). Type: 2; Miami, Dade county, Florida. March 16, 1903. [Heb- ard collection.] Allied to M. lucidum Brunner, from Brazil, from which it differs in the triangularly produced meso- and metasternal lobes, and the less rotundate character of the tegmina. The new form can readily be distinguished from the other North American species by its much smaller size and the peculiar fastigium. Size small; form as usual in the genus. Head but slightly punctate dorsad; occiput and vertex deplanate, moderately declivent; fasti- 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan., gium of the vertex narrow, produced, distinctly sulcate, apically rounded and not as wide as the proximal joint of the antennz; frontal fastigium much narrower than the fastigium of the vertex and touching the same; eyes subspherical, moderately prominent, slightly depressed, separated from one another by a space equal to the length of one of them; antennz with the proximal joint subquadrate in section, rather small. Pronotum strongly punctate, depressed above, the lateral angles distinct, rectangulate, more apparent cephalad than caudad; cephalic margin very broadly and shallowly emarginate, caudal margin strongly arcuate; lateral lobes distinctly deeper than long, the ventral margin with an oblique cephalic sinuosity, a distinct humeral sinus pres- ent. Tegmina of the type usual in the genus, strongly punctate and coriaceous, the veins not pronounced; anterior ulnar vein becoming obsolete distad, the median vein reaching the sutural margin proximad of the apex, mediastine vein very short; apex narrowly rounded. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly less than the length of the pronotum. Mesosternal and-metasternal lobes produced caudad, the angles sharp. Cephalic femora with the ventral cephalic margin distinctly spined; tibis unspined above. Median femora armed as with the cephalic pair. Caudal femora short, hardly exceed- ing the tip of the ovipositor, ventral margins spined; tibie slightly exceeding the femora in length, slightly bent; tarsi rather small and weak. Ovipositor strongly bent dorsad at the base, the apex broad and bluntly rounded, apical margins serrato-dentate ; subgenital plate triangular, produced, compressed. General color apple green, suffused with yellowish on the abdomen; eyes ecru drab, tarsi and tip of ovipositor burnt umber. Measurements. Ihenethiof body, .4 5, aac ae arr ce. oe OG amis bengthvofipronotums, 7 cee ene 5 95fe Caudal) widthiofipronotumy a ase neeee nnn e nantes uyamnc ihensth of teeming: 1..406--di ae ee ren? cS we Grea tes G sw thy oi (he 110 See a hengihvot caud all femora sa ae el ee Then etihof caudal tiice: ls. aaa eee ell ee ifenath’ of fovapositor, = ee sae errno re ot) Sauce A single specimen of this species, the type, has been examined. Belocephalus subapterus Scudder. Two females, one from Miami, August 19, 1903, and the other from Chokoloskee, represent this species. The Chokoloskee specimen is 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 smaller than the Miami individual, but has the ovipositor longer. Both are of a brownish color, which apparently is the natural coloration. The tegmina and wings are present as very small pads. Pyrgocorypha uncinata (Harris). This striking species is represented by four specimens, two from Miami, one taken July 11, 1903 (immature), the other without date, and two from Chokoloskee. They agree very well with Mexican specimens. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure. Three specimens represent this species, one from Tampa, taken January 15, 1904, the others from Miami, taken February 5, 1903, and February 6, 1904. Tampa.—I took this specimen in a marshy spot on the shore of Tampa Bay. Miami.—One specimen was captured in a bush about 9 P.M. It was making a deafening noise. I saw and heard several other speci- mens, but all these when approached flew swiftly away. Conocephalus lyristes nu. sp. (Pl. I, figs. 8 and 9). Type: o, Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida. [Hebard collec- tion.] Apparently allied to Conocephalus truncatirostris Redtenbacher from Brazil, C. exiliscanorus Davis from Staten Island, and C. bruneri Blatchley from Indiana. From the former it can readily be distin- guished by the slenderer head and smaller size, while the shape of the fastigium will separate it from the latter species. Size medium; form rather slender and moderately compressed. Head with the occiput and vertex horizontal, the rostrum elongate and produced into a rather slender, bluntly rounded process which is distinctly longer than the interspace between the eyes, ventral surface with a blunt basal tooth; frontal fastigium produced, but not quite touching the process of the rostrum; eyes rounded ovate in outline, not very prominent. Pronotum deplanate dorsad; latcral angles not dis- tinct cephalad, distinct but rounded caudad; cephalic margin subtrun- cate, caudal margin broadly arcuate; lateral lobes equally long and broad, the ventral margin obtusc-angulate, humeral sinus rather broad and shallow. Tegmina long and narrow, very considerably surpassing the caudal femora. Cerci thick, heavy and parallel, apically with a strong, recurved, aculeate spine on the internal margin, dorsad of which is placed another of similar character but smaller size; subgenital plate with a broad apical V-shaped emargination and with short but distinct 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., styles. Cephalic femora unarmed, tibie with the perforation a mere slit on each face. Median limbs slightly larger than the cephalic pair. Caudal femora no longer than the body, slender, genicular lobes spini- form, the internal more distinctly produced than the external, distal portion of the ventral margins spined; tibize heavy, straight and rather strongly spined. General color tawny olive; head with a lateral line on the rostrum, the ocelli and a narrow postocular line ochre yellow, eye drab, ventral surface of the rostrum black; pronotum with the lateral angles marked with ochre yellow, another bar of the same color and a continuation of the postocular line crosses the lateral lobes; tegmina with the radial veins and the sides of the tympanum marked with blackish, a number of rather faint maculations of the same color being distributed over the tegmina, lateral margins of the tympanum external to the blackish bar striped with ochre yellow; limb with the ventral surfaces blackish, rather weak on the cephalic pair, very distinct and extending on to the lateral aspects of the tibize on the caudal pair. Measurements. Length of body,. . As Le eet | ee Length of head (dorsal), : Bh pe OL UE NTS. foe Length of rostrum from eyes, Rs ed haus tae mS Teng thvokprono timers isnt ere lee. Otel) At PARES sar Greatest width of pronotum, SONS ROG ADIT OFA Length of tegmina,. . Strate jinn bout veetesle te yis9: Greatest width of tegmina, Sor ee ee Pers se aN) iene cKO facaic alten O02 ye ieee ae ene nee ee a) The type is the only adult specimen examined. An immature female from Chokoloskee appears to belong to this species. The ovipositor is very considerably longer than the body, slightly decurved with an acute apex. Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. (PI. I, figs. 10 and 11). Type: 2; Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida. May. [Hcebard collection. ] Apparently allied to C. ensifer Bolivar from Peru, but differing in the short and acuminate tegmina and wings. The blunt, broad fastigium short, sublanceolate tegmina, and straight clongate ovipositor will at once distinguish this species. Size large; form robust, limbs short. Head somewhat depressed, subdeplanate dorsad, occiput and vertex horizontal; rostrum moder- ately produced, extending beyond the cephalic margin of the eyes a — 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 distance slightly less than the interocular space, apex rotundato-trun- cate, rounded and with no distinct angles; frontal fastigium broadly touching the blunt ventral process of the rostrum; eyes subovate, small, not prominent. Pronotum broad, rather deplanate dorsad, no distinct lateral angles, a slightly marked shoulder developed over the humeral sinus; cephalic margin truneate with a very faint median emargination; caudal margin truncate; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, ventral margin rounded with a faint median obtuse angle, humeral sinus distinct but not deep. Tegmina not reaching the apex of the abdomen, sublanceolate, the apex very narrowly rounded; longitudinal veins indistinct and almost lost in the irregular, reticulate character of the cross veins, mediastine veins extending almost half the length of the tegmen, median vein closely pressed to the posterior radial vein and extending to the extreme apex, anterior ulnar vein distinctly longitudinal in disposition and distad parallel and placed close to the median vein. Wings considerably shorter than the tegmina. Ovipositor very long, broad and with a hardly perceptible curve, the length being almost equal to that of the body and nearly twice that of the caudal femora, apex very acute; subgenital plate narrowed toward the apical margin, apex triangularly emarginate. Cephalic femora short, with two spines on the distal portion of the interno-ventral margin, tibiz with the aperture slit-like. Median limbs about equal to the cephalic in size. Caudal femora slightly exceeding the apex of the abdomen, apical portion not very slender, both ventral margins spined distad, genicular lobes distinctly spined. General color cinnamon, two faint longitudinal lines of umber present on the sides of the disk of the pronotum. Measurements. iLaiavgila © lech; co at Be aapelnel Me) ete! of tue) bo Wp Gas garni [eran Oi moStMUIEN AKON ENS 8 5 oS 5 olla, cp o oy | Zoe Nfenimphkotspronouuins os eee) i) Bees See ecmeemeeeset cst eek) SEES: Gandalkwadthyofpronotum; .(. '-) sale) es bt Gos Oli) Weneinwolaterininee) os) eS, ce a Lemaiin OP CRATUSOR AuanBem se 6K So of be eee tensiheobcaudallemoras. J) | sy elecnae = = 0 ee The type only has been examined. Conocephalus retusus Scudder. __ A single female from Chokoloskee is referred to this species. This species has never before been recorded south of Georgia. Orchelimum vulgare Harris. "A pair of this species from Chokoloskee has been examined. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Orchelimum concinnum Scudder. A female from Chokoloskee is the most southern record for this species, whose general range is more western. Orchelimum nitidum Redtenbacher. A male individual from Chokoloskee probably belongs to this species, differing from the description in several details, which, however, appear to be unimportant. Xiphidion gracillimum Morse. A series of fourteen specimens, nine males and five females, repre- sents this beautiful species. Miami adult specimens were taken on January 30, July 17-20 and September 12, 1903, immature specimens on February 6 and 8, 1904. A single immature male from Tampa was taken January 16, 1904. Considerable variation is exhibited in the intensity of the dorsal stripe. The type series of the species was taken at Capron and Biscayne Bay. All specimens of this species which I captured were found among dense weeds. (H.) Xiphidion brevipenne Scudder. This widely distributed species is represented by one female taken at Chokoloskee. Atlantious sp. Fourteen immature specimens belonging to a species of this genus were taken at Miami on February 6 and 9, 1904, and at Tampa on January 17, 1904. They apparently are not gibbosus, but are quite different from the other species of the genus. Ceuthophilus latibuli Scudder. A series of eleven specimens of both sexes represents this richly colored species. They were taken at Enterprise, Volusia county, April 18, 1903, by Mr. Philip Laurent. The species was described from Crescent City, Florida, and Georgia. Mr. Laurent informs me that this species is found abundantly in gopher holes. In one hole which he dug out the whole of the bottom of the burrow was covered with them. (H.) Family GRYLLIDA. Mogoplistes slossoni Scudder. A female specimen of this species, which is considerably smaller than the type measurements and apparently immature, was taken at Miami, February 6, 1904. The antenne have four distinct blackish annuli on a chestnut ground. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 I took this specimen under a sign on an oak tree in the “hammock” just across the river from Miami. One other specimen was noticed, but escaped by springing from the tree. Great difficulty was experi- enced in capturing the specimen without rubbing off its silver scales. (H.) Liphoplus krugii Saussure. This species was originally described from Cuba, and has never since been recorded outside of that island. Seven specimens, one male, six females, taken at Key West, January 19, 1904, appear to be referable to this form. These specimens were taken from /lex cassine by beating, in company with Plectoplera poeyi and Cyrtoxipha delicatula. The specimens were all 'secured with little difficulty. (H.) Liphoplus zebra n. sp. (Pl. I, fig. 12). Type: o'; Miami, Dade county, Florida. February 6, 1904. (Mor- gan Hebard.) [Hebard collection.] Distinguished from L. krugii by the apparent tegmina, the smaller size and peculiar coloration. Size very small; form depressed; surface partially, and probably wholly in the perfect unabraded insect, covered with minute scales of a silvery-white color. Head depressed, the front with a distinct longitudinal median incision, narrow but distinct; eyes reniform in outline, subvertical; antennz considerably exceeding the body in length. Pronotum scutellate, equal to half the length of the body, moderately arched, the lateral portions deflected toward the median line; cephalic portion considerably narrower than the caudal portion, the margin truncate; caudal margin very distinctly rotundate ; lateral margins straight. Tegmina visible only as a projecting fringe around the caudal portion of the pronotum, the structure apparently being a fan-like set of radiating veins, margined apically by a narrow deflected subcoriaceous area. Abdomen short, thickly covered with scales. Limbs heavily scaled; cephalic and median pair very short; caudal femora strongly inflated, supplied with a number of long hairs, tibie shorter than the femora and narrowed somewhat proximad, meta- tarsi scrrato-dentate dorsad. Gencral colors vandyke brown and silvery-white, the tibie and tarsi alternately ringed with these shades; caudal femora silvery-white obseurely mottled with the darker color; antennse wood brown, be- coming darker apically and narrowly and rather sparsely ringed with a deeper shade: head probably uniform silvery-white when unrubbed ; 4 50 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., pronotum cinnamon darker on the lateral portions of the cephalic half, the lateral lobe lined above with pale ochre-yellow and below with a broad line of silvery-white scales. Tegmina bone white, the margins blotched with the two predominating colors. Abdomen finely mottled with the two contrasting tints. Measurements. LengthtoiibodyAee was Peete) SO a WANG ION, 5) 5 5 os 2 One URE He io) eee) COHEN Watchin Gi ROMO, 5 595 5 o 6 6 9 o o > US) ene throlicaudalliien ora a maennCenry = ene 0 eee i Of this beautiful and peculiar species the type is the only specimen which has been seen. The striking coloration is quite distinctive and will immediately separate it from L. krugit. This specimen I captured in the pine woods to the west of Miami. It was first noticed perched on the top of a tuft of wire-grass. After having swept it into the net I very nearly lost it, for it jumped around with great agility. (H.) Nemobius socius Scudder. An adult female and an immature individual from Tampa, taken January 16 and 17, 1904, represent this species. The adult has the tegmina but slightly longer than the head and pronotum, while the wings are not visible. In all other respects, however, the Tampa female is inseparable from macropterous individuals from Thomasville, Georgia. Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder. This beautiful species is represented by three specimens, two males and a nymph, from Miami, taken February 6, 1904, and a pair from Tampa, taken January 16 and 17, 1904. This species is almost invariably found in dead leaves. (H.) Nemobius aterrimus Scudder. This species, originally described from J acksonville, Florida, is repre- sented by a pair taken at Tampa on January 17, 1904. Gryllus firmus Scudder. A single male from Miami represents this species. Gryllus rubens Scudder. This species is represented by a series of ten males and sixteen females. Miami specimens were taken on February 6, 1904, and August 19 and 21, 1903; Tampa specimens on January 16, 1904, and Chokoloskee 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 individuals in April and May, 1903. Several of the specimens’ are smaller than the usual type and are referred here with a little uncer- tainty. The specimens taken on February 6 were all found under boards_and stones along the main street of Miami. They were captured after dusk while stridulating at a great rate. (H.) Gryllodes poeyi (Saussure). This Antillean species is represented by nine specimens, three adult males, two adult females and four nymphs, from Miami, taken Febru- ary 6, 7, and 9, 1904. They are inseparable from a series of Cuban and Bahaman individuals, and constitute the first record of the species from the United States. The first evening in Miami I heard this cricket stridulating in cracks between the bricks of the drive leading to the Hotel Royal Palm. Marking the places, as it was then too dark to investigate, I left them till the next morning. I then was able to raise the bricks and collected several specimens. One specimen was taken stridulating in a crack six feet from the ground between the stones which form the front of the Miami Bank. This insect emits a shrill sound easily distinguished from Gryllus rubens by its higher pitch and the longer duration of the stridulations. When exposed it waves its long slender antenne about continually. (H.) Cyrtoxipha delicatula Scudder. A series of eight adult males, seven adult females and a nymph from Key West, taken January 19, 1904, are referred to this species. An adult male and a nymph were also taken at Miami, February 6, 1904. This series does not wholly agree with Scudder’s description, taken from two males from Fort Reed and Sand Point, Florida, but as a great amount of variation in the presence of pronotal hairs and considerable in the length of the wings is exhibited by the specimens studied, it is impossible to attempt to separate them. Saussure’s C. gundlachi is of a quite different appearance. Key West—These specimens I beat from Jlex cassine with little difficulty. I found no others on any other bushes, and would probably have missed the species in this locality had I not happened to beat this bush. I found it to be the same in the case of Plectoptera poeyi and Liphoplus krugi. Miami.—The nymph was beaten from a bush in the “hammock,” and the mature specimen was taken at night when beating for Micro- centrum. (H.) 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., Hapithus quadratus Scudder. This species, which has been synonymized with H. agitator by both Saussure and Seudder, appears to be quite distinct and really separable from the northern H. agitator. The tegmina of the female are some- what longer and with a more complex venation, while the posterior limbs are longer and distinctly colored, and as far as available material goes the gencral size appears greater. Two adult females from Miami were taken August 11 and 21, 1903, while two nymphs from the same place were collected on February 6, 1904. One nymph was taken at Key West, January 19, 1904. Key West.—This specimen was taken, together with Plectoptera poeyi and Liphoplus krugti, while beating Ilex cassine. (H.) Orocharis sauleyi (Guérin). This Antillean species, here recorded from the United States for the first time, is represented by two males taken at Miami, one on Feb- ruary 3, the other on August 19, 1903. The very slender form and structure of the tegmina will readily separate this from the other North American species. The specimen captured on February 3, 1903, was beaten from the high weeds in a waste field. (H.) Tafalisca’ lurida Walker. A single female from Chokoloskee represents this species. 1This name was denied recognition by Saussure for lack of significance, but it should replace Metrypa Brunner, having five years priority. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SUMMARY OF SPECIES AND LOCALITIES. Choko- 1 | | Tampa.) ioskee Miami. | eS FoRFICULID2. | TD UAUG OLE See totes oncacsne sesh ceses-aeaeeseanes Es Anisolabis maritima.. * s Anisolabis annulipes. # eat * ELD ON OU ESSU lareeter esr asc acevn sesh snuce ese reetenn ne ee 3 these BUG QUEL eon casero ine sno eee * } BLATTip2&. | TB LACH GENIN OMRCT oa ccse cot aca ances xn ste neceseeenesees ¥ Blattella adspersicollis.. “4 lieegaast Ceratinoptera luted...............-- * Temnopteryx deropeltiformis. } # Eurycotis floridana................ = ns * Periplaneta americana. * Periplaneta australasie... * * Pycnoscelus surinamensis eS | * * UP Fecha Pier ON PORY Uncen enc caren eos aeons co seneree *. MANTID. Stagmomantis carolina * * Gonatista grised............. = * = ATES OYOLUE, GGONLUTLES erent cme ntrnsc ce ceenccenee ce tsee aS * * PHASMIDE. Anisomorpha buprestotdes. ..........20.0000.000ce * * ACRIDIDE. | PADDLE UUIMUTUUTUS sat casecics scene sent oae-htnnersseceraer= * Tettigidea lateralis... .| c= Radinotatum brevipenne. = * * Trucxalis brevicornis..... zal * Syrbula GMAT Gbilts............c2c.eee-eenseneneneneseees * DUCT GOSCUTO RS cos ooe cnn ccse-noncenvenonsnesases: ¥ * Amblytropidia occidentalis * * * Orphulella pratorum........ * * Dichromorpha viridis... * * Clinocephalus pulcher.. * Arphia granulata............ * * * Chortophaga viridifasciata * * * * Dissosteira carolina........ * Scirtetica picta........... * Psinidia fenestralis...... * * Dictyophorus guttatus.........c.....-.-.0-ee cence = * Pseudopomala brachy pterd.........-.-....cse.00-++ * Stenacris chlorizans........... * Leptysma marginicollis.. | * * * Schistocerca americana... = * * Schistocerca damnifica.... * * Schistocerca alutacea.... * * Schistocerca obscura.. * Melanoplus puer.... * * Melanoplus keeleri. : * Paroxya floridiana .| * * TEATRO (C2 CANT LE TET ee ee eo pee PREECE EET x ss: * * A ptenopedes CLATG.........-.-...---0.c-ceceseeetereseretcens e! * * A plenopedes Olen o.a.senncc2eencsenensenenenenencseeteete * 53 ey est. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF TETTIGONIDE. Microcentrum rostratum...... Belocephalus subapterus... Pyrgocorypha uncinata.... Conocephalus mexicanus.. Conocephalus lyristes........... Conocephalus hoplomachus. Conocephalus retusus. Orchelimum vulgare...... Orchelimum concinnum Orchelimum nitidum..... Xiphidion gracillimum. NXiphidion brevipenne... m ZA TD ARG TED EY Dpeetanccencoacacecbec eeRa on cecccn cer ROSCOE ~ > GRYLLIDE,- Moyo plistes) SlOSSOnt a aneen een ene LO SOY WITES 501 perce pectenecre eececers ceecen ceo Co 0.05: DRO DUS ZEON O sem nccncts serene eee en INEM ODIUS | SOCIALE. ec xaczcncccacccxnsssaneasaceisereteeneee Nemobius GMbitvOSUs .......2..ccccceeecseeeneneeeneeees INTENLODUILS) QLETTUINUS ee eee Grylls firmus: ca ssecs secscssvasve ncencrececeteeseereeea llus rubens.. 2 Gryllodes poeyi.... A aD ae Del COt Ul Ota .iascscersscasseateorsnsrsemeree apithus quadratus... Pee Onocharts Sauleyt cca. t7 eee Majalisca lurida sonnet [Jan., Tampa. Choko- loskee. HHH HHEH * Miami. HHH KKK * KHKKEK Key West. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1.—Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. Miami, Florida. Male type, lateral view. Twice natural size. Fig. 2.—Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. Miami, Florida. Male type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Twice natural size. Fig. 3.—A potettiz minutus n. sp. Miami, ,Florida. Type, lateral view, twice natural size. Fig. 4.—A potettix minutus n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. ‘Twice natural size. Fig. 5.—Amblycorypha floridana n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig.'6.—Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 7.—Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 8.—Conocephalus lyristes n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 9.—Conocephalus lyristes n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 10.—Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 11.—Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 12.—Liphoplus zebra n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view. Twice natural size. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., NEW, RARE OR LITTLE-KNOWN SCOMBROIDS. No. II. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. CARANGIDA. SCOMBEROIDIN 2. SCOMBEROIDES Lacépéde. Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, 1802, p. 50 (noelit). Dorsal spines I, VII. Pterygoid teeth present. Subgenus SCOMBEROIDES Lacépéde. Seales shorter, not very elongate, or more normally developed. Scomberoides toloo (Cuvier). Chorinemus toloo Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 277. Malabar. (M. Bélenger.) (Based on Toloo parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, I, 1803, p. 29, Pl. 137. Vizagapatam.) Head 43; depth 33; D. I, VIL-I, 20; A. II-I, 18; P. 1, 15; V.1. 5; width of head 22 in its length; depth of head 14; mandible 13; fifth dorsal spine 54; first dorsal ray 13; first anal spine 44; least depth of caudal peduncle 44; pectoral 14; ventral 2; snout 34, from tip of upper jaw; eye 4; maxillary 13. Gill-rakers 3+9, compressed, pointed, and with fine bristles on inner edges. Longest about 3 of longest fila- ments. Longest filaments about 3 of orbit. Color when fresh in arrack slaty-gray above, sides and lower surface silvery-white. Top of head, snout, and upper marginal portion of back grayish. On sides a little above, about six daubs or blotches of grayish. Soft dorsal dull or pale yellowish-white on basal portion, upper part grayish. Ventral and anal similar. Axil of pectoral dusky. Iris pale yellowish. Peri- toneum whitish. Length 13 inches. Four examples, one now in Stanford University. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Scomberoides moluccensis (Gray). Thynnus moluccensis Gray, Cat. Fish Gronow Brit. Mus., 1854, p. 121. Insulas Moluccenses. (British Museum.) Chorinemus sancti petri Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genoot. (Bijd. Makreel. Vissch. Soend. Moluk. Arch.), XXIV, 1852, p. 45. Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., II, 1860, p. 473. Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godef. (Fische der Siidsee), V, 1876, p. 138. (Part. Not of Cuvier.) Head 44; depth 33; D. I, VII-I, 20; A. III, 18; P. m, 16; V. I, 5; 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 width of head 24 in its length; depth of head 14; mandible 14; first dorsal ray about 2; first anal ray about 2+; upper caudal lobe 14; _ pectoral 13; ventral 12; snout 33 in head, measured from its tip; eye 4; maxillary 14; intcrorbital space 34; least depth of caudal pedunele 42; sixth dorsal spine 4. Body rather elongate, somewhat oblong-ovate, strongly compressed, and greatest depth about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Profiles nearly straight after origins of soft dorsal and anal. Caudal peduncle slender, compressed, and its least depth about half of its length. Head rather small, compressed, upper profile but little inclined, and nearly straight till a little before spinous dorsal. Lower profile rather convex from tip of mandible. Snout rather short, a trifle longer than eye, rather narrow, convex, and tip of upper jaw rather pointed. Fig. 1.—Scomberoides moluccensis (Gray). Eye circular, lower rim well below in greatest depth, and posterior rim a little posterior in length of head. Mouth large, gape reaching about opposite front rim of pupil, and tip of mandible produced a little in front beyond tip of upper jaw. Preorbital narrow. Maxillary long, narrow, its distal expanded extremity equal to about 3 of pupil, and reaching about opposite first 2 of orbit. Mandible curved up a little in front. Teeth small, strong, and a single series of rather en- larged ones in upper jaw, especially in front. Front of upper jaw with patch of fine teeth inside and along edges, but narrowing posteriorly. Teeth biserial in mandible, those of outer series very small, close to- gether, and directed outwards. Teeth of outer series of upper jaw fitting in between the two mandibular series when mouth is closed. Four slightly enlarged canine-like teeth in front of lower jaw in inner series. Patches of small teeth on vomer, palatines and pterygoids, 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., that of former without backward clongation. Tongue small, a little clongate, rounded, and free in front. Tongue and basibranchials with fine asperous patches. Nostrils adjoining, level with upper part of iris, posterior a little larger, and without flap in front. Interorbital space elevated and a median trenchant keel extending from internasal space to spinous dorsal. Gill-opening extending forward a trifle before front rim of orbit. Rakers 9+16, slender, compressed, pointed, and longest equal to filaments which are about 2 of orbit. Pseudobranchiz small. Isth- mus strongly compressed but its edge rounded. Seales small, elongate, not narrowly so, and not on head and fins, except base of caudal. Lateral line a little wavy at first, becoming straight after origin of soft anal. Avxillary cavities at bases of pectoral and ventral. Each dorsal and anal spine depressible in a groove. First dorsal spine directed forward, and its tip about opposite first third of pectoral. Of depressible spines fifth and sixth longest, and seventh a little shorter than fourth. When depressed spines overlap. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer snout than base of caudal, first few rays longest, and about last cleven finlet-like though joined by a mem- brane. Soft anal inserted behind origin of soft dorsal and fin similar. Caudal forked, lobes pointed, and rather slender. Spinous anal in- serted well beyond tip of pectoral, second spine longest and reaching origin of rayed fin. Pectoral broad, short, and origin of fin a little below middle of depth. Ventral large, inserted opposite origin of pectoral. First ray reaching about 3 of space to spinous anal, and innermost joined to abdomen by a membrane. Spine slender and a little over half of length of fin. Color in alcohol pale brownish-drab-gray above, side and lower sur- face silvery-white. Side of head silvery. Fins pale straw-brownish, ends of caudal lobes a little darker, and upper portions of soft dorsal rays deep brownish-black. Ventral and anal whitish. No blotches apparent on side of trunk. Iris pale brassy. Peritoneum whitish. Length 64 inches. No. 11,328, A. N. S. P. One example from Christmas Island, lat. 1° 59’ N., long. 157° 32’ W., Polynesia. Dr. William H. Jones. One from Manila, Philippine Islands, from Dr. M. Burrough, differs a little as follows: Head 44; depth 33; width of head 22 in its length; depth of head 12; mandible 13; pectoral 13; ventral about 2; snout 34 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw. Maxillary reaching a little nearer posterior rim of orbit. Length 6} inches. Also two examples, probably from Polynesia. They agree in most 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 all details. One is very young, measuring 24inches. It has: Head 33; depth 32. Body strongly compressed, and of more fusiform profile. Spines large, fifth longest. Second anal spine reaching past origin of soft anal fin which is inserted a little behind that of soft dorsal. Ven- tral equally as long as pectoral, and reaching a little beyond anus, but not quite to origin of spinous anal. Pectoral broad. Scomberoides toloo-parah (Riippell)! from the Red Sea needs com- parison. The synonomies of the species of Scomberoides appear to have been greatly confused. Gray’s moluccensis seems to be the oldest name available for the East Indian form, with which I also identify that from Polynesia. RHAPHIOLEPIS subgen. noy. . Type Chorinemus tol Cuvier. Scales elongate and slender. Approaching Oligoplites. (Pagtov, a small needle; 2exs, a scale.) Scomberoides tol (Cuvier). Chorinemus tol Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 283. Pondichéry. (M. Leschenault.) La céte de Malabar. (MM. Dussumier et Bélenger.) Amboine. Ile de Bourou. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) (Probably not Tol parah Russell.) : Head 43; depth 4; D: I, VII-I, 20; A. MET, 19; P. m, 15; V. I, 5; width of head 24 in its length; depth of head 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; pectoral 144; ventral 2; snout 34, from its tip; eye 43; maxillary 2; interorbital space 33. Gillrakers 8+18, compressed, slender, pointed, with minute bristles on their inner surfaces and long- est nearly equal to longest filaments. Color when fresh in arrack rich slaty-gray above, deep or blackish along profile of back, and a deep blackish streak above eye along side of head above till over base of pectoral. Sidés of body and lower surface silvery-white with about five distinct pale gray blotches anteriorly. Spinous dorsal gray-black. Soft dorsal dull or pale yellowish-white, except upper or outer portions of anterior rays which are black. Caudal grayish. Anal, pectoral and ventral whitish. Axil of pectoral blackish. Ivis pale yellowish. Peri- toneum pale or whitish. Length 9 inches. One example from Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Russell’s poor figure? cannot be certainly identified with this species. Oligoplites saurus (Schneider). Scomber saurus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, 1801, p. 32. Jamaica. (Based on Browne.) Fort Macon (North Carolina), Key West (Florida). Young exam- 1 Lichia toloo-parah Cuvier, in Riippell, Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika, Zool., 1828, p. 91. Massaua. ? Tol parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, Pl. 138. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ples from Porto Rico (Coll. U. 8. Fish Com.) about 44 inches long are more slender, the depth usually about 3%, and the maxillary falling a little short of posterior margin of eye. At present, in alcohol, the iris is dilute silvery-white. The colored figure given by Messrs. Evermann and Marsh* unfortunately lacks the spinous dorsal and anal fins. Oligoplites saliens (Bloch). Scomber saliens Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 49, Pl. 335. Bey den antillischen Inseln. Head 44; depth 32; D. I, IV-I, 20; A. II-I, 20; P. mz, 14; V. I, 5; width of head about 25 in its length; depth of head over posterior margin of eye 14; mandible 14; second articulated dorsal ray 14; first articulated anal ray 1}; pectoral 14; ventral 22; snout 34 in head, measured from its own tip; eye 4; maxillary 14; interorbital space 4; Fig. 2.—Oligoplites saliens (Bloch). last dorsal spine 4; second anal spine 43; least depth of caudal peduncle 4 9 lt Body deep, compressed, oblong-ovoid, and greatest depth at origin of rayed anal. Profiles similar, more or less straight to caudal peduncle after origins of soft dorsal and anal. Caudal peduncle rather slender, compressed, and its least depth about 2% in length. Head deep, compressed, upper profile nearly straight, and lower about evenly convex from tip of mandible to gill-opening. Snout short, convex, a little broad, and upper jaw a little pointed in front. Eye circular, lower rim a little below greatest depth and posterior rim about midway inhead. Mouth large, gape reaching about opposite middle of orbit, and tip of mandible produced a little beyond tip of upper jaw. Preorbital narrow. Maxillary long, narrow, its distal expanded ex- 3 Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. (Fish. Porto Rico), 1899 (1900), Pl. 7. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 tremity equal to about % of pupil, much inclined and reaching well beyond posterior margin of orbit. Teeth small, strong, somewhat slender, pointed, uniserial in upper jaw and biserial in lower. Outer series of mandible directed somewhat outward so that those of upper fit in between. Patches of minute teeth on vomer and palatines, none on pterygoids. Patch on vomer more or less rounded in shape and without backward prolongation like that in O. saurus. Palatine teeth in form of broader patches anteriorly, becoming very narrow poste- riorly. Tongue small, broad, rounded, and free in front, its upper surface asperous. Surfaces of basibranchials also asperous. Nostrils adjoining, nearly opposite middle of eye, and also a little nearer same than tip of snout. Posterior a little larger and partly concealed in front by a small flap along edge of anterior. Interorbital space elevated convexly, and with a median trenchant keel extending from internasal space to occiput. Region before spinous dorsal also trenchant. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite nostrils. Rakers about 7+16, slender, and longest a trifie shorter than filaments which are nearly equal to } of orbit. Pscudobranchie small. Isthmus strongly compressed but edge rounded. Scales elongate, slender, pointed, and irregularly directed backward. Lateral line curved or wavy at first, becoming somewhat straight along side of trunk opposite rayed dorsal and anal. An axillary cavity at base of pectoral covered over above by amembrane. A similar one at base of ventral. Each spine of dorsal and anal depressible in a deep groove. Head entirely naked. First dorsal spine directed forward, its tip about opposite middle of pectoral. Dorsal spines separate, each one posteriorly united with back by a membrane, and all graduated to last which is longest. Soft dorsal inserted well behind origin of soft anal, nearly midway between front margin of orbit and base of last dorsal ray. Anterior rays elon- gate, forming a small lobe, and about last ten finlet-like though united by a membrane. Soft anal similar, inserted about midway between tip of mandible and base of last analray. Spinous anal inserted about opposite tip of pectoral, spines nearly equal, united posteriorly with abdomen by a low membrane, also depressible in a groove, and not quite reaching origin of anal when depressed. Caudal moderate, deeply forked, and lobes somewhat slender. Pectoral short, broad, and its insertion nearly level above with lower rim of orbit. Ventral inserted a trifle in advance, inner ray joined to abdomen by a membrane, and depressed fin reaching a little over half way to crigin of spinous anal. Ventral spine about half length of fin. Anus a little nearer tip of depressed ventral than origin of spinous anal. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan , Color in alcohol dull brown above, pale or whitish below. Body over most all of lower region washed with silvery-white. This also includes mandible and side of head. Fins pale straw-brown, ventral and anal paler or whiter. Iris pale brassy. Peritoneum pale. Length 9} inches, No. 11,334, A. N. S. P. One example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Drs. Ruschenberger and Turner. This little-known form is well marked and easily distinguished from O. saurus by the longer maxillary and shape of the patch of vomerine teeth. The form called palometa is said to have the posterior margin of the infraorbital ring deeply concave. ‘This is not true of my example, as it has the posterior rim of the infraorbital nearly vertical. SERIOLIN ®. Naucrates ductor (Linnzus). Gasterosteus ductor Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 295. In Pelago, Satelles Squali. Naucrates ductor Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 72. Two examples 113 and 112 inches in length from the Mediterranean show the following: Head about 4; depth 44 to 44; D. III-I, 25 and 26; A. II-I, 16; eye 52 in head; maxillary 3; interorbital space 23 | and 2%; pectoral about 13; ventral 12 and 13. Bonaparte Coll. Also seven examples from the West Indies, ranging up to 42 inches in length. The latter has: Head 33; depth 44; D. IV—I, 26; A. II-I, 15; eye 5 in head; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2,°,; pectoral 1]; ventral 14. The others all more or less agree except that they become shorter and the ventrals of the smaller examples reach the anus. It is 233; inches in length and bears evidence of the Xystophorus stage in the presence of preopercular spines. The largest example noted above agrees per- feetly with the large Mediterranean examples in the posterior position of the vent and the slender form of the body. The scales are decidedly small, and approximate about 175,in a lateral series below the lateral line to the base of the caudal. Nauorates polysarcus sp. noy. Head 33; depth 34; D. V-I, 25; A. II-I, 16; P. im, 16; V. I, 5; scales about 120 in a series directly below lateral line to base of caudal; 17? seales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line, and about 27? in a vertical series between latter and origin of soft anal; width of head 13 in its length; depth of head 14; snout 3}; eye 5; maxillary 3; interorbital space 24; mandible 24; second dorsal ray about 2%; least depth of caudal pedunele about 5; first anal ray about 24; pectoral (damaged) 13; ventral 12. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 Body plump, robust, compressed, and greatest depth about origin of soft dorsal. Back about latter a trifle elevated. Caudal peduncle rather thick, depressed above and below, and its least depth about 2 its length. Head robust, plump, compressed, upper profile obtuse in front and convex. Snout broad, convex, and obtuse. Eye circular, not high, and its postcrior margin well anterior to middle of length of head. Adipose eyelid not broad. Mouth rather small, and small mandible not produced beyond tip of upper jaw. Maxillary small, reaching front margin of pupil, slipping below preorbital most of its length, and distal expanded extremity equal to diameter of pupil. ‘Teeth fine, small, and in narrow bands in jaws. Vomer and palatines with similar teeth, those on former forming a backward elongation. Tongue rather Fig. 3.—Naucrates polysarcus Fowler. small, spatulate, free, and with a small asperous patch. Nostrils adjoining, level with upper part of pupil, but a little nearer tip of snout. Posterior with a cutaneous valve in front. Interorbital space broadly convex. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front rim of orbit. Rakers 6+16, compressed, pointed, longest about 2 of orbit or about 3 of longest filaments. Pseudobranchize well developed. Isthmus broad and with a median groove. Seales small, cycloid, and of more or less even size. Cheeks, post- ocular, supraocular, mastoid, and occipital regions covered with small scales, head otherwise naked. Postocular scales elongate. Opercles striate. A patch of small scales extending along bases of soft dorsal and anal in front. Base and basal region of caudal lobes also covered 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., with small scales. Base of inner ventral ray scaled anteriorly. Lat- eral line well curved convexly below origin of spinous dorsal, then de- scending rather steeply till about opposite first third in base of dorsal fin and continuing thence straight to base of caudal. Cutaneous keel along side of caudal peduncle not conspicuous. Tubes of lateral line simple. Dorsal spines low, third longest and others graduated down. Origin of this fin nearly midway between middle of orbit and origin of soft anal in vertical. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of last dorsal ray, and first ray longest, others graduated down though no lobe is formed. Soft anal similar, inserted far behind anal or about midway between origin of ventral and base of last anal ray. Caudal rather small, forked, and lobes apparently pointed. Pectoral broad, short, origin about level with lower margin of eye. Ventral long, pointed, inserted below bases of lowest or last pectoral rays, and reaching 3 of space to origin of spinous anal. Ventral spine small and thin, and last ray united to abdomen by a membrane. Anus midway between tip of depressed ventral and origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol deep brown, back and upper surface darker. Lower surface pale brownish. Fins brownish. Pectoral deep brown. Ven- trals with front margins of spine and rays light or pale, rest of fin more or less dusky or dull blackish-brown. Side with five broad deep brown transverse bands, rather regular, and spaces between much narrower. First band extends from space just before spinous dorsal down to side of chest including base of pectoral in its course. Second extends from spinous dorsal. Third extends from bases of anterior long dorsal rays toward vent and tip of ventrals. Fourth extends down on bases of long anterior anal rays. Fifth includes last rays of both dorsal and anal. Base of caudal also of same color. Transverse bands also be- come paler or more or less fade out below. Iris dull yellowish. Per'- toneum pale. Length (caudal damaged) 63 inches. Type No. 11,379, A. N.S. P. West coast of Mexico. Dr. William H. Jones. One example. This species is provisionally separated from Naucrates ductor by the more robust or deeper form of the body, the ventrals reaching back till the front margin of the vent is midway between in the space to the origin of the spinous anal, and the much larger scales. Dr. Gill first pointed out the differences between this form and N. ductor, basing the examination apparently on one of the examples in the Bonaparte collection, now before me, and an example from Hono- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 lulu, Hawaiian Islands, sent to the Smithsonian Institution by the Rev. W.H. Pease. From his account the latter example appears identical with my type. (Hodbcapxos, plump.) Elagatis bipinnulatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Seriola bipinnulata Quoy ,and Gaimard, Voyage de l’Uranie, Zool., 1825, p. 363, Pl. 61, fig. 3. Isles des Papous. (M. Taunay.) Head 4; depth 54; D. VI-I, 24,2; A. I, 16, 2; P. mz, 16; V. I, 5; seales about 105 in a lateral series to base of caudal; about 12 between origin of dorsal and lateral line; width of head 2 in its length; depth of head 12; mandible 24; third dorsal spine 53; base of spinous dorsal 2¢; spine of soft dorsal 42; first undeveloped dorsal ray 22; anal spine 71; first anal ray 33; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; pectoral 14; ventral 2; snout 22, from its tip; eye 6; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2,55. Body elongate, fusiform, slender, and compressed, greatest depth near origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, compressed, and its width 12 in its depth. Tail sloping down gradually. A small pit at origin of each caudal lobe. Head elongate, subconic, compressed, pointed, and upper profile almost straight from end of snout to occiput. Snout long, pointed, rather broad, and with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, with narrow eyelid, and midway in length of head. Mouth small, slightly curved, and with mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary broad posteriorly till equal to 3 of eye, its entire edge slipping under preor- bital, and reaching posteriorly half way between nostrils and front of orbit. Lips thick and fleshy, especially lower. Teeth in fine rasp-like bands in Jaws, broader anteriorly, but not connected at symphysis or front of upper jaw. Vomer and palatines with patches of fine teeth. Tongue long, free, rather thin, upper surface with numerous small velvety patches, and tip broadly rounded. Nostrils small, lateral, together, and near last third of space between tip of snout and front of eye. Interorbital space broad, and elevated. A broad median ridge from snout to occiput, and also a broad ridge over each eye. Margin of preoperele entire. Gill-opening extending forward till opposite nostrils. Rakers 9+ 26, compressed, long, with fine bristles on inner edges, and longest but little shorter than longest filaments. Filaments a little shorter than eyc, and pseudobranchiz about half as long as latter. Branchiostegals 7, large. Isthmus broad, with a shallow groove. § Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862 (1863), p. 441. 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan., Scales small, numerous, irregularly rounded, generally clongate, with imperfect striz, and not imbricated. Head more or less naked, except on cheeks, occiput, and space back of eyes. Bases of anterior long dorsal and anal rays scaly. Base of caudal sealy. Base of pec- toral with minute scales. Lateral line superior at first, extending down to middle of side of tail opposite origin of anal, and then straight to base of caudal. Dorsal spines small, pungent, third longest and others graduated in front and behind, all depressible in a groove. Insertion of spinous dorsal about over last fifth of pectoral, or nearly midway between front margin of eye and origin of anal. Origin of soft dorsal nearer tip of mandible than base of caudal, first ray highest, and others graduated. Last two rays detached. Anal similar, but smaller, and its origin nearer gill-opening than base of caudal. Caudal deeply forked, lobes long pointed and lower about 34 in body. Pectoral small, a little larger than ventral, and not reaching as far posteriorly. Origin of ven- tral a little nearer posterior margin of eye than origin of soft dorsal, rays strong, and reaching half way to anus. Anus about an eye- diameter before origin of anal. Color when fresh in arrack deep leaden-gray or brownish above, lower parts pale or dirty white. Dorsals and caudal dark lke back. Anals pale or whitish, last rays with a grayish margin. Pectoral and ventral grayish, latter with white rays. Lateral line forms a median dark streak along side of caudal peduncle. Iris pale brown. Peritoneum white. Length 232 inches. No. 25,130, A. N.S. P. Padang, Sumatra. One example. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. The American form® needs comparison. It has been considered identical by Liitken,® Meek’ and Bollman. CARANGIN. Megalaspis cordyla (Linnzus). Scomber cordyla Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 298. ‘“‘America.”’ Megalaspis rottleri Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 506. Head 4; depth 44; D. VIIL-I, 11, 8; A. II-I, 9, 7; scales 28 in lateral line, and scutes about 60 to base of caudal; snout 3} in head, 5 Seriola pinnulata Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, 1858, p. 233. Cuba. 6 Seriolichthys bipinnulatus Liitken, Kon. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrijt. (Spolia Atlantica), XII, 1880, p. 603. 7 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1889, p. 42. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 from its tip; eye 5; maxillary 24; interorbital space 34. Gill-rakers 11+21, long, compressed, and with fine bristles on inner margin. Color when fresh in arrack deep stecl-gray on back, side and lower surface of body white. Latter, and especially sides of head and large scutes of lateral line, burnished with bright silvery. Top of head blackish. Upper margin of opercle with a blackish blotch a little smaller than eye. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral grayish, or dusky- black. Anal and ventral chalky-white, outer portions more or less dusky or blackish. After being in alcohol upper surface shows a dark purplish-metallic luster. Length 124 inches. Four examples in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Decapterus punctatus (Agassiz). Caranx punctatus Agassiz, Sel. Gen. Spec. Pisce. Brasil., 1829, p. 108, Pl. 56a, fig. 2. Oceano Atlantico [Brazil]. (Museo Monacensi.) Decapterus sancte-helene Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899 (1900), p- 118. (Not of Cuvier.) The three examples that I recorded from Jamaica appear to belong to this species. The largest, 44 inches in length, agrees with the others. It has: Head 32; depth 5; D. VIII-I, 31, 1; iN El 27, ls Pri, 18; V. 1, 5; seales 55 in lateral line to first ealed seute ; Peeled scutes 37 in lateral line. Also three examples from the stomach of a horse mack- erel (Pelamys?) taken at Newport, Rhode Island, by Samuel Powel. The largest of these only measures 44 inches. It has: Head 33; D VIII, 31, 1; A. ILI, 26, 1; and keeled scutes 38 in lateral line. So far as I am able to judge they agree with the Jamaican examples. Trachurus symmetricus (Ayres). Caranx symmetricus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., I, 1855, p. 62. Bay of San Francisco. A single example from San Pedro, California. Seriola picturata Bowdich® is represented by a miserable figure and does not appear certainly identifiable with the form on the Pacific coast of the United States. Caranx cuviert Lowe’ is also an Atlantic form. Trachurus mediterraneus (Steindachner). Caranx trachurus var. mediterranea Steindachner, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LVII, 1868, p. 383. Das Mittelmeer. (Wiener Museum.) Caranz trachurus Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesce. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 75 (Part.) Head 32; depth 5; D. 1, VIJI-I, 32; A. III, 28; P. nm, 20; V. 1, 5; scutes in lateral line 41+ 41 (82) to bas of Gaidale width of Hen ee in 8 Excursions in Maines ie Porto Seni, 1825, p. 123, ae 27. * Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 11, 1837, p. 183. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., its length; depth of head 12; mandible 2; fourth erect dorsal spine 2; snout 3 in head, measured from its own tip; maxillary 24; orbit 34; interorbital space 44; ventral 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 7; depth of largest keeled scute in lateral line 5. Body elongate, slender, fusiform, greatest depth apparently near origin of soft dorsal, and profiles similar. Least depth of caudal peduncle nearly 4 its length. Head compressed, lower profile more full and steeper than upper. Snout long, compressed, and with a slight convex protrusion in front. Eye large, orbicular, with a well-developed adipose eyelid covering at least its posterior 2, circular, high, and alittle anterior in head. Mouth a little inclined, and mandible well protruded in front of upper jaw. Upper edge of maxillary entirely slipping under edge of preorbital, Fig. 4.—Trachurus mediterraneus (Steindachner). reaching about opposite front margin of eye, and its distal expanded extremity about equal to pupil. Small teeth uniserial in jaws. A small'series of teeth across vomer and also a single series on each pala- tine. Tongue elongate, slender, free, rounded at tip and with a single asperous median patch posteriorly. Nostrils adjoining, and much nearer upper front rim of orbit than tip of snout. Interorbital space a little elevated and with a median keel from internasal space to occiput. Gill-opening extending forward not quite to nostril. Rakers 16438? slender, equal to 3 of orbit. Vilaments only about 2 length of longest rakers. Pseudobranchie a little smaller. Isthmus compressed, its lower surface with a median groove. Seales small, extending well on head posteriorly, check, and opercle at least above. No scales now on anterior bases of rayed dorsal and anal. A large scaly flap behind axil of pectoral. Scutes in lateral line broadest along middle of keeled straight portion, those along side 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 of caudal peduncle become more strongly keeled and dentate. Spinous dorsal and anal depressible in grooves. Spinous dorsal inserted nearly midway between front margin of orbit and origin of soft anal in vertical. Third erect spine longest, others graduated down. Soft dorsal inserted about midway in length of trunk, and first rays longest. Spinous anal inserted a trifle before origin of soft dorsal, spines nearly equal. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, only inserted more posteriorly. Caudal rather small, forked, and lobes apparently pointed. Pectoral rather long. Ventral in- serted well behind pectoral and reaching a trifle over 3 of space to origin of spimous anal. Color in alcohol faded pale dull slaty-gray above, below pale brown- ish-white. Fins dull brown. Iris pale yellowish. Length (end of caudal damaged) 74 inches. No. 11,293, A. N.S. P. Beirut, Syria. One example. It also agrees with twenty-one examples from Italy, of all ages. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 377). Dr. T. B. Wilson. One also from Malaga. Dr. Steindachner first pointed out this form, basing it on Mediterra- nean examples with an increased number of scutes in the lateral line, 79-86. T. trachurus is said to have 70-75. Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch). Scomber crumenophthalmus Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 77, Ee 343. An den afrikanischen Kiisten, in der Gegend von Acara. (Dr. ert.) St. Thomas (West Indies), San Domingo (West Indies), New Provi- dence (Bahamas), Santa Cruz (West Indies), and Newport (Rhode Island). Examples from the Pacific do not appear different. An example from Panama (Coll. J. A. MeNeil) has: Head 3; depth 32; D. I, VIIL-I, 26; A. II-I, 23; scales in lateral line 48, and remaining keeled scutes 33 (81); pectoral 14 in head; snout 3? in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; cye 3; maxillary 24; length 93 inches. An- other example from Samoa differs in: Head 34; depth 3$; A. I-I, 22: 54 scales in lateral line, and remaining keeled scutes 35 (89); eye 34 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; snout 34; maxillary 22; length 7] inches. Smaller Hawaiian examples” differ in minor details. I provisionally follow Dr. Giinther in identifying all these examples with Bloch’s crumenophthalmus, though possibly exhaustive material may prove different. 10 Recorded previously from Samoan and Hawaiian Islands (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 501). 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.., Subgenus ALEPES Swainson. Scales small. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Alepes melanoptera Swainson. Lardner’s Cab. Cyclop. Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 248. (Based on Wort parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 40, Pl. 155. Vizagapatam.) Head 34; depth 24; D. 1, VIIL-I, 24; A. II, I, 20; P. 1, 18; V. I, 5; scales 38 in lateral line, remaining portion composed of 55 scutes; about 15 scales between spinous dorsal and uppermost part of lateral line ; width of head 22 in its length; depth of head 14; mandible 24; fourth dorsal spine 3; second dorsal ray 2; second anal ray 24; pectoral 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 54; snout 34 in head, from its tip; eye 32; interorbital space 3; maxillary 23. Body moderately long, compressed, anterior profiles about evenly convex, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle slender, compressed above and below, its least depth 1% in its length, and width a trifle less than its depth. Head compressed, deep, and anterior profile obtuse. Snout convex, blunt, with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with a rather narrow adipose eyelid. Mouth small, oblique, upper jaw pro- jeeting beyond snout, and small maxillary reaching a little beyond front rim of orbit. Posterior distal expanded extremity of maxillary nearly equal to 4 of orbit. Preorbital thin; and upper edge of maxil- lary slipping below all but a small portion posteriorly. Teeth minute, uniserial, and close together along edges of jaws. Vomer and palatines edentulous. Tongue with minute weak aspcritics, its own shape elongate, free and rounded in front. Lips thin. Nostrils close to- gether, lateral, much nearer eye than tip of upper jaw, and anterior with a slightly elevated fleshy rim. Interorbital space broad, elevated, and giving place to median trenchant ridge which extends from above nostrils to occiput. Preopercular ridge and margin slightly inclined forward. Gill-opening extending forward till below nostrils. Rakers 6+19, compressed, rather broad, and much shorter than filaments. Fila- ments about 2 of orbit, and pseudobranchize much shorter. Isthmus narrow, not trenchant, and its lower surface very triangularly elongate. Scales small, numerous, cycloid, and narrowly imbricated. Spinous dorsal with a narrow basal sheath. Soft dorsal and anal with anterior basal portion enclosed in rather broad basal scaly sheaths. Checks just below eye, and upper side of head posteriorly, also upper portion of opcrele, with small scales. Base of caudal covered with small scales, but without any keels at bases of lobes. Lateral line strongly 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 arched at first till opposite origin of soft dorsal, then straight to base of caudal. Shields small, deepest about 10 in greatest depth of body. Spinous dorsal beginning well behind origin of pectoral, spines low, fourth highest, fin rounded above, and depressible ina groove. Origin of soft dorsal about midway between tip of mandible and base of caudal, first ray highest, and anterior higher rays graduated down from it, not forming alobe. Last dorsal and anal rays hardly longer than those preceding. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, its origin a little nearer base of caudal than front rim of orbit. Anal spines strong, short, depressible in a slight groove, and first inserted about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Belly in front of spinous anal with a short bony tren- chant keel. Caudal small, forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral rather broad and pointed. Ventral small, reaching nearly half way to soft anal, and inserted a trifle in advance of origin of pectoral. Anus well anterior, near tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack with upper parts of body deep slaty-gray. Sides and lower surface whitish, and more or less silvery. Spinous dorsal black. Soft dorsal, caudal and anal dusky, other fins paler or whitish. Opercle with a large blue-black blotch above, nearly as large as eye. Iris yellowish. Peritoneum silvery. Length 5 inches. No. 27,501, A. N.S. P. Padang, Sumatra. One example. Caranz mgripinnis Day" is identical. Russell’s figure and description appear to represent this fish and not Caranx preustus Bennett,” which Bleeker claimed to have discovered. Alepes amblyrhynchus (Cuvier). Caranx amblyrhynchus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 76, Pl. 248. Brésil. (M. Delalande.) Head 33; depth 24; D. I, VII-I, 28; A. IL-I, 24; P.m, 19; V.1, 5; scales 41 in lateral line, remaining portion composed of about 50 scutes; about 16 scales between uppermost part of lateral line and spinous dorsal; width of head about 2 inits length; depth of head at posterior margin of eye about 1,4,; mandible 24; fourth erect dorsal spine 34; first dorsal ray 12; first anal ray 1,8,; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; snout 3{ in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 32; maxillary 3; interorbital space 24; pectoral 24 in head and trunk. Other characters unless otherwise stated similar to melanoptera. Least depth of caudal peduncle about 24 in its length. Mandible only protruded a trifle. Distal expanded extremity of maxillary 4 of pupil. 1 Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 225, Pl. 51, fig. 5. Madras and Andamans. 2 In Mem. Lije and Serv. Raffles, 1830, p. 689. Sumatra. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Gill-opening extending forward opposite front margin of orbit. Rakers 9+21. Filaments about half of orbit. Pseudobranchie shorter than filaments. Entire bases of rayed dorsal and anal scaly. Straight portion of lateral lme beginning a little behind origin of soft dorsal. Soft dorsal inserted much nearer tip of mandible than base of caudal, and soft anal similarly inserted. No trenchant bony keel in front of spinous anal. Caudal rather large. Anus just before tip of ventrals. In alcohol spinous dorsal brown above. Anal whitish like ventrals. An indistinct diffuse grayish-dusky blotch on opercle above. Iris dull brassy. One example from Rio Janciro, Brazil, 8 inches long. Subgenus SELAR Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 1850 (1851), pp. 343, 352 (bodps). Caranx megalaspis (Bleeker). Selar megalaspis Bleeker, 1. ¢., V, 1853, p. 502. Priaman, in mari. (M. Godin.) Caranx megalaspis Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 510, Pl. 13, upper figure. Head 34; depth 22; D. VIII-I, 25; A. IE-I, 20; P. u, 19; V. I, 5; seales in lateral line about 30, its remaining portion composed of about 40 large scutes; about 10 scales between origin of dorsal and upper part of lateral line, and nearly 30 between latter and origin of anal in an oblique series; width of head 2¢ in its length; depth of head 175; mandible 2,,; third dorsal spine 24; second dorsal ray 12; first anal ray 22; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; snout 33 from its tip; eye 33; maxillary 22; interorbital space 4; upper lobe of caudal 34 in head and trunk; pectoral 34. Body greatly compressed, ovoid, and anteriorly upper and lower profiles evenly convex. Greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, its depth 24 its length, and its width about 3 its depth. Head rhomboid, compressed, and blunt anteriorly. Snout short, blunt, and compressed. Eye large, anterior, and with a broad poste- rior adipose eyelid. Mouth oblique and upper jaw projecting slightly beyond snout. Lips fleshy and lower rather broad. Teeth minute, uniserial, in jaws. Small teeth in patches on vomer and palatines. Tongue free, rounded in front, and rather long. Mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary reaching posteriorly a little beyond front rim of orbit, and its distal expanded extremity half of orbit. Also with a distinct oblique ridge. Nostrils lateral, close together, and a little nearer eye than tip of snout. Interorbital space convexly ele- vated, with a median trenchant keel which begins anteriorly and runs to spinous dorsal. Margin of preopercle convex. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 Gill-opening carried forward till opposite front margin of orbit. Rakers 7+ 25, a little longer than longest filaments, or a trifle over half of eye, compressed, rather thin, and pointed. Pseudobranchiz small. Isthmus narrow, but not trenchant. Seales small, cycloid, discoid and imbricated. Head naked, except a patch of scales on cheek adjoining eye, opercle, and upper posterior side. Anterior portions of soft dorsal and anal with scaly sheaths. Spinous dorsal with a low basal sheath. Bases of caudal and pectoral sealed. Straight portion of lateral line beginning below origin of soft dorsal, curved portion about 2? in straight portion, and broadest scutes about 44 or less in depth of body. Spinous dorsal small, spines slender, depressible in groove, third longest, and origin of fin well behind that of pectoral, or much nearer origin of soft dorsal than posterior rim of orbit. Soft dorsal inserted much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, and anterior rays ele- vated, first developed ray longest. Soft anal similar, but its insertion posterior and nearly median in body. Anal spines inserted in advance of soft dorsal, depressible in a groove, and second longer. Caudal deeply forked, lobes long and pointed, and upper much longer. Pec- toral a little longer than head, faleate, and reaching opposite base of fourth ray. Ventral small, pointed, inserted below origin of pectoral, and length about equal to eye. Color when fresh in arrack with bright silvery prevailing, back and upper surface of head pale slaty-gray. A large blackish blotch nearly equal to eye on upper part of opercle and shoulder-girdle. This is also reflected inside gill-opening. Snout dusky above. Fins pale brown- ish, upper portions of dorsals and caudal dusky. Ins yellowish. Peritoneum pale and whitish. Length 52 inches. No. 27,504, A.N.S.P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. In all 8 examples in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. This species is related to Caranx kalla Cuvier,® from which it is distinguished, however, by the broad armature of the lateral line. Upon comparison with Swatow examples" of kalla the scutes were found constantly much narrower than in megalaspis. In the latter they are always equal to a little over orbit. Scomber kleinii® is also Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1X, 1833, p.37. Pondichéry. Malabar. La mer Rouge. (M. Geoffroy.) Mahé. (M. Bélenger et M. Dussumier.) 4 Rutter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897 (1898), p. 72. © Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 86, Pl. 347, fig. 2. Der mala- barischen NKiste. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., related, but differs in having shorter scutes. The figure shows them a little over 5 in greatest depth of body. Bloch remarks “les opercules sont unis; et l’on diseerne une tache blue sur le postérieur,”’ though it is not indicated on his figure. Cuvier considered Caranax peronti® very closc, if not identical. C. megalaspis is also related to C. boops Cuvier, but the scutes of that species range from 45 to 50, while in the former they are seldom over 40.7 No trace of a yellow longitudinal band observed. Caranx mate Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., [X, 1833, p.40. Pondichéry. Des Séchelles. (M. Dussu- mier.) Nouvelle-Guinée. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) D’étroit d’Antjer. (M. Raynaud.) Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 510, Pl. 13, lower figure. Head 34; depth 32; D. VILI-I, 23; A. III, 19; P. m, 19; V. I, 5; scales 50 in lateral line, remaining scutes about 42; 10 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical series ; about 30? seales between latter and anus (squamation injured); width of head 1,8, in its length; depth of head 14; mandible 24; third dorsal spine 2;1,; first dorsal ray 24; first anal ray 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 74; snout 34, in head, measured from its tip; eye 4; maxil- lary 22; interorbital space 34; pectoral 3 in head and trunk. Body compressed, deep, anterior profiles evenly convex, and lower becoming more so posteriorly so that greatest depth is at spinous anal. Caudal pedunele slender, broadly depressed, so that its least depth is 3 and its least width 2 in its length. Head compressed, deep, and pointed in front. Snout conic, pointed, but with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with broad adipose eyelids, only a vertical slit equal in width to half its diameter exposed. Mouth inclined and slightly curved, and mandible project- ing beyond upper jaw. Lips fleshy, and on each ramus of mandible broad and thick. Maxillary reaching a little beyond front rim of eye, its upper edge entirely shpping below broad preorbital, and its distal expanded extremity half of orbit. A short oblique groove continued down from lower angle of maxillary when mouth is closed. Teeth in jaws small, sharp pointed, and uniserial. Vomer and palatines with patches of minute teeth. ‘Tongue elongate, free, and rounded in front, its upper surface with minute asperitics. Nostrils small, high on snout, but nearer eye than tip of former. Interorbital space elevated, giving place to median keel which begins over nostrils and extends to occiput. © Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1X, 1833, p. 84. Vanicolo. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Amboine. Java. Malabar. “7.c.,p. 35. Amboine. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Vanicolo. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 Preorbital and preopercle with small flutings, edge of latter strongly convex. Gill-opening carried forward below nostrils. Rakers 11+27, com- pressed, slender, and longest about + length of longest filaments which are about 3 of orbit. Pscudobranchiz about half of eye. Isthmus narrow, not trenchant. Scales small, narrowly imbricated, and eyeloid. Head naked, except cheek and upper posterior side above opercles. Spinous dorsal with a low basal scaly sheath, but those of soft dorsal and anal well developed. Base of caudal scaled, and that of pectoral naked. Straight portion of lateral line beginning after elevated dorsal rays or at tip of depressed pectoral. Scutes small, deepest 64 in greatest depth of body. Spinous dorsal small, spines slender, pungent, depressible in a groove, and third and fourth nearly equal. . Origin of fin over first fifth of length of pectoral, or nearly equal in space between tip of latter and front rim of orbit. Soft dorsal beginning about over last third of pectoral, or nearly midway between tip of mandible and base of caudal. First few anterior rays elevated, and graduated down from first and second developed rays which are longest. Last dorsal and anal ray finlet-like and longer than preceding. Anal similar to soft dorsal, its origin a little before tip of pectoral, or a little nearer base of caudal than front rim of eye. Anal spines short, depressible in a groove, posterior longer, and origin of fin almost opposite that of soft dorsal. Caudal forked, lobes small and pointed, and no keels at their bases. Pectoral long, faleate, and its origin nearly level with lower rim of orbit. Ventral small, depressible in a groove, and about equal to postocular region. Anus nearly midway between root of ventral and origin of anal, or at tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack grayish-silvery, somewhat slaty above, and sides, together with lower surface, white. A large deep blue-black blotch on operele, and upper portion of shoulder-girdle same color. Dorsals, caudal and pectoral grayish tinged with dull yellow, and other fins whitish. Iris yellowish. Peritoneum gray. Length 72 inches. No. 27,508, A.N.S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Seven examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Dr. Giinther claims!’ Selar hasseltii Bleeker’® is furnished with a nar- 18 Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., II, 1860, p. 430. Amboyna. (Mr. Frank.) 19 Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 1, 1850 (1851), p. 359. Batavia, Cheribon, Surabaja, in mari. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., row band of teeth in the upper jaw. In Blecker’s account the maxil- lary teeth are said to be small, equal and conspicuous. This also agrecs with my examples, though the transverse diffuse vertical bands were not observed when they were first reecived. Dr. Steindachner has united this form”? with Caranz affinis Riippell,”? basing it on Hawaiian material, though Ritppell’s fish never seems to have been satisfactorily compared: Caranx xanthurus” appears to be identical but is of later pagination. ELAPHROTOXON subgen. noy. Type Scomber ruber Bloch. Subgenus Caranz Jordan and Evermann” is identical. Their sub- genus Tricropterus becomes identical with subgenus Caranx as here understood. 2 (Exagpos, shallow; 7650», bow; with reference to the slightly con- vex anterior portion of lateral linc.) Caranx ruber (Bloch). Scomber ruber Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 75, Pl. 342. Bey der Insel St. Croix. (Dr. Isert.) One from New Providence (Bahamas), Coll. Dr. H. C. Wood. Subgenus CARANX Lacépéde. Caranx hippos (Linnzus). Scomber hippos Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, Reformata, 1766, p. 494. Carolina. (D. Garden.) Newport (Rhode Island), Beasley’s Point (New Jersey), San Do- mingo (West Indies), Pernambuco (Brazil). VEXILLICARANX subgen. noy. Type Caranx africanus Steindachner. Inner teeth in each Jaw minute, pointed, equal, and forming a nar- row band, at least in front. Outer tecth a little enlarged and forming a single series at least, in each jaw. Breast naked. No opercular spot. Anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal produced into long slender faleate lobes. Pectoral long, faleate. Anterior curved portion of lateral line a little less than half of remaining straight portion. Adi- pose eyelid rather narrow. (Vexillum, streamer; Caranz, from Carangue, French vernacular.) 20 Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LX XXIII, 1881, p. 211. Neue Wirbelthiere, Fisch., 1835, p. 49, Pl. 14, fig. 1. Massaua. *® Kuhl and Van Hasselt, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p.41. Java. (MM. Kuhl and Van Hasselt.) Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (Fish. N. Mid. Am.), No. 47, I, 1896, p. 916. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 Caranx africanus Steindachner. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LX XXVIII, 1883 (1884), p. 1108, Pl. 7, fig. 1. Gorée. (Herr W. Hofler.) Kiiste Liberia’s. (Herr Biittikofer.) Lagos und der Loango-Kiiste. [All Coll. Vienna Mus.] Head 33; depth 24; D. I, VIIL-I, 21; A. II-I, 18; keeled scutes 44 in straight portion of lateral line; fourth erect dorsal spine 24 in head; first developed anal ray 14; ventral (damaged) about 21; mandible 2; snout 3? in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 33; maxillary 22; inter- orbital space 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 5. Maxillary reaching about opposite first 2 of orbit, and its expanded extremity 2 in latter. Rakers 13+28, slender, compressed, much longer than filaments or about 3 of orbit. Anus a little before tips of ventrals. Deepest scute about 84 in greatest depth of body. Long faleate dorsal lobe reaching when depressed at least opposite base of last dorsalray. Pectoral 24in head and trunk. Length 93 inches. West Africa. Dr. H. E. Savage. Subgenus PARATRACTUS Gill. Caranx crysos (Mitchill). Scomber crysos Mitchill, Trans. Lit. Philos. Soc. New York, I, 1815, p. 424, Pl. 4, fig. 2. Bay of New York. Nantucket (Massachusetts) and Newport (Rhode Island). Caranx pisquetus Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833. p. 73. Saint-Domingue. Cuba. Brésil. Head 33; depth 34; D. VIII-I, 23; A. IJ-I, 20; P. 1, 20; V. I, 5; seales about 46 in lateral linc, and remaining keeled scutes about 45; about 16 scales between spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical series, and about 24 between latter and origin of rayed anal similarly ; width of head 1,3, in its length; depth of head 12; mandible 2; third dorsal spine 22; first dorsal ray 114; first anal ray 24; length of ven- tral 24; snout 3% in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 54; maxillary 22; interorbital space 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 74; pectoral 24 in head and trunk; upper caudal lobe 33. Body elongate fusiform, compressed, and greatest depth at origin of anal. Lower profile a little more convex than upper. Caudal peduncle slender, its least depth about 34 in its length. Head moderately large, robust, compressed, and upper profile evenly and a little more convex than lower. Snout a little long, convex, and upper jaw well protruding in front. Eye orbicular, its lower rim about level with middle of greatest depth, and its posterior rim a little pos- terior in length of head. Mouth little inclined, and mandible produced a little beyond tip of upper jaw. Lips rather thick and fleshy. Max- illary reaching at least opposite middle of orbit, its distal expanded 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., extremity equal to about 2 of orbit, and its entire upper edge slipping below preorbital edge. Teeth of upper jaw biserial, those forming outer series enlarged conic and forming a single series, and those inside forming a band of small pointed teeth broadest and mostly developed anteriorly. Mandibular teeth like outer series in upper jaw, and also uniserial, A finely asperous small triangle on vomer. Surfaces of palatines and tongue with broad spaces finely asperous. Tongue rather elongate, thick, rounded, and free in front. Nostrils adjoining, small slits, above middle of orbit in its vertical diameter, and also nearer front of same than tip of snout. Supraocular ridge a litte pronounced. Top of head strongly convex and a somewhat obsolete median keel from internasal space to occiput. Fig. 5.—Caranx pisquetus Cuvier. Gill-opening carried forward about midway between front of eye and posterior nostril. Rakers 1, 15+25, 1, slender, compressed, and longest equal to longest filament or about 3 of orbit. Pseudobranchize about equal to diameter of pupil. Isthmus with a rather broad groove on lower surface. Seales small, cycloid, extending over chest entirely and good portion of all rayed fins basally. On occipital region small, larger on postocu- lar region, and again smaller on cheek. With exception of these regions together with upper side of head and operele, head is naked. Adipose eyelid narrow, not covering much of iris posteriorly. No scales on spinous dorsal and anal, these fins each depressible in a groove along each side of which a sheath of fine scales is formed. Anterior rays forming lobes of soft dorsal and anal covered with minute crowded 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 scales. Bases of anterior and elongated dorsal and anal rays also with scaly sheaths into which fins are more or less depressible, and on pos- terior rays scales gradually disappear. Base of caudal covered with small seales, and a cutaneous keel at base of each lobe laterally. Arch of lateral line about 13 in straight portion. Greatest depth of keels or scutes about 8 in greatest depth of body. Tubes in lateral line simple. An axillary pit at base of ventral. Spinous dorsal inserted opposite first 2 of depressed ventral, third spine highest, and others graduated down. Soft dorsal lobe higher than spinous fin, first ray highest, and origin of fin nearer front rim of orbit than base of caudal. J.ast dorsal and anal rays longer than those preceding. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, though inserted nearly midway between base of caudal and posterior rim of orbit. Anal spine small, short, second longest, and first inserted nearly opposite origin of soft dorsal. Caudal large, forked, lobes slender, sharply pointed, and about equal. Pectoral long, faleate, upper ray much longest, and reaching well beyond beginning of straight portion of lateral line or dorsal and anal lobes. Ventral inserted a trifle behind origin of pectoral, and reaching over half way to origin of spinous anal. Spine small, slender, weak, and over half length of first or longest ray. Anus a little nearer tips of ventrals than origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol dull olivaceous-brown above, lower surface whitish or pale. Evident silvery reflections over most of lower regions. Fins brownish, lower ones paler, and dorsals and caudal a trifle more brown- ish. Iris dull brassy. Peritoneum pale silvery. Length 133 inches. No. 11,240, A. N.S. P. San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. One example. This species appears to differ from Caranzx crysos chiefly in its more elongate fusiform body, higher dorsal and anal rayed lobes, and espe- cially the longer pectoral. I have not had the opportunity of compar- ing small examples of C. pisquetus. Subgenus CARANGICHTHYS Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., III, 1852, p. 760 (typus). Caranx sem Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 79. Pondichéry. (M. Leschenault.)—— Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 512, Pl. 14, upper figure. Head 32; depth 24; D. VIII-I, 20; A. II-I, 16; P. m, 18; V. I, 5; seales 57 in curved portion of lateral line, and about 37 scutes in remain- ing straight portion; about 24 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., upper curved portion of lateral line; width of head 2,4, in its length; depth of head 1; mandible 2; third dorsal spine 24; second dorsal ray 1; second anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 7; ventral 24; snout 34 from tip of upper jaw; cye 33; maxillary 24; interorbital space 3,5; pectoral 3 in body; upper caudal lobe 34. Body oblong, compressed, upper profile a little more convex than lower, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle rather long, its least depth 24, and in its width 24 in its length. Head deep, compressed and upper profile obliquely convex. Snout oblique, blunt, and with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with a rather narrow posterior adipose eyelid. Mouth oblique, gape reaching below nostrils, and mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary reaching opposite anterior margin of pupil, with its distal expanded extremity free from preorbital above and about equal in width to 2 of eye. Lips thick and fleshy. An outer series of en- larged teeth in upper jaw becoming a little larger anteriorly, and a double or irregular series of small inner teeth. Teeth in mandibles subequal, rather large, and with 6 or more forming a small outer series in front. Vomer, palatines and tongue with patches of minute teeth. Tongue elongate, rounded and free in front. Nostrils small slits close together, lateral, high, and near front rim of orbit. Interorbital space rather narrow, elevated, and with a median trenchant ridge originating above nostrils and continued to occiput. A low supraocular ridge. Preorbital broad, fluted above, and about equal to ? of orbit. Margin and ridge of preopercle oblique. Gill-opening deep, extending forward opposite nostrils. Rakers 7+16, slender, compressed, a little shorter than filaments or about half of orbit. Pseudobranchie rather small. Isthmus rather narrow, with a slight groove. — Seales small, eyeloid, and narrowly imbricated. Head, with excep- tion of cheek, upper side and operele, naked. Base of spinous dorsal with a low scaly sheath, and anterior basal portions of soft dorsal and anal with scaly sheaths. Base of caudal covered with small scales and base of each lobe with a low obsolete ridge. Base of pectoral naked. Anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal with small scales. Lateral line straight after fifth dorsal ray, and deepest shields about 84 in greatest depth of body. Origin of spinous dorsal well behind that of pectoral, spines rather rigid, third longest, and all depressible in a groove. Soft dorsal in- serted midway between front of orbit and base of caudal, anterior rays elevated in a lobe, and last ray a little longer than those immediately 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 preceding. Soft anal similar, inserted a little nearer posterior rim of orbit than base of caudal, and its base like that of soft dorsal, a little convex. Anal spines small, first inserted opposite origin of soft dorsal, second longer, and both depressible ina groove. A short keel on abdo- men in front reaching to anus. Caudal small, triangular, forked, and lobes pointed. Pectoral long, faleate, and reaching beyond beginning of straight part of lateral line. Ventral small, inserted a little in ad- vance of origin of pectorals, and not reaching half way to origin of soft anal. Anus near tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack with upper part of body slaty-gray, shot with pale metallic blue and purple, lower surface white and washed everywhere with bright silvery. Upper part of spinous dorsal and upper part of anterior dorsal lobe dusky, latter deeper. Caudal more or less dusky on upperlobe. Base of pectoral dusky inside. Fins with these exceptions pale yellowish. No opercular spot. Peritoneum silvery. Length 58 inches. No. 27,514, A.N.S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Two examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Close to Caranzx latus Agassiz, but differing in the more convex profile, upper lobe of soft dorsal dusky, and tip of upper caudal lobe same color. Scomber heberi® may prove identical. Caranx marginatus (Gill). Carangus marginatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863 (1864), p. 166 Western Coast of Central America. (Capt. John M. "Dow Caranzx latus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900 (1901), p.501. (Not of Agassiz.) Head 34; depth 2$; D. VIII-I, 20; A. II-I, 16; scutes in straight part of lateral line 28; width of head 24 in its length; third dorsal spine 24; first dorsal ray about 13; first anal ray about 2; ventral 2}; snout 32 in head, measured from its tip; eye 4; maxillary 2; inter- orbital space 34; pectoral 3 in head and trunk. Depth of deepest scute in lateral line about 7 in greatest depth of body. Maxillary reach- ing about opposite posterior margin of pupil. Gill-rakers 7+ 14, com- pressed, and longest a little longer than filaments or about # of orbit. Adipose eyelid well developed, nearly covering posterior third of head. A very pale opercular spot at upper corner of gill-opening. Fins all pale except upper portions of anterior dorsal rays which are dusted % Sel. Gen. Spec. Pisc. Brasil., 1829, p. 105, Pl. 56b, fig. 1. Oceano Atlantico. (Museo Monacensi.) * Bennett, Fishes of Ceylon, Ed. II, 1834, p. 26, Pl. 26. Ceylon. 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., with brownish. Length 7} inches. Two examples from Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp. These were wrongly called Caranz latus by me, and are evidently identical with the examples identified as C. marginatus by Dr. Jenkins.” Caranx latus Agassiz. Sel. Gen. Spec. Pisce. Brasil., 1829, p. 105, P1."56b, fig. 1. In Oceano Atlantico- [Brazil.] (Museo Monacensi.) Caranx hippus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV, 1871, p. 472. (Not of Linnzeus.) Head 3,,;; depth 23; D. I, VIIL-I, 21; A. IL-1, 16; scutes 34 in straight part of lateral line; width of head 2 in its length; mandible 143; fourth dorsal spine 2,5, (third longest but damaged); ventral 24; snout 33 in head, measured from its own tip; eye 33; maxillary 2,,; inter- orbital space 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 63; pectoral 24 in bead and trunk. Maxillary not quite reaching posterior margin of orbit. Adipose eyelid covering posterior half of iris only. Gill-rakers 6+16, compressed, longest much longer than filaments or about ? of orbit. A pale brownish spot at upper corner of gill-opening. No opercular spot. Length 8$inches. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Drs. Rusch- enberger and Turner. Other examples also from San Domingo (West Indies) and Surinam. Young examples from Culebra, Porto Rico, received from the U. 8. Fish Commission, show spinous dorsal blackish. Side of trunk with five pale plumbeous-gray transverse bands extending down below lateral line and fading out on abdomen. First a little narrow and beginning from origin of spinous dorsal. Second extending from pos- terior base of spinous dorsal and crossing curved part of lateral line. Third much broader and crossing straight part of lateral line anteriorly. Fourth extending from middle of base of rayed dorsal, and fifth from bases of posterior rays. Some examples show a rather indistinct or diffuse grayish-brown streak sloping down anteriorly through eye to end of maxillary. CARANGOIDES Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 1850 (1851), pp. 348, 352 (preustus). Originally Scyris, Alectis and Citula were included. No type is indicated, though the first species mentioned, preustus, was probably intended. Carangoides plagiotenia cannot be used as it was not dis- covered till later.”” *® Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (1904), p. 444. 274 ct. Soc. Sci. Ind. Neerl. (Acht. Bijd. Visch. Amboina), II, 1857, p. 59. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 Carangoides malabarious (Schneider). Scomber malabaricus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, 1801, p. 31. Habitat cum antecedente [which is ‘‘ad Tranquebariam”’]. Head 3;; depth 2; D. VIII-I, 22; A. III, 18; scales 65 in lateral line, and scutes about 30; pectoral 1 in head; ventral about 4; snout 3} from tip of upper jaw; eye 24; maxillary 2}; interorbital space 3}. Gill-rakers 11+22, and a little longer than filaments. Scutes small and weak. Color when fresh in arrack slaty-brown above, top of head grayish or leaden, greater portion of sides and all of lower surface whitish washed everywhere with silvery. Upper edge of opercle with asmall blackish spot. Axil of pectoral brownish. Fins plain or dilute brownish. Length 4,; inches. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harri- son, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Twoexamples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Carangoides oblongus (Cuvier). Caranz oblongus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 96. Vanicolo. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Oualan. (M. de Mertens.) Head 34; depth 24; D. VIII-I, 21; A. II-I, 18; scales 59 in lateral line, and scutes 39; snout 3 in head; eye 3£; maxillary 24; interorbital space 44; ventral about 2; pectoral 2% in body, without caudal. Gill-rakers 7+16, 11, long, compressed, and about equal to filaments of half of eye. Color when fresh in arrack leaden-gray above, silvery- white below, and everywhere more or less silvery. On back between bases of each fin ray a bluish-gray blotch. Basal portion of anterior soft dorsal and anal rays tinged with pale yellowish. Length 11 inches. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr.,and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Two examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. : CITULA Cuvier. Régne Animal, Ed. I, II, 1817, p. 315 (armata)——Cuvier, |.c., Ed. II, II, 1829, p. 209 Subgenus CITULA Cuvier. Ventrals short and pale. Straight portion of lateral line beginning well beyond origin of soft dorsal. Citula armata (Forskal). Sciena armata Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 53. [Red Sea, Citula atropos Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 513, Pl. 14, lower figure to left. (Not of Schneider.) Head 3,,; depth 2; D. VIII-I, 22; A. II-I, 18; P. 1, 19; V. I, 5; seales 95 in curved portion of lateral line, and about 32 in remaining short straight portion; about 25 scales between soft dorsal and upper curved portion of lateral line; width of head 22 in its length; depth 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., of head greater than length; mandible 2}; third dorsal spine 2; first dorsal ray 14; first anal ray 14; upper caudal lobe 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 64; ventral 24; snout 24 from tip of upper Jaw; eye 34; maxillary 22; interorbital space 3}; pectoral 23 in head and trunk. Body rather oblong, deep, compressed, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, its depth 2}, and its width 2 in its length. Head deep, compressed, and, upper, profile oblique, slightly convex at first and then more so at occiput. Lower profile less convex than upper. Snout broad, oblique, compressed, slightly prominent, and with upper jaw a little protruded. Eye large, a trifle anterior, and without adipose eyelid. Mouth oblique, small, curved, and gape reach- ing about # in vertical to anterior nostril. Mandible projecting well beyond upper jaw. Maxillary free distally, its expanded portion 2 in eye, and reaching below posterior nostril, but not to orbit. Lips rather broad and thick. Teeth minute and in bands in jaws. Patches of minute asperities on vomer, palatines and tongue. Tongue broad, rather long, obtusely rounded and free in front. Nostrils close to- gether, high lateral, and much nearer upper rim of orbit than tip of snout. Interorbital space broad, well elevated, and giving place to a high median trenchant keel extending to spinous dorsal. Preorbital broad, with several radiating flutings above, and its width about 4 of orbit. Gill-opening deep, extending forward opposite nostrils. Rakers 7+16, u, long, slender, compressed, asperous on inner surfaces, and longest half of eye. Filaments 2 of longest raker, and pseudobranchie a little shorter. Isthmus compressed, edge not sharp. Scales minute, narrowly imbricated, and crowded on back in front. Chest and base of pectoral naked. Cheeks and upper posterior side of head scaly, otherwise naked. A low scaly sheath along base of spinous dorsal. Soft dorsal and anal, except last few rays with rather high or broad basal scaly sheaths. Caudal with small scales on its base, and a low ridge at base of each lobe. Ventral with a deep basal fissure and a row of scales running back from its upper basal portion. Lateral line concurrent with back till opposite middle of base of soft dorsal and then straight to base of caudal. Scutes small, weak, deepest about 4 least depth of caudal peduncle. Origin of spinous dorsal but little behind that of pectoral, third ray longest. and all depressible in a low groove. Soft dorsal with first ray elongate, and those anteriorly also elevated, though much shorter. Last dorsal and anal rays much longer than those immediately pre- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 ceding. Origin of soft: dorsal nearly midway between front rim of orbit and base of caudal. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, but its origin a short distance posterior. Anal spines short, small, second largest, and first inserted about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Short bony keel extending forward to tips of ventrals from origin of spinous anal. Caudal triangular, rather large and lobes pointed. Pectoral long, faleate, and nearly reaching beginning of straight portion of lateral line. Ventral inserted below origin of pectoral and reaching a little over half way to origin of soft anal. Anus midway between bases of ventrals and origin of spinous anal. Color when fresh in arrack leaden or grayish-brown above, shot with bluish and purple, and silvery-white extending over lower surface. Basal portions of anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal tinged with pale yellowish. Spinous dorsal and upper portions of soft dorsal dusky. Upper front edge of caudal lobe dusky. Fins otherwise dilute yellow- ish. A small brown opercular spot. Peritoneum pale. Iris pale yellowish. Length 11 inches. No. 27,519, A.N.S.P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Four examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Two are young which I wrongly identified as Citula atropos (Schnei- der). The larger of the latter shows: Head 34; depth 1,8,; D. VIII-I, 21; A. II-I, 17; P. 1, 19; V. I, 5; scales 82 in lateral line, and scutes 28; pectoral 14 in head; ventral 14; snout 34, from tip; eye 34; maxillary 24; interorbital space 3}. Gill-rakers 7+ 16, slender and compressed. Color when fresh in arrack pale leaden or slaty-gray on back and upper surface, lower side and under surface white. Body everywhere more or less silvery, especially below. Side with five broad pale gray vertical bars. Spinous dorsal blackish. Dorsal dusky above, other fins except ventral dilute yellowish. Ventral black, deepest distally and basal portions pale. This species, originally from the Red Sea, has not been compared with Sumatran examples. The latter agree with Cuvier’s figure,” except that only the first dorsal ray is elongate and the others are not prolonged into filaments. Caranzx cirrhosus Cuvier also lacks dorsal and anal filaments and an opercular spot. It is also supposed to be identical. Russell’s figure of T’chawil parah® is apparently based on *8 Olistus malabaricus Cuvier, Régne Animal, Ed. Pl. Gray., Poiss., 18S—, Pl. 58. La mer Rouge. 2 Ehrenberg, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 94, Pl. 250. % Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 38, Pl. 151. Vizagapatam. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., young examples of this species, though much older than my younger ones, as the ventral is represented as short. SCYRIS Cuvier. Régne Animal, Ed. IJ, II, 1829, p. 209 (alexandrina). Scyris alexandrina (St. Hilaire). Gallus alexandrinus Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Faune de Egypt, Zool., 1809, Pl. 22, fig. 2. Egypt. [Text not consulted.] Head 3; depth 14; D. I, IV-I, 21; A. 1,18; P. 1,17; V. 1, 5; scales about 134 in lateral line, several on base of caudal; mandible 2,5, in head; snout 24, measured from its own tip (not tip of upper Jaw); eye 32; maxillary 3; interorbital space 44; least depth of caudal pe- duncle 54; ventral (damaged) 2%. Gill-rakers 10+25, compressed, longest much longer than longest filaments or a trifle over half of orbit. Pseudobranchie equal to filaments. Rather narrow bands of nearly even small teeth in jaws. A small patch of similar ones also on vomer. Orbit 3 depth of preorbital. Length 83 inches. Two examples from Beirut, Syria. The original figure is good. Gallichtys egyptiacus Cuvier™ is prob- ably the young. It is also possible that Hynnis goreensis Cuvier,” may be different, though suggested as identical by Litken.* The adult of Hynnis would differ at all ages in not having the anterior soft dorsal and anal rays produced into filaments. Soyris indica Riippell. Scyris indicus Rippell, Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika, Zool., 1828, p. 128, Pl. 33, fig. 1. Djetta. (Mus. Francos.) Head 34; depth 2; D. I, 19; A. I, 16; P. 11, 16; V. I, 5; width of head about 3 in its length; least depth of caudal peduncle 74; ventral 24; snout 2} in head, measured obliquely from tip of upper jaw to upper angle of opercle; eye 4; maxillary 3; interorbital space 44; pectoral 2% in body; upper caudal lobe about 337. Tongue long, nar- row, rounded, and free in front, its upper surface finely asperous. Gill-rakers 8+23, short, compressed, broad, and longest about 12 in longest filament. Filaments 2 in orbit. Pseudobranchie about 5 in orbit. Scales developed about shoulder, behind eye, and on base of caudal. A few small scales along bases of soft dorsal and anal in front. First dorsal ray reaching back opposite base of last. Color when fresh in arrack more or less silvery-white, glaucous or slaty-gray on upper surface. Outer edge of membrane between rays of dorsal 31 Bhrenberg, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 131. 337. c., p. 145. Gorée. (M. Rang.) 3 Kon. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrijt. (Spolia Atlantica), XII, 1880, p.( 538-42) 605. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 blackish, and long dorsal lobe dark like outer portions of caudal lobe. A small blackish spot on edge of opercle, and a brown blotch over eye. Length 17 inches. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Three examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stan- ford University. Two are young, much deeper, and also have much longer anterior dorsal and anal rays. Ventral filamentous, reaching base of caudal. When fresh in arrack color was silvery, glaucous or slaty-gray above. Side with six broad bands of darker glaucous fading out below. Outer portions of all prolonged rays of dorsal and anal blackish. Ventral entirely black, other fins pale. They agree perfectly with examples from Cavite, Philippine Islands, in Stanford University, and also with the examples recorded from Formosa as Alectis ciliaris by Drs. Jordan and Evermann,™ as I found when compared. Alectis crinitus (Mitchill). Zeus crinitus Mitchill, Amer. Journ. Sci. Art., XI, 1826, p. 144. Block Island. Newport (Rhode Island), Key West (Florida), and San Domingo (West Indies). Alectis ciliaris (Bloch) ,*° the Indian form, may be different. Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill). Zeus setapinnis Mitchill, Trans. Lit. Philos. Soc. New York, I, 1815, p. 384, Pl. 1, fig. 9. Bay of New York. Vomer curtus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p.119. North Ameri- can Atlantic coast, the precise locality not recorded. (Bonaparte Coll., AGING Ss es) Head 38; depth 144; D. n,IV-I, 23; A. I. 19. Gill-rakers 8+ 23, compressed, longest about 4 of orbit, and longest filament about 2 of longest raker. Length 9% inches. West coast of Africa, probably at Gabun river. Dr. J. L. Leconte. Also another with same data, but smaller. It has 25 soft dorsal rays, and would appear to differ from Vomer dorsalis only in its greater depth. Dr. Stein- dachner, who has examined the types of Vomer goreensis Guichenot and Vomer senegalensis Guichenot, long ago concluded that they were identical with Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill).** He also pointed out the fact that Vomer gabonensis Guichenot represents a dis- tinct species. Panama examples of about 8} inches in length have 3% Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XV, 1903, p. 338. 35 Zeus ciliaris Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., III (VI), 1787, p. 36, Pl. 191. Suratte. [India.] (Doctor Koénig.) [I have not been able to consult Rafinesque’s account of Alectis in “Analyse de la Nature ou Tableau de L’ Univers et des Corps Organises, 1815.’’] 38 Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LX, 1869 (1870), p. 706. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan., the depth about 2, 22 and 23 dorsal and 18 anal rays. Coll. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger. An example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil, about 8% inches long, has depth 1,3,, 21 dorsal and 17 anal rays. Drs. Ruschenberger and Turner. Examples from Newport, Rhode Island, of same size and smaller, have depth ranging from 1% to 2, dorsal with 22 or 23 and anal with 17 or 18 rays. Coll. Samuel Powel. Other examples from Maryland and South Carolina. Type of Vomer curtus Cope from the Atlantic coast of eastern North America is the same. Bonaparte Coll. Dr. T. B. Wilson. The specific denomination of this fish, though not correctly spelled, had best be adopted. Vomer spixii (Swainson). Platysomus spixii Swainson, Lardner’s Cab. Cyclop. Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 406. (Based on Vomer brownii Agassiz, Sel. Gen. Spec. Pisc. Brasil, 1829, p. 110, Pl. 57. Oceano Atlantico. [Brazil.] (Museo Monacensi.) Head 23; depth 14; D. VIII-I, 22; A. I, 18. Gill-rakers 7+27, compressed, longest much longer than filaments or about 3 of orbit. Length 73 inches. Many from San Domingo (West Indies). Prof. W.M. Gabb. St. Thomas (West Indies), from Henry Warrington. Selene vomer (Linnzus). Zeus vomer Linnzus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 266. America. Surinam, Tobago (British West Indies), San Domingo (West Indies), Fort Macon (North Carolina), Beasley’s Point and Squan river (New Jersey). A young example agrees with Liitken’s figure.” Lat. 20° N., long. 105° W. (southern part of Gulf of Mexico). Dr. William H. Jones. . 1 Kon. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrijt. (Spalia Atlantica), XII, 1880, Pl. 5, fig. 1. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 THE MOVEMENTS OF GREGARINES. BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. For the proper comprehension of the movements displayed by gre- garines, it is advisable first to consider the form and anatomy of the animals. In a species like Porospora gigantea Van Beneden the ratio of length to breadth is 50-1, whereas Lophocephalus insignis Aimé Schn. is nearly spherical. It is obvious that the first of these two species can display movements of contortion which the second cannot. These are extreme cases, but gregarines may roughly be divided into long, slender and short, stout species, and in a discussion of their move- ments it is well to keep in mind the limitations to flexibility imposed on the latter merely on account of their shape. Further limitations are imposed by the anatomical structure. From without inward, a polycystid gregarine displays epicyte, sarcocyte, myocyte and entocyte. The epicyte is a cuticular layer, the function of which is protective. It is always present, and varies considerably in thickness in the different species. The sarcocyte is a layer of clear protoplasm which, in a typical case, is continuous over the entire ani- mal. This condition exists in such genera as Gregarina, Stenophora and Amphoroides. Frequently, however, the sarcocyte is lacking, except for the septum, which it constitutes, and in the immediately adjacent parts. These two layers may collectively be termed the ectosare. The myocyte is described by some authors as a part of the ectosarc; by others as a part of the endosare (entocyte). It is made up of a layer of fibrils. Of these, the more conspicuous encircle the animal in a slightly spiral direction. The circular fibres are joined together by longitudinal and diagonal connectives, the whole system forming a net. The entocyte of gregarines is probably much like that of other protozoa. It is composed of soft, distinctly alveolar protoplasm, liberally provided with the so-called granules of reserve. It will be seen from the above that the ectosare of gregarines may vary greatly in thickness. We may have a species in which both the component layers are thick. On the other hand, the epicyte may be thin and the sarcocyte absent. We probably have here an explanation for the difference in the rigidity of gregarines. Some species, such as 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Stenophora julipusilli Leidy, tend to maintain a certain definite shape. Changes of this shape may be extensive, but are usually of short dura- tion. Further, the contortions are of such a character that the true form is by no means disguised, and the resumption of this true form is always a very sudden process. We may conclude from this that the ectosare is stiff and elastic. Under the force of the contractile ele- ments it may suffer contortion, but as soon as the force is released the proper form is resumed with a sudden jerk. The comparison may be made with a hollow india-rubber ball, or, perhaps better, it may be said that these gregarines behave as if their ectosare were composed of india-rubber. They may further be compared with such ciliates as Paramecium, at least in so far as regards the sudden resumption of the normal contour after a deformation. On the other hand, gregarines like Trichorhynchus pulcher Aimé Schn. are highly polymorphic. Different individuals present quite different outlines, and these outlines are subject to continual and extensive changes. Their movements may not inaptly be termed amceboid. All polycystid gregarines possess what may be designated as a typical outline, but it is often difficult, in these polymorphic species, to determine what this typical outline may be. Their ecto- sarc, while extremely flexible and extensible, does not appear to possess any elasticity. In consequence, deformation may be carried to such an extent as to render the typical form wholly unrecognizable, nor is there ever seen that sudden resumption of the typical form so often displayed by such species as Stenophora julipusilli. This difference appears to be due mainly to the sarcocyte. Usually, in these polymorphic animals, the ectosare consists of epicyte alone. Further, the epicyte may be thin. The facts, then, are in accord with what we should expect on mechanical principles. The elastic species possess a sarcocyte; the polymorphic do not. It may therefore be inferred that the elasticity is due to the sarcocyte, and confirmatory evidence is furnished by the Monocystidea. These animals, which are frequently highly polymorphic, appear generally to lack a sarcocyte. The rule, however, is not absolute, since Stenophora (Cnemidospora) spiroboli Crawley, the protomerite of which is very flexible, possesses a thick sarcocyte. Obviously, the ability of a gregarine to display changes of form depends upon two factors... These are the flexibility of its ectosare and the power of the contractile elements. It has been shown that 1 There is possibly a third factor, as will be pointed out below. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 great differences exist in the first of these in different gregarines. I shall now consider the contractile element. This is evidently the myocyte. The evidence that the myocyte is contractile is purely inferential, but none the less satisfactory. The fibre is the form always taken by differentiated contractile substance. Other protozoa, ciliates and flagellates, show like elements, and most of the movements displayed by polycystid gregarines are compre- hensible only by assuming the myocyte to be a contractile system. On the other hand, certain movements exbibited by the polymorphic species cannot so readily be explained in this way, as I shall presently show. Confining our attention for the moment to these movements for which the myocyte seems an adequate cause, they are found to be dis- played by all gregarines. They are, however, as we should expect, far more definite in the elastic than in the polymorphic species. The most usual are mere bendings of the longitudinal axis, the character and extent of which appear to depend largely upon the shape of the gregarine and the nature of its ectosarec. The least extensive are bendings of the protomerite, which may take place in any plane. These may be so slight as to be difficult to detect, or so extensive that the axis of the protomerite comes to form a right angle with that of the deutomerite. They readily lead to a distortion wherein the angle in the longitudinal axis is formed in the deutomerite instead of at the septum. This may be a right angle even in such relatively thick species as Stenophora julipusilli Leidy. In Gregarina diceli Crawley, which is a vermiform gregarine with a thin epicyte and no sarcocyte, this distortion becomes more evident. The protomerite and anterior part of the deutomerite bend round to form a hook, the anterior surface of the protomerite being directed backward. As the point in the longi- tudinal axis where the original bending takes place moves further and further backward, the hook becomes larger and larger until the gre- garine forms a U. This U may pass into a circle and the circle into a coil or a spiral. Gregarina polydesmivirginiensis Leidy? displays con- tortions of exactly the same character. Animals such as S. julipusilli Leidy frequently bend double, but the circular or coiled condition can- not well be assumed by any but the long slender gregarines. When only the protomerite is involved, the movement is frequently first to one side and then to the other. This may also happen when the anterior part of the deutomerite participates along with the proto- ? According to Léger et Duboseq (1903), this species belongs to the genus Stenophora, since it stands very close to the Stenophora nematoides of these authors. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., merite. Occasionally, also, it is the posterior part of the deutomerite which is bent, the balance of the animal maintaining its original posi- tion. Yet however varied these bendings may be, they are all of them only contortions whereby the longitudinal axis loses its original straight- ness. Their cause is contractions of the myocyte. It is easy to see how such contortions could be produced by a shortening of the longitudinal fibres of one side, possibly aided by a contraction of the transverse fibres at the place where the bendings originate. This pull on the part of the myocyte is resisted by the ectosare to a greater or less extent, contingent upon its rigidity and elasticity. This is shown by the sud- denness with which the ectosare springs back to its original position, which presumably takes place when the pull exerted by the myocyte ceases to act. The behavior of the ectosarc in such a case is, as previ- ously stated, precisely what it would be were it composed of india- rubber. The following point is also worthy of note. When a gregarine begins to curve, one side is lengthened and the other shortened. The ecto- sare is evidently capable of a certain amount of contraction, since a erescentic form may be assumed with the shortened side still presenting a smooth contour. But if the bending be carried to any considerable extent, the inner surface folds, the number and depth of these folds depending upon the shape of the gregarine and the extent of the curva- ture. This shows that the power of the ectosare to contract is limited. A movement of the same general character as the bending is one whereby the longitudinal axis is shortened. It consists in the pulling of the protomerite into the deutomerite, as one may withdraw the hand into the sleeve. I have noticed this in a number of species, although it is by no means so frequently seen as the bending. It is displayed indifferently by animals which are progressing and those which are not. As in the ease of the bending, the return to the typical shape, in the elastic species, is by a sudden jerk. This movement is explainable by a shortening of the longitudinal fibres around a given zone of the animal’s body. There is finally the so-called peristalsis. This, as defined by Delage et Hérouard (1896), consists of ‘Contractions péristaltiques, produites par un étranglement transversal qui se propage le long du corps.” It does not, however, admit of quite so simple a definition. It may be a swelling instead of a constriction. Further, it frequently happens that instead of a series of such constrictions or swellings there will be but one, which passes from the region of the septum to the posterior end 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 of the animal. In the typical associations, as in Gregarina, this move- ment is described as passing from the anterior end of the primite to the posterior end of the satellite without the slightest pause. We have here a demonstration that it is not due to endoplasmic movements. In general, the conspicuousness of the peristaltic movement depends on the character of the ectosare. In the stiff, elastic forms this move- ment is by no means common, and when it does occur it generally consists of a single contraction. On the other hand, it is well displayed by the polymorphic species with thin ectosarcs. In one species, Actinocephalus harpali Crawley, I have frequently observed a disposi- tion to rumple the edges of the body, so that they present a series of scallops. These scallops were seen to undergo slow changes in size and sometimes they moved slowly backward. I take this to be a peristaltic movement, although much slower than is usual. The cause throughout is probably contractions of the circular fibres. Further, following the division which I have made, the peristaltic movement comes under the head of shortenings of the longitudinal axis. The above are all the movements involving change of shape which can with absolute certainty be credited to contractions of the myocyte. They result in varied and frequently considerable alterations of the contour of the animal, but they can all be placed in two categories: (1) Bendings and curvings of the longitudinal axis. (2) Shortenings of the longitudinal axis. The two may, and doubtless frequently do, take place at once, but apparently the first is by far the more frequent expression of the con- tractility of the myocyte. There now remain for consideration a series of phenomena displayed by the polymorphic forms wherein the Polycystidea approximate the conditions normal to the Monocystidea. Of the several species which I have observed, they are best illustrated by Trichorhynchus pulcher Aimé Schn. This animal changes shape as readily as Buglena or even Ameba. The anterior margin of the protomerite may present a straight edge, a curve or a long tongue-shaped protrusion. The pos- terior end of the deutomerite may be bluntly rounded, sharply pointed or even bifurcated. The animal may also be so contorted as to lose all semblance to a polycystid gregarine and to present the kind of out- line we associate with Ameba. These changes take place constantly, and by no means slowly, but always gradually. Stenophora spiroboli Crawley, another polymorphic species, has to be watched very patiently before the true form can be made out. It constantly displays contor- 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., tions which are most conspicuous at the anterior end, and these con- tortions are of such a character that it is wholly impossible to say whether a given point of the surface is protomerite or deutomerite. From this end, moreover, little lobopodia were seen to arise and dis- appear. In the case of a small gregarine from Lithobius, a very noteworthy movement was seen. This expressed itself as a slight peristalsis, the wave being evident at times on only one side. It was accompanied by_a flow, en masse, of the granules of the entocyte. This flow, start- ing at the posterior part of the deutomerite, would pass forward until it struck the septum. Here the granular mass was deflected backward, the peristalsis being reversed at the same instant. In one case the nucleus was carried forward and backward along with the granules. This movement was seen both in animals that were progressing and those which were not. It was displayed constantly, but was generally very much faster when the animal was progressing. In one observa- tion made, however, the gregarine showing this movement had its progression suddenly checked by striking an obstruction, and here the flow and peristalsis continued with unabated vigor. Frequently when gregarines are pinched by passing through narrow places, or when they bend, the entocyte is seen to flow. But in no other case amongst the Polycystidea which has ever come under my notice was the flowing anything like so free and extensive. These gregarines were very favorable for a study of the movements of the entocyte, since the number of granules was remarkably few and their flowing easy to observe. A somewhat similar peristaltic movement was once seen in Tricho- rhynchus pulcher Aimé Schn. Here, the gregarine lying in one place, the wave arose at the posterior end and passed forward. The move- ments on both sides were not synchronous. It differed from the case just described in that there was no reversal, the movement being con- tinuously forward. The protrusion of the long tongue-shaped process by 7’. pulcher and of the lobopodia by S. spiroboli are not satisfactorily credited to activ- ity of the myocyte. Such an action would appear to involve the spon- taneous lengthening of relaxed fibres, whieh is searecly possible. But even if it did not, the form of the myocyte, which is that of a fine-meshed net, would not seem to lend itself to such movements. They would necessitate an enormous elongation of a very small part of the system, and would thus predicate a complexity of action which we could hardly expect inso simple an apparatus. Without, however, desiring to preju- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 dice the decision, it is advisable to see if an explanation may not be had along different lines. The formation of pseudopodia in rhizopods is due to movements of the endosare, and in gregarines the endosarc is evidently mobile. It may therefore be suggested that the polymorphism of certain of the Polycystidea is caused in the same way as it is in Rhizopoda. An endoplasmic flow, if by chance it were directed radially, would evidently result in such protrusions as are actually seen in Trichorhynchus. Yor it is to be remembered that such forms have a thin, extensible ectosarc, which would offer little resistance to such a flow. The difficulty in arriving at a decision is that the endosare of most polycystids is so opaque that flowing movements might take place without it being possible to detect them. As I have already stated, the little gregarine of Lithobius is the only species at all favorable for a study of this element which has yet come under my notice. In the Monocystidea, however, the conditions are more favorable. Flowing of the endosarc is a matter of common observation, and it has generally been taken to be the cause of their polymorphism. While this may be so, my own observations on monocystids lead me to ques- tion it. These were made on a species of Diplocystis, a parasite of Allolobophora longa. This gregarine has the form of a serpent. In the cases observed movements were constant. There would appear at any point of the body a swelling which passed rapidly either forward or backward. The endoplasm fills this swollen part, flowing into it in front and out of it behind. Two such swellings may arise simul- taneously and, advancing toward each other, amalgamate. The large swelling thus produced would maintain a fixed size for a moment, and then from its central part two streams would start in opposite direc- tions, and the swelling would rapidly disappear. In one case the peripheral granules in a swelling moved along with it, while those in the centre moved in the opposite direction. An individual of this species was observed to burst, permitting the escape of a portion of the granular contents. The ectosare thereupon contracted, and showed very plainly a series of striz, parallel and spirally disposed. Evidently these strie were the expression of a powerful myocyte. Contractions of the myocyte would produce a flowing of the endo- plasm; flowing of the endoplasm would result in extensions of the limiting layer. Hence, on purely & priori grounds, the one explanation has as much claim to consideration as the other. In the case of the phenomena just described, however, it seems far more reasonable to 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., eredit them to muscular action. They were movements evidently to be compared with the peristalsis of the Polyeystidea, which, as I have pointed out, cannot be credited to endoplasmic currents. Moreover, they were so rapid and so evidently powerful that a comparison with what we see in Ameba fails. Further, if they were caused by endo- plasmic movements, the myocyte is left without a function, which is a most improbable supposition. It therefore seems more probable that the polymorphism of the Monocystidea is due to muscular action. Hence, by analogy, the poly- morphism of the Polycystidea should be accounted for in the same way. Nevertheless, as I have indicated, this view has certain objec- tions and the decision is better postponed until additional data are obtained. In an article on the progression of gregarines (Crawley, 1902), I endeavored to show that when the protomerite of a gregarine is bent to one side or the other, the surface of the deutomerite shows a wave which passes backward and transversely at the same time. My obser- vations also indicated that the extent of the bending of the protomerite conditioned the extent of this wave. Further, when the bending of the protomerite was first to one side and then to the other, that is, when it oscillated, the transverse component of the wave on the surface of the deutomerite was also first to one side and then to the other. I there- fore regard these two manifestations of activity as due to the same contraction of the myocyte. That is, a contraction wnich causes the protomerite to bend causes also this wave to pass over the surface of the deutomerite. Certain criticisms which have been made upon this paper lead me to suppose that I did not bring out this point as clearly as desirable. I shall therefore make use of a comparison. If we bare the forearm and then slowly close the fingers tightly, a muscular wave passes upward and outward along the dorsal surface of the arm. By alternately con- tracting and relaxing the fingers, this wave exhibits an alternate trans- verse movement. In this case, the conspicuous result of muscular contraction is the closing or opening of the hand, but it is necessarily correlated with the disturbance on the surface of the forearm. In the gregarine, the oscillation of the protomerite is the conspicuous mani- festation of muscular activity, and, under ordinary conditions of obser- vation, the only one which is seen. But it is always accompanied by the wave on the surface of the deutomerite. The result is that a given point on the gregarine’s surface pushes backward and transversely upon whatever may be in contact with it. This brings about a moye- e 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 ment of the entire animal in an opposite direction. The movement will be rectilinear or zigzag, dependent on the less or greater extent of the transverse movement. ‘This last, in its turn, depends on the extent of the oscillation of the protomerite. Hence, when the grega- rine is advancing in a straight line, the evidence for muscular action is very slight. My observations also indicated that gregarines are sticky, and that they do not seem able to progress unless in contact with a surface. I was therefore led to postulate the stickiness as more or less of a neces- sity in progression, its réle being to prevent slipping of the particular part in contact with either the slide or cover-glass. Later observations, however, have led me to modify this opinion. Contact appears neces- sary, but not necessarily contact with a continuous surface. The observations were as follows: The host intestine was teazed on a cover-glass, under a limited quantity of salt solution. The cover-glass was then inverted, and supported on aring. In this way a mount having considerable depth was obtained. The results were to show that gregarines are able to progress away from a surface provided they can get into contact with some solid matter. One, originally moving on the surface film on the bottom of the drop, pushed its way upward through the particles of host intestine. In such cases, however, progression is slow and ap- parently difficult, and accompanied by constant and violent contortions. It may, moreover, be stated that in proportion as the environment renders progression more difficult, the evidences for muscular activity become more obvious. Thus, when an advancing gregarine encounters a mass of loose host tissue, it frequently endeavors to bore or wriggle its way through, and muscular contractions at once become very exten- sive. The ability of gregarines to make their way amidst particles of solid in a hanging drop suggests that, in some cases at least, progression is effected in somewhat the same way as that of a snail. The presence of an adhesive substance on the surface may assist, but the primary factor is the alterations of the contour of the surface. These are doubt- less by no means so regular as those of the foot of a snail, nor is gre- garine progression usually so smooth. Yet, without going into tedious details, it is easy enough to see how such movements could produce progression. When, however, progression is being effected on a smooth surface, the adhesive substance probably plays a part. A curious phenomenon was once exhibited by a little gregarine of Scolopocryptops sexspinosus. This is a very active species, progressing 7 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., continually in straight lines and curves of long radius. It would occa- sionally give a sudden jerk, and advance by perhaps its own length by a leap. ‘This ability to leap was never seen in any other species. There finally remains for consideration what is probably a form of the progressive movement. Prior to encystment gregarines pair, the association in a genus like Gregarina being apparently only precocious pairing. It may be “head to tail” as in Gregarina, or “head to head” as in Pterocephalus. In either case the pair bends double at its middle point, thus bringing the gregarines side by side. Before or during this last process the system begins to rotate. During the course of this rotation the two individuals become more and more closely apposed until a spherical form is assumed. Meanwhile a common covering is secreted, the cyst formed and eventually the rotatory movement ceases. This movement is generally mentioned by those authors who have made observations on the encystment of gregarines, but no attempt ap- pears to have been made to account for it. Biitschli (1881), however, states that muscular contractions are to be observed at the time when ‘the two animals begin to fuse. The explanation advanced by Schewia- koff, that gregarines progress by means of the extension of a stalk of gelatinous fibres, is here manifestly inapplicable. Further, since according to the accounts the rotation continues until after a certain amount of a gelatinous investment is secreted, changes of surface con- tour would not seem to be of effect. One point, however, is worthy of attention. The rotation, both in nature and when the gregarines are on the slide, doubtless takes place when the animals are suspended in a liquid. The only opposition which the rotation encounters is then the friction of this liquid, and this would be almost infinitesimal. That is, it does not seem necessary to assume that the impulse lasts as long as the rotation itself. The latter, once started, would continue of its own momentum for probably a considerable period of time. Accurate observations are, nevertheless, a desideratum, and, as I have stated, these are yet to be made. I have, however, at times observed a rotation on the part of solitary gregarines. One case was particularly striking. The gregarines, specimens of Trichorhynchus pulcher Aimé Schn., holding the body bent, moved around the cireum- ference of a circle. The curved longitudinal axis of the animals formed an arc of this circumference, the radius of which was perhaps one-half the animal’s length. That part of the circumference not occupied by the gregarine was filled with a mass of sundry small particles, the movements of which followed that of the gregarine. That is, there 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 was evidently present a ring-shaped mass of invisible jelly which was continuous from the anterior to the posterior end of the gregarine. In this case, although the conditions for observation were favorable, no cause for the motion could be detected. I have also seen individuals of Stenophora julipusilli exhibit this rotation. These phenomena, while not in any way explaining the cause of the rotatory motion, show that it is not necessarily correlated with encyst- ment. It is merely one of the several phases of the mobility of gre- garines, ordinarily most conspicuously in evidence at the time of encystment. It has been the custom to separate these several phases and to treat them as wholly distinct phenomena. This custom I believe to be unfortunate. It appears to me that all the motor phe- nomena which the Polycystidea display may be directly credited to contractions of the myocyte, with the possible exception of the ame- boid movements of certain species, and the rotation. For these observational evidence is required before pronouncing a final decision. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Biscuit, O. 1881. Kleine Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gregarinen. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 35, pp. 384-409, Taf. 20 u. 21. CrawLey, Howarp. 1902. The Progressive Movements of Gregarines. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, January, 1902, pp. 4-20, Pl. 1, 2. Devace ET HerRovarD. 1896. Traité de Zoologie Concréte. Tom. I, La Cellule et Les Protozoaires, Paris. Ltécer ET Dusosca. 1903. Recherches sur les Myriapodes de Corse et leurs Parasites. Archiv. de Zool. expér. et gén. [4], Vol. 1, pp. 307-358. Scupwrakorr, V. 1894. Ueber die Ursache der fortschreitenden Bewegung der Gregarinen. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 58, pp. 340-354, Taf. 20 u. 21. 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., FEBRUARY 7. Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced: George M. Stiles, M.D., June 9, 1904; William Sellers, January 24, 1905; and Albrecht Jahn, February 6, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication: “New Japanese Marine Mollusca,” by Henry A. Pilsbry. “Mollusca of the Southern States, I,’ by Henry A. Pilsbry. “Mollusks of Flint and Caroline Islands, in the Central Pacific,” by Henry A. Pilsbry and Edward G. Vanatta. “ A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Centrarchide,” by Henry W. Fowler. FEBRUARY 21. The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. The deaths of Jay Cooke, a member, February 17, 1905, and of Dr. Alpheus 8. Packard, a correspondent, February 14, 1905, were announced. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication: “A New Species of Sea-Mouse (Aphrodita hastata) from Eastern Massachusetts,” by J. Perey Moore. “A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Cuba, the Isle of Pines and the Bahamas,” by James A. G. Rehn. “ A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Acridide (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica,’ by James A. G. Rehn. Mr. Samuel §. Van Pelt was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed : 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. ® The new species described herein are further evidences of the energy and industry with which Mr. Hirase is investigating the molluscan fauna of his country. For the illustrations I am indebted to Mr. Vanatta. A name used by me last year, Terebra hedleyi, proves to have been applied before to a different species.! I propose, therefore, to change the name of the Japanese species to T’erebra hedleyana. The descrip- tion may be found in these Proceedings for 1904, p. 3. Conus voluminalis avus nu. subsp. PI. II, fig. 4. General form of C. voluminalis Hinds, but the later whorls are almost flat instead of concave above, and are smooth except for weak oblique growth-wrinkles. The conic earlier whorls are weakly marked with about three spiral lines, and the angular periphery is very slightly nodulous and projects a little above the suture. The last whorl is smooth except for about twelve grooves at the base. Length 38, diam. 19 mm. Kikai, Osumi, in a deposit probably of Pliocene age. Types No. 88,296, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,578 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Conus aratispira u.sp. PI. II, fig. 1. Shell slender and long, with high, turreted spire, biconic, the cone of the spire about one-third the total length, somewhat terraced, the whorls angular in the middle, smooth below the angle, steeply sloping and marked with 4 or 5 spiral grooves above it, the shoulder of the inter- mediate whorls very weakly tuberculate in well-preserved specimens. Last whorl obliquely striate toward the base, the grooves and convex intervals of equal size below, but upwards they become more widely spaced, with wide flat intervals. The aperture is narrow, its length about three-fourths that of the shell. Length 42, diam. 13.5 mm. Length about 48, diam. 16 mm. Kikai, Osumi, in a deposit of probably Pliocene age. Types No. 88,297, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,579 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This belongs to a small group of cones with the spire much elevated. 1See Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 1904, pp. 187, 211. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Columbella pardalina subcribraria n. subsp. PI. IV, fig. 23. Shell obesely fusiform, swollen in the middle; dark brown closely spotted with white, without a darker or otherwise differentiated sub- sutural band. There are some spiral strie at the base, but the surface is otherwise smooth. The aperture is narrow, sinuous, more than half the length of the shell, the outer lip decidedly thickened within in the middle, armed with about five tubercular or elongated teeth; apex entire or nearly so. Whorls 7 to 74. Length 11.5, diam. 5.5 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 88,924, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,606 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This form has a superficial resemblance to C. cribraria, but the shape of the aperture shows it to be related to C. pardalina japonica Rve. (+C. sagena Rve.). C. p. subcribraria is only about half the size of its larger cousin, its aperture is slightly less contracted and the spots are smaller, but otherwise the two forms do not differ materially. Bucoinum unicum 2. sp. Shell solid but rather thin, ovate-conic, fleshy-whitish under a very thin, smooth, dehiscent light olive cuticle. The last whorl has a strong keel at the shoulder, above which the surface slopes up to the suture, with a second obtuse keel a little nearer to the suture than to the first keel. Below the shoulder keel the surface is at first slightly concave, then evenly convex and rather swollen, contracting as usual below. The whorls of the spire are terrace-like, and the last 4 at least are cari- nated like the last whorl, those above being deeply eroded. Whorls 6. The base is sculptured with strong spiral cords, gradually dimin- ishing toward the periphery. Over the whole there is a minute sculp- ture of fine spiral strie, beautifully crenulated by minute growth-strie. The aperture is white within, outer lip simple and unexpanded. The columellar margin is concave in the middle, straight below. The anterior notch is moderately wide and deep. The inner lip is covered with a white enamel, preceded by an eroded groove. Length 58.5, diam. 32, length of aperture 31 mm. Kisennuma, Rikuzen. Type No. 88,820, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,761 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This peculiar whelk has much resemblance in general figure to Buccinum taphrium Dall, type of the section Sulcosinus. It is more elongated than that, and differs further in the less spreading columellar callous, the much less sinuous columella, the additional keel above the shoulder, and in not having a channelled suture, though the upper keel, in a more depressed shell, would define a channel. It seems to connect Sulcosinus with the more normal forms of Buccinum. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 Buccinum chishimanum Pilsbry. PI. II, fig. 20. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 87, December, 1904. Etor6, Chishima (Kuril Is.). Siphonalia vanattain.sp. PI. III, fig. 12. The shell is obesely-fusiform, the greatest width about median, solid and strong; white, irregularly marked with dull purplish-brown spots of irregular shape, and with narrow reddish-brown spiral lines, most distinct behind the lip, six and equidistant or fewer by the omission of some of them. Whorls 6 (the protoconch being lost in the specimens seen), longitudinally costate, 13 to 15 rounded ribs on the last whorl, where they are most prominent at the shoulder, rapidly diminishing below it, and not extending upon the base; sculptured throughout with spiral rounded cords with threads occasionally interposed. The last two whorls are subangular at the shoulder, the preceding whorls being very convex. Last whorl is strongly contracted below. The aperture is oblique, its length (including the anterior canal) about two-thirds that of the shell, pale, dull, reddish-brown inside becoming ochre-fleshy between the lire, pure white on the bevelled edge. It is rather sharply suleate within. The outer lip is symmetrically arched. Anterior canal deep and moderately recurved. Length 28, diam. 15 mm.; aperture to end of canal 19 mm. Length 26, diam. 13.7 mm.; aperture to end of canal 17 mm. Yakushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,746, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,602 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This small species resembles S. hinnulus in general contour and coloration; but it is much smaller, decidedly plicate, and lirate within the aperture. It does not seem to agree with any of the numerous unfigured and insufficiently described forms introduced by A. Adams. S. spadicea is more slender than S. vanattat. Twenty-seven species of Siphonalia are now recorded from Japan. Of these, S. hyperodon Pils. is a synonym of S. mikado Melvill? S. stearnsti Pils. is closely related to S. pseudobuccinum Mely., but seems to differ by its shorter anterior canal. S. semiplicata Pils. is a syno- nym of S. jusoides Rve., while S. longirostris Dkr. seems to be mercly a variety of the same species. Eleven species have been described without figures by A. Adams. Omitting these, there remain about fourteen recognizable Japanese Siphonalie. Maculotriton bracteatus longus Pils. and Van. PI. III, fig. 13. Proc. A. N.S. Phila. for 1904, p. 595. Tanabe, Kii. Length 11.5, diam. 4.7 mm. 2 Journ. of Conchology, V, p. 348. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Usilla gouldii (Smith). Pl. III, fig. 14, Planazxis cingulata Gld., Otia Conch., p. 140, not of A. Adams. Planaxis gouldii E. A. Smith, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1872, IX, p. 42. Shell ovate-oblong, thick and solid. On the last whorl there is a subsutural welt followed by a depression, then seven slightly convex girdles separated by narrower spaces, each occupied by a single low cord at and above the periphery, but on the base the spaces are wider, with two or three cords ; on the spire a microscopic, dense subvertical striation may be seen in unworn specimens. The girdles are very low, almost flat on the latter part of the last whorl, but more and more raised earlier, two strong ones appearing on the penultimate whorl, where they are somewhat nodose. On the earlier whorls these two girdles and the subsutural welt are set with transversely oblong tuber- cles along weak vertical folds. Siphonal fasciole short and convex. Whorls about 64, the tip minutely eroded, the first whorl smooth. Last whorl tapering and a little concave below the slightly swollen peripheral region. Aperture oblique, about three-fifths the total length of the shell, blackish within, with a single peripheral pale line. Ante- rior channel short and deep, posterior sinus narrow and gutter-like, defined by a curved ascending callous cord on the lip and a small callous pad on the body. Outer lip regularly arcuate, thickened within and armed with six teeth in adult shells. Columellar margin dilated, rather wide. Color blackish-brown, with blue spots on some of the spiral girdles, the tubercles on the spire and a few bands in inter- vals on the last whorl being yellowish. Behind the lip all of the inter- vals between the raised girdles become yellowish, terminating in sub- triangular yellow spots on the bevelled lip, seven in number. Length 13.2, diam. 7 mm. Length 11.7, diam. 6 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. The specimens described are No. 87,754, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,628 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Gould’s types were from Oshima, Osumi. This peculiar little whelk has been unfortunate in its biographers. Dr. Gould placed it in a wrong genus and family, and used a preoccu- - pied specific name; and Mr. Smith, who renamed it, had not scen a specimen, and left it in the genus Planazis. Pease, in a note on Usilla fusconigra, alludes to Gould’s species as a member of Usilla.2 The species has not been figured hitherto. The group Usilla has been considered a subgenus of Vezilla, and located in the Purpwrine. The rather flat columella, and yellowish 3 Amer. Journ. of Conch., IV, 115. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 bands of the shell, and the microscopic vertical lineolation discernible in places on U. gouldii are in favor of this classification, while the form of the shell and the other characters of the aperture remind one more of Pisania or Tritonidea in the Buccinide. Until the dentition can be examined, the position of Usilla must be left in doubt. U. gouldit is a larger and rougher species than U. fusconigra, with the spire much more strongly sculptured. No other specics are known to belong to the group. Columbella liocyma Pils. Described in these Proceedings, 1894, p. 14. The locality, Hachijo, Izu, was omitted. Planaxis abbreviata ogasawarana 0. subsp. PI. III, figs. 18, 19. The shell is larger and longer than P. abbreviata Pease, ovate-conic, thick and solid, chocolate-brown, the last whorl covered with a dull fibrous cuticle. Sculpture of spiral grooves, often weak in the middle of the last whorl, strong below the suture and at the base. Whorls about 6, convex. Aperture oblique, the outer lip thickened within, and bearing 11 to 14 lire, which extend into the throat; basal and pos- terior notches small, deep and rounded. Length 13, diam. 7.7 mm. Length 12, diam. 7 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 87,769, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,629 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This is a more robust form than P. nigra, with lire in the throat like the Polynesian P. abbreviata. Natica (Haloconcha) hirasein.sp. PI. I, figs. 5, 6. Shell wholly imperforate, similar in shape to N. clausa B. and S. Brown-tinged white, with two chocolate-brown bands, which are more or less interrupted into spots or oblique streaks, one in the middle of the upper surface and ascending upon the penultimate whorl, the other immediately below the periphery. The surface is rather dull, marked with growth-lines, and showing faint, fine, subobsolete spiral strie. Whorls 43, convex, the spire very small. The aperture is oblique, half-round and chestnut colored inside, with a pale entering basal band and wide white lip-margin. The umbilical pad is small, semicircular, bounded by a furrow, and separated from the parietal callous by a rather large notch. Length 17, diam. 15 mm., operculum 10 x 6.7 mm. Length 15.5, diam. 14.5 mm. The operculum (fig. 5) is ovate, shghtly coneave and white exter- 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., nally, with a short, low, curved rib over the spiral part, and a very faint impressed line parallel to the outer margin. The edge is rather thick. Akkeshi, Kushiro, Hokkaido. Types No. 87,768, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,618 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This species differs from N. clawsa by the color-belts of the shell, the notch between the umbilical pad and the parietal callous, and the faint line parallel with the outer margin of the operculum. It differs from N. janthostoma Desh. and N. adamsiana Dkr. by the closure of the umbilicus, and in wanting strong grooves on the operculum. Torinia densegranosa 0. sp. Pl. III, figs. 15, 16, 17. The shell is rather openly umbilicate, depressed-conic, dull light reddish-brown, with some indistinct darker and yellowish spots along the periphery. The spire is low-conic, apex obtuse; whorls 54, but slightly convex, the last rounded peripherally. The sculpture con- sists of unequal flattened spiral cords and threads, cut by very fine, close and regular radial grooves. The cords are rather wide and flat except near the periphery, where two or three of them are convex and slightly prominent. Four spiral cords are visible on the upper surface, with a thread between the third and fourth. On the periphery there are two with a thread between them. On the base there are five; the outer one smaller, with a thread on each side of it, the umbilical cord coarsely crenate, the next outer one with only about half as many radial incisions as the following cords. There is a fine, not very dis- tinct, spiral striation over the coarser sculpture described. The aper- ture is notched at the termination of the umbilical cord. The opercu- lum is a conic stack of thin yellow lamelle. Alt. 5, diam. 8.5 mm. Fukura, Awaji. Types No. 88,306, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,568 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Chiefly notable for the close radial sculpture. The sculpture of the base, omitted in fig. 16, is shown enlarged in fig. 17. Cingula kurilensis n. sp. Pl. IV, fig. 31. Shell minutely perforate, ovate-conic, dark brown with more or less extensive, eroded, ashen patches, sometimes the whole surface eroded. Marked with fine, inconspicuous growth-lines where unworn. Whorls 5, convex, the last ventricose. Aperture roundly-ovate, slightly sub- angular. Peristome thin and simple, continued in an adherent_callous across the parietal wall. Columella arcuate. Length 3.3, diam. 2, longest axis of aperture 1.7 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 Kunashiri, Chishima [Kuril Is.]. Types No. 88,303, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,599 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This little Amnicola-like snail is smaller than Cingula robusta ‘Dall’ Krause, and has no spiral sculpture. It is a wider shell than Onoba aleutica Dall, which seems to be its nearest relative. EULIMIDZ. In my Catalogue oj the Marine Mollusks of Japan, p. 77, some 23 species of Hulima are recorded, exclusive of Leiostraca, ete. Of this number ‘“ #. cumingi Sowb.’”’ may have been an erroneous identifica- tion, but as the specimen upon which it was based is not now accessible to me, I am unable to revise it. The original Z. cumingi A. Ad.‘ was described from “Lord Hood’s Island, South Pacific,” but, as in num- erous other cases, the island intended by the label may have been one of the Galapagos group, for the species does not seem to differ materi- ally from Eulima splendidula Sowb.,> described from St. Elena, west coast of Colombia. The name Hulima stenostoma A. Ad. is preoccupied for a species described by Jeffreys, and may therefore be ignored. There remain 18 species “described” by Arthur Adams in his absurdly inadequate manner, without dimensions or mention of the varices. While nobody would presume to identify specimens by these diagnoses, it is frequently possible to ascertain that no one of them corresponds wholly with a particular specimen in hand. To facilitate such use of the descriptions, I have recast the whole of them in the accompanying table. The most prominent characters of any specimen may now be compared with the entire series by glancing down the appropriate column, with- out the waste of time and diversion of attention ensuing from reading over the whole descriptions. 4 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1851, p. 277. 5 Conchol. Illustrations, fig. 7. [Feb., PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 108 ‘anbedo -1ULas “OzIT AA -anbedo ‘e714 A -anbedoqns eqoelient ae ul eyepngue dry ‘ayenoie diy *pexey -ur Anysiys ‘a1enoie 1aq3no ‘paue ‘OUI T UN ory dry zouny “pljos s9yy eI ‘anbedo ‘a7 1G MA “prpos ‘enbedo “OV14M - ATW “pljos 1a -yyer‘onbedo “O1UM- TT LW ‘anbedoruras “O71 M TTL “suoIsUaUAT pun 10109 *peamnd ‘uryy diy szsuuy ‘ayenoie ‘uy diy souuy *‘paua -yoryg diy aouuy ‘ayena -18 dij 1a3n0 ‘Qaoqe pause ory dy seuuy “OWLOIS1LI TL ‘oIquioyaqng ‘prea -10} poonp -oid ‘Su0lqo *poonp -old ‘94B8AQ [BAO Suo'T *a}BAO ‘qoaasod ‘{yewg ‘asnyyja *aqBAO “T[BUIg *paonp -oid ‘948AQ caunqiad -Aroydired ay} Baye[Ns0y ‘ay BSu0[y ‘aseq ye anbiyqo ‘ajdury *prBa -10J} poonp -o1d ‘ayesu0]AT -aseq yeenbiy -qo ‘Aroydt -1ad 48 0yB[nF -ue Ajasnyqo ‘anbiqo ‘a8re'y *aseq ye onbitqo ‘Kraydisred ye ayeynsue Apusys “opin “Ayes -seq papunor ‘anbiqo ‘asre'T 1OUM 1807, *S20LID A “passoidunt ATa12T0SqO “poulsiBy, ‘pouisie Wi ‘alning ‘asnjqo xedv ‘paainoad 4eyMouos |Teprurerdd ‘ayeurd ‘Z/ATIO1199SOg|-94B[NQnNg) “s1pjnI90 * ‘paamno A][B19} 8B] jaatds ‘aso ‘ayeurd ‘gi-nxey Apysyg) ‘evernqng pyojhys * *paaino ATR *xaAuod |-19}e, «= aaids apy B “6leqy ‘esonytoy| ‘ayeynqng) ‘“nynpunw - “prea ‘oYBT |-10J peulya *ropuels -nuv[d ‘y\-ur ‘ayenory|‘eyepnqng “DyDUINd * “prea ‘aye] |-10} pourpaul ‘Teprure -nusyd ‘gixede ‘ayenory|-14d Ayoynoy) “nynounburd ° “aye *pasayporq ‘Tepe -nuvyd ‘gipeurout xedy)-1Xd Ajaynoy 7 ee *X9AU0D *peAmnoad | ‘oyernqns £194 S31] G\xode ‘snonxepy|-feprues4 g “DISNGOL * *s)Loy AA “BLNYDULND “ULLO 109 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1905.] guy (0) ‘anbudo ‘oxy Ay yes ‘anbudo ‘oy 1 *plonqjedqns ‘Assojd ‘oyTy A “PHOS ‘OQ M-AIOAT spt -ny][adiures ‘uryy ‘peyuty snoyjnd ‘OVI AA ‘onbedo “aq lyM- 7 TLW “anbedoqns Opt MT LW “onbedoruios ‘O71 GM- ATTA | “oyenoie |diy 109n0 ot} ‘pausyory4 ‘qa0ys diy souuy AI) pPlar eq} ut ayeynsue 19 -yno 4 YyBveI4s8 ‘q10ys ‘poue ~yo1yy diy souuy CQyayongae ayy ul oye “noe 1a4no ‘ung dip souuy ‘ayenoie Jd -jno Vy seas Joyyed diy couuy “ayenoie ‘ary diy souuy ‘oT pprur ay} Ul oye] -ndueqns dtry “aye -nowe 104n0 ‘ugg diy souuy surg} diy souuy “quody ul poonp -o1d *Zu0,Tqo *oyBAO “4.1049 “YVAQ ‘aynoe ‘07BA() VAY Oe pernpoad Ajlo0110jUB ‘gynoe AT1OL -oysod 04 2A Q *poonp -oad The central and right-hand groups are known to be related by the genitalia. The group on the left is separated from these geographically, and its relationships must remain wholly uncertain until the soft parts can be examined. Ashmunella rhyssa (Dall). Pl. XI, figs. 1-4. Polygyra rhyssa Dall, Nautilus, XI, May, 1897, p. 2. Ashmunella rhyssa Dall, Pils. and ‘CK, Proc. eed) Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p- 192; Dall, Proc. U.S. N. Mus., XXIV, p. 500, Pl. 27, figs. 11, 14: 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., This is the senior name for a member of the group of closely related forms inhabiting the Sierra Blanca and adjoining Sacramento, Moun- tains, in middle-southern New Mexico. The shell is more globose than any other known Ashmunella, having about the proportions of the large Eastern Mesodons. It is dull and roughly sculptured on the last whorl with coarse, curved irregular wrinkles, between and over which fine incised spirals may be traced. The rather small aperture is contracted by a wide, heavy lip, the outer margin of which is indistinctly thickened within. There is a low, in- distinct basal tooth or callous, and a very small, deeply placed, oblique parictal tooth, sometimes absent. The umbilicus is narrow and deep, but slightly enlarging at the last whorl. Whorls 54. Alt. 10, diam.17 mm. tae) oc Dallisniyine): Orne Gs Camara GS alee « 99 “ 15.5 “ omg cto (i ve i ES; LLG Sierra Blanca, New Mexico, collected by Rev. E. H. Ashmun. Ashmunella rhyssa miorhyssa (Dall). Pl. XII, figs. 5, 6. Polygyra miorhyssa Dall, Nautilus, XII, p. 75, November, 1898. Ashmunella rhyssa miorhyssa (Dall), Pils and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 193, figs. 1-3 on p. 189 (genitalia, jaw and teeth); Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 108 (anatomy). This form differs from 4. rhyssa chiefly in being smoother, the coarse wrinkles of that being reduced to striw. The umbilicus is a little more open at the last whorl. In other respects there are no constant or even prevalent differences. Alt. 9, diam. 16 mm. Sierra Blanca (Ashmun). Alt. 9, diam. 15.5 mm. Sierra Blanca (Ashmun). Alt. 10.6, diam. 16.8 mm., whorls 6 ri ; Alt. 9.9, diam. 16 mm., whorls 53. es iia Alt. 10.3, diam. 16 mm., whorls 53. 7 ; Sierra Blanca, Lincoln county, New Mexico (E. H. Ashmun). Near Eagle creek (C. H. T. Townsend). Ashmunella rhyssa hyporhyssa (Ckll.). Pl. XII, figs. 7-13. Polygyra r. hyporhyssa Ckll., Nautilus, XII, November, 1898, p. 77. Ashmunella hyporhyssa (Ckll.) var. edentata, with mut. rujescens and alba, Ckll., Nautilus, XIV, p. 72, October, 1990 (Cloudcroft). A.r. hyporhyssa Ckll., Vanatta, Nautilus, XVI, p. 58, September, 1902 (High- rolls and Clouderoft): Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 108, fig. 1 (genitalia of Cloudcroft specimen). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 “Tike rhyssa in size and form, but umbilicus wider, exposing the penultimate whorl; sculpture finer, consisting of strie rather than riblets. One specimen, diam. max. 15, min. 12%, alt. 9 mm.” Lower slopes of Sierra Blanca, New Mexico, above head of Ruidoso creek, in aspen belt, about 9,500 feet altitude. (Prof. C. H. T. Town- send, August 14, 1898.) The original description is given above. The unique type specimen was lost. Prof. Cockerell subsequently described what seems to be the same race, or one excessively similar, as A. hyporhyssa edentata, with mutations rufescens and alba, from Cloudcroft, Sacramento Mountains. In the absence of any differential feature in the description or measure- 50% 45% 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 13° 133 14 14:5) 15. 15:5) 16° 16:5° 17 mm: 5 1 6 41 36) 786.) 13.) 210 2 variates ments, I assume that the Clouderoft shells are identical with hyporhyssa. A somewhat large series was collected by Mr. H. L. Viereck in James Canyon, at Cloudcroft, Sacramento Mountains, at an elevation of 9,500 feet. Two lots were taken, one of a few large specimens (Pl. XII, figs. 7, 8), the other of many smaller ones. Compared with A. rhyssa the shells differ in the constantly more depressed last whorl, though the spire may be equally high; the umbilicus is wider at its opening, ex- posing more of the penultimate whorl; the basal tooth is obsolete or very weak, and the parietal tooth is present only as an extremely small vestige in less than 5 per cent. of the specimens. Finally, the 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., sculpture is less strong except just behind the lip, where the wrinkles generally are emphatic. The lot of smaller specimens (Pl. XII, figs. 9-13) consisted of about 300 shells. 200 fully adult specimens were measured. The diameter varies between 13 and 17 mm., and gives the curve plotted on p. 229. The major mode is at 15 mm., 43 per cent. of the lot being within .2 mm. of that dimension. There is a minor mode at 14 mm.; but the lot is remarkably homogeneous, since over 80 per cent. are between 13.8 and 15.2 mm. diameter. The altitude bears no constant ratio to the diameter. It is individu- ally variable within wide limits. In the first 50 individuals of 15 mm. diameter (from my schedule of measurements of 200 specimens of all sizes) the following dimensions were found: Alt. in mm., 8 SDs SGM Sie. O85] 1Seo ae 9.2 No. of variates, 3 2 3 3 5 3 15 2 Alt.inmm., Csr OE Wy ONG Or ES ANG) 10.2 No. of variates, 3 1 2 1 2, 2) 1 1 Alt. in mm., 10.6 No. of variates, 1 It will be noticed that the mode is at 9 mm., 30% of the whole num- ber having that altitude, while the number of more depressed individ- uals is as nearly as possible equal to the number more elevated. Speci- mens of the same lot, of other diameters, give altitude curves of the same symmetrical form, and need not here be detailed. There are 5 albinos in the 200 shells measured, though an uninter- yupted series from albinos to the darkest brown specimens makes a selection difficult. Nine shells in 200 show a very small parietal tooth, one being shown in fig. 12. The other lot, of larger shells (Pl. 12, figs. 7, 8), contains 2 albinos out of 14 shells. None has a parietal tooth. The measurements follow: Alt., 12 Til 10 LOS OFA 10 10 10 10 Diam., 19.3 19 19 es) Se} Shs} NS} IS Le Alte; 10 10 9.2 9.2 mm. Diam aleomelee A7,, 16.5) 8 A small series from Cloudcroft, 8,750 feet, collected by E. O. Wooton, received from Prof. Cockerell, contains also large and small examples, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 the diameters being, large, 18.5, 18, 17.3, 17, 16.2, and small, 15, 15 mm. These are part of Prof. Cockerell’s original lot of A. h. edentata. At Highrolls, in the Sacramento Mountains, at. 6,500 feet elevation, Mr. Viereck obtained three specimens, 17.2, 17 and 16.8 mm. diam. They have the umbilicus a trifle narrower than in the larger Cloud- croft shells. In Alamo Canyon, 14 miles from Alamogorda, Mr. Ferriss picked up a few dead specimens. The umbilicus is decidedly narrower than in the Clouderoft shells. One of five examined has a vestigial parietal tooth. The proportions of alt. to diam. are as in Cloudecroft shells. Diam. 16.2, 16, 15.8, 13.7 mm. Ashmunella rhyssa townsendi (Bartsch). Ashmunella townsendi Bartsch, Smiths. Mise. Coll., XXXXVII, p. 13, August 6, 1904. Described from two specimens. “Most nearly related to A. rhyssa Dall, but is much smaller than that form, and is uniformly more strongly sculptured.” Alt. 8.2, diam. 15 mm. Sierra Blanca, on the slopes of the ridge on the south fork of Ruidoso river, about 5 miles above the town of Ruidoso, Lincoln county, New Mexico, at an altitude of 8,500 feet. C. H. T. Townsend. A. rhyssa commonly varies from less than 15 to 17 mm. in diameter, and from 8 to over 10 mm. alt., so that the present form falls within its range of size. The coarser sculpture of “many strong sublamellar axial ribs” seems to be its chief or only distinguishing character. It stands, apparently, between rhyssa and altissima. Ashmunella altissima (CkIl.). Pl. XI, fig. 14. Polygyra altissima Ckil., Nautilus, XII, p. 76, November, 1898. Ashmunella altissima (Ckll.), Pils. and Ckll., Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192. The shell is small and depressed, of 54 moderately convex whorls, the inner ones enlarging slowly, the last much wider, with the periphery above the middle, very obtusely subangular in front, elsewhere well rounded. The only specimens yet found are dead, bleached and some- what worn, having lost all of the cuticle. The embryonic 14 whorls are smooth; the first neanic whorl almost equally so. Then oblique strize set in which gradually become coarser. On the last whorl they become strong, rounded sigmoid ribs, very strong on the last half whorl. There are traces of fine spiral lines between the ribs. Behind the lip the whorl is moderately contracted, and it descends a trifle to the aper- ture. The aperture is very oblique, lunate. The peristome is thick- ened within and on its convex face, narrowly reflexed throughout. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., There is a faint, hardly noticeable basal prominence, but nothing to be called a tooth. There is no parictal tooth, and the callous between the lip-ends is very thin. Alt. 5.5, diam. 11 mm. Sierra Blanea, on the highest summit, three found under a rock, elevation 11,092 feet (C. H. T. Townsend). One of the co-types of this very distinct form is figured, No. 73,558, JAGINENS Ere Ashmunella pseudodonta (Dall). Pl. XU, figs. 15, 16, 17, 18. Polygyra pseudodonta Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XTX, 1896, p. 343 (White Oaks, New Mexico). Ashmunella pseudodonta Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 500, TAL 27, tires, NS TGS Tells PASS ates 7 Ashmunella pseudodonta Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Murdoch, Jour. of Malac., VIII, p. 79, Pl. 7, figs. 1-7 (anatomy). This species differs from those of the Sierra Blanca chiefly by its more depressed shape and the bifid basal callous, which is split into two low denticles like some of the subspecies of A. thomsoniana. The compara- tively short duct of the spermatheca shows A. pseudodonta to be much more closely related to A. rhyssa than to A. thomsoniana. Five speci- mens of the original lot collected by Mr. Ashmun at White Oaks, New Mexico, measure: Alt., Diam., 1 6.5 6.4 6.4 mm. NG, 12.7 1 ee] 1261S EE | | 1 Two specimens found with A. p. capitanensis measure: Alt. TOs: Diam., 13:9 18.5 “ The internal anatomy has been well described and figured by Mur- doch. Ashmunella pseudodonta capitanensis Ashm. and Ckll. Pl. XII, figs. 21-23. A. p. capitanensis Ashmun and Cockerell, Nautilus, XII, p. 131, March, 1899. The shell is depressed, glossy, brown, with weak irregular growth- wrinkles and fine, close incised spirals. The spire is very low conic. Whorls 53, quite convex, the last wide, rounded peripherally, swollen above behind the deep constriction behind the lip. The aperture is quite oblique, the lip either brown-tinted throughout or white. Within the basal margin there is a low, very weakly bifid callous, often hardly noticeable. There is a very small parietal tooth in four out of six specimens examined. The umbilicus is small and deep within, enlarg- ing at the last whorl, rather broadly exposing the penultimate whorl. ANG 9 9.5 9.2 9 9 9 mm. Diam., 18.5 18 17.8 17 17 rie roe 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 Near Baldonado Springs, Capitan Mountains, Lincoln county, New Mexico, elevation 8,200 fect, collected by E. H. Ashmun. This form is at present well separated from pseudodonta by the uni- formly much larger size. The basal teeth are also less developed, and the lip comparatively narrower. It is to pseudodonia as robusta is to ashmuni. It has reached about the same stage of evolution as A. hypo- rhyssa, A. a. robusta and A. chiricahuana. In the lot of 100 specimens taken by Mr. Ashmun there is one pale greenish-corneous albino. Ashmunella ashmuni (Dall). PI. XII, figs. 19, 20. Polygyra ashmuni Dall, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 342, 1896. Ashmunella ashmuni (Dall) Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour. of Malac., VIII, p. 76; Dall, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 501, Pl. 28, figs. 4, 6, 9. _ This species is small, much like A. pseudodonta, but there is scarcely the trace of a basal tooth. The outer lip is well thickened within, and there is no parietal tooth. The usual wrinkle-like growth-lines are present, but spiral lines are very faint, not discernible in some speci- mens. Five of the original lot measure: Alt., 7.4 7 7 6.9 6.7 mm. Diam., 14.2 14 14 ISL ie Bland, New Mexico. E. H. Ashmun. Ashmunella ashmuni robusta n. subsp. Pl. XII, figs. 24-26. Polygyra chiricahuana and Ashmunella chiricahuana, in part, of various authors, specimens from Jemez Mountains and at Jemez Sulphur Springs, New Mexico. The shell is similar in size and general contour to A. p. capitanensis; chestnut or greenish-chestnut colored, glossy, sculptured with low, irregular growth-wrinkles which are strongest below the suture, and weaker on the base, and very fine incised spirals, close and numerous but very lightly impressed. The spire is very low conoid. Whorls 53, convex, the last about double the width of the preceding, its last third decidedly swollen, inflated behind the deep constriction back of the lip. The aperture is roundly lunate, without teeth. The lip is coffee-tinted, rather narrowly reflexed, convex on the face, and a little thickened inwardly within the outer margin. There is no parietal tooth. The umbilicus is cylindric within and deep, rather broadly expanding at the last whorl, exposing the penultimate whorl. Alt., 9.2 8.6 8.7 9 mm. Diam., 19 17.2 17.6 16:5) = Jemez Mountains, near Bland, New Mexico, at higher elevations than A.ashmum. E. H. Ashmun. 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., This form has hitherto been referred to A. chiricahuana, from which it differs chiefly in the greater inflation of the latter part of the last whorl. This is noticeable in a side view, and is seen prominently above the aperture in a front view. It differs from A. psewdodonta capitanensis chiefly by wanting basal teeth. In such simplified forms as this, it is not easy to determine the true relationships by the shell alone. When the genitalia can be examined the affinities of A. ashmuni and A. a. robusta will doubtless become clear. There is an albino in Mr. Ashmun’s collection. Group of A. thomsoniana. Aperture of the shell with parietal, outer and basal teeth, the latter often bifid, divided into two contiguous tubercles. Length of the sper- matheca and its duct 60 to 65 per cent. that of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum in known forms. These forms are from northern central New Mexico. They have been investigated chiefly by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell and his pupils. By their genitalia and shells they are related to the southeastern Arizona group. Three forms are perhaps sufficiently differentiated to require names: A. t. portere, A. thomsoniana and A. t. pecosensis. Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey). Pl. XIII, figs. 27-3 Helix levettei Bland var. thomsoniana ar var. orobena Ancey, Concholo- gist’s Exchange, II, p. 64 (November, 1887). Ashmunella thomsoniana (Anc.) Pils. and Ckll., Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour. of Malac., VIII, p. 75, 1901; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p 108, fig. 2 eee of specimen from Santa Fé canyon); Ckll. and Cooper, Nautilus, XV, p. 109, February, 1902, with mut. alba C. and C., 1. c., p.110 (Canyon Diablo) ; CkIL, Nautilus, XVI, January, 1903, p. 105 (Pecos Pueblo). Ashmunella thomsoniana coopere Cockerell, Nautilus, XV, p. 35, July, 1901. A. t. antiqua Ckll. and Coop., Science, December 27, 1901 ,P- 1,009; Nautilus, XV, p. 110 (Pleistocene, Las Vegas). Specimens from J. H. Thomson, part of the original lot from Santa Fé Canyon, are before me, and two are illustrated (Pl. XIII, figs 27, 28). It is narrowly umbilicate, brown and glossy, finely striate, with very faint traces of incised spirals on the last whorl. There are 5 whorls. The characters of the aperture are sufficiently shown by the figures, the only ones published to this time. The basal tooth is simple in all specimens I have seen from the type canyon. Alt. 6.9, diam. 13 mm.; whorls 5. * 66:9.) Ee a2 Be ae (956.9, oo a mmal ations ce ar ae The specimen I dissected in 1900, collected by Prof. Cockerell at 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 Monument Rock, Santa Fé Canyon, at 8,000 feet above the sea (Pl. 13, fig. 29), is slightly larger with the umbilicus wider at the opening. Alt. 7.2, diam. 14 mm.; whorls 53. The basal tooth is simple. An- other like it, taken by Ashmun in the same canyon, is figured (PI. 13, fig. 30). In all the forms referred to A. thomsoniana and its subspecies no dis- tinct internal lip-rib is formed when a resting-stage occurred in the neanic period. Such growth-arrests are often indicated by a darker streak on the penultimate or beginning of the last whorl, but the shell is very rarely thickened within by a white callous, and when present, the callous is very thin. Distribution: Santa Fé Canyon (Thomson, Ashmun, Ckll.); Las . Vegas and Las Vegas Hot Springs (Miss Cooper, Prof. Ckll.); Canyon Diablo, near Rowe (Mary Cooper); Old Pecos Pueblo, near Vallé ranch, Pecos (W. C. Ckll.). The form from Las Vegas Hot Springs, at about 7,000 feet elevation, called A. t. cooper, offers no tangible difference from Santa Fé thom- soniana. It is not yet evolved enough to be distinguishable from thomsoniana if the specimens were mixed. I do not think it desirable or practicable to name forms so very slightly differentiated. The umbilicus is a trifle more open than typical A. thomsoniana, like the Monument Rock shells or a little less open, being thus intermediate in size. The teeth are in the average slightly smaller. The basal tooth is quite feebly doubled in a minority of the shells seen, simple, small and tubercular in the others. The spire is, in the average, a trifle higher than in Santa Fé thomsoniana (Pl. XIII, figs. 31-34, the last a co-type of A. t. coopere). Co-types of coopere. SSS Ai CTO) 5. TOL A tal oS Wk 6.8 mm. Diam (3 13 138 138 135 13:5 198 13) 12.2 Whorls 5+ 5+ 5+ St 54 5 5t 5 4B A. antiqua Ckll. and Coop., from the Pleistocene at Las Vegas, New Mexico, is like the shells from Las Vegas Hot Springs noted above in size, but the basal tooth is a low, wide callous, slightly emarginate but not distinctly bifid. The rather heavy teeth and small umbilicus are like typical thomsoniana. A co-type measures 13.2 mm. diam. The parietal callous has scaled off, carrying the tooth with it. I see no valid reason for believing that it represents a divergent branch of thomsoniana. Such characters as this are merely individual. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Specimens from Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, New Mexico (Pl. XIII, figs. 35, 36, 37), are exactly like those from Las Vegas Hot Springs. Alt. 8 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.3 mm. Diam. 14 12.8 12.3 12.3 Dia Whorls 54 54 54 54 5 Ashmunella thomsoniana portere Pils. and Ckll. Pl. XII, figs. 39-46. Ashmunella thomsoniana portere Pils. and Ckll., Nautilus, XIII, p. 49, Sep- tember, 1899; Cockerell and Cooper, Nautilus, XV, p. 109, February, 1902, with mut. alba, p. 110; Murdoch, Jour. of Malac., VIII, p. 82, Pl. 7, fig. 8 (genitalia); Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 559, footnote 4, Pl. 21, fig. 6 (pallial complex). A. t. coopere Ckll., Nautilus, XVII, p. 36, July, 1903 (Pecos). Shell larger than thomsoniana, light brown, glossy, a little translucent, with distinct growth-wrinkles and fine incised spiral lines. Whorls 54 to 6, convex, the last deeply constricted behind the lip, swollen behind the constriction. Lip brown-tinted above. Parictal lamina mode- rately developed. Outer lip-tooth long and concave. Basal tooth bifid, the inner denticle smaller, sometimes reduced to a low callous. Umbilicus rather broadly open, exposing the penultimate whorl more than in thomsoniana. Type locality, Upper Sapello Canyon, Beulah, New Mexico (Pl. XIII, figs. 39-42, 46, Miss Wilmatte Porter, Dr. H. Skinner and others). Twenty-two specimens collected by Dr. Skinner measure as follows: Alt. 8 8.5 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8.2 Diam. / 1aSy ee TSS TNS 15.6 14.8 15 Whorls 6 54 53 3 54 54 54 54 54 Alt. 8.2 8 8.5 S83 es 8 testh 8 7.8 Diam. esy 116) 15 15.5 13.8 14 14.8 14 14 Whorls 54 54 54 53 54 54 54 54 54 Alt. 7.8 8 8 7.6 mm Diam. 14.1 14 141 13.9 “ Whorls 5} 54 ot 54 Prof. Cockerell and Miss Cooper measured 40 specimens of porter from Beulah: 2 specimens are 14 mm. diam. 12 ae “ 14+ ae ee ale, ae “ce 15 “ce “ 6 a“ “ 15+ “oe ee 3 ce “ 16 ae “ There is no appreciable difference in the comparative altitude among the specimens I have seen. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 Miss Mary Cooper collected specimens in Manzanares Valley, near Rowe, New Mexico, which have been reported on by Prof. Cockerell and Miss Cooper (Nautilus, XV, p. 109). They are in all respects like those of the type locality except that the inner basal denticle is more obsolete, as in fig. 39. The curve of diameters is the same as in the Beulah lot. The specimens I have seen are from 15 to 16 mm. diam. A single specimen I have scen from Cooper’s Mill, near Rowe, New Mexico, measures 8.7 x 16 mm., with 53 whorls. The inner basal den- ticle is low, as in Manzanares shells. The shells from Pecos, New Mexico (PI. XIII, figs. 43-45, collected by Cockerell), are intermediate between thomsoniana and portere; the size being that of the former, while in 14 out of 17 specimens before me the basal tooth is double, as in portere. In the others it is simple, as in thomsoniana. The umbilicus is rather wide, as in portere. Prof. Cockerell refers the form to A. t. coopere. Its location depends upon whether size is more important than the teeth as an index of affinity; but the question of name is of minor importance in view of the intergradation of the whole series. Specimens measure: Alt. So Cae aes 8 ES Diam ie 46. 145) Its) 143) Ta 4 Whorls CBE i | tse GS amit as anatase Alt. ASM CSR G NS hn) Tigamnlty gw Maz git) My Diam Tat a ee ear aD Ris.g" | nts BH eygig sD Whorls ce ean NGS LOS On Hewat Ye 5a 6! OEY There is practically no variation in number of whorls, or in the pro- portion of altitude to diameter. The variation in diameter is not great, but serves to connect thomsoniana and portere, but the skew of the curve is toward the larger size of porter. Ashmunella thomsoniana pecosensis Ckll. Pl. XIII, fig. $8. Cockerell, Nautilus, XVI, p. 105, January, 1903. Shell like thomsoniana in shape, size, the small umbilicus and the simple basal tooth; but differing in sculpture, a coarse, low costation being superposed upon minute growth-lines and microscopic spirals similar to those of A. thomsoniana. Aperture as in thomsoniana, the “lip and teeth strongly developed, the basal tooth single.” Alt. about 6.3, diam. 11.8 mm. Vallé ranch, Pecos, New Mexico. A Pleistocene fossil. Type No. 84,209, A. N.S. P., collected by T. D. A. Cockerell. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Some specimens of A. éhomsoniana from Las Vegas Hot Springs are almost as strongly wrinkled or costulate. The subspecies cannot, there- fore, be considered to be strongly differentiated. Group of A. levettet. The aperture has four teeth, but sometimes the two basal teeth are contiguous, partially united. The length of the spermatheca and its duct is from 55 to 73 per cent. of that of the penis, epiphallus and fla- gellum in known forms. This somewhat heterogencous group is characteristic of southwestern New Mexico and southeastern Arizona. Here are grouped about ten species and subspecies, some of them exceedingly specialized. Ashmunella levettei (Bld.). Pl. XV, figs. 72-78. Triodopsis levettei Bland, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, IT, 1882, p. 115 (cuts); Binney, Manual of American Land Shells, p. 385; Sup- plement to Terrestrial Mollusks, Vol. V, p. 154, Pl. 1, fig. E, copy from Bland; Second Supplement, in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIII, No. 2, p. 36, Pl. 1, fig. 15, December, 1886. Polygyra levettei Bld., Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 341, 1896. Ashmunella levettei Bld., Ancey, Journ. of Malac., VIII, p. 74, September, 1901. This is a form of ample proportions, rich dark chestnut color and glossy surface. The periphery is rounded, or-has a mere trace of angu- lation in front. The cylindric umbilicus enlarges rapidly at the last whorl. The spire, while compactly convoluted, has more rapidly widening whorls than A. l. angigyra. The spaces between the three lip-teeth are about equal. The parictal lamella has a “kink” or in- ward bend at the axial end in the type specimen, but this kink is often wanting; being a variable character in levette: and allied species. There are about 64 whorls, all convex. The first 14 are smooth and glossy except for short strive radiating from the suture; on the second whorl these striae extend across the whorl. The following whorls are very finely, irregularly marked with faint growth-lines. On the penul- timate and last whorls there is a faint, excessively fine and close spiral striation, too minute to be visible except with a compound microscope ; and a fine malleation in spiral direction, or spiral impressed lines, readily seen with the hand lens or even the naked eye. The periphery is rounded. Bland’s type measured, alt. 6.5, diam. 16 mm.; aperture, including peristome, 7 x 8 mm., according to the original description. Bland evidently measured the altitude of the axis, not of the whole shell to the base of the lip. His type, which I have examined, agrees with the shells Mr. Ferriss found in Bear and Miller Canyons, in the Huachucas. Figs. 72-75 represent shells from Bear Canyon, agreeing with type specimen in all respects. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 Huachuca Mountains, Cochise county, Arizona, in Bear, Miller and Carr Canyons (James H. Ferriss). It has been reported also from near Tueson, Arizona (Cox). Ihave seen no specimens from that place. Bland originally described Jlevettei as from Santa Fé Canyon, New Mexico, but the researches there of Ashmun, Cockerell and others have failed to bring it to light. Indeed, no closely related species is known to occur within hundreds of miles of that place, whereas some of the Huachuea shells agree perfectly with the type specimen of levetter which I have examined. There can be little doubt that Dr. Levette was mistaken in the locality. It is not known that he collected the shells himself. They may have been given him by some army officer who had served in the Southwest. There is, according to Mr. C. R. Biedermann, a Santa Fé Canyon in the San José mountains, just south of the Huachuca range, in Mexico. A series from Bear Canyon measures: Alt. 9, diam. 17.8 mm.; width aperture outside 8 mm. “ce 9, “cc ibe. “ce “ “ “ec 8 “ee “cc 8.2, “ce 17 “ce “ce “ “ec 8 “ “cc 7 8 “ce 16 + ( “ce “ee “ce “ce 8 “ Oy . “ 7.2, “ee 16 “ce “cc “ce “ce Hed, “ce “ 7.8, “ce 16.2 ce “ce “ce “ce 8S ce The lip is either brown or nearly white. Mr. Ferriss’ largest speci- men from Bear Canyon measures 8 x 18 mm. Fig. 76 represents a beautiful albino found at the head of Bear Canyon, on the southwest side of the Huachuca range, at about 7,000 feet clevation. It is bluish white under a very thin caducious pale yellowish cuticle. A pathologic specimen from the same place (fig. 77) has suffered extensive breakage at the aperture. A new peristome has been formed and three of the tecth regenerated, typical in shape and position. The inner basal tooth, however, is only feebly represented by a low callous. The shells from Miller Canyon, on the north side of the Huachucas (Pl. XIII, fig. 78), are intermediate between the Bear Canyon levetter and the slightly different race from Carr Canyon, perhaps nearer the latter. They measure from alt. 8.5, diam. 16.3, aperture 7.8 mm. to alt. 7.5, diam. 14, aperture 6.5 mm. In Carr Canyon, about four miles farther eastward, at about 5,000 feet elevation, a form was found resembling angigyra in its close-coiled whorls and small aperture, but differing in being usually larger, hardly angular, with a larger umbilicus and deeper constriction back of the 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., lip. It differs from levettei in the smaller mouth, larger umbilicus and deeper constriction. Specimens measure: Alt. 7, diam. 15.2 mm.; width of mouth, outside, 7.3 mm. “ Ce “ 15.2 “ce ae “ ay Ff “ “ce Urs “ce 15.2 “ce “ “o “ce 7 ce “ce ite “cc 15 “ce “ce tas a 7 ce ce 6.3, ac 14 “ “ee “ce ce 6.1 ce ce 6.8, ce 13.8 “ee “e “ a 6 “ “ce 6.8, “ee 14 “ce oe ae “ce Teh ce oe 6.3, oe 12.5 ae “ee “ce ee 58 “ This form is about intermediate between levettei and angigyra, but it has some slight special characters of its own. They seem hardly sufficient to require that it be named. See Pl. XV, figs. 92, 93. Ashmunella levettei angigyra n. subsp. Pl. XIV, figs. 47-54. The shell is brown, smaller and more depressed than levettei obtusely but distinctly angular at the periphery. The surface of the post- embryonic whorls is smoothish, under the lens seen to be very closely, irregularly marked with minute growth-lines, giving it a silky luster, and the last whorl is often finely malleate spirally, as in A. levettet. Whorls 64 to 7, very closely coiled and slowly widening, all oj them convex above. The suture descends rather abruptly to the aperture. Behind the outer and basal lips the whorl is rather deeply, angularly guttered. The back of the lip is ereamy. Aperture very oblique, smaller than in A. levettei. The teeth are arranged as in levettei. The notch between the two basal teeth is wider than that between the outer basal and the tooth of the outer lip. The inner basal tooth is smaller than the outer. The cylindric umbilicus rapidly enlarges at the last whorl. Alt. 6.5, diam. 13.6 mm. NGS yee aloes “i 6, “ 13 “cc Huachuca Mountains, in Ramsey or “‘ Conservatory ”’ Canyon, near Fort Huachuca. Types No. 83,269, A. N.S. P., collected by J. H. Ferriss, 1902 (figs. 47-49). This form was also found in the drift-débris of Barbakomari creek, near Huachuea station. The same form was collected by Mr. Mearns some years ago, and then referred to levette?. It differs from typical A. levettei in being smaller, with more closely coiled whorls, the last one angular at the periphery. The aperture is smaller and therefore more filled by the teeth. It resembles A. angu- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 lata, but the whorls are not flattened above as in that species, and are not punctate. With a single exception mentioned below, no angigyra have beem found on the south side of the range. On the north side it occurs in Brown’s Canyon (figs. 50, 54), varying much in size and degree of angu- lation, the smaller specimens being like the type lot, the larger ones less angular and approaching levettet. Five measure: Alt. 7.3, diam. 14.8 mm. “ ie “c 14.8 a me One dG wlan k. “ce 7 “ce 13.8 “ce “cc 6 “ce 12 “cc At Ramsey Canyon, two miles east of Brown’s Canyon, similar forms were found at about 6,000 feet elevation. On the opposite side of the range, at the base of Bear Canyon, in the foothills, at about 5,000 feet, Mr. Ferriss collected a few small speci- mens which do not seem to differ much from typical angigyra. Two before me measure 5 x 11 and 4.8 x 10 mm., with only 5? whorls (figs. 51, 52, 53). The genital system (Pl. X XI, fig. 28) is somewhat peculiar. The penis is quite long, but the vagina is unusually short. This is unlike A. angulata of the Chiricahuas, some forms of which imitate angigyra in the form of the shell. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 14) has 8 very unequal ribs. The radula (Pl. XXII, fig. 12) has 19.10.1.10.19 teeth. The ecto- cones of central and inner lateral teeth are very short. The mesocone is bifid from about the 15th tooth out, but the ectocone only on the outer marginals. This approximates to the condition found in A. chiricahuana. ‘There are more teeth and more laterals than in A. angu- lata. Ashmunella levettei heterodonta n. vy. Pl. XV, figs. 80-91. In Cave Creek Canyon and the tributary Ida Canyon on the southern slope of the east end of the Huachuca range, Mr. Ferriss found an extra- ordinary series of Ashmunellas, in which the teeth vary from about as well developed as in A. levettei to completely obsolete as in A. chirica- huana. No other member of the genus was found in these canyons. The several stages occur together,? and the chain of mutations is unin- terrupted. 2See also Mr. Ferriss’ notes on this race, Nautilus, XVIII, p. 51, below mid- dle of page. 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., So far as I know, such variability in a land snail among individuals living under the same conditions in one spot is elsewhere absolutely unknown. Most of the specimens measure from 15 to 18 mm. diam., but there is one pygmy of 12 mm. (fig. 88). In the general shape, etc., the race does not differ from A. levettei. There is no trace whatever of patho- logic or abnormal growth. The forms with well developed teeth and those with none were found much less numerous than the intermediate stages. The most abundant forms (figs. 84, 85) may be considered the types of the variety. The toothless examples have the lip slightly wider than that of A. chiricahuana. They constitute a race parallel to that, rather than iden- tical with it. The colonies of Cave and Ida Canyons are evidently undergoing rapid degeneration of the teeth, the parent form having been typical A. levettei such as occurs in the adjacent canyon westward, and that over the ridge. Examples of such degeneration are common enough at any stage of progress; but the unique feature about it in this particular colony is that the individuals have been so unequally affected that all stages of the process are present at one time and place. It does not seem to be a case of hybridism between A. levettei and A. chiricahuana, as I at one time suspected. The results are unlike hybrid colonies in the predominance of intermediate individuals. Figs. 80 to 87 of Pl. XV are a series from Ida Canyon, showing stages of tooth development. Figs. 89, 90, 91 are from the Cave Creek Canyon series. All of these figures are photographed from fully mature shells. Two specimens before me from Miller Canyon, or extreme head of Cave Creek Canyon, Huachucas, figured on Pl. XV, figs. 94, 95, may be toothless heterodonta, as Mr. Ferriss suggests to me; though from the narrower lip I had provisionally called them A. chiricahuana, to which they seem absolutely similar. If the latter be correct, these are the only specimens of that species I have seen from the Huachuca range. They measure 18.3 and 16 mm. in diameter. The smaller shell is an albino. Ashmunella levettei proxima n. subsp. Pl. XIV, figs. 65, 66, 70. 71. The shell is depressed, biconvex, strongly angular at the periphery, pale corneous-brown. Whorls 64, none with punctate sculpture. Aper- ture like that of A. angulata, except that the two basal teeth are nearer together, the space between them being smaller than that between the outer basal and the upper lip-tooth; though the two basal teeth are not united basally as in A. fisszdens. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 Alt. 5.3, diam. 12 mm. SPDs EMM IDIOR aes Oat L2LOM Chiricahua Mountains, Sawmill Canyon. Types No. 86,498, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. Less carinated than the closely related A. fissidens which is appa- rently a member of the same series. It is difficult to decide on the rank to be given to the members of these chains of modifications of a single type. A. proxima will probably be considered a species eventually. There are 14.10.1.10.14 teeth. The side cusps are very short, almost subobsolete on the central teeth. The tenth to twelfth teeth are tran- sitional. Both cusps are split on the marginal teeth. . The genitalia (Pl. XXT, fig. 24) of one of the type specimens figured has the atrium protruded. There seems to be an extremely short basal enlargement or penis in another individualopened. The retractor muscle of the penis is very weak. The proportions of the organs are given in the table on p. 224. The very short penis contrasts with A. 1. angigyra, which also has more marginal teeth. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 17) is thin, with about 5 ribs, of which only two are well developed. Ashmunella fissidens n.sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 67-69. Shell depressed, lens-shaped, biconvex, with acutely angular periph- ery; rather thin, brown. Sculptured with fine, irregular growth-lines, the penultimate and next earlier whorls more or less roughened with minute elevated points, as in A. angulata. Spire very low conoid. Whorls fully 6, closely coiled, moderately convex, the last usually a little impressed above the periphery, which is angular throughout. It is convex below, and deeply guttered behind the reflexed outer and basal margins of the lip. The suture descends a little to the aperture. The aperture is very oblique, much obstructed by four teeth; an oblique parietal lamella, curved in at its axial end, with, in old specimens, a very low converging ridge outside of it, the two arranged V-like; a long, square-topped or concave-topped tooth within the outer lip; and two contiguous teeth on the basal lip, slightly united basally the outer one thick and higher, the inner low and more spreading. Parictal callous distinct. Alt. 5.3, diam. 12.3 mm. “ 5, c 11.5 “ Co ical Ly a Chiricahua Mountains, in Cave Creek Canyon. Types No. 87,022, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, February, 1904. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., This species differs from A. angulata by its contiguous basal teeth, but is related to it by the punctate surface. It resembles A. duplici- dens in some respects, but the basal teeth are not nearly so closely united as in that snail, the periphery is carinate, not merely angular, and the whole shell is much more depressed. Ashmunella duplicidens n.sp. Pl. XVI, figs. 103-107. Shell depressed, umbilicate, brown or corneous-brown, glossy and seulptured with minute growth-lines only. The spire and base are convex, the periphery obtusely subangular in front, and situated above the middle"of the last whorl. There are 53 to 6} closely coiled, narrow and moderately convex whorls, the last one very slightly descending in‘front. The aperture is car-shaped, very oblique, the lip white, well reflexed, and convex on the face. Within the outer margin there is a somewhat retracted broad tooth, prominent at its two ends, concave between them. Upon the basal lip there is a less widened, more emerg- ing double tooth, the outer cusp larger than the inner. The parictal wall bears an oblique, straight lamella. Alt. 6.5, diam. 13 mm. pe ey iP ps Bearfoot or “Bar” Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, at an elevation of 8,500 feet. This species is an important link in the A. levettei chain, showing the origin of the two basal teeth by splitting of an original median one. It is less differentiated from the group of A. thomsoniana than the other known Arizona species. The genitalia (Pl. X XI, fig. 23) also resemble those of themsoniana. The general proportions are shown in the figure and table of measure- ments. The penis is comparatively long. The duct of the sperma- theca is large, weakly varicose, and contracted where it joins the vagina. I did not make out any lower attachment of the penis retractor muscle. There are about 18.10.1.10.18 teeth, nine or ten being laterals, the next three or four transitional. The ectocone is not split on the mar- ginals, at least not on most of them. Ashmunella angulata n. sp. Pl. XI, fig. 11; Pl. XIV, figs. 55-61, 63, 64. The shell is lens-shaped, angular peripherally, rather narrowly um- bilicate, glossy, reddish-chestnut when unworn, paler and more cor- neous around the umbilicus and in the middle portion of the upper surface, but frequently dull throughout by slight wear of the surface. Sculpture of very fine and irregular growth-lines, and for a short space 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 behind the lip there are fine, sharp stri#. The embryonic whorl is glossy, with fine radial strie on the outer side of the suture ; some part or parts of the third or fourth whorls are sculptured with very minute raised points in quincuneial order. The spire is low conic-convex, very obtuse above, the first two whorls being almost in a plane. Whorls 6} to 63, very narrow, and very slowly increasing; the first three are convex, those following being decidedly flattened, only slightly convex. The last whorl is acutely angular at the periphery, the angle more obtuse on its last third. The base is convex. The suture descends a little to the aper- ture. The lip is preceded by a creamy stripe, and the base is deeply guttered behind the expansion. The aperture is very oblique, narrow and lunate, obstructed by four teeth: a more or less sinuous, oblique parietal lamella, two compressed, entering teeth on the basal lip, of which the outer one is higher and more compressed, and an oblique, square-topped tooth within the outer lip. The sinus or notch between the two basal teeth is slightly wider than that between the outer basal and the outer lip tooth. The umbilicus is about one-sixth the diameter of the shell. Alt. 14.3, diam. 6.5 mm. Selso. 6:30 ieeeligroy 6 Ose “ce iIey “oe 6 ce “cc 13, “ 6 ce Two other specimens of the type lot measure 14 and 14.3 mm. diameter respectively. Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, in the South Fork of Cave Creek, at the base of the mountain. Types No. 87,019, A. N.S. P., collected by Mr. Ferriss, February, 1904. The young shells show the characteristic punctation better than adults. At resting periods in the neanic stage of growth a callous rib is formed within the lip. When this occurs early (as in the specimen figured, Pl. XI, fig. 11, 8 mm. diameter) the rib is much thicker in the middle. When it occurs in the last whorl it is more equally thickened. This species is closely related by shell characters, but not by its soft anatomy, to A. levettei angigyra of the Huachuca range, agreeing with that form in the close convolution of the whorls, the angular periphery and the general arrangement of the teeth. But all fresh specimens of A. angulata show a quincuncial punctation of some part of the neanic whorls, not present in the Huachuca form, and the two especially differ in the shape of the whorls, the upper surface of which is flattened 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., in angulata, convex in angigyra. Moreover, the genitalia of angigyra and angulata differ in important respects. As usual in Ashmunella and many other snails, the “species” is composed of a group of varying colonies, all living in Cave Creek Can- yon and its branches. The largest and best developed of these has been taken as the type lot, Pl. XIV, figs. 55-57. Another lot (87,015) from the South Fork of Cave Creek, “under cliffs” (fig. 58), has smaller shells of a paler dull brown tint. The whorls after the first 14 are flattened; and there is sometimes a low ridge making the parietal tooth V-shaped. Alt. 12.8, diam. 6.5 mm.; whorls 63. RLS Fie bato.65-< a6: AoE FAD; SOLO mee ‘hs (Oks Another lot, from a different spot from the above, also consists of small shells? Alt. 5, diam. 11 mm.; whorls 6 (2 specimens). “cc 5.3; “ec 11 “cc “ic 64. coms ee A OYT: «6, “ce 4.8, “ 9.9 “ “cc 5F. The following lots are from Cave Creek Canyon (the preceding being from its south fork): No. 87,111 (fig. 61) is almost exactly like 87,015 (above). No. 87,020 (figs. 59, 60) varies more in size and shape, as follows: Alt. 6.3, diam. 11.2 mm.; whorls 64. “ 5, ae TS GG « 64. “e 5, “cc 11 “ce ce 64. “ce 4.8, cc 9.9 “ce “ee 6. The punctation of the spire is well developed. At the Falls in Cave Creek (figs. 63, 64) the shells are like the preced- ing lot, except that the punctation is less developed and the umbilicus frequently smaller: Alt: 5, diam.11 mm.; width of umbilicus 2 mm. eA Ame acme gL a cb “cc 5.5, “ 11 “ “ce “cc 2.5 ifs The genitalia of A. angulata (P]. XXI, fig. 26) are figured from a specimen from the south fork of Cave Creek, No. 87,015, A. N.S. P. The penis is very short (long in angigyra, see fig. 28); the epiphallus, on the other hand, is very much longer than in angigyra; while the spermatheca and its duct are of about equal length in the two species. The vagina in A. angulata is rather long, as usual in Ashmumella, while in A. J. angigyra it is much shorter than in any other Ashmunella I have dissected. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 The jaw (P]. XXIII, fig. 15) of the same specimen is thin, with per- haps as many as eight very weak, narrow, delicate unequal ribs. The teeth (Pl. XXII, fig. 9, a group of lateral, transitional and mar- ginal teeth) number 16.8.1.8.16 to 18.9.1.9.18 on different parts of the same radula. There are 8 or 9 laterals and two or three transition teeth. Some of the outer marginals have the ectocone bifid. Ashmunella ferrissi nu. sp. Pl. XVI, figs. 108-110, 113. The shell is biconvex and acutely carinate, narrowly umbilicate, brown, but slightly glossy, and sculptured with fine growth-wrinkles only. The spire is convex, of 64 very closely coiled and slowly widening whorls, the earliest two convex, the rest flat, with a narrow keel project- ing upward and outward above the suture. The last whorl is concave above and below the keel, and descends very shortly to the aperture. The aperture is very oblique and obstructed by four white teeth: a wide one slightly notched at the summit, Just below the peripheral angle; two compressed teeth on the basal margin, connected by a low flange on the face of the peristome; these three teeth stand about equi- distant. There is also a low prominence on the lip at the position of the keel. On the parietal wall there is a straight lamella, very obliquely placed and shortly, abruptly curved inward at the axial end. Alt. 5.5, diam, 11.3 mm. “ 5:2; “ce ih! “ce Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. Types No. 89,232, AGEN iS=) Ee: This extraordinary member of the group of A. levettet is at once dis- tinguished from all others known up to this time by the projecting keel above the sutures of the spire, somewhat like the Chinese Eulota tectum- sinense (v. Mts.), or like Helicodonta maroccana (Morel.). Ashmunella walkeri Ferriss. P!. XVI, figs. 111, 112, 117. Ferriss, Nautilus, XVIII, p. 53, September, 1904. The shell is much depressed, lens-shaped, acutely carinate peripherally, rather thin, and pale corneous-brown. ‘The umbilicus, narrow within, enlarges rapidly at the last whorl. Surface lightly marked with growth- lines, but showing no trace of spiral striz or lines. The upper surface is but slightly convex. The apex is sculptured like that of A. levetter. Whorls 43, slightly convex, the last very shortly descending in front. Base more convex than the upper surface. The aperture is small and very oblique, the lip well reflexed, white, with an obtuse, squarish tooth in the outer margin and two compressed teeth in the basal margin, the inner one smaller; these three being nearly equally spaced, or the outer two may be nearer together. There is arather short, straight, obliquely 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., set parietal tooth, and in old shells a very low diverging ridge between it"and the outer insertion of the lip. Alt. 44, diam. 1384 mm. Florida Mountains, Luna county, New Mexico, in a rock talus near the top of the mountain, at an elevation of probably about 6,500 feet. Co-types in collections of J. H. Ferriss and A. N.S. P., No. 87,101. Only a few specimens were found, and none living. While related to the carinate forms of the A. levettet group, and to A. mearnsi by the structure of the aperture, this species is flatter than any of them, and differs especially in the small number of whorls—less than in any other Ashmunella. It was named in honor of Mr. Bryant Walker, of Detroit. Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). Pl. XIV, fig. 62; Pl. XVI, fig. 116. Polygyra mearnsi Dall, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 2 (‘“Hachita Grande and Huachuca Mountains, New Mexico’’); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 343, Pl. 32, figs. 7, 8, 11; Cockerell, Nautilus, XI, October, 1897, p. 69 (Filmore Canyon, Organ Mountains, New Mexico). Ashmunella mearnsi Dall, Ancey, Jour. of Malac., VIII, September, 1901, p. 74. In this species an accessory parietal lamella, incipient or rudimentary in A. walkeri and some forms of the levettei series, is well developed. The lip-teeth are arranged as in the A. levettei group. It is nearer A. walkeri than any other known species, but some specimens of A. angu- lata (fig. 58) have a weak upper arm of the parietal V. The geographic range is wide for a species of this group: the Hua- chuca Mountains, in southeastern Cochise county, Arizona, the Ha- cheta Grande Mountains, Grant county, southwestern New Mexico, and the Organ Mountains, Donna Ana county, New Mexico, east of the Rio Grande. All of these localities are near the Mexican boundary. The specimen figured is one of those collected in the Huachuca Mountains by the well-known ornithologist Edgar A. Mearns, for whom the species was named. The remarkable parietal armature is weakly foreshadowed in A. wal- keri, some forms of A. l. angigyra, ete. The soft anatomy remains unknown. Group of A. esuritor. Aperture of the shell without teeth. Length of the spermatheca and its duct about 90 per cent. that of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum, which do not much exceed twice the diameter of the shell. A single species from the Chiricahua Mountains differs strikingly from the levettei and chiricahwana groups in the proportions of the genitalia, the epiphallus being as short as in the thomsoniana group, while the spermathecal duct is much longer. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 Ashmunella esuritor n.sp. Pl. XIII, figs. 23-26. The shell is rather solid, light brown, biconvex, angular at the periph- ery. The cylindric umbilicus is suddenly dilated in the last whorl. The surface is irregularly marked with slight growth-wrinkles, and on the last whorl there are impressed spiral lines, more or less irregularly developed and sometimes almost obsolete. SSome intermediate whorls are indistinctly punctulate. Spire low-conic. Whorls 64 to 63, slowly increasing. The first three whorls are convex, the rest more or less flattened. The last whorl is distinctly but not acutcly angular in front, but becomes rounded in its later half. The suture descends a little to the aperture, and the whorl is rather deeply guttered behind the lip. The aperture is very oblique, roundly lunate. The peristome is white, thickened within, and equably reflexed. In the middle of the basal margin there is a low, indistinct prominence, but there are no other traces oj teeth. The parietal callous is thin except in old specimens, when it is thickened at the edge, forming a cord across the whorl. Alt. 7.7, diam. 15.5 mm. ee Pees On ew owelor | “ce ts “ee 14.5 ce “ (Bib “cc 14 13 Chiricahua Mountains, in Bar (or Bearfoot) Park. Types No. 87,023, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, February, 1904. At first glance this form seems to be a small angular race of A. chiri- cahuana; but upon closer study it seems far more likely that it is a terminal member of the A. angulata group, in which the teeth have degenerated. The slight flattening of the whorls, the shape of the mouth, and a faint punctation observable near the end of the third whorl in the freshest specimens, all indicate this relationship. Most of the fully adult and old individuals seen have lost much or all of the cuticle, and are dull flesh-tinted. The spiral engraved lines vary a good deal in different specimens, and when slightly corroded neither spirals nor granulation are visible, even in living shells. The smaller size, angular periphery and comparatively wider lip readily distinguish A. esuritor from A. chiricahuana. The genital system (Pl. XXI, figs. 30, 25) resembles that of A. chiri- cahuana except that the ducts are very much shorter, both absolutely and in comparison with the size of the shell; and the spermatheca and its duct are nearly as long as the penis, epiphallus and flagellum. The extruded penis and atrium in another specimen are shown in fig. 25. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., The penis has low, slowly spiral ridges. The entire length of the organs exserted is about 3.2 mm. The jaw has about 7 unequal ribs. The teeth number about 16.12.1.12.16, the tenth to thirteenth being transitional. Both cusps of the marginal tecth are bifid. Five shells taken in Sawmill Canyon, running from Bear Park, Chiricahuas, are like the types. The periphery in some is not quite so angular. The punctulation is identical. Two measure: Alt. 7.5 7 mm. Diam. 16.3 4m Whorls 64 64 Group of A. chiricahuana. Aperture toothless. Epiphallus and duct of the spermatheca very much longer than in species of any of the other groups, the diameter of the shell contained four times in the length of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum. Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall). Pl. XVI, figs. 96-100. Polygyra chiricahuana Dall, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895 (Fly Park, Chiricahua Mountains); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 341, Pl. 32, figs. 9, 10, 12, 1896. Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall), Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour. of Malacol., VIII, September, 1901, p. 76, with var. varicifera, p. 77. This species has the general shape and rounded periphery of A. levettei. It varies from chestnut to rather light greenish-brown, and shells which have lost their cuticle are dull flesh-colored. It is very glossy and smooth, marked with weak growth-wrinkles and engraved spirals, which are distinct in some, almost obsolete in other specimens. Under the compound microscope fine spiral strize are seen to cover the surface between the spiral lines. Whorls about 54, slightly convex. The last descends a trifle in front, and is somewhat constricted behind the lip. The aperture is without teeth. The lip 2s narrow, reflexed, brownish above and at the edge, without trace of lip-teeth. ‘The umbili- cus opens rather widely at the last whorl. There is almost always an opaque yellow stripe on the last whorl, marked inside by a strong white rib, and indicating a place of growth- arrest. Some shells have several such variceal streaks on earlier whorls also. The feature is a variable one in shells of the same lot, for reasons I have elsewhere discussed in full. In one lot of 16 specimens from Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahuas, there are 3 specimens with a single streak on last whorl, 8 with 2 streaks on last 2 whorls, 4 with 3 streaks on last 3 whorls, and 1 with 4 streaks on last 3 whorls. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 Type locality, Chiricahua Mountains, southeastern Arizona, in Fly Park, 10,000 feet altitude (Fischer); also in Cave Creek Canyon (Fer- riss, 1904). The locality ‘near Tucson” is also given for specimens collected by a Mr. Cox, many years ago. ? Huachuca Mountains, in Miller Canyon (see below). Dall’s type measured, alt. 7.7, diam. 18 mm.3 Three topotypes of the original lot collected by Fischer measure: Alt. 9, diam. 18 mm.; whorls 53. ete Hap allay 8 Oe: Sixteen of the specimens collected by Mr. Ferriss in Cave Creek Canyon (PI. 16, figs. 96-100) measure: Alt. 10 Cys 9 10 8.8 8.5 9.5 Diam. 20.5 20 19 19 18:5 USo = 18:5) 1S Alt. 9 9 9 8.5 8.3 8.2 9 8.5 Diam. 18 18 18 18 18 18 Welt Alga) The diameter curve from this small series has a strongly marked mode at 18 mm. (44% of the whole), with a skew toward the smaller diameter. There is a considerable variation in the height of the spire, shown in the measurements above and in the figures, of which figs. 99 and 100 represent about the extremes of variation in this respect. Two specimens from the head of Miller Canyon, in the Huachucas, measure 8.5 x 18.2 mm. and §x 16mm. The smaller one is an albino, greenish-white. These may be referable to A. levettei heterodonta, q. v. I have seen no Ashmunellas from Tucson, but no differential char- acters have been indicated for the variety varicijera Ancey, from that place. Nearly all the specimens from the Chiricahua range have varices. The genital system (Pl. XXI, fig. 29) is remarkable for the great length of the epiphallus, vagina and spermatheca duct. The penis is large and well developed. The specimens examined are from Cave Creek Canyon, in the Chiricahuas. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 13) is stronger than in most of the species, with 8 strong ribs and several weaker ones. The radula (Pl. XXII, figs. 10, central and lateral, and 11, groups of transitional and marginal teeth) has 16.13.1.13.16 or 16.14.1.14.16 teeth. The thirteenth to fourteenth or fifteenth teeth are transitional. 3 This measurement was not to the base of the lip, and hence is less than,in the shells from the same lot measured by me. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., The fifteenth tooth has the mesocone bifid. As a rule, the marginal teeth have the ectocone simple, but I found a few teeth in some rows having a bifid ectocone. Ashmunella chiricahuana mogollonensis n. subsp. Pl. XVI, figs. 101, 102. Similar to chiricahuana but slightly more tumid, dull greenish-brown, not glossy. Surface sculptured with low, irregular, coarse wrinkles of growth, and distinct, clear-cut incised spirals all over the last whorl. Spire very low, the early whorls depressed. Alt. 9, diam. 17.5 mm.; whorls 53. West fork of the Gila river, near Mogollon Peak, in the southwestern part of Socorro county, New Mexico, in a pine region, collected by Prof. E. O. Wooton, August 7, 1900, sent by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. Type No. 79,530, A. N.S. P. (fig. 102). A specimen has also been taken by Mr. O. B. Metealfe near Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico (fig. 101). In A. chiricahuana the spirals are very much weaker or obsolete, and the cuticle, when in unworn condition, is conspicuously glossy. | Group of A. metamorphosa. Shell edentulous, similar to A. chiricahuana. Genitalia peculiar, see below. Ashmunella metamorphosa n. sp. Pl. XVI, figs. 114, 115. Shell similar in form and color to A. chiricahwana and A. esuritor. Surface slightly marked with growth-lines and very minutely engraved spirally when unworn, but the spirals cannot be seen on slightly cor- roded living shells. Whorls 5? to 64, convex, slowly widening, the last rounded peripherally, slightly descending in front, contracted behind the reflexed and slightly recurved lip. Umbilicus a trifle less open than that of A. chiricahuana. Aperture like that of A. chirica- huana in shape, but in some specimens there is a low callous within the outer lip, and one or two indistinct callouses within the basal margin, while in others these are hardly noticeable. Alt. 9, diam. 17 mm., or slightly smaller alt. 8.9, diam. 16.5 mm. Bear (Bearfoot or Barfoot) Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise county, Arizona. Types No. 88,885-6, A. N.S. P., collected by Mr. J. H. Ferriss, 1904. Genitalia (Pl. XXI, fig. 27) with a very short atrium. There is no differentiated penis, the Go‘ organ being of equal calibre throughout, and evidently an epiphallus. It terminates in the usual very short flagellum. I can find no trace of a penial retractor muscle. The very long vagina consists of a very slender lower portion and an excessively thick, muscular 1905.] ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 upper part. The spermatheca is long and narrow, its duct rather short. The epiphallus and flagellum measure 22 mm.; flagellum 2 mm.; spermatheca and duct 20 mm. ‘The specimens had been placed in alcohol without drowning. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 16) has seven ribs, grouped in the median half, the ends smooth. The radula (Pl. XXII, fig. 8) has about 38.1.38 teeth. The ecto- cones are developed on central and lateral teeth. From the twenty- fourth or twenty-fifth teeth outward from the middle the inner cusp is bifid. The ectocones are unsplit. A central and two lateral teeth are shown. This snail, so far as the shell is concerned, would be referred without hesitation to A. chiricahuana; the differences being less than the ordi- nary range of individual variation in Ashmunella or Polygyra; but the genitalia are so utterly unlike in the two forms that it is obvious that they are not even nearly related. From the granulation and the weak traces of teeth it seems that A. metamorphosa is probably a toothless derivative of the A. levettei stock; I regret that I have no alcoholic specimens of A. levettei or A. 1. heterodonta for comparison. A. esuritor differs from metamorphosa by its angular or distinctly subangular periphery, rougher surface when perfectly fresh, and perhaps somewhat wider umbilicus; but it must be admitted that the two forms are so similar that their distinction may be difficult without an examination of the soft parts. The genitalia, however, are so very different that the two species cannot even be closely related. They must be inde- pendent derivatives from toothed ancestral forms. I dissected two of the three specimens received. They could be extracted only by breaking into the shell. Having been preserved in alcohol without drowning the specimens were much more contracted than the A. chiricahuana and A. esuritor | examined. A somewhat extensive experience with snails in all conditions of preservation has shown that beyond a moderate diminution of the absolute size, the characters of the genitalia are not altered by preservation of the animal in strong alcohol. Genus SONORELLA Pilsbry. Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 556 (definition, anatomy); Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 187, 1904 (monograph). The soft anatomy of this genus has hitherto been known in a single species. The study of numerous specimens of several species enables me to extend the generic characterization. The shells in these Helices, while interminably modified locally in 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' {Mch., size and minor details of shape and sculpture, show with few exceptions no prominent specific differentiation. On the other hand, in the inter- nal anatomy there has been a good deal of divergence. A few forms, such as S. lohrii Gabb and S. wolcottiana Bartsch, seem to be quite dis- tinct conchologically, but in many cases the determination of speci- mens of the shells other than the type localities is so uncertain as to be little better than guesswork, even when types are available for comparison. In dealing with these ambiguous forms I have thought the interests of science best furthered by applying specific names only to those I am able to characterize anatomically, and thus put upon a secure basis. An illustrated monograph of Sonorella, dealing with the shells only, has been ‘published by Mr. Paul Bartsch, who has devoted great industry to the elucidation of the numerous species and races. The work is of permanent value for its exact descriptions and excellent figures, both of which I have had occasion to test; but it deals with selected or “type” specimens only, ignoring the fact of ‘variation, and hence fails to give a just idea of the complex of varying forms which exist, or even of the variations of size, ete., occurring in the type lots. I would here express my indebtedness to Mr. Bartsch for his invariable kindness in comparing for me various forms of S. hachitana with specimens in the U. 8. National Museum. Mr. Bartsch has made the valuable observation that the embryonic shells of Sonorella are sculptured, usually with oblique forwardly de- scending threads, or with two sets of intersecting threads, sometimes interrupted to form papille at their intersections. This sculpture may, I think, be the accelerated vestige of a somewhat similar sculpture characteristic of the Californian Helices in their adult stage, and which may thus have been common to the ancestral Sonorellas. The relationships of Sonorella are primarily with Oreohelix and Ash- munella. It differs from Oreohelix chiefly in the different proportions of the kidney and pericardium, but also in the structure of the shell, the oviparous reproduction, the unkeeled young shell, and in the dis- tinetly ribbed jaw. Sonorella stands nearer Ashmunella in internal anatomy, but there is a constant difference in the male organs, the penis being well devel- oped in Sonorella, while in Ashmunella it is more or less completely degenerate, the epiphallus being hypertrophic. The divergence between the shells of the two genera is conspicuous. So far as the shell is con- cerned, Sonorella stands nearer to the generally prevalent type of Belogonous Helices than do either of the other genera. i NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1905 NATUR. 255 Generic Characters of Sonorella. The genitalia (Pl. XX) show no accessory organs on the female side. The vagina is long; the spermatheca is globular or ovate on a very long slender branchless duct. The atrium is always extremely short. The penis is a well-developed, thin-walled tube, containing a large papilla, and terminating in a well-developed epiphallus. There is always a loose sheath or wide collar enveloping the base of the penis, and attached by muscular threads to the end of the epiphallus, which is thus held loosely in a reflexed position. This sheath has been removed in most of my figures, as it obscures the parts enveloped. The retractor muscle is attached to the epiphallus close to the penis, and is adnate to or envelops it to the apex of the latter. The fla- gellum is extremely short, or even absent. The details of structure are much varied in the several species as described below under each specific caption, and in the table of measurements. The free muscles, pallial complex and digestive tract have been de- seribed in these Proceedings for 1900, p. 558. No material differences have been observed in additional species examined. The jaw has four to eight ribs grouped in the median part, and either strong or weak, as in the Californian Helices (Pl. XXIII, figs. 18-23). The radula has unicuspid middle and lateral teeth, bicuspid transi- tional and inner marginal teeth and low, wide marginals with both cusps bifid. Exactly the same type of teeth occurs in the Californian Epiphragmophoras, in Ashmunella, Polygyra, etc. The upper surface of the foot is densely pebble-granose, with rather indistinct dorsal grooves; the genital furrow is undeveloped except near the mantle. The tail is depressed, rather long, and sometimes has a weak median impressed line along the top. In my original diagnosis of Sonorella I stated that the shell was “neither malleate nor spirally striate.’ Mr. Bartsch has also asserted that “incised spiral lines are never present in this genus.” This state- ment must now be withdrawn, since several forms discovered by Mr. Ferriss show impressed spiral lines; but they are inconspicuous, and visible only under the lens. To the eye, the shells of all known Sonorel- las appear nearly smooth, ‘the sculpture, aside from slight growth- wrinkles, being microscopic. This is somewhat remarkable because they often live in the same rock-piles with rudely sculptured Oreohelices. 4Mr. Bartsch has excluded Helix carpenteri Newe. from Sonorella on account of its spiral sculpture; but since I have found that this is not a diagnostic character of the genus, I am disposed, pending an examination of the soft anatomy, to adhere to my former opinion that carpenteri belongs to Sonorella. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Up to this time, no carinate or even strongly angular species have been found. Such uniformity in the shell is unusual in a Helicid genus. The characters of the soft anatomy originally attributed to the genus have proved to prevail in the more extensive material now examined, except that in one species the flagellum is obsolete. The penis was incorrectly described in my original diagnosis, through my failure to open it, and thus ascertain the exact limits of penis and epiphallus. Measurements of the Genitalia in Millimeters. Free epi- Mu- (Penss Penis-| phallus | Fla- | Va- ieee seum Species papilla) and fla- \gellum | gina |" a og num- gellum ber S. hachitana, 9 4 7 0.5 | 10.5 29 86,496 Florida Mountains S. h. ashmuni, 11 6 7 0.7 9 29 79,409 Purtyman’s ranch S.h. ashmuni, US| Become | 6.7 0.7 8 35 79,409 Purtyman’s ranch | S. h. bowiensis, 10 3 8.5 OlGis Og ees 86,497 Bowie S. rowelli, 5 2 5.5 |vesti-| 5.3 20 83,273 Sanford’s gial S. rowelli var. | raeeercse allt densa wante!|) 4cbls We. 83,268 Patagonia Mountains ing S. granulatissima, 73 | 48 6 07 | 21 24-25 | 83,257 Huachuca Mountains S. virilis, 34 29 23 1 16 24 79,622 Chiricahua Mountains S. v. circumstriatus 71: aN ear 21 OYE P20) || VStar 87,026 Helix remondi Tryon belongs to another genus, still uncharacterized anatomically, of the Belogona Euadenia. A living specimen sent me by mail some years ago was crushed en route, partially decayed and dried hard when it reached me. I soaked up the remains, and found that the tail has a strong serrate kcel above; there is a slender, cylin- dric-fusiform penis, but the rest of the genitalia were impossible to make out. The radula does not differ materially from the Epiphrag- mophora type. In Mexico, the genus Lysinoe and at least one species of Leptarionta have the same extremely unusual structure of the tail. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 Neither is much like H. remondi conchologically ; but further informa- tion on both H. remondi and Leptarionta is needed. Sonorella hachitana (Dall). P!. XVII, figs. 1-8. Epiphragmophora hachitana Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895; XIX, p. 338. Sonorella hachitana Dall, Pilsbry, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 557 (as type of Sonorella). S. hachitana Dall, Bartsch, Smiths. Mise. Coll., XXX XVII, p. 190, Pl. 31, fig. 2 (shell), and Pl. 29 (apex), 1904. Probably includes as subspecies S. ashmuni Bartsch, l. c., p. 190, Pl. 31, fig. 5; S. nelsoni Bartsch, l. c., p. 191, Pl. 31, fig. 3, and S. goldmani Bartsch, l. c., p. 192, Pl. 32, fig. 6. This is a widely distributed species in central and southeastern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico. It varies in size, degree of depression, width of umbilicus, size of aperture, and in color-tone ; also in some measure in the sculpture; but so multifarious are the connect- ing links that I do not now sce my way to support the dismemberment proposed by Mr. Bartsch. It will doubtless be found useful to recog- nize by name a half-dozen or more local raccs. The internal anatomy of the types, from Hacheta Grande Mountains, Grant county, New Mexico, is not known, nor have topotypes been dis- sected. I have been able, however, to examine several specimens from other localities, which conchologically differ very little from the original lot of hachitana, some of which are before me. The name “hachitana” seems to be a perverted form of that of the locality, “Big Hatchet.”” The Spanish name, locally in use, and appearing on most maps, is ‘‘ Hacheta Grande.” 1. Filmore Canyon, Organ Mountains, New Mexico (Pl. XVII, figs. 7, 8). A single specimen sent by Prof. Cockerell measures alt. 13.8, diam. 23.5 mm., umbilicus 3.2mm. The aperture is ample, 11.8 x 13.3 mm., as in the large shells from Florida Mountains. This specimen has been referred by Mr. Bartsch to his S. nelson’, which measured 25.5 x 13.4, umbilicus about 4 mm., aperture 11.1 x 12.8 mm., and is said to differ from hachitana in being ‘more depressed and has a larger aperture.” The genitalia show that the specimen, while full grown, is not quite mature, the male organs especially being thread-lke. The sperma- theca is globular, on a very slender duct. The specimen is No. 71,413, A.N.S. P. It has been referred by Mr. Bartsch to S. nelsoni. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 19) has eight narrow equal ribs. 2. Florida Mountains, near Deming, Luna county, New Mexico. Mr. Ferriss states that these specimens were collected in a very barren, arid locality. Very large specimens were taken measuring 28.3 x 15.9 17 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., mm., width of umbilicus 4.7 mm., or even larger 29.5 x 15.5 mm. They exceed S. ashmuni Bartsch in size, and are larger than any Sono- rella on record (P]. XVII, figs. 1,2). The aperture is ample, 12.9 x 14.5 mm. Another lot (86,496, A. N.S. P.), figured on Pl. XVII, figs. 3-6, from the same locality, consists of smaller specimens. Some are typical hachitana in form and size except that the last whorl descends more deeply in front, making the aperture subhorizontal in some specimens (figs. 5, 6). In a few specimens the supraperipheral band is almost obsolete, very narrow and interrupted (figs. 3, 4), but most of them are pale reddish-brown, fading to white in the middle region of the base, and with a white or whitish band on cach side of the dark supra- peripheral belt. Alt. 14.5, diam. 25.4, width of umbilicus 4 mm. “cc 14.3, “ee PA fle “ “ 4 “ oe i133. “ 26.7, “cc “ 3.9 “ee ce 13.9, “ce 26, “ee a 4 cc “ iB ce 26 “ it 3.9 “ee oe 13.3, “ 23:5, “cc ae 3 “e ce. 3 ie ON ROM “ee 12.6 “ce 292, “ “ 3.9 (a3 “ce 10.7 “eo D9. “ “ oe) “ce Specimens of this lot were sent alive. The pale sole is indistinctly tripartite, extremely weak impressed lines dividing it in some specimens, not traceable in others. The back is slate or blue-blackish, the tail brown above, paler toward the foot- edges. The surface is finely pebble-granulate. There is a pair of indistinct dorsal grooves, and the genital furrow is traceable only near the mantle. The tail is depressed, with a very faint median groove. The genitalia (Pl. XX, fig. 12) show no differences of any moment from the form of hachitana from Purtyman’s ranch, Arizona, figured by me in 1900, except in the shape of the spermatheea, which, however, is not constant in the Purtyman’s lot. The individuals examined were partly not fully developed, and possibly older specimens will show a somewhat stouter vagina and penis than that figured. The penis papilla is long and slender, not convoluted in the specimen opened. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 20) nas eight ribs. The radula is somewhat unlike other Sonorellas examined in the central tooth, which is narrower than the adjacent laterals. There are 55.1.55 teeth, an ectocone appearing on the fifteenth. Both cusps are bifid on most of the marginal tecth, the mesocone + entocone being 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 very oblique and unusually long in the inner marginals. This radula differs a good deal from that of the Purtyman’s ranch form, in both count of the teeth and in some details of their shape; but these features are admitted by all who have examined many radule to vary so widely among individuals that their value is largely discounted. The dis- crepancy between the forms should be controlled by the examination of several of each form. Sonorella hachitana ashmuni Bartsch. Pl. XVII, figs. 9-14. Sonorella hachitana, specimens from Oak creek, Purtyman’s, Arizona, Pils- bry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 557, Pl. 21, figs. 1-5 (anatomy). Sonorella ashmuni Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 190, Pl. 31, fig. 5 (1904). Purtyman’s ranch, on Oak creek, 40 miles from Jerome, in the east- ern edge of Yavapai county, Arizona. Collected by Rev. E. H. Ash- mun, 1900 (No. 79,409, A. N.S. P.). These specimens furnished the anatomical preparations described by me (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 557, Pl. X XI, figs. 1-5). Specimens of this lot have been examined by Mr. Bartsch and pro- nounced by him to be “‘a small race of S. ashmuni. They bear the same relation to ashmuni that S. mearnsz bears to S. dallz.” I would prefer to make an immaterial change in this statement. I would say that S. ashmuni represents a large race or colony of S. hachitana, and the Oak creek lot is nearly typical hachitana. The specimens are well-developed shells, often larger than typical hachitana from Hacheta Grande Mountains. Nearly all are banded, whitish above and below the band; but 3 out of 350 collected by Mr. Ashmun at this place lack the dark band (figs. 13, 14). Speci- mens measure: Specimens: a b c (hachitana) d e f Alt. 13 lisyeh Ue) (Glee) Ur) ilgy3) ale} 13° mm. Diam. 23 22.8 22:5 (22:7 22.2) 22:5 23.38 22 “ Alt. apert. 10.7 10 UDI (CHG WS) all) Diam. apert.12.3 10.5 11.7 (11.9 10.7) 11.7 12 TS Compare with the measurements in parentheses of topotypes of hachitana, part of the original lot, received from Dall. In general the aperture in the Purtyman ranch shells averages larger than in typical hachitana, but no hard and fast line can be drawn, and selected individual specimens of each are simply indistinguishable, either by measurements, color or any other character. The most we can claim for S. ashmuni is the rank of a weakly differentiated local race of S. hachitana, chiefly separable in actual practice by its geographic 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., distribution. The radula has fewer teeth in a transverse row than in the hachitana from the Florida Mountains near Deming, New Mexico; but only one radula from each locality has been examined. The color and other external features of the foot are as described for S. viridis. The internal anatomy was described and figured in my paper of 1900, Pl. XXI. The spermatheca in another specimen of the same lot was globular, as in other Sonorellas, not ovate with thick- ened duct as in the individual figured, which was stuffed with spermato- phores. The penis was wrongly described in my former article. I did not then open it, and considered its upper portion to be epiphallic. When opened (Pl. XX, fig. 15) it is found to he a long, thin-walled sack, the upper half containing a long, slender, more or less convoluted papilla (p.p.). This is a little longer than in the hachitana examined from the Florida Mountains. Otherwise the genitalia are practically the same in the Florida Mountains and Purtyman’s ranch snails. Sonorella hachitana bowiensis n. subsp. Pl. XVIII, figs. 29-32. The shell is similar to hachitana but is much smaller, with 44 to 44 whorls. The supraperipheral band shows on about 24 whorls, above the suture on the spire; on the last whorl it has very faint, inconspicu- ous pale borders ornone. Nospiral lines are present in most specimens, but in two they may be scen very faintly, near the periphery. Seven fully adult shells measure: Alt. 9.9 oh) 9.8 10 9.2 O77, 8.7 mm. Diam. ilz/sss Gy 17.5 17 I © GG} ale) Alt. apert. 8.2 7.8 8 8 Toth ed he) Diam. apert. 9.5 9 9:2 9 9 8.4 8 a Bowie, Cochise county. Types No. 86,497, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, 1904. Specimens were also taken by Mr. Ashmun at the same place. Mr. Ferriss writes that they were taken “in a situation exceedingly favorable for snails.” The genitalia (Pl. XX, figs. 10, 11) show externally only slight differ- ences from hachitana. The penis and epiphallus are comparatively a little longer. Internally, however, the penis differs in having a short, obtuse papilla, only about 3 mm. long (Pl. XX, fig. 10), while in the forms referable to hachitana the papilla is twice as long, slender and tapering. These features, which I have confirmed in a number of individuals, indicate a certain amount of racial differentiation which may properly be recognized in nomenclature. The jaw (Pl. XNIII, fig. 22) has four low, wide, unequal ribs and some minor riblcts. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 The radula is like that of Purtyman’s ranch hachitana in general features. The twelfth lateral shows a small ectocone, larger on suc- ceeding teeth. Sonorella rowelli (Newcomb). Pl. XVIII, figs. 33-35. Helix rowelli Newe., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., III, p. 181 (January, 1865). S. rowelli (Newc.), Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 511. Shell like S. hachitana, but small, with large mouth and small umbili- cus. Corneous-brown, with a dark band above the periphery, indis- tinct pale borders above and below it; somewhat translucent, thin. Whorls nearly 44, convex, the first (embryonic) 14 whorls nearly smooth, sculptured with some slight radial wrinkles only; following whorl or whorl and a half showing some indistinct granulation in places ; last whorl with growth-lines only, rounded peripherally, descending a little in front. The aperture is large, subcircular, oblique, the thin whitish peristome being very narrowly expanded, columellar margin dilated. Umbilicus comparatively narrow, partially covered by the columellar lip. Alt. 9.9 9.6 mm. Diam. ilyfeil 16.6 Umbilicus 2.5 Tye Alt. apert. 8.5 830 Diam. apert. 9.5 Oy 2 Sanfords, near the eastern border of Pima county, southeastern Ari- zona. No. 83,273, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, 1902 (figs. 33, 34). Genitalia (Pl. XX, figs. 13, 14). The penis is short, containing a short, cylindric, obtuse papilla. The free portion of the epiphallus is about equal to the penis in length. The flagellum is reduced to a mere tubercle, being much shorter than in any other Sonorella yet dissected. The vagina is about as long as the penis, and the spermatheca and its duct are about four times as long. The jaw has 6 or 7 narrow, unevenly spaced ribs. The radula has 44.1.44 teeth, like those of S. granulatissima. The eleventh and twelfth are transitional. The last whorl is less deflexed than in S. h. bowiensis, the aperture is larger and the umbilicus smaller. Both penis and vagina are de- cidedly shorter, though their proportionate lengths do not differ ma- terially, and both have the penis-papilla short and obtuse; but in S. rowelli the flagellum is reduced to a minute vestige, unlike any of the other species. The remarkable constancy of this organ in the large number of individuals of Sonorella and Ashmunella which have been 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., under my scalpel, gives reason for considering its modification in this species of importance. I have identified these shells with S. rowelli (Newe.), a species said to have been collected in Arizona by Frick, many years ago. S. arizo- nensis (Dall), from Tucson, is more elevated, but is probably related to rowelli. A form collected by Dr. G. H. Horn, the coleopterist, at Fort Grant, Arizona, is closely related to the shells described above. In the Patagonia Mountains, a short distance eastward from the locality of S. rowelli, a smaller form of the species was collected by Mr. Ferriss (P]. XVIII, fig. 35), and also by Mr. Ashmun. The umbilicus is narrower and more covered by the dilated lip than in Sanford’s rowelli, and the last whorl descends more deeply in front. The shells measure : 83,268, Ferriss coll. 73,604, Ashmun coll. Alt. 9 8 8 8 8 mm. Diam. 15.4 14 14 14 ee Alt. apert. 7.8 6.9 6.8 O:St) TPS a Diam. apert. 8.5 7.8 Toll ico eee fe One of Mr. Ferriss’ specimens (fig. 35) was sent alive, and proves to be like the Sanford’s rowelli anatomically, differing merely in the smaller size of all the organs, except that there is no perceptible flagel- lum (PI. XX, fig. 20, the terminal ducts only are drawn). The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 18) has about 6 narrow equal ribs. The type measurements of H. rowelli given by Newcomb are alt. .4, diam. maj. .6, min. .5 inch., about equal to 10, 15,12.5mm. The type is in the collection of Cornell University. Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Pl. XVII, figs. 21-23. Nautilus, XVI, p. 32, 1902. Bartsch, Smiths. Mise. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 193, Pl. 32, fig. 4. The shell in the co-types of this species is thin, pale, with a rather wide dark chestnut band without white borders, and visible above the suture on the last 24 or 3 whorls. The surface is very minutely and very densely granulated over the usual low growth-wrinkles. Near the periphery some faint traces of spiral lines may be deciphered in places, but they are so slight that they would have been overlooked if not espe- cially looked for. The umbilicus issmall. The two co-types measure * 5 These measurements differ slightly from those given in the original descrip- tion, due to the fact that at that time I used only a flat millimeter rule, upon which it is, I find, impossible to read correctly the dimensions of globose shells. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 Alt. 10.4 10 mm. Diam. 19 ios" Be Alt. apert. 9.5 Sins Diam. apert. 10.4 ON aes Umbilicus 2.5 Deis © They are from “Spring Canyon,” near Fort Huachuca, No. 83,257, FACING Sn. The sole is indistinctly tripartite, the middle field ochraceous, the sides dusky; the colors separated by very faint lines. The upper surface is blackish-gray, evenly pebble-granose. A subobsolete dor- sal line is discernible, and a very weak line on the tail, not quite median. The two co-types were dissected. The genitalia (Pl. XX, figs. 16, 17, 18) are characteristic by the proportions of the penis and vagina. The penis is short, cylindric, composed of a thin-walled sack containing a large, fleshy, cylindric papilla (fig. 18). Epiphallus and flagellum (fig. 16) as usual. The vagina is large, very long and muscular, about three times the length of the penis. Its upper portion is swollen and sometimes fusiform. Other organs as usual (see table of measure- ments). The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 23) has four very wide, low, flat ribs. The radula has 36.1.36 teeth. the central and inner laterals unicuspid, the eleventh showing a minute ectocone. Most of the marginal teeth have both cusps bifid. 2. Brown’s Canyon. One specimen similar to those from Cave Creek, Ida and Bear Canyons, 11.8 x 19 mm. 3. Ramsey Canyon. The shells are darker than the types, beauti- fully granulated, and show distinct spiral lines on the top of the last whorl. Umbilicus typical. 4. Carr Canyon (Pl. XVIII, figs. 51-54). These shells show the spiral lines more or less distinctly. They are otherwise typical, but vary a good deal in size. 5. Miller Canyon (PI. XVIII, figs. 41, 42,48). Of arich dark reddish color with a wide darker band, well granulated and showing weak or excessively faint spirals. More depressed than any other granulatissi- ma seen; and in some specimens the umbilicus is decidedly wider, 3 mm. in a shell 18.5 mm. diameter. There were also some much lighter, greenish-yellow shells taken in Miller Canyon (Pl. XVIII, figs. 39, 40,44). They are much depressed, with a wide umbilicus and very distinct spiral striation (Pl. XI, fig. 10). They photograph abnormally dark. 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., (Ramsey Canyon) (Carr Canyon) Alt. 10.7 11 el 11.8 10.8 10.2 11.3 Diam. 19.9 19.5 19.2 20.5 18:8 3 175 alee (Miller Canyon) Alt. Ikey ——alz/ 9 mm. Diam. 20 19.6 18.5 “ 6. On the south side of the range, specimens were taken in Cave Creek Canyon, typical in form and sculpture, but larger, 12.6 x 20.8 mm. 7. Ida Canyon (Pl. XVIII, figs. 36, 37, 38). Typical in shape and color, but with slightly effaced granulation, very weak spirals, and variable size. Alt. 11.9 10.4 9.3 mm. Diam. Palsy aes} ales) 8. Bear Canyon. Similar to the Cave creek form, 11 x 19.3 mm., or more depressed, like Miller Canyon shells, 10.7 x 20.8 mm.; umbilicus 2.9 mm. Sonorella granulatissima parva n. subsp. Pl. XVIU, figs. 45-47. Shell with the sculpture of S. granulatissima, but much smaller, and subangular at the periphery. Whorls 43, convex, parted by well-im- pressed sutures, the last moderately descending in front. The band is wide, without pale borders, and is visible on two or two and a half whorls. Alt. 9.3 10 9 mm. Diam. 16 16 Uap], 2 Alt. apert. 7.4 - Diam. apert. 8.3 42 Umbilicus 2.4 ss West end of the Huachuca Mountains, between Fort Huachuca and Manilla Mine. Types No. 87,114, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, 1904. Eleven specimens of this small form were obtained at the place men- tioned. Itis chiefly notable for the subangular periphery, very unusual in Sonorella. It is very similar to S. mearnsi Bartsch, differing in the wider umbilicus and more oblique aperture. S. mearnsi may prove to be a subspecies of S. granulatissima, but its internal anatomy is unknown. Sonorella granulatissima latior n. subsp. PI. XVIII, figs. 24-28. This form is very similar to S. granulatissima, from which it differs in the usually larger size and the more depressed last whorl. The granu- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 lation is finer and less distinct than in typical granulatissima, and the umbilicus is slightly wider. The supraperipheral band is wide, and has no paler borders. There are 4? whorls, the last rather deeply defiexed. The embryonie shell is sculptured as in S. hachitana. Alt. PAs 2, 12.4 12 12 Diam. 23.6 23 22.6 22 22 Alt. apert. 11 10.5 10.8 9.8 10 Width apert. ker é VEZ, 12 11.4 12 Width umbilicus See Tene 2.6 ees 3 Alt. Ui lere te TLC 12.2 mm. Diam. 22 21.9 PR 2025 ae Alt. apert. 10.7 10 9.8 oa Width apert. 11.9 HRS 11.2 Oko Huachuca Mountains, in Brown’s Canyon. Types No. 87,083, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. The soft anatomy is unknown, but the form, while not conspicuously differentiated, is yet readily distinguishable from S. granulatissima. Specimens sent to Mr. Bartsch were pronounced by him to “stand half way between S. dalli and S. granulatissima.” Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 193, Pl. 21, fig. 1 (October 10, 1904). This form is somewhat larger and more depressed than S. g. latior. It is described as with “numerous microscopic granulations,” but in one of the type lot kindly presented by Dr. Dall these are hardly appre- ciable. The type measurements are alt. 12, diam. 26.5, aperture 10.5 x 11.8 mm.; and Mr. Bartsch has kindly supplied the diameters of the rest of the series in the U. 8. National Museum, as follows: Type lot, Tanner’s Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 26.5, 26.1, 25.9, 24.1, 24, the last two not quite mature. Huachuca Mountains, 25.3 mm. Fort Huachuca, 24.6 mm. The smallest mature specimen of S. dalli slightly exceeds the largest latior by 1 mm., and the smallest adult /atior measures the same as the largest granulatissima. S. mearnsi Bartsch, from the San José Moun- tains, 4 miles south of the Arizona boundary, measures 16 mm. diam., being 1.5 mm. smaller than the smallest adult granulatissima. It is quite conceivable that S. dalli and S. mearnsi are merely the extremes of dimensions in a continuous series of variations in size. Since S. granulatissima is the only form of the series known anatomically, the ultimate status of the others remains in abeyance. Some or all of them may prove to have valid anatomical specific characters. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Mr. Ferriss did not find S. dali. He thinks that Tanner’s is another name for Garden Canyon of the sketch map on p. 212. Sonorella virilis n. sp. Pl. XVII, figs. 15, 16. The shell is openly umbilicate; pale brown, lighter around the um- bilicus, with a dark band above the periphery, and visible on about 24 whorls above the suture, with borders a trifle paler than the ground color. Whorls 44, the earlier 14 forming a slightly rugose embryonic shell. The next 1 or 14 whorls are striate, the strize appearing slightly broken into granules. The last whorl has the usual slight growth-lines, and near the end some spiral lines are visible, in the vicinity of the suture. The whorl descends rather deeply, and is well rounded peripherally. The aperture is rather large, oblique and rounded, the upper, outer and basal margins about equally arcuate. The outer and basal margins of the thin lip are slightly expanded. Alt. 11, diam. 19.5, umbilicus 3.1 mm.; aperture 9.3 mm. high, 10 wide. Chiricahua Mountains, at 7,500 feet elevation, collected by V. Owen. Type 79,622, A. N.S. P. There are no longitudinal lines on the sole. The pebbly-granose back and the eye-stalks are blackish-gray, becoming much paler dirty brown- ish-white on the sides and tail. Dorsal grooves are but weakly indi- eated, and there is no longitudinal median line on the tail. The kidney is wedge-shaped, 15 mm. long. Pericardium 5.5 mm. long. Genitalia (Pl. XX, figs. 21, 22). The penis is relatively enormous, more than double the length of the vagina, and much longer than the spermatheca and its duct. It has the usual thin wall, enclosing a fleshy “papilla” about 29 mm. long (fig. 21). The epiphallus is also very long, slender and convoluted. The vagina is much convoluted. The spermatheca has the usual globular shape; and its slender duct, while long, is shorter than in other species of equal or greater size. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 21) has four broad ribs grouped near the middle. S. virilis is slightly smaller than S. hachitana, with more rounded aperture and weak spiral lines near the suture. From the shell alone I would not separate this form more than varietally from S. hachitana; but the enormously developed oc’ reproductive organs indi- cate one of the most distinct species of the genus. The jaw has few ribs, as in S. h. bowiensis. It is not closely related to any other species I have dissected. The faint spiral lines of the shell are perhaps its most important differential feature. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 Several lots collected by Mr. Ferriss in the Chiricahua Mountains resemble S. virilis in size, color and sculpture, but differ in having about one-fourth of a whorl more (43), and a noticeably smaller aperture. The spiral lines, while visible in some places on all of them, in a favor- able light, are often excessively weak. None of them, unfortunately, were sent in the flesh. In Bar (or Bearfoot) Park, at the summit of the Chiricahuas, the specimens taken show some very weak spiral lines below the last suture. Alt. 10.7 10.7 mm. Diam. 18.9 ieee In Sawmill Canyon, Chiricahuas, adjacent to Bearfoot Park, similar shells, diam. 18.7 to 19.9 mm., were taken (Pl. XVII, figs. 17, 18, 19, 20). Sonorella virilis circumstriata n. subsp. Pl. XVIII, figs. 48-50. In Cave Creck Canyon, Chiricahuas, the shells are darker throughout, reddish-brown, with a broad very dark chestnut band with wide pale borders, sometimes not very conspicuous. The last whorl shows weak but distinct spiral engraved lines above the periphery, in addition to the usual fine growth-strie. The umbilicus varies from about 3.3 to 3.8mm. in width. A.N.S. P., No. 87,026. Alt. 11.6 11.3 11 10.8 mm. Diam. 21 20.3 20 1Ol5ee Alt. apert. 97 9.2 9 8.9 “ Diam. apert. 10.7 10.4 10 Bhi 8 The genitalia (Pl. XX, fig. 19) in two specimens dissected agree in having several minor differences from typical S. virilis. The penis, while still extraordinarily large, is only about two-thirds as long as in virilis. The vagina is a fourth longer.’ The epiphallus is the same as in wirilis. This form may prove to be connected with typical virilis by intermediate stages, in which case the subspecies may prove super- fluous; but at present the dark color, more distinct spiral strize, and small aperture of the shell, and the somewhat differently proportioned genitalia, seem worth recording. Sonorella virilis huachucana n. subsp. Pl. XVU, fig. 24. Shell slightly more elevated than S. hachitana, with much smaller umbilicus; more elevated than S. virilis, which also is more widely umbilicate; glossy, thin, striate but without granulation. The top of the last whorl, near the aperture, shows numerous weak spiral incised 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Mch., lines. The supraperipheral band is rather wide and dark, with distinct white or whitish bands both above and below it. Above the upper white band the surface is pale reddish to the white sutural line. Below the lower white border the same reddish color prevails, but gradually fades on the base to whitish around the umbilical region. The dark band runs about 24 whorls up the spire. Apex with sculpture like S. hachi- tana. Whorls 42, the last rather deeply descending in front. Aper- ture rounded-oval, the peristome thin, expanded, the dilated columellar end partially covering the umbilicus. Alt. 12.4, diam. 20.6, alt. aper- ture 10, width 11.5 mm.; width of umbilicus 2.4 mm. Brown’s Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Type No. 89,225, A.N.S.P., collected by James H. Ferriss, 1904. This beautiful snail is the only Huachuca form I have seen which seems closely related to S. virilis. Unfortunately, the soft parts were not preserved, and its exact relationships are thus uncertain. It is not very unlike S. hachitana, but I can see no spiral lines on some of the original lot of hachitana before me. The white bordering bands are particularly conspicuous. Only a few were taken by Mr. Ferriss. In Bear Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Mr. Ferriss found a few specimens similar to those from Brown’s Canyon, but noticeably more depressed, with a smaller mouth and obtuse lip. One measures, alt. 11.5, diam. 20, aperture 9.8 x 11 mm., umbilicus 3 mm. wide. The shell is also somewhat more solid, and the spiral lines are more distinct. In both forms they are readily seen with a hand lens. Genus OREOHELIX Pilsbry. Helix, Patula and Pyramidula of authors. A new genus of Helicide, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 511. Oreohelix Pils., Nautilus, XVII, p. 131, March, 1904. The shell is umbilicate, varying from discoidal to pyramidal, with 4 to 6 tubular or carinate whorls; earthy, with thin cuticle or none. Embryonic whorls with radial and usually spiral seulpture and carinate periphery. Aperture rounded, oval or angular, oblique, the columel- lar lip dilated, the outer lip blunt or acute, unexpanded. The sole is undivided. Foot granulose and blackish above or smoothish tessel- lated with gray. A pair of dorsal grooves is present and usually a dis- tinet genital groove. The tail is depressed above. No parapodial furrows. The lung has thin-walled venation, chiefly on the cardiac side. The kidney is short, but little longer than the pericardium; has a large lumen with coarsely plicate walls, and the usual reflexed ureter. The second- ary ureter is closed throughout in the species examined (PI. XIX, fig. 1, O. strigosa var., Pecos, New Mexico). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 The penis is well developed, its lower part being muscular, and pli- cate within, the upper part thinner and densely, finely papillose inside. The epiphallus is well developed, with terminal vas deferens or with a terminal tubercle (representing the flagellum) and a sublaterally in- serted vas deferens. The vaginais ratherlong. The globular or ovate spermatheca terminates a slender duct nearly as long as the uterus. Reproduction is viviparous. The retractor muscle of the penis arises from the apex of the penis and base of the epiphallus, or from the epiphallus{near its base, and is inserted on the lung floor. The right ocular retractor passes between the co‘ and 2 branches of the genitalia. The jaw is strong, arcuate, its anterior face more or less distinctly striated vertically; and there are sometimes very weak traces of ribs. The radula is of the ordinary Helicid type. In some species the median area has unicuspid teeth, the cutting-edges usually overhanging the sides of the mesocone; while in others distinct ectocones are developed in all the teeth. The marginal teeth are bicuspid, the cusps unsplit as a rule, though there are exceptions where the inner of the two cusps is bifid. Type Helix strigosa Gld. Distribution, Rocky Mountain region from the Canadian to the Mexican boundary. This dominant type of Helicide in the area indicated above formerly extended farther east, one species occurring in the loess of Lowa, and there is one outlying species westward, O. avalonensis Hemph., on Catalina Island, California. In its present area the type has been in- terminably modified into local races of all grades of differentiation, more than fifty of these having received names.® It is true that in some ranges every canyon—I might almost say every rock-heap—has its own race; but in a broader view it is seen that a single strain usually extends over an entire range with numerous minor modifications, and with increasing elevation a general diminution of size, loss of sculpture and often intensification of color. These reduced forms are probably due to the diminished food supply and especially the shorter growing season in the heights—factors subject to great local variation, even at equal ®The number of species of Oreohelix is uncertain. About fifty forms of all degrees of differentiation have been described and named. My treatment of the group in former publications (Manual of Conchology, VIII, p. 115, IX, p. 50; Catalogue oj the Land Shells of America, ete., pp. 31, 32 (1898), was unduly influ- enced by the views of Binney and Hemphill, both of whom advocated the inclusion of the entire series as varieties of P. strigosa. The characters of the shells, penes and teeth indicate, in my opiaion, that the species are somewhat numer- ous; but their notorious variability cautions us to beware of multiplying them without ample materials. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., altitudes. To attain a true idea of the relationships of any given alti- colous dwarf it is essential to know the forms of the lower canyons of the same region. The first step toward a fundamental knowledge of the races and species of Oreohelix must be the study and definition of races in the broad sense above indicated. In my opinion, the minor modifications can be so overnamed that the wider distinctions become altogether lost, as in the Utah series. The field is vast, and for many years to come there will be plenty of room for work. Anybody who secures a good series of the forms of any district can materially help the cause by working them up. The sculpture of the embryonic shells and the genitalia seem to afford the most important characters for specific classification. It would take us too far afield to discuss the entire mass of data at hand. This must be reserved for another occasion. Only forms from central and southern Arizona and New Mexico are dealt with below.’ The meas- urements of the genitalia in millimeters follow: Te | penis | 2P™ | yamine (yeertg|Diam. off Mus. Sy ous | phallus ag UnG cone | shell No. Dlciomatreccs | 163 res 5 21 18.5 | 85,100 O. elrodi ata, 6 | 8 19 22.5 | 79,475 O.s.huachucana | 14 | 65 | 5 | 22 21 83,370 O. barbata 6 av tee ness 13.5 | 87,011 O. yavapai 5 oa ene tae beac | 15-16 | 79,415 O. y. neomexicana 4 Qe Alpers eed =a terse | 15 80,700 The species thus far dissected show considerable differences in the genitalia, chiefly in the proportions and shape of the penis, the forms falling into three groups, as follows: 7 For comparison with the southern forms I have, however, figured the anatomy of O. elrodi (Pils.), from Montana, Pl. XIX, fig. 2. The penis is like that of O. strigosa, from Pecos, the lower third having thick walls, densely plicate within; above that the walls are thinner, densely lined with long papille, and in the upper third there are several low fleshy ridges, also papillose. There is an extremely short, conic penis-papilla in the apex. The vas deferens enters the epiphallus centrally. The vagina is much dilated and muscular above. The uterus is pro- vided with muscular strands forming an incoherent protractor muscle (fig. 2, r.u.). ‘The embryos were packed in like coins except the two lower ones. The dimensions are given in the table. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 1. Penis long, the distal half strongly twisted, there being two dis- tinct kinks, resulting in convolutions variously disposed, and of course not always falling the same in the same species or variety. O. strigosa, from Pecos, and O. elrodi (Pl. XIX, figs. 3 and 2) belong here. 2. Basal half of the penis swollen and muscular, the distal half smaller, without distinct kinks. O.s. huachucana and O. barbata (Pl. XIX, figs. 6 and 5) are of this type. 3. Penis small, short, the basal half not much larger than the distal portion, the latter not kinked. O. neomexicana and O. yavapai (PI. XIX, figs. 7 and 9) have penes of this kind. All the above have the penis longer than the epiphallus. In the subgenus Radiocentrum the epiphailus is as long as the penis or longer. As yet my observations have covered only about a dozen of the num- erous species and subspecies; and until more of the forms of the central and northern States are examined, characters of the soft anatomy cannot be fully utilized in classification. There are two types of dentition in Oreoheliz. The ordinary forms have unicuspid central and inner lateral teeth. Here stand O. strigosa, cooper, newcombiana, huachucana, yavapai, neomexicana and haydeni. In the second type of teeth ectocones are developed on all of the teeth, the centrals being thus tricuspid, the lateral and marginal teeth all bicuspid. Of this kind are O. idahoensis, O. hemphilli, O. barbata, O. chiricahuana and O. clappi, but in the last species the ectocones are not well developed. The series of Huachuca Orcohelices shows that colonies of the same original stock vary greatly and often show parallel variations in differ- ent canyons. Those from the greatest altitudes are smallest (Pl. XXIV, figs. 25-27, 29-32, Limestone Mountain, 8,000 feet; Pl. XXIV, fig. 28, Carr Can- - yon, 7,000 feet, etc.), though some large shells occur elsewhere at equal elevations. Conspicuously banded shells were taken only at high elevations (Pl. XXIV, figs. 17, 18, Brown Canyon, 7,000 feet), plainer ones occur- ring lower down in the same canyon; but not all the high altitude shells are so marked. Gerontic or senile individuals or colonies are common, manifested by deep descent of the last whorl in front, with a tendency to form a free or solute peristome (Pl. XXV, figs. 33-35, Ida Canyon). The carinate periphery is an ancestral character of O. strigosa and its allies, present invariably in the neanic stage. It will be noted that 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., in most colonies there is great individual variation in the extent to which it has been replaced in the adult stage by a rounded periphery. Oreohelix strigosa (Gld.). Various forms referable to strigosa occur in New Mexico, such as those sent from the Red river (Ashmun), Pecos (Cockerell), Canyon Diablo, near Rowe (Miss Cooper), and Big Spring, 5 miles east of Zuni (H. 8. Conard). They are two-banded, with the periphery of the last whorl rounded, not differing from the forms commonly found farther north, but shghtly unlike the typical Northwestern strigosa. The exact affini- ties of these forms await further investigations now in progress. I have examined the internal anatomy of specimens from Pecos, New Mexico. The shells are cither rounded or subangular at the periphery in adults. Sculpture of sharp, irregular growth-wrinkles or striae, decussated by slightly impressed spiral lines both above and below. The color varies from yellowish Isabelline to light reddish, with paler strice, always with two narrow bands, and in one specimen a third band around the umbilicus. The embryonic shell is strongly carinate. The first whorl is convex and almost smooth ; then fine, regular, obliquely radial strize appear, and continue to the end of the embryonic shell of 2 to 24 whorls; over them there is an extremely minute regular spiral striation, and on the last half, whorl coarser, spaced spirals (Pl. XXV, figs. 45, 46, 47). The specimens examined were taken August 9, 1903. The penis is very long and strongly twisted. The basal third of its length is eylin- dric, the rest more or less lank, partially collapsed. Internally the basal third (5 mm.) is rather finely plicate longitudinally, thick-walled ; the rest has larger lumen and thinner walls, which are densely papillose within, the distal half having three low fleshy internal ridges. The penial retractor is inserted upon the end of the penis and the base of the epiphallus, which is decidedly less than one-half the length of the penis. The vagina is subcylindric. The uterus is distended with embryos, of which there are 9, with shells 3 to 4 mm. in diameter (PI. XI, figs. 14, 15). Each is enclosed in a membranous capsule, ap- parently the podocyst. Some of them seem to have a small cephalic vesicle. The other 2 organs call for no especial notice (Pl. XIX, fig. 3). The pallial organs have been described above. The kidney is 6.7, the pericardium 4.6 mm. long. The foot is slate-blackish and fincly granular aboye, the dorsal fur- rows distinct. The distinct genital furrow is duplicated on the left side. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 25) has fine vertical strie. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 The radula (Pl. XXII, figs. 1, 2, 3) has 29.1.29 teeth. Central and inner lateral teeth are unicuspid. An ectocone appears on the eighth or ninth teeth. The marginal teeth are all bicuspid (fig. 2). Mr. Binney has figured the genitalia of a specimen of strigosa from Salmon river. Just what race it belongs to is not positively known. It differs from the Pecos form of strigosa by the shorter, apparently untwisted penis. The epiphallus and vagina are also shorter. He figures the teeth of strigosa with the ectocone split on an extreme mar- ginal, and the radula had 50.1.50 teeth—a far greater number than I have encountered in this genus. The teeth of O. haydeni as figured by Binney are like those of Pecos strigosa, and 33.1.33 in number. O. elrodi has 28.1.28 similar teeth, the tenth with an ectocone, marginals bicuspid. Forms referable to Orzohelix cooperi have been found by Prof. Cock- ercll in central New Mexico. None were turned up in the regions explored by Mr. Ferriss. Oreohelix strigosa concentrata (Dall). Patula strigosa var. concentrata Dall, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 1; XIX, p. 336. This was described from a dwarf form of the mountain tops, the types from the summit of the Huachuca Mountains, Cochise county, Arizona. Through the courtesy of Dr. William H. Dall, I have one of the typical lot (No. 89,237, A. N. S. P., from No. 129,999, U. S. Nat. Mus.), and a series from the top of Hacheta Grande, 9,000 feet elevation (No. 65,742, A. N.S. P.). 1. Typical concentrata is white with two dark red-brown bands, the lower one wider, and some livid clouding on the upper surface. The 5 whorls are convex, the last rounded peripherally, with a slight and inconspicuous trace of angulation at its origin. The umbilicus is widely open, very ample within. Sculpture of low, rude, nearly effaced wrinkles, with no trace of spiral lines anywhere. The type measures alt. 8, diam. 16 mm., the specimen before me 7.8 x 14.8 mm. with the umbilicus 4 mm. wide. O. s. concentrata is a relatively evolved form, having lost the keel on the last whorl. Tne embryonic whorl seems to be similar to that of huachucana. There are no spirals on the last whorl. Diam. 14 to 16 mm. The following lots from the Huachucas seem referable to concentrata. 2. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet (Pl. XXIV, fig. 28). Similar to typical concentrata, with the same depressed shape, very ample umbilicus and nearly effaced sculpture, but fine radial ripples are visible on the em- 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., bryonic whorls in the least worn shells; broadly two-banded with chest- nut, blackish in plaees, the upper band sometimes extending to the suture. Alt. 9 8.7 10 mm. Diam. 1522, 15 ite atic 3. Limestone Mountain, Huachucas, south side at 8,000 feet eleva- tion (Pl. XXIV, figs. 29-31). The shells are whitish with some fleshy or livid streaks or dots, and with two bands, or clouded and suffused with purple-brown. Similar to typical concentrata except that the umbilicus is decidedly smaller within. The last whorl descends to the aperture. They are like O. s. huachucana, No. 3, from Brown Canyon, in miniature. They are rounded or slightly angular in front. The sculpture is subobsolete, without a trace of spirals. Alt. 8.9 8.4 9.5 mm. Diam. eo 115333 15 a ‘Whorls 5 43 5 Scalariform monsters are not rare, but the inception of that abnormal condition seems to be invariably traceable to an injury of the shell. One such is figured (Pl. XXIV, fig. 31). 4. Limestone Mountain, south side, 8,000 feet. Like the preceding, but more elevated and fleshy white with pinkish apex. The last whorl descends rather deeply (Pl. XXIV, fig. 32). Alt. 10 9.7 8.7 mm. Diam. 15.3 15.5 Bee 5. Limestone Mountain, north side, 8,000 feet. Similar to the two preceding lots in size and sculpture, but broadly two-banded with purple-black, or entirely of this color (Pl. XXIV, figs. 25, 26, 27). This lot resembles O. s. huachucana, Nos. 11, 12, from Carr Canyon, which are also from a high altitude. No. 5 from 7,000 feet, Brown Canyon,-has also similar coloring, but is much larger. This lot, like all seen from Limestone Mountain, does not have the umbilicus so wide within as in typical concentrata. Alt. 9 8.8 9.3 mm. Diam. 16.3 15D pe 6. The series of five specimens sent by Dall as O. s. concentrata from Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, New Mexico, one of which is figured on Pl. XXV, fig. 60, shows no appreciable divergence from the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 co-type before me, having the same ample umbilicus and blunted sculp- ture. Whether these shells are to be regarded as really identical with the Huachuea concentrata, or as a parallel dwarf race independently evolved, is a question remaining to be determined by a study of the forms from the lower canyons of the Hacheta Grande Mountains. Oreohelix strigosa huachucana (Pils.). Pl. XXIV, figs. 5-7 (types). “Pyramidula”’ strigosa huachucana Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 511.8 1. The types are from ‘Conservatory Canyon,” otherwise known as Ramsey Canyon, on the northeastern slope of the Huacnucas between Brown and Carr Canyons. They are depressed with a broad umbilicus, exposing more of the penultimate whorl than strigosa,® and it is also more ample within. There are 5 whorls, of which 24 are embryonic. The tip is a little de- pressed ; the first whorl is delicately striate or wrinkled in an obliquely radial direction. On the second whorl weak raised spiral lines usually set in; and the last embryonic whorl is rather coarsely, irregularly wrinkled radially, and finely striate spirally, with (in some shells) sev- eral raised threads on the last half whorl. These cease abruptly at the end of the embryonic stage. The following whorls are irregularly, obliquely wrinkled and have at most obsolete spiral lines or traces of them in places, often almost imperceptible. The base has no spiral striation as a rule, but in some specimens from Carr Canyon there are faint spirals there. Up to the end of the fourth whorl the periphery is strongly carinate, but in adult shells it is nearly angular in front, the last half or more becoming rounded. The suture follows the crest of the keel, and usually descends a trifle to the aperture. The shell is flesh-colored above, with irregular whitish streaks or macule; beneath, the opaque white predominates more, and there is a purplish-brown band close to the periphery (but 4 or 5 of 25 exam- ined are equally flesh-tinted beneath, and lack the band, Pl. XXIV, fig. 8). The aperture is small, very oblique, with the ends of the lip approaching. The peristome is not expanded. Alt. 10.5, diam. 21.8, width of umbilicus 6 mm.; aperture 8.8 mm. wide. Types No. 83,370, A. N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. The reproductive system of one of the types is figured (Pl. XIX, 8It was evidently this race which Dr. R. E. C, Stearns reported from Fort Huachuca as Helix (Patula) hemphilli Newe. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, p. 745), and Dall from the Huachuca Mountains, as P. strigosa (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 335). ® The comparisons are with typical O. strigosa from the extreme Northwest, which is identical with Hemphill’s var. parma. , 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., fig. 6). It was taken in February, during the inactive season, and the uterus is quite small. The dimensions of the organs are given in the table (p. 270). The lower half of the penis is much swollen, the upper half smaller and lank. When opencd the basal narrower portion is found to have strong acute folds; these become weak in the swollen part, which contains a large fleshy process adnate to the upper side. The contracted upper portion of the penis is papillose inside, with three low ridges. The retractor muscle and epiphallus are as in Pecos strigosa. The 2 organs show nothing noteworthy. The radula (Pl. XXII, fig. 5, group of transitional teeth) has 30.1.30 teeth. Those of the median area are much as in Pecos strigosa, with overhanging mesocones only. The ectocone beg:ns weakly on the sixth or seventh, and is well developed on the eleventh tooth. The marginal teeth are all bicuspid, the cusps unsplit. O. s. huachucana is widely distributed in the canyons of the Huachuca Mountains, and nearly every colony has some individual features. “Sometimes only one form was found in a colony, but usually they vary in color and form. They are slow travelers and hence the dis- tinective characteristics of the colonies. They had not encroached at all upon the ground burned over two years ago. Colonies on different sides of the divides between canyons were entirely different, even when but a hundred or two hundred feet apart’’ (Ferriss). Brown Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Numerous colonies in this canyon vary in color, but in all the periphery of the last whorl may either be rounded, as in the type lot, or the acute keel of the young may extend upon the first third or half. The color-forms of the individual colonies are as follows: 2. Solid, opaque pinkish-white, with a few fleshy streaks and scattered dots. Sculpture weak (Pl. XXIV, figs. 9, 10). 3. Similar, but with a narrow band on the upper surface and on the base a band below the periphery, as in the typical form. Frequently the upper surface is largely fleshy-brown. This is an abundant form, differing from the Conservatory Camyon race only in the frequent retention of the keel in adults (Pl. XXIV, figs. 11, 12, 16). 4, Dull brown predominates throughout. Usually there are no bands (Pl. XXIV, figs. 15, 14). This and all the preceding from Brown Canyon are from about 7,000 feet. Some specimens are like the following form. In one gerontic colony at 6,000 feet the peristome is contracted and continuous in old shells (Pl. XXIV, fig. 15). 5..A broad, blackish-chestnut band below the periphery, the rest ee i ea ee 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 of the base whitish, often dotted. Upper surface also dark brown, usually with a light line below the periphery (Pl. XXIV, figs. 17, 18). 7,000 feet elevation. 6. Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, collected in 1904, and evidently from a different colony from the types collected in 1902. Two specimens received are dirty whitish. The whorl descends very deeply to the aperture. They are markedly gerontic. Alt. 9.5, diam. 17.3 mm. LO: ie A ar Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. In this canyon most or all colonies have the form with rounded periphery, and that with it acutely carinate on the first half of the last whorl. The spire is usually sharply striate obliquely, and the last whorl is frequently striate spirally. The special tendencies of this canyon are most strongly expressed in No. 12. 7. Carr Canyon, 5,500 feet. Similar to No. 4, Brown Canyon, except that the sutures are less impressed, nearly level, and margined very distinctly above by the keel. In some shells the last whorl is rather distinctly decussate by spirals above. In one specimen the suture is deeply deflexed above, as in the Ramsey Canyon shells. A basal band is sometimes present. Alt. 12 10.5 9.8 10.8 mm. Diam. 21 19.5 18 Sie 8. Carr Canyon, 5,500 feet. One specimen is similar to No. 7; the other three, measured below, are more caleareous, resembling No. 2, but the whorl is deflexed anteriorly (Pl. XXIV, figs. 21, 22, 23). In one the keel extends to the aperture, though rather weakly. Alt. 10 9.8 8.6 mm. Diam. 20 18.8 18.8 “ 9. Carr Canyon, 6,000 feet (figs. 19, 20). Shells like No. 3, Brown Canyon, but not so white, the ground color being light brown, and the oblique striation sharper. Two specimens show a second band on the base. Alt. 11 12 11 10 mm. Diam. 19.8 19 18.7 V4 10. Carr Canyon, 6,000 feet (fig. 24). Similar to the preceding, but the ground is much darker, like No. 4. Diam. 18.6 to 19.5 mm. 11. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. Blackish-chestnut, the inner whorls 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., paler; striation sharp; spirals well developed on the last whorl; not cari- nate. Alt. 8.8, diam. 14.7 mm. (Pl. XXV, fig. 36). This lot is dwarfed, about the size of O. s. concentrata. 12. Another lot from Carr Canyon, altitude not stated, contains whitish bandless shells and brownish ones, uniform or banded like No. 7. One is carinated to the aperture and all are keeled in front. The sculpture consists of fine, sharp rib-strie on the spire, and when fresh, young shells show cuticular lamine on the costule, larger at intervals and at the periphery. The base has a similar seulp- ture. The last whorl is spirally striate above and below. Diam. 21 mm. (Pl. XXV, figs."37, 38, 39, 40). It may be noted that Dall has reported ‘‘a sharply carinated variety” from Tanner’s Canyon, Huachuca Mountains (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 335). Mr. Ferriss notes that the young are hirsute. This form diverges quite markedly from hwachucana and to some extent parallels O. bar- bata of the Chiricahuas. It was found in one small colony only (No. 79-of Mr. Ferriss’ coll., 87,132, A. N. 8. P.). 13. Miller Canyon, 5,000 feet. Very large, depressed shells with 0, 1 or 2 bands, ground color fleshy-white or brown. Periphery rounded, or in one specimen angular in front (Pl. XXIV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, the last immature). Alt. 14 13.6 13 12 mm. Diam. 24.5 23 23 Di pe 14. Miller Canyon, 5,500 feet. Similar to the preceding. On the opposite side of the range specimens were taken in Cave Creek and Ida Canyons: 15. Cave Creek Canyon, 5,500 feet. Whitish or brown-banded specimens like Nos. 3 and 4 (Pl. XXV, figs. 41, 42, 43). 16. Ida Canyon. Whitish specimens, angular or rounded in front, and with or without a band. The whorl descends more or less in front, and some gerontic forms occur. Diam. 19.8 to 22 mm. (PI. XXYV, figs. 33, 34, 35). Oreohelix strigosa metcalfei Ckll. Pl. XXV, figs. 44, 48, 52. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 113, February, 1905. The shell is calcareous, whitish with corneous and brownish streaks and dots, and a dark brown band below the periphery. The upper surface is rather rudely wrinkled obliquely, but scarcely shows spirals; but the base is closely and in most specimens rather distinctly spirally striate. EXmbryonic shell like that of O. s. huachucana. The whorls have an acute, projecting carina which continues to the aperture, and are 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADBIPHIA. 279 flat above it, forming a straightly conic spire. Suture not impressed. The last whorl descends in front. Aperture rather small, as in O. s. huachucana. Umbilicus ample within, as in hwachucana. Alt. 12 10.2 10.6 mm. Diam. ill 19.5 Doweeress Whorls 42 5+ 54 Mountains near Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico, collected by O. B. Metealfe. This form stands close to the hwachucana series, from which it differs only in the spiral striation of the base, which is usually quite distinct though very minute,” and in the persistence of the peripheral keel to the aperture. In the last feature it is less evolved than huachucana. In some specimens of the latter the keel also persists, though less strongly. Oreohelix strigosa socorroensis n.subsp. Pl. X XV, figs. 49-51. The shell is thin, with 2} embryonic whorls closely and sharply obliquely striate, with a few low, coarse, indistinct spirals on the last embryonic whorl. Whorls 44 to 4%, convex, the later ones rudely but not coarsely wrinkled, without noticeable spirals above, but the base is very densely and distinctly striate spirally. The last whorl is quite convex above and below a cord-like peripheral keel, which extends nearly or quite to the aperture. The last whorl descends a little and slowly in front. The umbilicus is rather small, but enlarges at the opening. Aperture as usual. Alt. 8 9.2 8 8.8 mm. Diam. 15 14.8 13.5 Tapes Negra Mountains, Socorro county, New Mexico. Types No. 58,128, A. N.S. P., presented by Dr. W. D. Hartman, collector unknown. Related to O. s. metcalfei, its neighbor on the south, but that is a more strongly carinate shell with flat whorls and straightly conic spire. They agree in the beautiful circular striation of the base. Oreohelix barbata n. sp. Pl. X XV, figs. 57, 58. The shell is broadly and openly umbilicate, depressed, biconvex, carinate, pale brown, lusterless; obliquely closely lamellose costulate, the lamella lengthened into a cuticular fringe at the periphery, and at several places on the base, forming circular fringes there. A similar 10 Tn some specimens of huachucana from Carr Canyon, such as Pl. XXV, fig. 36 and figs. 37-40, the base is spirally striate, but it is not so in huachucana from other places. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., but less developed one runs in the middle of the upper surface of the last whorl. The embryonic shell of nearly two whorls is not distinctly defined from the subsequent growth; the first whorl is smoothish with some radial wrinkles only; the second is densely obliquely costulate, with cuticular lamelle on the fine riblets in perfectly preserved exam- ples. There are weak traces of a few coarse, low spirals. Whorls 4, rather rapidly increasing, the last slowly descending in front, very con- vex beneath. The aperture is very oblique, shortly pear-shaped, the peristome simple, upper and lower margins much converging and straightened, connected by a short and thin parietal callous. Alt. 7, diam. 13.5 mm., not including the cuticular processes. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, collected by J. H. Ferriss. Co-types No. 87,011 and 87,146, Coll. A.N.S. P. It lives in a moist situation, in stone talus near the falls of the stream. Cuticular processes or ‘“‘hairs” are generally present on the shells of very young Oreohelices, but in this one alone their development culminates in the adult snail. Their projection at the angle of the whorls of the spire makes the lamellee look continuous over the sutures. When denuded the shell is sharply striate, with some ill-defined spirals marking the positions of the more prominent cuticular wreaths. Besides those described above, there are some minor and variable spirals on the most perfect specimens. The processes are very efficient as gatherers of soil, which is probably glued on by the mucous of the animal, as usual. In the general plan of ornamentation, this bearded Oreohelix is not unlike Polygyra (Steno- trema) pilsbryz Ferriss. By its tricuspid central and bicuspid lateral teeth, as well as by the general form of the shell, O. barbata recalls O. hemphilli, especially when denuded of the ‘“beard.’’ The embryonic sculpture is not very unlike some forms of hemphilli, but it most resembles that of O. s. socorroensis, though a little coarser. The insertion of the penis retrac- tor solely on the epiphallus is like Radiocentrum, and unlike any of the typical Oreohelices. The foot of O. barbata is small, slate-blackish above, and finely granu- lated. No genital furrow is discernible, but there is a pair of dorsal grooves. The tail is flattened and pale above. The mantle edge is very thick and fleshy. The genitalia of one of the types are figured (PI. XIX, fig. 5). The penis resembles that of S. strigosa huachucana, the lower half being much swollen, the upper half smaller and eylindric. Internally the larger portion has 4 or 5 large and some smaller longitudinal folds, the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 upper part is densely papillose inside. The epiphallus bears the penis- retractor muscle, some distance from its base, and the vas deferens enters centrally at the end. The duct of the spermatheca is some- what swollen basally. The uterus contained neither eggs nor embryos, the specimens having been collected in February. The radula (Pl. XXII, fig. 6) has 23.1.23 teeth. The mesocones are long, and all the teeth have well-developed ectocones. The marginal teeth are bicuspid as usual, the cusps unsplit. Oreohelix yavapai n-sp. Pl. XXV, fig. 53. Shell thin, whitish more or less stained with brown, with a faint brown band above and another close below the periphery. The small periph- eral keel extends to the aperture, but is pinched up less than in neo- mexicana; the last. whorl elsewhere is well rounded, the earlier whorls flattened. Embryo of 24 whorls, the first nearly smooth, convex, the next more flattened, finely, densely striate obliquely, and very strongly striate and ribbed spirally. At the end of the embryonic stage this spiral sculpture abruptly stops, and is succeeded by sharp oblique striation which becomes cut by a few spiral lines. On the last whorl there are more spirals, usually emphasized as series of granules or pits upon the oblique striz (indicating cuticular processes in perfectly fresh shells). Whorls about 54, the last hardly descending in front. The umbilicus is ample, as in O. y. neomexicana. Aperture oblique, rounded, with thin lip. Alt. 8.7 9.5 mm. Diam. ils 166 = Purtyman’s ranch, on Oak creek, Yavapai county, about 40 miles from Jerome, Arizona (northwest of the center of the Territory), types No. 79,415, A. N.S. P., collected by E. H. Ashmun. Also found on the summit of Mt. Mingus, near Jerome, and fossil in a road cutting in Walnut Gulch, near Jerome (Ashmun). Dr. R. E. C. Stearns reported a form probably identical with O. yavapai from Coon Mountain, a curious crater about 10 miles south of Canyon Diablo, and about 3 days’ travel from Flagstaff, Arizona (Patula strigosa Gld., Nautilus, VI, May, 1892, p. 1; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 745). * The embryonic young shells, 2 mm. diameter with 24 whorls, are acutely carinate (Pl. XJ, fig. 13). This species differs from O. strigosa in the form of the shell, which is more like O. hemphilli, and by the diminutive penis, while the epi- phallus is longer in proportion than in forms of strigosa I have exam- 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., ined ; it differs from O. y. neomexicana chiefly by the stronger spiral sculpture of the embryonic shell and the abrupt change in sculpture at the inception of the neanic growth. The same differences and the wider umbilicus separate it from the northern O. hemphilli, which, moreover, differs by its dentition, as indicated below under O. y. neomexicana. The penis (Pl. XIX, fig. 7) resembles that of O. y. neomexicana except that it is larger, and the vas deferens enters the epiphallus centrally at the apex. There were 10 embryos in the uterus, each half enveloped in its podocyst. The jaw has longitudinal and vertical strie. The radula (Pl. XXII, figs. 7) has 26.1.26 teeth, those in the middle unicuspid; the ectocone distinctly appearing on the sixth. Marginal teeth bicuspid, the cusps unsplit. Oreohelix yavapai neomexicana n. subsp. P». XI, figs. 8,9; Pl. XXV, fig. 59. The shell is thin, brown, acutely keeled, pinched in above and below the peripheral keel, which extends to the aperture, the whorls else- where convex above and below. Embryo of 2 to 24 whorls, convex except near the periphery where they are impressed; they are densely striate obliquely and rather obsoletely striate spirally. The junction with the subsequent neanic growth is often indistinct. Whorls 43 to 54, the later ones rudely, very obliquely wrinkled, and showing raised spiral striz, usually rather indistinct. The umbilicus is ample within and rather widely open, exposing the penultimate whorl. Aperture small with simple lip, the whorl descending slowly to it. Alt. 8.5 7.8mm. Diam. 15.6 Webi, Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, San Miguel county, New Mexico. Types No. 84,297, A. N.S. P., collected by Miss Mary Cooper. This form differs from O. hemphilli (Newe.) by its less convex em- bryonic whorls, which are more impressed near the periphery, and by the more ample umbilicus; but it differs chiefly by the unicuspid teeth of the median part of the radula, those teeth in O. hemphilli having well- developed ectocones, as in O. barbata. It seems to be rather widely separated geographically from the range of O. hemphillt. It is also before me from Beulah, in the Sapello Canyon, San Miguel county, at 8,000 feet (Prof. Cockerell), small specimens only 10 mm. diameter, with 44 whorls, perhaps not quite adult. Similar small speci- mens come from Las Huartes Canyon, Bernalillo county, New Mexico (Miss Cooper). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 I have partially examined the internal anatomy of one of the speci- mens from Beulah. The penis (Pl. XIX, fig. 9) is bent in the middle, the lower half a little swollen, with muscular walls, the upper half slightly smaller, softer. There is a very small apical papilla, and the retractor muscle is inserted at the apex of the penis and root of the epiphallus. The epiphallus is large, shorter than the penis, and the vas deferens enters at the side, not the center of the apex. The radula has 19.1.19 teeth, similar to those of O. yavapai. On the fifth or sixth teeth the ectocone is developed. Marginals bicuspid, as usual. Subgenus RADIOCENTRUM nov. Oreohelices with an embryonic shell of 14 radially ribbed whorls, spiral striz in the intervals between ribs excessively weak or wanting. Penis rather short, with a hollow dilation at the distalend. Epiphallus club-shaped, as long as the penis, the retractor inserted near its base. Type O. chiricahuana Pils. This group differs from Oreohelix by the smaller number of embryonic whorls and their different sculpture, and in the somewhat different structure of the penis. It includes at present three species: O. chiri- cahuana, O. clappi and O. avalonensis. The genitalia are similar in the two species examined, the only difference being in the shape of the distal end of the penis, and in the absolute dimensions. The pallial organs of O. clappi do not differ from those described above for Oreohelix strigosa. Key to Species of Radiocentrum. a.—Shell bluntly subangular or almost rounded at the periphery; cov- ered with a green or olive cuticle, largely worn from old shells. Alt. 8.5 to 9.7,diam.15mm., . . . O.clappi Ferriss. a’.—Shell carinated ; earthy, without pereeptible cuticle. b.—“‘ Whorls 43, granulated above and below, the last one wide; aperture large. Alt. 6, diam. 11 mm.” (Hemphill). O. avalonensis Hemphill. b’—Whorls 5, striated but not granulated, slowly widening; aperture small. Alt. 6.5, diam. 11 mm., O. chiricahuana Pils. Oreohelix chiricahuana n.sp. PI. XI, figs. 1, 2, 3. The shell is depressed, the altitude about .6 of the diameter, about equally convex above and below the peripheral keel. Umbilicus rather well-like, slowly contracting, and contained five or six times in the diameter of the shell. Whitish, with an indistinct gray band near 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., the middle of the upper surface and another immediately below the white keel, the early whorls dull brown; without perceptible cuticle. Sculpture of close but irregular and rather sharp growth-wrinkles, very indistinctly decussated with spiral strie. The embryonic shell consists of only 14 whorls. The first half whorl is nearly smooth, the next whorl is sharply and finely but very regularly ribbed radially. With the compound microscope some very weak spiral striation may be seen in- distinctly in the intervals. At the end of the embryonic period the rib sculpture abruptly gives place to a lower, less regular oblique striation. The spire is convexly conic. Whorls 5, convex, impressed above the suture, where the keel projects a trifle. At the periphery the keel projects somewhat, the surface being a little concave above and below it. Base convex. Aperture small, oblique, a little angular at the outer part. Lip simple, the ends approaching. Alt. 6.5, diam. 11 mm. Fo as NO sis Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. Types No. 87,012, A.N.S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. ‘Occurred on a dry, clay hillside, under dead vegetation and stones, and was found nowhere else on the mountain.” This is a very distinct little species, closely related to O. avalonensis Hemphill of Santa Catalina Island, California, which has an apex of the same type. 0. avalonensis differs, however, by its conspicuously decussate surface, wider last whorl and larger aperture, and it has a half whorl Jess. It is figured for comparison, Pl. XJ, figs. 4, 5, 6, 7. The umbilicus is about equal in the two species. O. chiricahuana differs conspicuously from O. yavapai and O. y. neomexicana by its peculiar apical sculpture, ete. The genitalia are figured (Pl. XIX, fig. 4). The penis is eylindrie, a little flattened and protruding on one side at the distal end. The epi- phallus is longer than the penis, club-shaped, the retractor inserted upon it not far from its base. The lower part of the spermatheca duct is enlarged and muscular. The lengths of the organs are as follows: penis 4, epiphallus 4.7, vagina 3.5, spermatheca and duct 7.5mm. The foot is scarcely granulose, the integument smoothish, tessellated in rather coarse pattern with blackish or gray spots. No genital furrow is visible. The mantle edge is thin. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 24) is striate, somewhat less arcuate than that of O. clappi. The radula (Pl. XXII, figs. 10, 11) has 26.1.26 teeth. They are rather shorter than usual in Oreohelix. The central and lateral teeth 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 have well-developed ectocones. The marginal teeth are bicuspid, as usual in Oreohelix, but the inner cusp is split. Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Pl. XI, fig. 12; Pl. XXV, figs. 51-56. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 53 (September, 1904). This is a remarkable snail, slightly resembling Pyramidula solitaria on a small scale, but very different from any other Oreohelix by its rapidly narrowing umbilicus and green or olivaceous cuticle. The smoothish integument is blackish on the head and tail, and darker toward the foot margins, elsewhere tessellated with large poly- gonal gray pigment spots. Sole cream colored. There are two irregu- lar dorsal grooves. The kidney, 6.3 mm. long, is a thin-walled sack, its lumen large, with strongly corrugated walls. The pericardium is fully 4 mm. long. The reproductive system (PI. XIX, fig. 8) resembles that of O. chiri- cahuana. The rather slender cylindric penis is enlarged at the summit, the protuberance on the upper side (in the figure) hollow. The epi- phallus enters through a very small acorn-shaped papilla. The walls of the penis are thin, with a minute oblique corrugation meeting V-like on one side. The penis measures 7, epiphallus 7, vagina 6, sperma- theca and duct 13 mm. long. The penis retractor is inserted about 1.5 mm. from the base of the epiphallus. The jaw (Pl. XXIII, fig. 26) is arcuate and striate vertically. The radula (Pl. XXII, fig. 4) has about 29.1.29 teeth, of the general form usual in Oreohelix. There are rudimentary ectocones on the central teeth, at least where they are unworn. The laterals have simi- lar outer cutting points. The marginal teeth are bicuspid. In general, the teeth are between the unicuspid type and that with developed ectocones. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI-XXVII. Pirate XI.—Fig 11 was drawn by the author; the others are reproduced from photographs. Figs. 1-3—Oreohelix chiricahuana Pils. 34. Co-types. Figs. 4-6.—Oreohelix avalonensis Hemph. > 24%. Santa Catalina Island, California. Fig. 7—O. avalonensis. Early whorls. X 6. Fig. 8.—Oreohelix yavapai neomexicana Pils. Young specimen. XX 3. Show- ing embryonic whorls and two neanie whorls. Fig. 9.—O. y. neomexicana. Segment of base. Only the coarser spirals are visible in the half-tone cut. Fig. 10.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. No. 87,087. Miller Canyon. Por- tion of last whorl above the periphery. 7. Fig. 11.—Ashmunella angulata Pils. No. 87,113. Immature shell of § mm. diameter showing temporary lip-rib. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Fig. 12.—Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Early whorls. 6. Sculpture is very imperfectly shown. Fig. 13.—Oreohelix yavapai Pils. Young shell, showing embryonic whorls and about one-third of the first neanic whorl. 6 Figs. 14, 15.—Oreoheliz strigosa Gld. Pecos, N. M. Uterine young. X 6. The very fine, even spiral striation is not sufficiently enlarged to be visible in the reproduction, though shown in the photograph ; the radial ripples are also largely lost. Puate XII, Figs. 1-4—Ashmunella rhyssa Dall. Sierra Blanca. Nos. 73,561 and 73,575. Figs. 5, 6.—Ashmunella rhyssa miorhyssa Dall. Sierra Blanca, New Mexico. : No. 73,577. F Figs. 7, 8.—Ashmunella rhyssa hyporhyssa Ckll., larger form. James Can- ; yon, Cloudcroft, New Mexico. No. 89,201. Figs. 9-13.—A. r. hyporhyssa Ckll. James Canyon, Cloudcroft. No. 83,345. é Fig. 14.—Ashmunella altissima Ckll. Co-type. Summit of Sierra Blanca. No. 73,558. Figs. 15, 16—Ashmunella pseudodonta Dall. White Oaks, New Mexico. No. 73,589. Figs. 17, 18.—A. pseudodonta Dall. Capitan Mountains, New Mexico. No. 79,529. Figs. 19, 20 —Ashmunella ashmuni Dall. Bland, New Mexico. No. 73,599. Figs. 21-23.—A. pseudodonta capitanensis A. and C. Capitan Mountains, New Mexico. No. 74,556. Figs. 24-26.—A. ashmuni robusta Pils. Bland, New Mexico. No. 73,576. PuatTe XIII, Figs. 23-26.—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Types. Figs. 27, 28.—Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey). Part of the original lot, from J. H. Thomson. Santa Fé Canyon, New Mexico. Nos. 58,118 and 58,114. Fig. 29.—A. thomsoniana. Specimen from Monument Rock, Santa Fé Can- yon. Prof. Cockerell and Miss Porter. No. 77,870. Fig. 30.—A. thomsoniana. Santa FéCanyon. E.H.Ashmun. No. 76,709. Figs. 31-34.—A. thomsoniana (Anc.). Las Vegas Hot Springs, New Mexico. aCe 84,293, 80,750 and 83,946. Fig. 34is a co-type of A. t. coopere Figs. 35-37.—A thomsoniana (Anc.). Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, New Mexico. No. 84,295. Fig. 38.—A. t. pecosensis Ckll. Type. VWallé ranch, Pecos, New Mexico. No. 84,209. Figs. 39-41.—A. ¢. portere Pils. and Ckll. Sapello Canyon, San Miguel county, New Mexico, 8,000 feet altitude. No. 81,983. Figs. 42, 46.—A. t. portere P. and C. Co-types. Beulah, Upper Sapello Canyon. No. 76,789. Figs. 48-45.—A. t. portere P. and C. Pecos, New Mexico. No. 85,099. Puate XIV, Figs. 47-49.—Ashmunella levettei angigyra Pils. Types. Con- servatory Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 83,269. Figs. 50, 54.—A. 1. angigyra. Brown’s Canyon. No. 87,093. Figs. 51-53.—A. l. angigyra. Foothills, Bear Canyon. No. 89,202. Figs. 55-57.—Ashmunella angulata Pils. Types. South fork of Cave creek, at base of mountain, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,019. Fig. 58.—A.angulata. South fork of Cave creek, under cliffs; showing weak upper branch of the parietal tooth. No. 87,015. Figs. 59, 60.—A. angulata. Cave Creek Canyon. No. 87,020. Fig. 61.—A. angulata. Cave Creek Canyon. No. 87,111. Fig. 62.—Ashmunella mearnsi Dall. Huachuca Mountains. No. 65,736. Figs. 63, 64.—A shmunella angulata Pils. Falls of Cave Creek. No. 87,112. Figs. 65, 66.—Ashmunella proxima Pils. Types. Sawmill Canyon, Chiri- cahua Mountains. No. 86,498. Figs. 67-69.—Ashmunella fissidens Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chirica- hua Mountains. Types. No. 87,022. Figs. 70, 71.—A. proxima. Topotypes. No. 87,102. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 PuaTe XV, Figs. 72-75, 79.—Ashmunella levettei (Bld.). Typical. Bear Can- yon, Huachuca Mountains, 6,500 feet. No. 87,089. Figs. 76.—A. levettei. Albino. Head of Bear Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,098. Fig. 77.—A. levettei. Pathologic monster, same locality. Fig. 78.—A. levettei. Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 6,000 feet. No. 87,099. Figs. 80-88.—A. 1. heterodon Pils. Ida Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 89,203. Figs. 89-91.—A. l. heterodon. Cave Creek Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,152. Figs. 92, 93.—A. levettei, var. approaching angigyra. Carr Canyon, Hua- chuca Mountains, 5,000 feet. Nos. 87,092 and 89,204. Figs. 94, 95.—A. Ll. heterodon Pils. or chiricahuana Dall(?), Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,097. Prate XVI, Figs. 96-99.—A shmunella chiricahuana (Dall). Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,096, A. N.S. P. Fig. 100.—A. chiricahuana. An elevated specimen from the same locality. No. 87,021. Fig. 101.—A. c. mogollonensis. Base of a larger specimen from Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico. Fig. 102.—Ashmunella chiricahuana mogollonensis Pils. West fork Gila river, near Mogollon Peak, New Mexico. No. 79,530. Figs. 103-107.—Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. Bearfoot Park, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,024. Figs. 108-110, 113.—Ashmuznella ferrissi Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiri- eahua Mountains. No. 89,232. Figs. 111, 112, 117.—Ashmunella walkeri Ferriss. Co-types. Florida Moun- tains, near Deming, New Mexico. Figs. 114, 115.—Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Types. Fig. 116.—Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). No. 65,736. Puate XVII, Figs. 1, 2.—Sonorella hachitana, var. Florida Mountains, No. 87,078. Figs. 3-6.—Sonorella hachitana, var. Florida Mountains. No. 86,496. Figs. 7, 8.—Sonorella hachitana, var. Organ Mountains. No. 71,413. Figs. 9-14.—Sonorella hachitana ashmuni Bartsch. Purtyman’s. Nos. 79,409 and 80,707. Figs. 15, 16.—Sonorella virilis Pils. Type. Chiricahua Mountains. No. 79,622. Figs. 17-20.—Sonorella virilis Pils., var. Sawmill Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,081. Figs. 21-23.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Types. No. 83,257. Fig. 24.—Sonorella virilis huachucana Pils. Brown Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Puate XVIII, Figs. 24-28.—Sonorella granulatissima latior Pils. Brown’s Can- yon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,083. Figs. 29-32.—Sonorella hachitana bowiensis Pils. Fort Bowie. No. 86,497. Figs. 33, 34.—Sonorella rowelli (Newe.). Sanfords. No. 83,273. Fig. 35.—Sonorella rowelli (Newe.). Patagonia Mountains. No. 83,268. Figs. 36-38.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Ida Canyon. No. 87,088. Figs. 39, 40, 44.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Miller Canyon. No. 87,087. Figs. 41-43.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Miller Canyon. No, 89,227. Figs. 45-47.—Sonorella granulatissima parva Pils. West end of Hua- chuca Mountains. No. 87,114. Figs. 48-50.—Sonorella virilis circumstriatus Pils. Types. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,026. Figs. 51-54.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Moun- tains. No. 89,226. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Piate XIX.—Anatomy of Oreoheliz. Fig. 1.—Oreoheliz strigosa, from Pecos, New Mexico. Pallial complex. | Fig. 2.—0. elrodi (Pils.). 3.—0. strigosa (Gld.), from Pecos, New Mexico. 4.—0. chiricahuana Pils. . 5.—O. barbata Pils. . Fig. 6.—O. s. huachucana Pils. . 7.—O. yavapai Pils. Penis. . 8.—O. clappi Ferriss. | 9.—O. y. neomexicana Pils. Penis. Puate XX [all figures X 2], Fig. 10.—Sonorella hachitana bowiensis Pils. Penis opened to show papilla. Bowie, Arizona. No. 86,497. Fig. 11.—S. h. bowiensis Pils. Genitalia of same specimen, Fig. 12.—Sonorella hachitana (Dall). Genitalia of individual from Florida Mountains, New Mexico. No. 86,496. The penis-papilla shows faintly through. Fig. 13.—Sonorella rowelli (Newe.). Penis opened to show papilla. San- ford’s, Arizona. No. 83,273. Fig. 14.—S. rowelli (Newe.). Genitalia of same individual. Fig. 15.—Sonorella hachitana ashmuni (Bartsch). Opened penis of a speci- men from Purtyman’s ranch, Oak ereek, New Mexico. No. 79,409. Fig. 16.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. ' organs, showing epiphallus and flagellum of one of the type specimens. Spring Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Fig. 17.—S. granulatissima Pils. Genitalia of same individual. Fig. 18.—S. granulatissima Pils. Opened penis of same individual. Fig. 19.—Sonorella virilis circumstriata Pils. Genitalia of No. 87,026. Cave Creek Canyon. Fig. 20.—Sonorella rowelli (Newe.). Terminal ducts of genitalia of a small form from the Patagonia Mountains, Arizona. No. 83,268. Fig. 21.—Sonorella virilis Pils. Opened penis of typespecimen. Chiricahua Mountains. No. 79,622. Fig. 22.—S. virilis Pils. Genitalia of same specimen. Puate XXI.—Genitalia of Ashmunella. Fig. 23.—Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. 23. No. 87,024. Fig. 24.—Ashmunella proxima Pils. 2%. No. 86,498. Fig. 25.—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Exserted penis. Fig. 26.—Ashmunella angulata Pils. 23. No. 87,015. Fig. 27.—Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. 2. No. 88,885. Fig. 28.—Ashmunella 1. angigyra Pils. X23. No. 83,269. Fig. 29.—Ashmunella chiricahuana Pils. 2. No. 87,021. Fig. 30.—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. 2%. No. 87,023. Piate XXII, Figs. 1, 2, 3—Oreohelix strigosa, variety from Pecos, New Mexico. 1. Central meee r, with three laterals; 2. Group of marginal teeth at the edge of radula: 3. Lateral and transitional teeth. Fig. 4.—Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Central and two lateral teeth of a co-type. Fig. 5. Oreohelix strigosa huachucana Pils. Group of lateral and transi- tional teeth of a type specimen. Fig. 6—Oreohelix barbata Pils. Central tooth with laterals i-iii, vi and vii of a co-type. Fig. 7—Oreohelix yavapat Pils. Co-type. Group of lateral and transitional teeth, with a central tooth on the extreme right. Fig. 8 —Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Central with two adjacent lateral teeth of a type specimen. Fig. 9—Ashmunella angulata Pils. No. 87,015. Group of transitional and marginal teeth. Figs. 10, 11.—Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall). Group of central and lateral teeth and two groups of marginal teeth of a typical specimen. Fig. 12.—Ashmunella levettei_angigyra Pils. Conservatory Canyon, Hua- chuca Mountains. Half row of teeth, some of the marginals omitted. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 Piate XXIII.—Jaws of Ashmunella, Sonorella and Oreohelix. Fig. 13.—Ashmunella chiricahuana Dall. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahuas. No. 87,021. Fig. 14.—Ashmunella levettei angigyra Pils. Type. No. 83,269. Fig. 15.—Ashmunella angulata Pils. No. 87,015. Fig. 16.—Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Co-type. Fig. 17.—Ashmunella levettei proxima Pils. Co-type. No. 86,498. Fig. 18.—Sonorella rowelli (Newc.). Patagonia Mountains, Santa Cruz county, Arizona. No. 83,268. Fig. 19.—Sonorella hachitana var. Organ Mountains, New Mexico. No. 71,413. Fig. 20.—Sonorella hachitana (Dall). Florida Mountains, New Mexico. No. $6,496 Fig. 21.—Sonorella virilis Pils. Type. No. 79,602. Fig. 22.—Sonorella h. bowiensis Pils. Type. No. 86,497. Fig. 23.—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Co-type. Fig. 24.—Oreohelix chiricahuana Pils. Co-type. Fig. 25.—Oreohelix strigosa Gld. var. Pecos, New Mexico. Fig. 26.—Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Co-type. Puarn XXIV, Figs. 1-4.—Oreohelix strigosa hwachucana. Miller Canyon, 5,000 feet. No. 87,144. Figs. 5-7.—Conservatory Canyon. No. 83,370. Type specimens. Fig. 8.—Uniform brown specimen. Same locality. No. 83,371. Figs. 9, 10.—Brown’s Canyon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,125. Figs. 11, 12, 16.—Brown’s Canyon, : at 7,000 feet. No. 87,124. Figs. 13, 14. ’—Brown’s Canyon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,126. Fig. 15.—Brown’s Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,122. Figs. 17, 18.—Brown’s Canyon, "at 7,000 feet. No. 87,127. Figs. 19, 20.—Carr Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,135. Figs. 21-23.—Carr Canyon, at 5,500 feet. No. 87,134. Fig. 24.—Carr Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,136. Figs. 25-27.—0. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, north side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,128. Fig. 28.—0. s. concentrata (Dall). Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,138. Figs. 29-31.—0. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, south side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,131. Figs. 32.—0. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, south side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,131. PLaTE XXV, Figs. 33, 34.—Oreohelix s. huachucana Pils. Ida Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 7,000 feet elevation. No. 87,143. Fig. 35.—O. s. hwachucana Ida Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,142. Fig. 36.—O. s. huachucana. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,137. Figs. 37-40. aa s. huachucana, keeled and hirsute form. Carr Canyon. No. 87, 132. Figs. 41-430. s. huachucana, Cave Creek Canyon, 5,500 feet. No. 87,140, 87,141. Figs. 44, 48, 52.—O. s. metealfei Ckll. Co-types, 44 and 48 from bleached specimens, 52 from one collected alive. Figs. 45-47.—0. strigosa (Gld.). Pecos, New Mexico. No. 85,100. Figs. 49-51.—0. strigosa socorroensis Pils. Co-types. No. 58,128. Fig. 52.—0. s. metcaljex Ckl. Fig. 53.—O. yavapai Pils. Co-type. No. 79,415. Figs. 54-56.—0O. clappi Ferriss. Co-types. No. 87,013. Figs. 57, 58.—0O. barbata Pils. Co-types. No. 87,011. Fig. 59.—O. y. neomexicana Pils. Co-type. No. 84,297. Fig. 60.—O. s. concentrata (Dall). Hacheta Grande Mountain, at 9,000 feet. No. 65,742. 19 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., PLATE XXVI, Figs. 1-5.—Holospira goldfussi (Mke.). Guadalupe river, about six miles above New Braustala! Texas. Nos. 89,209, 89,210. Fig. 6.—Holospira cockerelli Dall. Near Kingston, New Mexico. No. Fig. 7.—Holospira regis Pils. and Ckll. Near Kingston, New Mexico. No. 89,208. Fig. 8.—Holospira crossei Dall. Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, New Mexico, No. 65,738. Fig. 9.—Holospira chiricahuana Pils. Fort Bowie, Cochise county, Arizona. No. 87,118. Figs. 10-15.—Holospira roemeri (Pir.). Hondo river, about two miles north of Hondo, Medina county, Texas. No. 89,207. Figs. 16-18.—H. roemeri. High Bridge of the Pecos river, Valverde county, Texas. No. 89,206. Figs. 19-21.—Microceramus texanus (Pils.). Guadalupe river, above New Braunfels, Texas. No. 89,205. Puate XXVII, Figs. 22-25.—Holospira ferrissi Pils. Manilla Mine, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,115. Figs. 26-29.—Holospira chiricahuana Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,119. Figs. 30-33.—Holospira cionella Pils. Fort Bowie. No. 87,117. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 MOLLUSCA OF FLINT AND CAROLINE ISLANDS, IN THE CENTRAL PACIFIC. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND EDWARD G. VANATTA. The species recorded below were collected by Mr. C. D. Voy, a Cali- fornian naturalist, in the year 1875, in the course of a voyage from Honolulu through Polynesia to Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. Somewhat extensive series of mollusks, crustacea and echinoderms were also taken in the Marquesas, Society Islands, Rurutu Island of the Austral group, ete. These collections were acquired by the late Prof. E. D. Cope, and remained unopened in the original parcels until presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences in 1901 by Mrs. Annie P. Cope. Most of the island groups represented in Voy’s collection have been more or less exploited by other naturalists, particularly Garrett, Pease and the Godeffroy brothers; but so far as we know, no mollusks have been reported from Caroline and Flint Islands. Although the collec- tion from these places is not extensive, we have thought it worth while on this account to put the facts on record. The only land animals taken on the two islands were the widely distributed Birgus latro and Truncatella valida. Flint Island lies 11° 25’ 43” S., 151° 48’ W., and Caroline Island is 10° $., 150° 14’ 30” W. They are small, isolated, uninhabited islets, lying north of the Society group, in the central Pacific. List of Species. (F., Flint Island; C., Caroline Island.) Conus catus Brug. F. | Murex laqueatus Sowb. F. “ eburneus Hwass. F. | Maculotriton bracteatus Hinds. F., “ ebreus 1. (hebreus auct.). C. PSC: fg digitalis Rve. F.C. Se inilessina ae | Purpura ‘armigera Dillw. C. “ retifer Mke. F. Ih. aes bitubercularis Lam. F., “ verillum Gm. F. C. « vitulinus Hwass. F. | Ricinula horrida Lam. F., C. *« violaceus Rve. C. sh ricinus L. F., C. Glyphostoma sp. F. | 4 “elegans Brod. F., Murex rubesceus Brod. F. | C. 292 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Ricinula digitata Lam. F., C. | 4 marginaira Bly. C. | morus L. C. Sistrum undatum Chem. C. * cancellatum Q. C. Topas sertum Brug. Vexilla teniata Powis. F. Mitra limbifera Lam. F., C. “ pontificalis L. C. “ littrata Lam. F., C. Harpa minor Lam. F., C. Cyprea arabica L. F. araneosa Gray. F. caput-serpentis L. F., C. carneola L. F. cicercula L. F. cumingi Gray. F. juscomaculata Pse. F. Se evolamlin me His1Cy. intermedia Gray. F., C. trrorata Sol. F., C. “isabella. F., C. madagascariensis Gin. F. moneta L. F., C. nucleus L. F. obvelata Lam. F., C. poraria L. F., C. “reticulata Mart. F., C. scurra Gm. F. tabescens Sol. F. ventriculus Lam. F. “ON earipelliusins ty Ovula lactea Lam. C. Pterocera scorpio L.. F. Strombus maculatus Nutt. F. a urceus L. F. Aquillus chlorostoma Lam. C. ss pilearis L. C, a rubeculus L. F. 7 tuberosus L. C. “ Ranella affinis Brod. F., C. “" bufonia Gm. C. Cassis rufa L. C. Dolium perdix L. F., C. Cerithium nesioticum P. and V. F. f patiens Bayle. C. rubus Martyn (echina- tum Lam.). F.,C. a voyi P. and V. C. “ee | Clava obeliscus Brug. F. “ pharos Hinds. F. Mitrularia equestris cicatricosa Rve. F- Natica marochiensis Gm. C. Polymices melanostoma Gm. C. | Littorina obesa Sowb. C., F. | Risella conoidalis Pse. Fo | Modulus tectum Gm. C. Tanthina ianthina L. F. | Fasciolaria filamentosa Lam. C. Latirus aplustre Gm. C. Peristernia nassatula Lam. TY. Nerita undata LL. C. = pohtadievar. (GC: plicata I.., and transitions to N. ringens Rve. F.,C. Liotia voyi Pils. and Van. F. Turbo argyrostomus L. F., C. Astralium petrosum Martyn. C. Truncatella valida Pfr. F. Melampus luteus Q. and G. C. Pinna semicostata Rye. C. Tellina dispar Cony. C. “ scobinata L. F. Crista pectinata L. F. “ce | Trapezium oblongum L. (guinia- cumChem.). F., C. Tridacna gigas L. C. | Pecten palliumL. F. “c sulphureus Dkr. F. appearance. 1One specimen wants undulations along the carina, having quite a distinct « 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 293 Liotia voyi n. sp. Shell obliquely trochiform, convexly conic above, flattened below. White. Nucleus lost, 3} whorls remaining, separated by a deep suture which is regularly bridged across by thin lamelle dividing it into a series of pits; which at the last whorl penetrate through to the umbili- cus. The last whorl is convex above, with two low, obscurely double spiral cords, which are some- what nodose at their intersec- tions with rounded radial ribs. At the periphery two thin equal keels project, the space between bridged across by thin lamella (which are continua- tions of the radial ribs), the keels rising into spines at the lamelle. The base is slightly convex, roughened by two circles of tubercles, lamellose- tuberculate at the edge of the umbilicus. A large spiral cord revolves within the umbilicus; near its lower termination it has a tooth, beyond which it is continuous with the basal lip. The aperture is oblique, circular, the outer lip being expanded in a scalloped varix with five shallow pits on its face. Alt. 10, diam. 12.5 mm. Flint Island, Polynesia. Types No. 80,916, A. N.S. P., collected by C. D. Voy. This large and beautifully sculptured Liotia is related to L. crenata Kiener.2 Compared with specimens of that species in the collection of the Academy, L. voyi is larger and more roughly sculptured, and it wholly lacks the minute sculpture of fine, even striz in the intervals and pits of the coarser sculpture, which is characteristic of Kiener’s species. The septa between the peripheral keels are straight in L. voy, but strongly curved in L. crenata. J. crenata was very imperfectly described by Kiener, and his dimen- sions are entirely wrong. It is doubtful whether Reeve’s figure, copied by Tryon, represents the true crenata, which is, we think, rather rare. Delphinula crenata Kiener, Iconogr. Cog. Viv., p. 11, Pl. 4, f. 8. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., ANEW SPECIES OF SEA-MOUSE (APHRODITA HASTATA) FROM EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS. BY J. PERCY MOORE, The common European sea-mouse (Aphrodita aculeata) has been so frequently and so widely reported from the American Atlantic coast, while none of the writers on our annelids have reported any other species, that the identity of the species occurring on the two sides of the Atlantic has been taken as established. It was, therefore, with genuine surprise that I found, while preparing a description from Wood’s Hole specimens for a report on the annelids of that region, certain obvious points of difference between these and A. aculeata as described by European writers. Since returning to Philadelphia a more thorough examination of the literature and a detailed comparison of specimens in the collection of this Academy with those belonging to the U.S. F. C. laboratory at Wood’s Hole, kindly sent to me by Mr. Vinal Edwards, and two specimens of A. aculeata from the neighbor- hood of Helgoland, for the opportunity of studying which I am indebted to Dr. W. MeM. Woodworth, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, have doubly convinced me of the wide distinction between the species common in the deeper waters of the open sea off the Wood’s Hole region and the European species. This does not, of course, exclude the possi- bility of the occurrence of the true A. aculeata also on our coast, yet the few notes furnished by Prof. Verrill in his Report on the Inverte- brates of Vineyard Sound lead to the belief that the species therein recorded as A. aculeata is the one herein described, which it seems probable is the only one occurring south of Cape Cod.* A. hastata is really less closely related to A. aculeata than to other species of the genus and probably finds its nearest ally in A. japonica Maren., which is widely distributed in the northern Pacific. From that species it differs in having the notopodial sete free from the felt and in the decidedly smaller number of neuropodial sete, which also lack the terminal pilosity in all of those examined. 1Mr. James E. Benedict writes me that Prof. Verrill has informed him that two species of Aphrodita are found on our coasts. Owing to the illness of Miss Bush, to whom their discrimination is said to be due, I have been unable to secure further information. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 From A. aculeata it departs in many and striking characters. Per- haps the most important is the altogether different form of the large notopodial spines. In the former they are acute, rigid needles whose points project stiffly a short distance above the felt, and are capable of inflicting quite painful wounds. In the latter they curve over the back to or beyond the middle line and are soft, flexible but friable, and ter- minate in acute and hooked tips. It is interesting to note that McIntosh states that the young of A. aculeata possess sete of this sort, which are later replaced by the acute spines. But A. hastata and sev- eral other species retain the more primitive form throughout life, unless, of course, as frequently happens, they are accidentally injured. In A. aculeata the number of neuropodial sete is constantly greater in the middle and ventral rows and sometimes greater in the dorsal row, and they are stouter, less acute and differ otherwise in form. The lateral fringe of hairs is brilliant green in A. aculeata, pearl color or reddish in A. hastata, and there are other minor differences. A dissec- tion of a single example of A. hastata indicates identity in the internal anatomy of the two species. The complete description follows: Aphrodita hastata sp. nov. The size is large, examples of 125 mm. long and 40 mm. in maximum breadth at somite XII, exclusive of the setee, being common, though none equalling the maximum size of A. aculeata has been seen. Exam- ples of 70 to 125 mm. have 40 or 41 somites, the last 15 or so being very small and comprising not more than one-eighth of the total length. As in A. aculeata, the form is robust and strongly arched in the ante- rior half, the last fourth becoming slender and tapering rapidly in both planes. The ventral surface is relatively smooth and pale, the brown- ish spherical papille being few in number but increasing toward the sides and becoming numerous on the dorsal, anterior and posterior surfaces of the parapodia. Hidden, of course, beneath the dorsal felt are 15 pairs of elytra and the dorsal fimbriated organs, both arranged as in A. aculeata. The prostomium is orbicular obovate; the greatest width, which lies near the anterior border, is about equal to the length and the posterior half tapers rapidly to a width of about one-third the maximum. The two minute, closely approximated eyes on each side are placed just anterior to the greatest breadth of the prostomium and separated by a wide median interspace. Although apparently quite variable the facial tubercle is nearly always considerably shorter than the prostomium, strongly compressed below, broad and usually with a median groove above. While the usual spherical papille stud its surface it is otherwise 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., smooth and exhibits little of the nodular character seen in some species. The median tentacle has a total length slightly exceeding the prosto- mium, of which about one-fourth or more constitutes the strongly clavate basal piece. The style is slender and regularly tapering, and in no case exhibits any trace of the club-shaped extremity figured by MeIntosh for A. aculeata. The palpi are from six to eight times as long as the prostomium and nearly twice as long as the first parapodium and tentacular cirri; in form they are slender and regularly tapering. Nothing peculiar appears in the form or modifications of the para- podia, which resemble those of A. aculeata, though the first pair appear to be rather longer, their tips reaching about 14 times the length of the prostomium beyond the latter. The ventral cirri reach to the middle row of neuropodial sete, while the dorsal cirri extend fully one-third of their length beyond the tips of the longest of the latter, being therefore relatively somewhat longer than in A. aculeata. The general arrangement of the several forms of sete is that usual in the genus. Of the three series of neuropodials the dorsal invariably contains two, the middle usually 4, and the ventral 8, though 5 may occasionally occur in the middle and 7 to 8 in the ventral series. All of these setee are brown and de- cidedly iridescent, and the slender ones quite ‘pale. In the dorsal row both spines (fig. 1) are very stout, and both terminate in blunt points which probably result from wear, though not a single one of these spines in any bet ree eee ee of my specimens presented a really acute X. Anterior of dorsal, tip. The middle sete (fig. 2) are moderately bose mide, ae and the ventral (fig. 3) decidedly slender, and respectively. All x 56. both are similarly formed, with acute attenu- ated tips not preceded by any enlargement and not concealed in a pilose coat, though those newly extruded are sheathed. In the dorsal series the anterior seta is frequently stouter, while those in the other two increase in size from before backward. Toward the caudal end, coincidentally with the reduction in size of the parapodia, these sete become more slender, smaller and fewer, and on the last 7 or 8 parapodia are altogether wanting. ~~ 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 From the lower side of the notopodial tubercle arises a tuft of iri- descent hairs which spring from a curved line reaching from the anterior margin of the tubercle upward and backward to the base of the noto- podial cirrus, which occupies a posterior position. These capillary sete spread in a flowing plume outward, backward and upward, cover- ing the sides of the body and the neuropodia. Compared with the cor- responding structures in A. aculeata they present numerous differences- ~ In the first place they are fewer, about one-third longer and spread more widely, irregularly and in greater disorder from the sides. In our species they are much softer and less harsh and rigid—a difference which becomes especially evident if they are brushed forward and released, when those of A. aculeata spring quickly back to position, while those of A. hastata return slowy and gently. But the most strik- ing difference is in color, ours being far less brilliant than the European species. When placed in corresponding positions with reference to the light and the observer’s eye, namely, with the caudal end toward the light and the head toward and below the observer, the marginal hairs of A. aculeata appear of a beautiful burnished golden green color, rich golden predominating toward the base and a fine viridian green in the outer half, the intensity of the display being enhanced by the great number and relatively compact arrangement of the hairs, while the general effect of those of A. hastata varies from a pearl color to a richer bronzy red in different individuals. In the paler variety the hairs appear purplish-blue, toward the base changing to a delicate red, and toward the tip to a varied mixture of reddish-purple and bluish-green which differs as the glancing light strikes particular hairs at different angles. Owing to the more open, spreading arrangement of the hairs in our species this dispersal of the colors is more evident. When viewed at other angles or by transmitted light the distribution of colors differs. The two tufts of large notopodial spines arise, as in most species, one just anterior to the dorsal cirrus, Sr are the other, separated by a short interval, higher on of Sotanadial the dorsum. The first consists of about 4 and the seta. X 250. second of about 6 or 7 long, curved, soft, coarse and brownish setze which, after perforating the dorsal felt, curve, most of them perfectly free from and above the latter, caudad and 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mch., mediad, often crossing those of the opposite side and many of them attaining a length in excess of the greatest width of the body. At the base they are very coarse, but taper gradually to the tip, which is recurved as an acutely pointed hook (fig. 4). In section they are often flattened and seldom perfectly circular. The interior consists of a core of soft colorless fibres which are enclosed in a firmer and brittle sheath or shell of a more or less iridescent brown color. It is to this structure that these spines owe their softness and fragileness, the latter quality being so marked that large specimens almost invaria- bly have all of them broken short off above the felt, leaving the latter exposed over the entire median expanse of the back, and giving to this species an aspect which has naturally led to its identification with A. aculeata. The felt fibres arise in three tufts, one ventral, one between and one dorsal to the dorsal sets bundles. In large specimens the felt forms a uniform continuous layer nearly } in. thick and of a smooth, compact texture. The fibres appear to be finer than in the two specimens of A. aculeata available for comparison. They also have less color, many of them being altogether dull and colorless while others exhibit a slight greenish iridescence. The type is No. 20, Collection Acad. Nat. Sci., and was taken by Dr. Benjamin Sharp on the beach at Nantucket after a storm. About a dozen other specimens have been examined, coming partly from the same place, partly from the collections of Mr. Vinal Edwards on No- man’s Land and from dredgings of the U.S. F. C. steamer Fish Hawk in the deeper waters off the same region. The species has not been taken in the course of the recent extensive dredgings of the Fish Hawk and Phalarope, either in Vineyard Sound, Nantucket Sound, or Buz- zard’s Bay. Occasionally, it is brought up in lobster pots set in the deeper waters off Noman’s Land, and it is probably this species which is said to be sometimes thrown up in great numbers during heavy storms on the shores of Block Island. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 APRIL 4. Mr. ArTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. The death of Henri de Saussure, a Correspondent, February 20, 1905, was announced. Everett F. Pariiips made a communication on variations and correlations in the honey bee and on queen rearing in agriculture. (No abstract.) The following papers were received for publication: “A Contribution to the Knowledge of some South American Hy- menoptera chiefly from Paraguay,’ by C. Schrottky (March 28), Transferred to the Entomological Section. “Some Marine Oligocheta of New England,” by J. Perey Moore (April 3). Aprit 18. Mr. ArTHUR ERwIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirty-four persons present. The death of Victor Raulin, a Correspondent, March, 1905, was announced. Mr. StewarRDson Brown made a communication on the flora of the Lower Florida Keys. (No abstract.) The following papers were withdrawn by the authors: “A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Centrarchide,”’ by Henry W. Fowler. “A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Cuba, the Isle of Pines and the Bahamas,” by James A. G. Rehn. A paper entitled “Notes on a Small Collection of Orthoptera from the Lesser Antilles, with the Description of a New Species of Orphul- ella,’ by James A. G. Rehn, was transferred to the Entomological Sec- tion. 20 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Messrs. Robert D. Carson and Edward C. Knight were elected mem- bers. Geo. T. Moore, Ph.D., of Washington, D. C.; John Stirling Kingsley, of Tufts College, Mass., and Charles D. Walcott, of Washington, D.C., were elected Correspondents. The following were ordered to be printed. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 A CATALOGUE OF THE ERIGONEH OF NORTH AMERICA, WITH NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY CYRUS R. CROSBY. The larger part of the material upon which the notes included in this paper are based is in the collection of Cornell University. This collection includes, in addition to the general collection of the Univer- sity, the following special collections: Many of the specimens studied by Nathan Banks in the preparation of “The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892); a collection purchased by the Entomological Department of Cornell University of Dr. William Fox; a collection made by Prof. J. H. Com- stock in the Southern States, and a collection made by the writer chiefly near Ithaca, New York. The sequence of genera, with one exception, is that of Simon’s Histoire Naturelle des Araignées. As many of the original descriptions are very brief, I have given in the notes such measurements and facts as may be of value in determining the generic position of the species. The types of the new species are in the Cornell University collection. I wish to thank Prof. Comstock, under whose direction this paper was prepared, for the opportunity of using the University collection and for many favors and valuable suggestions. I am under obliga- tions to Dr. A. D. MacGillivray and Dr. W. A. Riley for kindly encour- agement and many specimens; to Mr. J. H. Emerton for the loan of specimens; to Dr. William Fox for the loan to the Department of Entomology of Cornell University of parts of types of his species of Ceraticelus; to Mr. P. B. Powell for specimens from California; and to many others for specimens of which no record was made. J. A CaTaLoGuE OF THE ERIGONE® oF NorTH AMERICA. CrRATINELLA Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 32. 1882. C. brunnea Em., l. c., p. 36, Pl. VIII, fig. 3. 1882. Ceraticelus brunneus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. LoPHOCARENUM Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 198. 1868. L. frontalis Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XII, p. 111, Pl. V, figs. 1-38. 1904. L. mestum Banks (Ceratinella), Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, Pl. Il, fig. 58; Pl. V, fig. 58. 1892: 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 130. 1893. Creraticetus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 595. 1884. C. albus Fox (Erigone [Ceratinella]), Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., II, p. 44. 1891. C. alticeps Fox (HBrigone [Ceratinella]), l. c., p. 45. 1891. C. atriceps Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 436, Pl. LV, fig. 7. 1874. Ceratinella atriceps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 34, Pl. VII, figs. 5-5d. 1882. Ceraticelus atriceps E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. C. bulbosus Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 33, Pl. VII, fig. 3. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. Ceratinella bulbosa Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, Pl. V, figs. 59, 59a. 1892. C. emertoni Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 435, Pl. LY, fig.6. 1874. Ceratinella emertont Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 32, Pl. VIL, fig. 1. 1882. Ceraticelus emertoni EK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. Ceratinella similis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 31, Pl. V, figs. 61-61b. 1892. C. fissiceps Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 438, Pl. LV, fig. 8. 1874. Erigone fissiceps Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 155, Pl. XVI, fig. 221. 1886. Ceratinella fissiceps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 33, Pl. VII. fig. 2. 1882. Ceraticelus fissiceps E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. Ceratinella fissiceps Em., Com. Spid., p. 152, figs. 371-373. 1902. C. formosus Banks (Ceratinella), Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 33, Pl UW figs: 55, 55a, 1892. Idionella formosa Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe., I, p. 1380. 1893. C. innominabilis n. n. Ceratinella sp. Banks, Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., II, p. 478, Pl. MXIX, fig. 5. 1900. C. letabilis Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., p. 435, Pl. LV, fig. 5. 1874. Ceratinella letabilis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 35, Pl. VIII, fig. 2. 1882. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 Ceraticelus letabilis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. Ceratinella letabilis Em., Com. Spid., p. 151, figs. 368-370. 1902. C. letus Cambr. (Hrigone), Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 483, Pl. LV, fig. 4. 1874. Ceratinella leta Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 35, Pl. VIII, fig.'1. 1882. Ceraticelus letus HE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. Erigone leta Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 176, Pl. XVII, fig. 236. 1886. C. melanocnemis Fox (Erigone [Ceratinella]), Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Il, p. 45. 1891. C. minutus Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 36, Pl. VIII, fic. 4. 1882. Ceratinella minuta Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 31, Pl. II, fig. 60; Pl. IV, fig. 60. 1892. C. micropalpis Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 36, Pl. VIII, fig. 5. 1882. Ceraticelus micripalpis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. 1884. C. occidentalis Banks (Ceratinella), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 579. 1901. C. parvulus Fox (Erigone [Ceratinella]), Proc. Ent. Soc., Wash., II, p. 45. 1891. C. placidus Banks (Ceratinella), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, Pl. I, figs. 54, 54a. 1892. C. pygmeus Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 34, Pl. VII, fig. 4. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 576. 1884. Ceratinella pygmea Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, PU fie 57.) 2892: C. rugosus n. sp. C. tibialis Fox (Erigone [Ceratinella]), Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash., II, p. 45. 1891. TuyrEopxus E. Sim., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., p. 228. 1888. T. laticeps Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac., LX, p. 408, Pl. I, fic. 2. 1896. Execuopuysis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 690. 1884. E. plumalis n. sp. Troxocurus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 645. 1884. One undescribed species from Florida. Minyriowus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 787. 1884. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, M. scopuliferus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 49, Pl. XIV, fig. 2. 1882. —— —— FE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, pp. 787, 792. 1884. Panamomops E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 792. 1884. P. quadricristatus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 48, Pl. XIII, fig. 3. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 792. 1884. DipLocepHaus Bertk., Beitr. z. Kennt. Sp. Reinp. 1883. D. castaneus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 45, RIG nea Ie 18822 Erigone castanea Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Lophocarenum castaneum Banks, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 35, Pl. IV, fig. 3. 1892. Diplocephalus castaneus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. castigatorius n. sp. D. crenatoideus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, Pl. IV, figs. 8, 8a, 8b. 1892. D. crenatus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 51, PI. XIV, fig. 7. 1882. Erigone crenatum Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Diplocephalus crenatus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. cristatus Blackw. (Walckenaéria), Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag., ser. 3, III, p. 107. 18338. Theridium bicorne Reuss, Zool. Mise., Ar., p. 214, Pl. XIV, fig. 12. 1834. Micryphantes cespitum Koch, Uebers d. Ar.-Syst., I, p. 12. 18387. Die Arachn., VIII, p. 104, Pl. CCLXXXI, figs. 673, 674. 1841. Argus bicornis Walck., Ins. Apt., II, p. 365. 1841. Erigone bicornis Westr., Goth. Kongl. Vet. Vit.-Samh. Handl., p. 41. 1861. Walckenaéria cristata Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., II, p. 309, Pl. XXI, fig. 224. 1864. Micryphantes cespitum Ohl., Ar. Prov. Preuss., pp. 54, 60. 1867. Lophomma bicorne Menge, Preuss. Spinn., II, p. 212, Pl. XLII, tab. 111. 1868. Erigone cristata Thor., Syn. Europ. Spid., p. 108. 1871. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 — — Cambr., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 438. 1874. Lophomma cristata Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 44, Pl. X, fig. 1. 1882. Prosoponcus cristatus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 570. 1884. Erigone cristata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 533. 1889. Diplocephalus cristatus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 656. 1894. Chyz. and Kulez., Ar. Hung., II, p. 109, Pl. IV, fig. 22, 1894. — Beck., Ar. Belg., III, p. 116, Pl. XI, figs.5,5b. 1896. . depressus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 50, Pl. XIV, fig. 6. 1882. Erigone depressa Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus depressus BE. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p.615. 1894. . erigonoides Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 50, Pl. XIV, fig. 3. 1882. Erigone erigonoides Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. Lophocarenum erigonoides Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. of, Pl WV, figs 9: 1892: ‘Diplocephalus erigonoides EH. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. . exiguus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 36, Pl. V, figs. 7-7b. 1892. . formosus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, Pl. IV, fig. 10; Pl. V, fig. 10. 1892. . latus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 50, Pl. XIV, fig. 4. 1882. Erigone lata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus latus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. . lobiceps Banks (Plesiocrerius), Can. Ent., XXIX,p.196. 1897. longior Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 38, Pl. IV, figs. 12, 12a. 1892. . montanus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 45, Pl. XII, fig. 2. 1882. Erigone montana Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus montanus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p.615. 1894. parvus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 36, Pl. IV, figs. 6-6b. 1892. . percisus Keys. (Hrigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 153, PI. XVI, fig. 219. 1886 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, D. simplex Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 50, PI. XIV, fig. 5. 1882. Erigone simplex Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. : Diplocephalus simplex E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. unimaculatus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 35, Pl. IV, figs. 2,2a. 1892. TaPINocYBA EH. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 778. 1884. T. distincta Banks (T’meticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 40. Pl. IV, fig. 32. 1892. Pocapvicnemis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 713. 1884. P. longitubus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 49, Pl. XIII, fig. 6. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 718. 1884. Erigone longituba Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. Pocadicnemis longitubus KE. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p.617. 1894. CaRAcLabus HE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 589. 1884. C. gigas Banks (Hrigonoplus), Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 65. 1896. Detorrutris EK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 696. 1884. D. monocerus EK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 697, fig. 554. 1884. Erigone monocerus Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 156, Pl. XVI, fig. 222. 1886. D. unicorn{is] Banks (Tmeticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 38, Pl. IV, figs. 18, 13a. 1892. Delorrhipis monocerus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., pp. 620, 659, n. 1. 1894. LopHomMaA Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 209. 1868. L. longitarsus Em. (Lophocarenwm), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 49, Pl. XIU, fig. 6. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 538. 1884. Erigone longitarsis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. Lophomma longitarsus BE. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 621, 659. 1894. ACARTAUCHENIUS F. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 750. 1884. A. columbiensis n. sp. A. texana Banks, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., IV, p. 192. 1899. ProsopotuHeca E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 829. 1884. P. brevicornis Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 42, Pl. XI, fig. 5. 1882. —— —— fy. Sim, Ar Er: V, p: a7. 1ss4: 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 Erigone brevicornis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. ; Prosopotheca brevicornis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p.626. 1894. P. communis Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 41, PI. XI, fig. 3. 1882. EK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 887. 1884. Erigone communis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Lophocarenum arvensis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pet, Pl DVe fe. 1. 1892: Prosopotheca communis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p.626. 1894. P. directa Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 439, Pl. LV, fig.9. 1874. Erigone provida Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 398, Pl. XLVI, fig. 5. 1875. Cornicularia directa Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 40, Pl. XI, fiz. 1. 1882. Prosopotheca directa BE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884. Erigone directa Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca directa E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. Cornicularia directa Em., Com. Spid., p. 152, figs. 374-376. 1902. P. formosa Banks (Cornicularia), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 34, P: Pl. V, fig. 35. 1892. Lophocarenum venustum Banks, l. c., p. 36, Pl. IV, fig. 5. 1892. Tmeticus luxuosus Banks, 1. ¢c., p. 39, Pl. IV, fig. 16. 1892. humiliceps Keys. (Erigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 148, Pl. XVI, fig. 214. 1886. P. indirecta Cambr. (Erigone), Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 440, Pl. P: LV, fig. 10. 1874. Cornicularia indirecta Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 41, Pl. XI, fig. 4. 1882. Prosopotheca indirecta 3. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884. Erigone indirecta Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 146, Pl. XVI, fig. 213. 1886. Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca indirecta EK. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., p. 626. 1894. miniata Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 36, Pl. IV, fig. 4. 1892. 2P. minuta Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 42, Pl. XI, fig.6. 1882. —— —_ ff, Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Erigone paulula Marx, Proe. Nat. Mus., XU, pp. 535, 537, 593, n.14. 1890. Prosopotheca minuta WH. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. P. pallida Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 42, Pl. XI, fig. 7. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884. Erigone pallida Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca pallida EK. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. P. spiralis Em. (Spiropalpus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 39, Pl. X, fig. 6. 1882. Cornicularia vigilax Hi. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 627. 1894. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884. P. tibialis Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 41, Pl. XI, fic. 2. 1882. Erigone tibialis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca tibialis EK. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. P. transversa n. sp. CorNIcULARIA Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 226. 1869. C. auranticeps Km., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 43, Pl. VIII, fig. 6. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 850. 1884. Erigone awranticeps Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 582, 537. 1890. Cornicularia auranticeps E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. C. clavicornis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 48, Pl. VIII, fig. 7. 1882. —— — HF. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 850. 1884. Erigone clavicornis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Cornicularia clavicornis i. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p.626. 1894. C. placida Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., p. 35, Pl. V, fig. 36. 1892. C. recurvata Banks, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., I, p. 479, Pl. XXIX, fig.9. 1900. C. varipes Banks, l. c., p. 479, Pl. XXIX, fig. 4. 1900. TIGELLINUS HE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 838. 1884. T. tricornis Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 43, Pl. XI, fig. 8. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V., pp. 838, 842. 1884. Erigone tricornis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 537. 1890. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 Tigellinus tricornis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 626, 627, 663. 1894. TracHELocamrtus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 577. 1884. 2T. rostrata Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 49, Pl. XIV, fig. 1. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 580. 1884. Erigone rostrata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. Trachelocamptus rostratus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 629. 1894. TypHocnrzstus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 583. 1884. T. pallidus Em. (Lophocarenwm), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 48, Pl. NIL, fig. 5. 1882. —— —— E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 589. 1884. Erigone pallens Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538, 593, n.14. 1890. Typhochrestus pallidus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 629. 1894. Gonatium Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 180. 1868. G. ma[r]zi Keys. (Erigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., IT, p. 152, Pl. XVI, fiz. 218. 1886. Erigone marxii Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 534. 1890. Gonatium marzi E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p. 6380. 1894. G. rubens Blackw. (Neriene), Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag., ser. 3, III, p- 189. 1833. Theridion cheliferum Reus, Zool. Mise., Ar., p. 231, Pl. XVI, fig. 4A. 1834. Micryphantes isabellinus Menge, Verzeichn. Danz. Spinn., p. 71. 1850. Erigone chelijera Westr., G6th. Kong. Vet. Vit.Samh. Handl., p. 44. 1851. —— — Westr., Ar. Svec., p. 264. 1861. Neriene rubens Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., II, p. 270, Pl. XVIII, fig. 184. 1864. Micryphantes isabellinus Ohl., Ar. Prov. Preuss., p.57. 1867. Gonatium chelijerum Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 180, Pl. XXXIV, fig. 82. 1868. Erigone rubens Thor., Syn. Europ. Spid., p. 129. 1871. Gonatium rubens Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 60, Pl. XXIII, fig. 6. 1882. — E.Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 554. 1884. Brigone rubens Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,. Gonatium rubens Beck., Ann. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., XII, p. 106, Pl. X, figs. 9-9d. 1896. Dismopicus EK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 563. 1884. D. alpinus Banks, Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 63. 1896. Hypomma Dahl, Sch. Nat. Ver. Schleswig, p. 87. 1886. H. bilobata Banks (Dicyphus), Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 64. 1896. H. trilobata Banks (Dicyphus), l. c., XXVIII, p. 64. 1896. GramMonorTa Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p.38. 1882. G. inornata Em., 1. c., V1, p. 39, Pl. X, fig. 5. 1882. Erigone inornata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. G. maculata Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 68. 1896. G. ornata Cambr. (Brigone), Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 395, Pl. XLVI, fig. 38. 1875. Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 39, Pl. X, fig. 3. 1882. Erigone ornata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. G. pallipes Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., III, p. 86. 1895. G. pictilis Cambr. (Brigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 396, Pl. XLVI, fig. 4. 1876. —— —— Enm., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 38, Pl. X, fig. 4. 1882. Erigone pictilis Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., Il, p. 194, Pl. XVIII, fig. 252. 1886. G. trivittata Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., UI, p. 86. 1895. G. venusta Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 34, Pl. V, fig. 6. 1892. (EporHoraXx Bertk., Beitr. z. Kennt. Spinn. Fn. Reimp. 1883. 22. alascensis Banks (Gonglydium), Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., II, p. 479, 1D MOMD Gusti eh LO). (. bidentatus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 56, Pl. XVIL, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium bidentatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone bidentata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. (EZ. bostoniensis Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ae., VI, p. 56, Pl. XVII, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium bostonense E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone bostoniensis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. (EB. brunneus Em. (7’meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 58, Pl. XVII, fig. 7. 1882. Gongylidium brunneum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. 1905.] a. E. = g . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 Erigone fusca Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538, 595, n.14. 1890. concavus Em. (T'meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 57, Pl. XVII, fig. 3. 1882. Gongylidium concavum EB. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone concava Marx, Proe. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. . contortus Em. (T'meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 54, Pl. XV, fig. 5. 1882. Gongylidium contortum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V. p. 500. 1884. Erigone contortus Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. debelis Banks (T'meticus), &, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 40, Pl Ve ie: 205 1892s . decemoculatus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 46, Pl. XII, fig. 4. 1882. Erigone decemoculata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Neriene decemoculata Ki. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 633. 1894. . falsificus Keys. (Hrigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 199, Pl. XVIII, fig. 259. 1886. Gonglydium falsificum Banks, Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., I, p. 480. 1900. . flaveolus Banks (7’meticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., p. 39, Pl. IV, fig. 15. 1892. . gnavus Banks (7T’meticus), l. c., p. 41, Pl. V, fig. 44. 1892. ). humilis Banks (T'meticus), l. c., p. 39, Pl. IV, fig. 18. 1892. . limatus n. sp. . longisetosus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 54, PI. XVI, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium longisetosum BE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone longisetosa Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus, XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. . maculatus Banks (7’meticus), Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 41, Pl. IV, fig. 23. 1892. . maximus Em. (7'meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 55, Pl. XVI, fig.5. 1882. Gongylidium maximum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone maxima Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. macrotarsus Em. (T'meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 57, Pl. XVII, fig. 4. 1882. S & Q = >) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Gongylidiwm microtarsus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone microtarsis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. . montanus Em. (T'meticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 55, Pl. XVI, fig. 3. 1882. Gongylidium montanum EB. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone collina Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538, 593, n.14. 1890. . montiferus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 47, Pi Nc shes 2a saz: Gongylidium montiferum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone montijera Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. Neriene montijfera KE. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p. 633. 1894. obscurus Banks (T'’meticus), Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 38, Pl. IL, figs. 14, 14a. 1892. oxypederotipus n. sp. palustris Banks (T’meticus), 3’, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 40, Pl. IV, fig. 21. 1892. parvus Banks (T'meticus), Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., IV, p. 192. 1899. pectinatus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., EX, p. 409, Pl. U, fig. 4. 1894. . pertinens Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 399, Pl. XLVI, fig. 6. 1876. Tmeticus pertinens Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 54, Pl. XVI, fig. 2. 1882. Gongylidium pertinens E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone pertinens Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. . plumosus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 53, Pl. XV, fig, 3. 1882. Gongylidium plumosum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone plumosa Marx, Proe. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. . probatus Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., p. 431, Pl. LV, fig. 2. 1874. Tmeticus probatus Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 52, Pl. XV, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium probatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone probata Keys.,)Spinn. Am., Therid., I, p. 166, Pl. XVI, fig. 228. 1886. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 —— ——— Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. . rusticus Banks (Tmeticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 39, Pl. U, fig. 17. 1892. (EZ. spinijerus Cambr. (Hrigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 432, Pl. LV, fig. 3. 1874. Lophocarenum spiniferum Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 47, Pl. XII, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium spiniferum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone spinijera Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. Neriene spinifera E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 633. 1894. CZ. terrestris Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 57, Pl. XVII, fig. 6. 1882. Gongylidium terrestre E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Hrigone terrestris Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. . tibialis Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 56, Pl. XVI, fig. 6. 1882. Gongylidium tibiale E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone monticola Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538, 593, n.14. 1890. CZ. trilobatus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 53, Pl. XV, fig. 4. 1882. Gongylidium trilobatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone trilobatus Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. Tmeticus mestus Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 40, Pl. IV, fig. 19: 1892. Tmeticus debilis Banks, 2 , l. c., p. 40, Pl. IV, fig. 20. 1892. Tmeticus palustris Banks, 9 , l. ¢., p. 40, Pl. IV, fig. 21. 1892. CE. truncatus Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 57, Pl. XVII fig. 5. 1882. Gongylidium truncatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone truncatus Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. GONGYLIDIELLUM FE. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 600. 1884. G. minutum Banks (Tmeticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 41 PI. II, fig. 24. 1892. Tmeticus distinctus Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 125. 1893. (See TAPINOCYBA.) G. pallidum Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 55, Pl. XVI, fig. 4. 1882. ? ? 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Gongylidium pallidum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone pallescens Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538, 593, n. 14. 1890. G. rostratulum Keys. (Hrigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 186, Pl. XVII, fig. 247. 1886. Ericonr Aud. in Savy., Descript. Egypt. Hist. Nat., I, Pt. IV, p. 115. 1825-27. E. albescens Banks, Can. Ent., XXX, p. 187. 1898. E. autumnalis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 38, Pl. XVII, fig. 8. 1882. —— —— Keys., Spinn. Am,, Therid., IJ, p. 171, Pl. XVII, fig. 232. 1886. —— —— km., Com. Spid., p. 151, figs. 366, 367. 1902. E. coloradensis Weys., Spinn. Am., Therid., IJ, p. 168, Pl. XVII, fig. 230. 1886. —— —— Banks, Proc. Wash. Ae. Sci., Il, p. 480. 1900. E. dentigera Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 429. 1874; p. 394, PIP NOGA fier 2h eS 7a: —— —— km., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 59, Pl. XVII, fig.9. 1882. —— —— Em., Com. Spid., p. 149, figs. 361-365. 1902. E. dentipalpis Reus (Theridium), Zool. Mise., Ar., p. 242, Pl. XVII, fig. 1. 1834. Linyphia longipalpis Sund., Vet.-Akad. Handl., p. 212, var. B, 1829. 1830. Erigone dentipalpis C. Koch, Die Arach., VIII, p. 90, PI. CCXXVIII, figs. 659, 660. 1841. Argus vagans Walck., Ins. Apt., I], p. 345. 1841. Erigone dentipalpis Westr., Gdteb. Vet. -o. Vitt. Samh. Handl. Ny. Tidsf., I, p. 40. 1851. Westr., Ar. Svec., p. 199. 1861. Neriene dentipalpis Cambr., Zoologist, p. 8598. 1863. Blackw., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, XII, p. 266. 1863. Neriene longipalpis Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., I, p. 274, Pl. XIX, fig. 188. 1864. Erigone dentipalpa Ohl., Ar. Prov. Preuss., p. 50. 1867. Erigone dentipalpis L. Koch, Beitr. z. Kenntn. Ar. fauna Tirols, p. 200. 1869. —— H. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 523, figs. 315-317. 1884. —— —— Chyz. and Kulez., Ar. Hung., II, p. 89, Pl: 111, fig. 39: —— — Beck., Ar. Belg., III, p. 95, Pl. X, figs. 3-3e. 1896. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 E. jamelica Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 186, Pl. XVII, fig. 246. 1886. —— — Banks, Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., II, p. 480, Pl. X XIX, figs. 7, 8. 1900. E. longipalpis Sund. (Linyphia), Vet.-Akad. Handl., p. 212, 1829. 1830. Argus longimanus Walck., Ins. Apt., I, p. 346. 1841. Neriene longipalpus Blackw., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, IX, p: 270: 1852: Erigone longipalpis Westr., Ar. Svec., p. 197. 1861. Neriene longipalpis Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., I, p. 274. 1864. Erigone dentipalpa Ohl., Ar. Proy. Preuss., p. 50. 1867. Erigone longipalpis Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 196, Pl. XX XVII, tab. 93. 1868. L. Koch, Beitr. z. Kenntn. Ar. f. Tirols, I, Abt., p. 281. 1872. - Neriene longipalpis Cambr., Spid. Dorset, I, p. 107. 1879. ?Erigone longipalpis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 59, Pl. XVII, figs. 9,10. 1882. HK. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 515, figs. 301-303. 1884. —— —— Jed, iim Ibe, IU jos 8}, IAL OG ais, PERE 1896. . persimilis Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 394, Pl. XLVI, fig. 1. 1875. . plicita n. sp. . prepulchra Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 172, Pl. XVII, fig. 233. 1886. . simillima Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 170, Pl. XVII, fig. 231. 1886. Banks, Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., II, p. 480. 1900. E. tridentata Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 53, Pl. XV, fig. 2. 1882. Gongylidium tridentatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone tridentata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. ?_—_ —— H. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 638. 1894. E. tristis Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 'Phila., p. 35, PIRLV, figs 1 | 1892: E. usurpabilis Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 193, Pl. XVIII, fig. 252. 1886. Maso E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 861. 1884. 21 S&S S&S & 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, M. frontatus Banks (Ceratinopsis), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 88, Pl. V, fig. 63. 1892. —— —— Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 67. 1896. M. marazi Keys. (Satilatlas), Spinn. Am., Therid., IT, p. 128, Pl. XV, fig. 207. 1886. —— —— E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 641. 1894. M. polita Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 67. 1896. HypseE.istes E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p.671. 1894. H. florens Cambr. (Hrigone), Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond.. p. 403, PI. XLVI, fig. 10. 1875. Lophocarenum florens Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 46, Pl. XII, fir. 3. 1882. Nematogmus florens E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 617. 1884. Erigone florens Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 158, Pl. XVI, fig. 223. 1886. Hypselistes florens E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 641,671. 1894. Creratinopsis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 36. 1882. C. anglicanum Hentz (Theridion), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 275, Pl. IX, fig. 6. 1850. Oc. papers Bost. Soc. Nat- Hist., II, p. 146, Pl. XVI, fig. 6. 1875. Erigone purpurescens Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 187, Pl. XVII, fig. 248. 1886. Ceratinopsis purpurascens E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 644, 673. 1894. Bathyphantes anglicanum Banks, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., IV, p. 189. 1899. C. bicolor Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 67. 1896. C. interpres Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 430. Pl. LV, fig. 1. 1874. Hm: ‘Trans. (Conn. Ac. VIC ip. 37, Pl exe cigaale 1882. Erigone interpres Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., IT, p. 144, Pl. XVI, fig. 212. 1886. Ceratinopsis interpres Em., Com. Spid., p. 153, figs. 377, 378. 1902. Notionella interpres, Banks, Am. Nat., XX XIX, p.312. 1905. C. laticeps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 37, Pl. IX, fig. 3. 1882. Erigone laticeps Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. C.. nigriceps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 37, Pl. IX, fig. 2. 1882. Erigone nigriceps Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 C. ngripalpis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 38, Pl. IX, fig.4. 1882. Erigone nigripalpis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. C. similis Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 67. 1896. C. unicolor n. sp. C. xanthippe Keys. (Hrigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 192, Pl. XVIII, fig. 251. 1886. Currotyna E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 673. 1894. C. electa n. sp. The following species, described under the genus Hrigone, I have not attempted to place generically: Keyserling, Spinn. Am., Therid., II. 1886. . calcarata, p. 181, Pl. XVII, fig. 240. . famularis, p. 198, Pl. XVIII, fig. 258. . famulatoria, p. 182, Pl. XVII, fig. 242. . infernalis, p. 180, Pl. XVII, fig. 239. . minutissima, p. 219, Pl. XIX, fig. 276. . polaris, p. 148, Pl. XVI, fig. 215. . relaxata, p. 154, Pl. XVI, fig. 220. . Schumaginensis, p. 182, Pl. XVII, fig. 241. . Solitaris, p. 179, Pl. XVII, fig. 238. . ululabilis, p. 184, Pl. XVII, fig. 244. . umbratilis, p. 201, Pl: XVIII, fig. 261. . urusia, p. 193, Pl. XVIII, fig: 253. . vacerosa, p. 200, Pl. XVIII, fig. 260. Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur., III. 1877. E. cucuminum, p. 482. E. strabo, p. 483. Seee bees eeeeh Il. Nores anp DescriprTions oF NEW SPECIES. In the following notes all measurements are given in millimeters. In determining the curvature of the rows of eyes, the posterior row is viewed from above and the anterior from before. CERATINELLA Em. Emerton (Trans. Conn. Ac., VI, p. 32) proposed the name Ceratinella for the genus Ceratina Menge, preoccupied. The species described by Emerton under this name, with the exception of C. brunnea Em., did not belong to Menge’s genus Ceratina, type C. brevis Wid. For these species E. Simon (Ar. Fr., V, p. 595) proposed the name Ceraticelus, and later (Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 651) designated C. fissiceps Cambr. as 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, its type. In 1893 Banks (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 130), considering that Emerton did not propose Ceratinella to replace Ceratina, but rather to designate the species which he placed under it, proposed Ceratinodes for Menge’s genus, and has since retained the name Ceratinella for the American species. Ceratinella is easily distinguished from Ceraticelus by the double curve in the claw of the chelicere. Ceratinella brunnea Em. OF ASO 5 eae Re aR ee ee cere eae i Palpus ARS spon tA, a ctt.ry ee ie earls OSes eB 26 22 IMC riick ac ecto. sisson ene 26 TT See ar eR ae ot 34 12 JE Tin Se RRB et soc ae Mire i pe aili/ 1 PR ernie 8 8.05. 55.5.c as ee ree 46 Posterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by a little less than their diameter, and from the lateral by their radius; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, sub- contiguous but separated from the lateral by two-thirds their diameter. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Claw of chelicere curved twice, first concave and then convex without. CERATICELDUS E. Sim. Banks (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 130) proposed the genus /dionella for C. formosa Banks, based on the position of the dorsal sclerite of the abdomen, a character of less than specific value in some species of the group. In certain species of the group this sclerite is wholly lacking in some individuals, while strongly developed in others of the same sex. The figures and notes on the species described by Fox are from mounts of male palpi taken from the type specimens. Ceraticelus albus Fox. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 1, 2.) 3 Palpus. BAY i Re cece gectcses cate ede apde kc eed aan eee eee snceeme eee 26 LT oe aac cr ce Re ES eer including the hook .19 Patty, ete et Cee Mater 80, cuecdit. Be Oe ee 29 Ceraticelus alticeps Fox. (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 3.) S Palpus. TUT, bar ceeeeer sence ts tate cn eto eect, eas ana t irnath sos eee ene 22 Tab. ee. a Ne width including hook .192 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 Ceraticelus atriceps Cambr. Cuma lbems.: ieerott tre Le aeue pee enamine cele Ey. ane toad: J PTAs BA) every spe TE eee RT RUD. yb) co 2 8: 24 IG tcc eee A oO ses Mt A th 26 TD ic, sees a Se IR RE NANT eset LA oa 31 AB Ges ors, enioheas Sree ete ee MRE Se bt stirs; sunedidlec ns 14 Fem... 41 Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, equal, the median eyes a little nearer the lateral than to each other, interocular spaces less than the diameter of the eyes; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from the lateral by their diameter and from each other by a little smaller interval. Median ocular area wider than long. Ceraticelus bulbosus Em. This species is very closely allied to C. fissiceps Em. In the male the posterior lateral eyes are nearer the posterior median, and the anterior lateral eyes are considerably nearer the anterior median than in fissiceps. In the female the posterior median eyes are separated by their diameter, and the anterior lateral eyes are much nearer to the median than in jissiceps. Ceraticelus emertoni Cambr. Q Legs el iF re Ll IV Palpus Tar Re aD AS 19 Met 36 36 2 Rib a3). ce Laren i ot nO BI 43 pill Pat. sll@/ 16 1 Fem 5 5 Posterior eyes in a very slightly recurved line, the median eyes slightly larger than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by a little smaller interval; anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by three-fifths their diameter and from the lateral by four-fifths. Median ocular area about as long as wide. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Ceraticelus fissiceps Cambr. Cpe lie oer es. 4 I Tar 29 We eR ene Moh sia 38 aio: 41 Pat 176 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Posterior eyes in a strongly recurved line, the median eyes a little larger than the lateral, all eyes separated by about twice the diameter of the lateral; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by one-half their radius and from the lateral by three times their diameter. Median ocular area slightly longer than wide, clypeus narrower than ocular area. Oe Were. 2 ee IV Palpus Tar 26 25 18 ° Met. Ol 54 Tib 34 41 12 Pat 14 17 O8 Herne s eee ee a eeeees 46 5 Posterror eyes in a slightly recurved row, the median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their radius and from the lateral by three-fourths their diameter; anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by nearly twice as much. Median ocular area a little longer than wide, clypeus nar- rower than ocular area. Ceraticelus formosa Banks. 9 .—Posterior eyes in a nearly straight line, equidistant, the median eyes a little larger than the interocular spaces; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral and almost con- tiguous, while separated by more than their diameter from the lateral. The inframamillary and epigastric sclerites of the abdomen only slightly developed, while the dorsal sclerite is very thick, confined to the an- terior part of the dorsum and squarely truncate behind. Ceraticelus letabilis Cambr. Greaves: 2) ee I II III IV Palpus Maret eee. 5. .24 31 26 ol ol Metin tak. 35 ail 29 38 Dil Reset. ec 43 38 31 48 11 Pat 17 19 17 17 14 emt. 55 Ro) 43 6 34 Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, equal, the median eyes separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by three-fourths as much; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by one- third their diameter and from the lateral by a little less than their diameter. Median ocular area wider than long, clypeus much wider than ocular area. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 eyliegs ss , A Pl Il Ill IV Palpus ALS hee . 36 31 .26 3 24 Met....... 36 34 31 Al ies Wipes 6 Al 4 Bay) 16 Pate... 2 all ay) 17 18 if Fem...... .62 ayo) AS 65 22, Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter, and from the lateral by a little smaller interval; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their radius and from the lateral by a little wider interval. Median ocular area as wide as long. Clypeus as wide as ocular area. Ceraticelus minutus Em. CP Hers es RATE I II Ill Vi Tar. yeh eres 26 24. 26 Mette te. i: ahl See po5) 24 oy 29 Abo re vt Ses ees, Pe nes 4 29 PY 36 Pate - wees ye! ® ail Ae Fem...... Ct a es 38 4 46 Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, about equal, the median eyes separated from each other by a little less than their diameter and from the lateral by one-half as much; anterior eyes in a straight line, narrowly equidistant, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area wider than long. Clypeus as wide as ocular area. Op C0 Bib h, cents. Fated, dnkele Servet RS aatcts} Palpus. Dares: 25 17 KE See ee Se ee Be Se ee 26 Aches 1 1 TEAS) fice i are oie enemas tif 14 O07 IRONY 5 teers scence eR eee Al slightly smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by their radius; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by two-fifths their diameter and from the lateral by one- half as much. Median ocular area as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Ceraticelus melanocnemis Fox. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 4, 10.) So Palpus. [TBE RR 3 oc SC tele aie tare Rc ee re aA Srestoeots 29 LEN Oe sce iNet on ire per eee length of hook .19 bit fi -t s ASE SR. 3 Pete. 38.22 ase 31, wide .12 JBoss, oe rare beta Oe a ee 28 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Ceraticelus rugosus n. sp. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 5, 7.) CS Length1.5mm. Cephalothorax, wide .5 mm., long .65 mm. Wega emacs sb AL a Til IV Tar es Pee) .26 24 .26 Met ke ee 29 26 x5) Boil A Obeeceeee co at) wll 26 41 Pat Ae ae LG 19 19 19 Fem........ 6 43 238 a5 Cephalothorax yellowish-brown, darker toward the eyes which are surrounded by black rings, anterior part strongly and abruptly elevated, head normal. Posterior eyes in a straight line, nearly equal, the nedian eyes being only slightly smaller, nearer each other than to the lateral; anterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes smaller than the lateral and much nearer to each other than to them. Clypeus plane, slightly protruding and about as wide as ocular area. Chelicere short, somewhat retreating. Sternum grayish-orange, black along edge in- side a narrow band of yellow orange; posterior point narrower than length of fourth coxa. Endites and labium much lighter than sternum. Abdomen has the dorsal sclerite almost contiguous with epigastric sclerite in front, thus covering the anterior end of the abdomen; hard parts orange, dorsal sclerite thickly armed with small tubercles, espe- cially in front, soft parts grayish-yellow, darker below. Legs light yellow. Apophysis of the tibia of palpus sharply bent near the apex, the outer margin armed with a series of three sete; inner margin of tibia provided with an obtuse tooth; tarsal hook long, very strongly curved, dilated at the tip, armed on outer face with five sets; style with a sharp bend near the middle. Two males in Fox collection from Sea Cliff (N. Y.), labelled C. rugosa. Ceraticelus tibialis Fox. (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 6.) So Palpus. Tar EEE ioe igi Ieee See Re ee ccc 25 Tib eee pres eee ene th imeludinp hooks e24 Pats Fe eras SA ita Das Set 12 THYREOBEUS E. Sim. Thyreobeus laticeps Em. This genus was established for a single species from Madagascar. While it is very improbable that 7’. laticeps is eongeneric with T. scutiger Ki. Sim., its type, yet it so closely agrees with it in all essential characters that it seems necessary to place it there. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 Gr hen ain eee Penn a ce! Tar al) ae See re) 8 ae we. 29 Met. seus pas Ct : . 29 AUST Pte ee, eee A ee ee ee eres) Cephalothorax broadly oval, squarely truncate before; head sloping gradually behind the eyes, obliquely descending and transversely depressed in the eye region; the lateral eyes occupying prominent angles on the sides of the head; color dull yellowish-brown; top of head armed with a median longitudinal series of four long curved hairs; one hair back of each posterior median eye; eye area thinly clothed with short hairs. Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes a little smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by a little more than their diameter and from the lateral by three times their radius; anterior eyes in a strongly recurved line, the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous but separated from the lateral by two and two-thirds times their diameter. Median ocular area very much longer than wide. Clypeus narrow, plane and retreating; ster- num broad, very wide behind between the posterior cox, light brown near the center and very dark near the edge, slightly rugose; endites yellow brown, labium darker. Abdomen completely covered above by a yellowish-brown sclerite; below the large epigastric sclerite surrounds the pedicle and is only narrowly separated from the dorsal sclerite except behind; no inframamillary sclerite present; soft parts gray. Legs and palpus very light yellow. Tibia of palpus armed above at tip with a short incurved tooth on the inside and with a broad blunt projection on the outside, armed below with a short rather blunt tooth. One specimen collected in pine leaves on the ground near Ithaca, New York, August, 1904. EXECHOPHYSIS. The following species is placed here with considerable doubt. There is great variation in the amount of chitinization of the dorsal sclerite of the abdomen, and also to a less degree in the form of the lobes of the head. It differs markedly from Ceraticelus in the form of the male palpus. Exechophysis plumalis n. sp. (PI. XXVIII, figs. 8, 13; Pl. XXIX, fig. 1.) o’.—Length 1.3 mm. Cephalothorax, wide .55 mm., long .75'mm. (hers ee tin. AS, cre ee ee al IV eee eet. CLE PE AE, SADA: .20 Met..... eee 5-2 eR Ree 9 86, 40 plier eh st aot a eee oe AO) 48 IPN ae: ata ee BW Reco sic nar Mere 19 Hem Mercuno. ; ter S748 Ro) 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Cephalothorax dark brown, black at edge, showing indistinct yel- lowish markings in alcohol; the cephalic part strongly elevated with an obtuse projection before the eyes densely clothed with light-colored hairs which are directed upward and backward. In one specimen the clypeal lobe is distinctly separated from the cephalic by a deep furrow, while in the others either the furrow is wanting or so obscured by hairs as to be invisible. All the eyes are borne on the cephalic lobe. Pos- terior eyes in a straight line; the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, separated from them by the diameter of the latter and from each other by a little greater interval; anterior eyes in a slightly pro- curved line; median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, subcon- tiguous and separated from the lateral by their diameter. Median ocular area as long as wide and slightly narrower in front than behind. Clypeus much wider than ocular area. Sternum dark brown. Abdo- men somewhat flattened, projecting over the cephalothorax and coy- ered almost entirely by a dorsal sclerite which is dark brown, showing a reddish tinge in alcohol, punctulate and sparsely clothed with stiff hairs; sides and ventral surface of abdomen black and grayish-yellow in indistinet patches. In one specimen which is very light the dorsal sclerite is scarcely evident. Ventral sclerites indistinct, dull yellowish- gray. Sternum as long as wide, smooth, yellowish-brown, posterior point a little narrower than the length of fourth coxa. Chelicerze dark brown, yellowish on the inside near the tip, upper margin of the furrow with five teeth, first four contiguous, fourth the largest and separated by nearly its length from the fifth; lower margin with four or five small teeth. Legs brownish-yellow, lighter on the patellze; spines on tibize short, on fourth leg situated near the middle of the joint. Lower side of femora armed with two series of spines. Femur of the palpus eylindri- cal, the patella short and thick; the tibia provided with a rectangular projection on the upper outer side which bears on its outer side a strong curved hook and along its edge a row of tubercles surmounted with black hairs. 2 —Length 1.4mm. Cephalothorax, wide .55 mm., long .67 mm. ISG OSS eel Il Il IV Palpus ars cee: 24 .22 .23 24 22 Metts ates) mod 1 Ol 08 cc bret 50 b4 26 46 12 Batei ee tee, 18 19 Alli cil Hemyae 34 48 Rall 53 all, Cephalothorax dark yellowish-brown, lighter behind, black around eyes and along edge. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 Posterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes a little smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by their radius; anterior eyes in a procurved line, median eyes smaller than lateral, subcontiguous but distinctly separated from the lateral. Clypeus plane and slightly protruding. Chelicerze stout and strongly retreating, dull yellowish-brown; margins of the furrow armed as in the male. Sternum and abdomen as in the male. Spines on lower side of femora longer than in male. Palpus lighter than the legs, armed on last three segments with many strong spines. Epigynum consists of a broad slightly elevated plate, openings separated by a rather broad central lobe. Four males and several females taken in sifting. Ithaca, New York. Several females. Sylvan Beach, New York. DIPLOCEPHALUS. Diplocephalus castigatorius n. sp. (PI. XXVIII, figs. 12, 14; Pl. XXIX, fig. 2.) o'.—Length 1.1 mm. Cephalothorax, long .53 mm., wide .38 mm. Cephalothorax oval, strongly elevated behind the eyes into a rounded hump bounded before and along the side by a crease in which there are holes just behind the lateral eyes, color light brownish-yellow, darker around the eyes and along the crease, marked with indistinct radiating gray lines. Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes slightly larger than the lateral, separated from each other by two-thirds their diameter and from the lateral by one-third their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral and subcontigu- ous while distinctly separated from the lateral. Median ocular area longer than wide. Clypeus narrower than the ocular area and slightly projecting. Chelicere a little darker than the cephalothorax and some- what retreating. Sternum light grayish-yellow, triangular heart- shaped. Endites yellow slightly tinged with red. Abdomen greenish-black with five or six very distinct fawn-colored transverse bands. Beneath, all in front of the furrow fawn color except a small greenish-black spot near the base of the pedicle. Behind the furrow, all greenish-black except a fawn-colored area extending as an irregular band across the middle and narrowing to a rather broad point at thespinnerets. Spinnerets white. Legs and palpus uniform brown- 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, ish-yellow. Femur and patella of the palpus robust, tibia provided with a long curved hook which has near its base a small broad projec- tion. The tarsal hook short and flat. Style long and coiled four times around. 9 —Length 1.4mm. Cephalothorax, long .6 mm., wide .43 mm. | Cephalothorax without the hump which is present in the male. | Posterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by their radius; anterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous but distinctly separated from the lat- eral. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Color throughout is very nearly as in the male except that on the under side of the abdo- men the light marking is narrower and continuous with one of the bands above. Patella of the palpus nearly cylindrical. Two specimens, 6’ and 2. Stanford, California. (Mr. P. B. Powell.) Diplocephalus depressus Em. o.—Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, about equal, the median eyes only shghtly larger than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral eyes by a little greater distance; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous but separated from the lateral eyes by more than the diameter of the median. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Clypeus as wide as ocular area. Diplocephalus erigonoides Em. Oo Legs.. ; eres Il Ill IV Tar esl 29 .26 29 Met so 34 433 08 AiO). ; gle 38 Bil AS Ratiee: vai ee) 19 19 19 Fem. eee 2 BD 5) Al D5 Posterior eyes in a procurved line, equal, the median eyes separated from each other by more than their diameter, from the lateral eyes by more than twice as much; anterior eyes in a procurved line, equal, and very narrowly separated from each other. Median ocular area longer than wide. Clypeus wider than ocular area. Diplocephalus formosus Banks. { iD Il IV 26 29 25 29 31 29 26 36 38 4 29) 43 19 19 all’Z/ 19 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 Posterior eyes in a strongly procurved line, equal and equidistant, separated by their diameter; anterior eyes in a procurved line, the median eyes a little smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous, separated from the lateral by less than their radius. Median ocular area as wide as long. Clypeus measured from the lateral eyes narrower than the ocular area. This species is closely allied to D. percisus Keys., if not identical with it. I have specimens from Columbia, Missouri, and Ithaca, New York. TAPINOCYBA. Tapinocyba distincta Banks. In the absence of the male it is with great doubt that I refer this species to Tapinocyba. It is related to it by the curvature of the pos- terior row of eyes, by the form of the median ocular area and by the narrow clypeus as well as by the proportionally long tarsi of the legs (see under Gongylidiellum minutum). Ove essa. a: eres ell Il Ill IV aire : Ly Sy, 22 19 Ps Met..... eae 19 19 19 DY aie 26 24 19 31 Pat 14 14 14 14 Fem... 38 04 29 38 Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median eyes a little farther from each other than from the lateral, interocular spaces less than the diameter of the eyes; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous, but sepa- rated from the lateral by their diameter. Median ocular area longer than wide. Clypeus one-half as wide as ocular area. POCADICNEMIS. Pocadicnemis longitubus Em. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 3.) This species has been doubtfully placed in this genus by Simon (Ar. Fr., V, p. 718, and Hist. Nat. Ar., 1, p.617). In the male the posterior median eyes are nearer each other than to the lateral and the tibial spines are rather short, otherwise it agrees with the European forms. The posterior eyes are in a strongly procurved line, the anterior eyes are in a straight line and the anterior tarsi are three-fifths the length of the metatarsi. The female is undescribed. 2 —TLength 1.9mm. Cephalothorax, wide .62 mm., long .79 mm. I II iil IV Palpus 26 26 .24 .29 .26 46 46 46 6 sie Bay) 53 43 65 16 24 .23 22 22 ll 6 08 5) 69 24 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Cephalothorax a rather broad oval, yellow brown with a distinct median line and fainter radiating lines darker. The head is only slightly elevated but is considerably compressed laterally. Posterior eyes in a moderately procurved line, about equal in size, the median eyes slightly nearer the lateral than to each other; anterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant, the median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Cly- peus seven-ninths the length of the ocular area, strongly projecting forward. Cheliceree dull greenish-yellow, lighter than the cephalothorax. Upper margin armed with five teeth, lower with four. Sternum dark brown, smooth, marked with minute yellow dots at the base of the hairs. Endites light grayish-yellow, labium darker. Abdomen yel- lowish-gray, lighter below, clothed with short fine hairs. Legs yellow, lighter toward the extremity, clothed with rather short hairs, the tibial spines longer than the diameter of the joint. Palpus lighter than the legs, thickly covered with strong hairs and spines. These females and several males were taken in sifting leaves on a heavily wooded bank at Forest Home, near Ithaca, New York, May, 1904. DELORRHIPIS. Delorrhipis unicornis Banks. (PI. XXIX, fig. 4.) This species was considered by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 659, n. 1) as a synonym of D. monoceros E. Sim. It is, however, much smaller, and the proportion of the segments of the legs is very different from that given by Keyserling for monoceros, and the anterior median eyes are nearer the lateral eyes than they are to each other. o.—Length 1.4 mm. Cephalothorax, long .72 mm., including the horn, wide .45 mm. IL Gis senate haere eres It II III IV IUD IR se ease emai ee 26 24 22 24 WOVE as iat ae Oe 26 .26 23 31 Ibi] oy, tees ae ee ee 4 3 24 41 Ritu ates eee 14 14 all2, 14 GI ee ee ee, es 43 Al 34 46 Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median eyes a little less than their diameter from each other and one-third their diameter from the lateral; anterior eyes in a distinctly procurved line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral from which they are narrowly separated, while they are separated from each other by their radius. Clypeus twice the width of the ocular area. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 Femur of palpus cylindrical and straight, patella about half as long as femur and slightly enlarged distally, tibia short with a long curved apophysis. The side of the tarsus opposed to the apophysis raised into aridge armed with aseries of about ten short strong spines. The female is undescribed. Q Length 1.25 mm. Cephalothorax, long .53 mm., wide .41 mm. Lees! eae al II Ill IV Palpus LP Aen 24 a2; 24 Alls Met. wae oe 2A 22 29 iD ee eel 26 AD) 38 se Pate eee 16 14 ale! 14 .O7 Nemo 38 34 A3 14 Cephalothorax not elevated as in the male. Posterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral eyes by a narrower interval; anterior eyes in a procurved line, the median eyes two-thirds as large as the lateral, separated from each other by their radius and from the lateral by one-fourth their diameter. Epigynum consists of a smooth convex plate covering the openings when viewed from below. Several males and females were captured together on the under side of stones on an exposed hillside, on a sunny winter day, bank of Fall creek, one mile east of Forest Home, near Ithaca, New York. ACARTAUCHEUIUS. Acartaucheuius columbiensis n. sp. (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 11; Pl. XXIX, fig. 9.) @ Length about 1.7 mm. Cephalothorax, long .74 mm., wide .55 mm, eget unt eal alt Ill IV Palpus Tat axa se O 29 31 122 Witimerseece, alt AG 238 BS: ie ibe. es 45 28 6 26 IPatete..4.ey oA LO 19 AS all7/ 19 Heme sce o .62 A8 .67 ail Cephalothorax squarely and broadly truncate in front, gently in- clined until just back of the eyes where it is abruptly elevated, brown- ish-yellow, clothed in the eye region with light colored hairs directed upward and backward. Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median eyes separated from each other by a little less than their diameter, and from the lateral by a little less than twice as much; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral and very close to each other while separated from the lateral by about three times their diameter. Median ocular area much longer than wide. Clypeus very much wider than the ocular area, plane and strongly retreating. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Chelicerxe rather small. Sternum yellow brown, rounded with the posterior point rather broad and square. Abdomen probably gray, somewhat faded in these specimens. Legs and palpus yellow. Tibia of palpus armed with two sharp projections above, of which the outer is the longer. Legs are clothed with short hairs and spines. Femora of first and second legs has below near the base three long slender hairs, on the third and fourth there is one each. No auditory hair on fourth metatarsus. Five male specimens in the Fox collection from District of Columbia, labelled “ Erigone colwmbiensis. ‘Type.’ PROSOPOTHECA. Prosopotheca communis Em. I have examined one of the types of Lophocarenum arvenis Banks, a female, and am convinced that it is a synonym of this species. Prosopotheca directa Cambr. oi Legsse WEARER: sa I II Ii IV are SE ea AS Al 36 43 Met...... ‘ Hiswolir eh5S 58 il SE TDilbedees be ere eee on .67 {583 82 Pata. cs ey .26 24 24. Fem.... AOS 79 67 S6 Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median eye separated by about one-half their diameter and from the lateral by a little greater distance; anterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes much smaller than the lateral, very narrowly separated from the lateral twice as far from each other. Median ocular area longer thah wide. Clypeus a little narrower than ocular area. Omens... I Il Ill IV Palpus thee 43 Al 36 46 sail! Met..... 6 6 ys) Tih ad Ali one 74 ste, oS 89 22 IP Siteata rats 5 29 29 .26 29 alls; Fem..... ; SS 84 aif 86 29 Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median eyes a little smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by less than their diameter and from the lateral by one-half the diameter of the latter; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by about half their radius and from the lateral by about half as much. Median ocular area about as wide as long. Clypeus a little wider than the ocular area. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 Prosopotheca formosa Banks. Banks (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 125) has stated that T’meticus luxuosus Banks is the male of Lophocarenwm venustum Banks. I have compared the types of Lophocarenum venustum and Cornicularia for- mosa Banks and feel sure they are the same species. This species is related to Erigone by the apophysis on the patella of the palpus. It lacks, however, the teeth on the margin of the cephalothorax and outer margin of the chelicere and its eyes are not arranged as in that genus. In the form of the sternum and cephalothorax it is related to Proso- potheca, but the auditory hair of the fourth metatarsus is on the distal fourth. CO: Megs. ae eee I II III IV TRA ..9 eee ee Ce 48 46 38 46 Meti.ncs. oy eee 89 89 77 98 Tibss. 22. : 4s eee 84 86 92 91 Pate: 2 Sh ee ene 26 26 24 26 Mera. io eee eee .96 96 82 1, Posterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by a little less than their diameter, and from the lateral eyes by a little less than the diameter of the lateral; anterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, separated from each other by one-half their radius and from the lateral by five-eighths their diameter. Median ocular area a little longer than broad. Clypeus narrower than the ocular area. OR liegs. eee I II Til IV Palpus ARE Na ett AS AS 41 AS 38 Metis 89 91 82 ike He MDs oe eee 96 91 74 1.03 24 Raises al Sil 29 29 16 lenin seees itl ial 95 1.2 36 Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median eyes separated from each other by a little less than their diameter and from the lateral by their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, about equal and equidistant, separated by less than their radius. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Clypeus wider than ocular area. Prosopotheca miniata Banks. The following notes are taken from one of the types in the Cornell University collection. The form of the sternum and cephalothorax as well as the arrangement of the eyes leaves no doubt as to its generic position. 22 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April Posterior eyes in a straight line, about equal, the median eyes sepa- rated by their radius, slightly nearer to the lateral; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes only slightly smaller than the lateral, very narrowly separated from them and from each other. Median ocular area about as wide as long. Clypeus about as wide as ocular area. Prosopotheca pallida Em. CpebcOG Met ee it II Il IV Serpent 41 Al 34 238 INMetee fc. ari) ieee 62 6 AS 67 “1D 6 es ieee ape py ene a nt si .65 D3 74 12h eee at 8 26 26 24 24 Blemish eee ae ee, 82 aft 65 19 Posterior eyes in a strongly procurved line, about equal, the median eyes separated from each other by two-thirds their diameter and from the lateral by a little greater interval; anterior eyes in a straight line, about equidistant, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral. OV erst ts se eee ees I Il Ill IV Parke 2: Sere ee AS 46 38 AT Mets: eee 77 74 65 79 Tibses) a Sees 89 S84 66 89 [ait e e ee 29 29 26 26 EM x 22.5 te ee 96 -96 82 .96 Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal and equidistant, separated by two-thirds their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant, separated by one-half the radius of the median eyes which are considerably smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area a little longer than broad. Clypeus about as wide as ocular area. Prosopotheca spiralis Em. E. Simon has considered this species a synonym of Cornicularia vigilax Blackw. He has very kindly examined a specimen which I sent himfand writes that he now considers them distinct. Sy) Waglie rs inet Oe ed on, It II Ill IV SV TN te ca 31 Syl 26 a4 Met eer 46 43 238 35) ibsemenar ener: +5} 5 238 6 | BT tere es oar 24 24 122 .22 emitter ee, eS si 65 53 sil Posterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant, the median eyes a little smaller than the lateral and separated by less than their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes much smaller than the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 lateral, a little nearer each other than to the lateral from which they are separated by a little more than half their diameter. Median ocular area about as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Prosopotheca transversa n. sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 5.) 2 .—Length 1.9mm. Cephalothorax, long .77 mm., wide .5 mm. res rary ea on eaaseo ura eee ae I V Palpus DU pea rn Satria ee eee 36 384 .26 IS eis cneeos carcass haere eee 5 58 HON Ore an erst enn corencoce cee eee 56 69 16 at. ere eter scerencreaattioopeeesbiiesine .22 19 sll TB OTD gcse eee cite seesne shs- ss ssacsonenes 79 74 24 Cephalothorax oval, only slightly narrowed in front, not elevated, yellowish-brown, darker near edges and in front part of eye space, marked with darker radiating lines. Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median eyes separated from the lateral by their radius and from each other by three-fourths their diameter; anterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equidistant, and with the median eyes three- fifths as large as the lateral. Median ocular area as long as wide. Clypeus vertical, much narrower than the ocular area. Chelicere not robust, straight, neither attenuate nor divergent. Upper margin of furrow with three teeth, the first two contiguous and the third smaller and placed at the inner angle. Lower margin of furrow with two teeth close together near the base. Sternum light brown, darker on the posterior point which is narrower than the length of the posterior cox. Endites like the sternum, lighter near the tip. Abdomen dark gray with two oval coalescent lighter spots on the front part and a light area near the tip, under side dark gray with a reddish-yellow transverse quadrangular band midway between the spinnerets and the epigynum. Legs light yellow darkened at base; on the first pair the dark marking extends to near the end of the femur, on the second to the middle, on the third only a short distance and is much lighter. On the fourth pair there is asmall dark spot on the under side of the base of the femur. Spines weak and rather short. No auditory hair on fourth metatarsus. Palpus dark brown, short and thick; tip of tibia as thick as patella is long, tarsus robust, clothed with numerous weak spines. I have a male of this species lacking one molt of adult, taken at Ithaca, New York, August, 1904, and another from Columbia, Missouri, October, 1904. The tibia of the palpus shows a dorsal apophysis and the yellow band on the ventral aspect of the abdomen is very distinct. The head is nearly normal. Clypeus narrow and retreating. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Three females, Otto, New York, August 10, 1903, and Interlaken, New York, July, 1904. TRACHELOCAMPTUS. Trachelocamptus rostrata Em. Gf ILGS ee eae eee I II Il IV “INE oa lee ren Pee cdc 31 29 .26 4 ING tte cist ees 36 43 38 53 Blip soe es ee nee oe AS 3) 38 6 1 PE Pea an ee nee cnt aD 24 22 22 Hern: )3 5. ogee cere meee Tere 58 65 5d 67 Posterior eyes in a recurved line, the median eyes oyal, a little larger than the lateral, separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral by nearly twice as much; anterior eyes in a recurved line, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous and separated from the lateral by two-thirds their diameter. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Clypeus a little wider than ocular area. This species has been referred with doubt to this genus by Simon. It is related to Typhochrestus in having the posterior median eyes nearer each other than to the lateral. This arrangement, however, may be the result of the abnormal development of the head in the male. In the absence of female specimens, by which alone this point could be decided. I leave it doubtfully in Trachelocamptus. HYPOMMA. Dicyphus Menge, preoccupied. I have been unable to examine specimens of the species included in this genus. Dicyphus was founded by Menge (Preuss. Spinn., p. 221, 1869) for three species in the following order, twmidus, cilunculus and bicuspidatus, without indicating the type. In 1884 Simon (Ar. Fr., V, p. 546) designated twmidus (=bituberculotus) as the type. Dahl (Monographie der Erigone-Arten, p. 87, 1886) proposed the genus Hypomma for bifrons Blackw. and bituberculatus Wid., without indi- eating the type. Chyzer and Kulezynski (Ar. Hung., pp. 99, 100) seem to consider bituberculatus as the type of Hypomma and cornutus as the type of Dicyphus. As Dicyphus is preoccupied in the Hemiptera (Fieber, Wien. Ent. Monats., I, p. 327, 1858) it is necessary to use the next oldest name applied to that group of species. This seems to be Hypomma. Simon has placed bituberculatus under Gonatium. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 (2DOTHORAX. (dothorax limatus n. sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 6.) 2 .—Length 1.3 mm. Cephalothorax, long .65 mm., wide .43 mm. Cephalothorax yellow brown, edge and radiating lines darker; eyes surrounded by narrow black rings. Posterior eyes in a nearly straight line, equal, the median separated from each other by their diameter and from the lateral eyes by their radius; anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, nearly equi- distant, median eyes a little smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus nearly vertical, narrower than ocular area. Chelicere lighter than cephalothorax. Sternum gray; endites and labium the same only lighter. Abdomen greenish-gray in alcohol, a little lighter above, spinnerets nearly white. Legs and palpus light yellow; tibial spines a little longer than diameter of the segment; no auditory hair on fourth metatarsus. Tarsal claws almost unarmed. Q I II Ill WV 29 26 .24 .26 3 29 .25 ol wo4 ol 24 al allel — l4 ai 43 45 36 A8 Two females taken in sifting, Ithaca, New York, November, 1903. (dothorax maculatus Banks. DIAC OR retcecee Rercceee cote ities I Il II IV aa eee sesh sae. 36 34 29 34 Meter ay we 46 Al 53 TEND ex eas ecaeeccnsssosssseis .62 48 38 6 PAU oe catesecet eeseteee se 22 a9 22 Hemign:., See Sheer toss 67 52 Bay) 12 Posterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant, and nearly equal; an- terior eyes in a straight line, the median eyes smaller than the lateral eyes, separated from the lateral eyes by one-half and from each other by only one-fourth the radius. Median ocular area as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. There is no auditory hair on metatarsus of fourth leg. This is a very common species, of which the male is still unknown. Cdothorax montiferus Em. If this species really is an (2dothorax as Simon states, it must be rather abnormal. 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, GY Wersuee eee. I II Ill IV AU ee nee) As a 29 ol 26 sil Metiiet ane. seid 43 Al 41 535) A hil oy we Pa AS 43 238 62 Ghee eee rec setscss. 19 19 18 19 Ilene eee cccs.v 202 55 a if Posterior row of eyes in a procurved line, the median eyes slightly larger than the lateral, separated from each other by five times their diameter and from the lateral by one-half their radius; anterior eyes in a procurved line, equal, the median eyes very narrowly separated from each other, separated from the lateral eyes by two and one-half times their diameter. Median ocular area over four times as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Femora of the legs pro- vided on the under side with a row of long slender spine-like hairs. 2 .—Posterior eyes in a procurved line, equal, median eyes separated from the lateral by less than their diameter and from each other by twice their diameter; anterior eyes in a procurved line, median eyes a little smaller than the latter, separated from each other by their radius and from the lateral eyes by their diameter. Median ocular area wider than long. Clypeus much narrower than ocular area. Cdothorax oxypederotipus n. sp. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 9, 15.) 3 .—Length 1.4mm. Cephalothorax, long .65 mm., wide .55 mm. Weos ewer I II It IV ADEs cae eins Sean a eee 8 .29 26 28 Metis ao cee ee eat 34 3 41 litter ee ee 43 238 il 48 LRU Re Spare ree teres eee eee 7 14 14 LS co enero eee eee a) 48 Al 53 Cephalothorax rather broadly oval, obliquely narrowed in front, head not elevated, dull brownish and greenish-gray with a median line and indistinct radiating lines darker. Posterior eyes in a straight line, nearly equal, median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral and slightly nearer them than to each other; anterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes much smaller than the lat- eral and subcontiguous, while separated from the laterals by one-third their diameter. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area, plane and vertical. Chelicers rather weak and retreating. Sternum gray. Labium and endites dull yellowish- gray. Abdomen gray with two light longitudinal lines beneath. Legs dull yellow to almost white, tibial spines about as long as diameter of segment, under side of femora provided with a row of slender spines 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 most distinct on the fourth pair of legs. Tarsal hook broad and crossed by a transverse furrow near the tip. 2 Length 1.2mm. Cephalothorax, long .6 mm., wide .46 mm. hearse I Ju il IV Palpus Rare hee 24. 26 24 26 19 Mets 29 Bl .29 36 aye Tipe s AS 34 29 46 sla Pate se 17 ley allZi ally 08 Reni eee 48 46 28 a5 19 Cephalothorax broadly oval, slightly narrowed in front and squarely truncate, dull grayish-yellow, darker along the edge, each eye sur- rounded by a black ring. Posterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes a little smaller than the lateral and much nearer them than to each other; anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, median eyes much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous but separated from the lateral by their diameter. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area, plane and vertical. Chelicerze dull yellowish, upper margin of the furrow with a row of six teeth, lower margin with five smaller ones. Sternum light gray, endites and labium dull yellow. Abdomen as in the male, parts near the epigynum nearly white. Legs and palpus nearly white with a tinge of yellow in some specimens; palpus armed with many strong sete. Epigynum seen from below covered with a white translucent portion of the integument through which the inner parts show very distinctly. Several specimens from Ithaca, New York, February, May, June, and July. Cdothorax trilobatus Em. Gre Miers a escee ce HI Il Ill IV air.:. +: ee es eee 2 38 4 29 4 Met. 2, Sete Oa aes. 5 AS Al 55 TWD sc: ait nO 58 AS 08 6 Pat cce ke eee eee ee .22 19 Ally DP em? eee ence 62 tO. A8 .67 Posterior eyes in a straight line, about equal and equidistant, the intervals between them a little greater than their radius; anterior eyes in a straight line, equally and very narrowly separated, median eyes a little smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area wider than long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. No auditory hair on fourth metatarsus. I have examined one of the types of T’meticus mestus Banks, a male, and believe it is a synonym of this species. 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, QO) Themsti ya I II Ill IV Palpus Verena 38 34 .29 4 .24 Meters 48 43 OT 5 = ibe 9) 43 35 Ro }9) alii Bate. .eO8! .25 .22 9) 22 al Heme eee 202 a5}5) 48 65 .26 Posterior eyes in a nearly straight line, equal, the median eyes sep- arated from the lateral by their radius and from each other by five- eighths their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant, the median eyes smaller than the lateral and separated from them and each other by one-half their radius. Median ocular area a little longer than wide. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Erect spines on anterior tibia distinct, longer than the diameter of the segment. No auditory hair on fourth metatarsus. I have examined the female type specimens of T’meticus debilis and T. palustris Banks and believe they are both synonyms of this species. Banks’ figure of the epigynum of 7’. debilis seems to represent the caudal aspect, while that of 7’. palustris the ventral aspect. GONGYLIDIELLUM. Gongylidiellum minutum Banks. Cie Se ee I II IIL IV SIRE Was, Sates Saree eee .24 22 19 2 IMetercer, ener ance 24 22 24 UT] Oy speceeaenes eae ares 29 26 39 enh eee. neers. way eS ne 13 diem. ee ees 86 36 os 38 Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, equal, equidistant, sepa- rated by a little less than their diameter; anterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes one-half as large as lateral, subcontiguous but sepa- rated from the lateral by their diameter. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus a little wider than ocular area. Tarsus of first legs thickened and armed below with two rows of spines. Banks has considered this species as the co’ of Tmeticus distinctum Banks, but they differ in the proportions of the segments of the first leg, in the curvature of the posterior row of eyes and in the relative length and width of the median ocular area. In minutwm the tarsal claws are almost unarmed, while in distinctuwm they are provided with aseries of long spreading teeth. The form of the sternum is also entirely distinct in the two species (see under Tapinocyba distincta). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 Gongylidiellum pallidum Em. (Git Sy tee eee eer I II ll IV WATER e 325 eo Ree 22 2 22 Met De 2 24 4G)! acne Aiea! ae a, 8) 26 19 & Pate: £2. ee 14 14+ 14 14 Bemis oho. 5 eee Al 4 29 308 OAS Taro eee, lO 19 alli 18 Mets oe ee eG 19 elk a2 Tite Mere elie ae OG 24 19 co Paty: ackaiceseene Mace «2025 alles 16 14 14 Hemineetee rt cers: 04 pul 26 36 The arrangement of the eyes is about the same in both sexes. Pos- terior eves in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median eyes separated from each other by their radius and from the lateral by one-half as much; anterior eyes in a straight line, all subcontiguous, the median eyes much smaller than the lateral. Median ocular area about as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. ERIGONE. Erigone persimilis Cambr. oO .—Posterior eyes in a straight line, median eyes a little smaller than the lateral eyes and separated from them by their diameter and from each other by a little smaller interval; anterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equidistant and nearly equal, the median eyes being only very little smaller than the lateral eyes. Median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus wider than ocular area. 2 —Cephalothorax darker than in the male, margin armed with a series of very small teeth, head less elevated than in male. Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, median eyes a little nearer to the lateral ; eyes than to each other; anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, median eyes a little smaller than lateral eyes, one-half as far from each other as from the lateral eyes. Clypeus narrower than the ocular area. The row of small teeth on the outside of the chelicerze extends only two-thirds the length of segment. The sternum, legs and endites are all darker than in the male. Epigynum consists of a broad plate, divided into two rounded lobes behind by a broad and shallow notch in front of which there is a crescentie pit. These two specimens were taken together at Sheepshead Bay, New York, June or July, 1903. Erigone plicita n. sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 7.) 9 —Length about 1.45 mm. Cephalothorax, long .82 mm., wide .55 mm. 340, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Cephalothorax yellowish-brown with a dark patch at the union of the head and thorax. From this patch three fine dark lines extend forward, the middle one passing between the posterior median eyes and the lateral ones extending to the posterior lateral eyes. Cephalothorax with narrow black border and obscure radiating lines, eye area darker. Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, median eyes slightly larger than the lateral eyes and a little nearer each other than to the lateral ; anterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equidistant, median eyes much smaller than the lateral eyes. Median ocular area about as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area, slightly depressed. Cheliceree moderately robust, brownish-yellow streaked with gray, outer margin armed with a row of small teeth, upper margin of furrow armed with five teeth, lower margin with four small ones. Sternum very dark yellowish-brown marked with obscure radiating lines. Endites thickened, dark brown at base, tip light. Abdomen dark gray. Legs and palpus yellow brown, cox tipped below with dark gray. Egpiynum wrinkled transversely. One specimen, Stanford, California. (Mr. P. B. Powell.) Erigone tridentata Em. This species was doubtfully placed by Simon in Hrigone. In a male specimen which I have examined from District of Columbia, the apophysis at the end of the patella of the palpus is more distinct than represented in Emerton’s figure. The posterior eyes are in a straight line, equidistant and much larger than the intervals between them; anterior eyes in a straight line, equi- distant, median eyes smaller than the lateral eyes. Median ocular area as wide as long. Clypeus narrower than ocular area. Erigone tristis Banks. 9 —The following measurements are taken from a specimen from Interlaken, New York, which was compared with one of the types in the Cornell University collection. here! erin-... I II lil IV Palpus Mars ent AS 43 B4 36 .o4 Met neers .62 58 455 62 ms Mile tee eseee 67 6 A6 se} 24 (Pateost acs 29 26 24 225 312} Bemis 84 sth .65 86 04 Posterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant and about equal; eyes larger than intervals between them; anterior eyes in a slightly pro- curved line; median eyes smaller than lateral eyes from which they 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 are separated by their diameter, separated from each other by a little more than their radius; median ocular area a little wider than long. Clypeus about as wide as ocular area. Chelicerze moderately robust, armed on the outside with a row of very small teeth. This is easily seen in the type. MASO. Maso frontatus Banks. OP ers fc. I II UL IV Palpus eRe aes e.t els aids 19 .24 ae Met. c....<.. 41 Al 36 AS es Rib AG Al 34 oP -13 ater ees a pale 19 19 19 08 emo 48) AS Al 58 19 Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal and nearly equidistant, ante- rior eyes in a slightly procurved line, the median eyes a little smaller than the lateral eyes, from which they are separated by their diameter, separated from each other by their radius. Tibia and metatarsus of first and second legs armed below with two series of long spines. Fourth metatarsus has an auditory hair on distal half. Tarsal claws are armed with numerous teeth. CERATINOPSIS. Notionella Banks (Am. Nat., XX XIX, p. 312, 1905) is a synonym of Ceratinopsis, its type, C. interpres Cambr., having already been designated as the type of Ceratinopsis by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 673, 1894). Ceratinopsis anglicanum Hentz. In the Cornell University collection is a specimen of this species from Louisiana, labelled by Mr. Banks Bathyphantes anglicanum Hentz. Ceratinopsis unicolor n. sp. o.—Length 2.1mm. Cephalothorax, long .94 mm., wide .6 mm. Cephalothorax oval, gradually inclined toward the head, orange yellow, eyes surrounded by narrow black rings. Posterior eyes in a straight line, equidistant and nearly equal; median eyes only slightly larger than the lateral eyes; anterior eyes in a straight line, equal; median eyes a little less than their diameter apart, twice as far from the lateral. Clypeus wider than eye space, convex below the eyes and raised into a short blunt prominence. Cheliceree normal, upper margin of furrow armed with five nearly equal teeth, lower margin with four smaller ones. Sternum orange yellow, posterior point five-sevenths as wide 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, as hind coxa is long. Endites vellow orange, slightly thickened. Legs lighter than cephalothorax. Abdomen much faded, probably light oray. Femur of palpus cylindrical, patella short and curved, tibia short with an external apophysis bearing a wide tooth on its lower side. Tarsal hook broad and flat, bent toform asemicircle. Style has asharp bend near the middle. Legs... I II IIL lV Palpus (ae. 5 A6 38 56 36 Met....... .74 72 55 74 D epree ipo. 74 7 5 Ti ie ee Pate 24: 24 OE 22 14 Fem...... 74 84 2 89 4 Five specimens in Fox collection, labelled “Ceratinopsis wnicolor, D. C., May, Fox.” CLITOLYNA. Clitolyna electa n. sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 8.) 2 .—Length 2.9mm. Cephalothorax, long 1.27 mm., wide .91 mm. Cephalothorax narrowly oval, slightly narrowed in front, yellow orange, tinged with red along the edge, eye space and a semicircular area below anterior median eyes black. Posterior median eyes borne on the sides of a broad tubercle. Posterior eyes in a very slightly recurved line, median eyes a little larger than the lateral from which they are separated by a little less than their diameter, separated from each other by twice their diameter ; anterior eyes in a straight line, about equal, median eyes separated from each other by less than their diameter, separated from the lateral eyes by nearly twice as much. Median ocular area much wider than long. Clypeus nearly as wide as ocular area. Chelicere yellow orange. Sternum orange red. Endites and labium lighter. Abdomen purple. Coxe, trochanters and basal part of femora grayish-yellow, rest of the ‘egs dark gray. Tarsus and tibia of palpus nearly black, other seg- ments grayish-yellow. Nee tS secon Sci dive MUCSE Se ee I ATES at Dee SE eR eo ees oy eG ne 79 IVT eee eo sees eee eh eRe ee ee 1.45 gl ET 0} i hk ah SER aa a ee a ei Fae hae dat 21. fehl iL y7 One specimen taken by Prof. J. H. Comstock at Baton Rouge, Louisiana. I place this species in Clitolyna, although it differs from Simon’s diagnosis of the genus in having the anterior median eyes twice as far 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 from the lateral eyes as from each other and in the form of the clypeus, which is only very slightly depressed below the eyes. Keyserling in his description of C. fastibilis, the type of the genus, says: “‘ Die beiden vorderenen MA. sind kaum um ihren Radius von einander und reichlich um ihren Durchmesser von den SA. entfernt”’ (Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 217). InC. electa they are more widely separated, but the same proportion is maintained. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVIII anp XXIX. Pirate XXVIII, Fig. 1.—Ceraticelus albus Fox. Male palpus. Fig. 2.—Ceraticelus albus Fox. Tibial apophysis. Fig. 3.—Ceraticelus alticeps Fox. Male palpus. Fig. 4.—Ceraticelus melanocnemis Fox. Male palpus. FKig. 5.—Ceraticelus rugosus n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 6.—Ceraticelus tibialis Fox. Male palpus. Fig. 7.—Ceraticelus rugosus n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 8.—Exzechophysis plumalis n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 9.—(édothorax oxypederotipus n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 10.—Ceraticelus melanocnemis Fox. Tibial apophysis. Fig. 11.—Acartaucheuius columbiensis n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 12.—Diplocephalus castigatorius n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 13.—Exechophysis plumalis n. sp. Male palpus. Fig. 14.—Diplocephalus castigatorius n. sp. Femur, patella and tibia of male palpus. Fig. 15.—(C£dothorax oxypederotipus n. sp. Epigynum from behind. PLATE XXIX, Fig. 1.—Ezechophysis plumalis n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 2.—Diplocephalus castigatorius n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 3.—Pocadicnemis longitubus Em. Epigynum. Fig. 4.—Delorrhypis unicornis Banks. Epigynum. Fig. 5.—Prosopotheca transversa n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 6—C£dothorax limatus n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 7.—Erigone plicita n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 8.—Clitolyna electa n. sp. Epigynum. Fig. 9.—Acartauchenius columbiensis n. sp. Patella and tibia of male palpus from above. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, May 2. The President, SamurL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-seven persons present. The death of Richard Rossmassler, a member, April 29, 1905, was announced. Mr. SamurLt N. Ruosaps made a communication on a midwinter voyage in the Colorado Delta. (No abstract.) Dr. H. E. Weruerite spoke of a telescope for expeditionary pur- poses and the uses to which a combination Galilean glass of his own invention could be put. A paper entitled “Some Vertebrates of the Florida Keys,” by Henry W. Fowler, was presented for publication. May 16. The President, SamurL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Nineteen persons present. The death of Alexander Mucklé, M.D., a member, April 28, 1905, was announced. A paper entitled ‘‘ New Species of Polychzeta from the North Pacific, chiefly from Alaska Waters,’ by J. Perey Moore, was received for publication. (May 5.) Dr. Harry Fielding Reid, of Baltimore, Maryland, was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed: 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 SENILITY AMONG GASTROPODS BY BURNETT SMITH. INTRODUCTION. The critical study of the development of Gastropod shell ornamen- tation has, until recent years, attracted the attention of few scientists in the United States. In Europe as early as 1889 Koken' made a careful study of Paleozoie Gastropods. This was followed in 1896 by the Countess von Linden’s? study of the ornamentation and color patterns in Voluta, Strombus and Conus. In the United States, the first use of gastropod shell characters in the study of phylogeny occurs in the short notes of Heilprin® in 1888, dealing with the phylogeny of Fulgur perversum and Strombus leidyi; and of Leidy* and Wilcox on the ancestry of Fulgur perversum. In 1900, A. W. Grabau presented a thesis at Harvard University dealing with the phylogeny of Fusus and allied forms. In June, 1902, the writer’ applied the methods of the Countess von Linden to a study of the Fulgurs, and later in the same year A. W. Grabau® published a paper dealing with the general features of gastropod shell development. In 1903 Prof. Grabau’ discussed the phylogenetic relations of the Ful- gurs, and in the following year published an elaborate phylogenetic study of Fusus.§ In most of the above papers there is an attempt made to compare ontogeny with paleontogeny, dealing, therefore, with both recent and fossil forms. The individuals of species are studied from the earliest 1 Koken, E., ‘“‘Ueber die Entwicklung der Gastropoden vom Cambrium bis zur Trias,” Jahrb. Mineral., 1889, Beilage, Band VI, pp. 305-484. ? Linden, Grafen M. von, ‘‘Die Entwicklung der Skulptur und der Zeichnung bei den Gehausschnecken des Meeres,”’ Zeit. Wiss. Zool., LXI, pp. 261-317. ’ Heilprin, A., ‘‘The Geological Evidences of Evolution.” * Leidy, J., ‘‘ Remarks on the Nature of Organic Species,” Tr. Wag. Inst. Phila., pp. 55-53, 1889. 5 Smith, Burnett, ‘‘Phylogeny of the Species of Fulgur, with remarks on an abnormal specimen of Fulgur canaliculatum and sexual dimorphism in Fulgur earica,’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., June, 1902. ® Grabau, A. W., “Studies of Gastropoda,” Am. Nat., Vol. 36, p. 925. 7 Grabau, A. W., ‘‘Studies of Gastropoda, [I—Fulgur and Sycotypus,”’ Am. Nat., Vol. 37, pp. 515-539. 8 Grabau, A. W., “‘Phylogeny of Fusus and Its Allies,” Smithsonian Miscel- laneous Collections, Part of Vol. XLIV (No. 1,417), Washington, 1904. 345 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, whorls to the latest, and the changes in shell features and ornamenta- tion noted in the individual have been correlated with characters observed in the species of past geologic time. Where phylogenetic trees have been constructed they have been based on the principle that the individual in its development repeats, in its early stages, shell features which are found in the adult individuals of its ancestors. The authors have, for the most part, followed the principles applied and the laws formulated by Hyatt in his classic studies of the Cephalopoda. In any phylogenetic study of the gastropod shell, acceleration of the characters plays an important part. With the exception of Fusus and Voluta, most of the genera studied have been rather highly spe- cialized and accelerated types like Fulgur and Strombus. Insuch forms many of the stages have been hurried back into the early whorls, slurred over or lost. The writer feels that a detailed study of the shell features in some species of Volutilithes, as Volutilithes petrosus of the American Eocene, may add to our knowledge of the normal order in which such features are evolved. Several species of Volutilithes go through quite a number of stages of development in ornamentation, and there is little acceleration. Each stage, of course, does not necessarily represent an adult ancestor, for at present it is not known how much unequal acceleration of ancestral characters has come into play, yet nevertheless the writer feels that here we have a fairly normal and even succession of develop- mental features. The occurrence of certain characteristics with considerable con- staney in the later whorls of many individuals of Volutilithes petrosus has led the author to consider such features in other genera of gastro- pods. These features will be treated in the sections of this paper entitled Senility and Senile Ojjshoots from Main Ancestral Stems. The results of this later investigation are applied to Fulgur carica, in an endeavor to unravel its ancestry. NORMAL PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT. In recording the characters which occur at different periods in the growth of any gastropod shell it is necessary to be exact; and this frequently results in the use of terms which appear arbitrary. The writer has, throughout this paper, endeavored as far as possible to apply the terms previously in use. Markings on the outside of the whorl which run parallel or nearly parallel to the suture are described as spiral; while those running across these spirals are described as transverse. The transverse markings which first appear are referred ee —s 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 to as transverse ribs, or simply as ribs. When, in later stages, finer transverse markings appear between the ribs, they are described as riblets. Here the term is used principally for convenience, the actual difference between ribs and riblets being one of degree. The angle which appears early on the rounded whorl is termed the shoulder angle. On the ribs, especially at the shoulder angle, may occur nodes or tubercles. These, in the early whorls, are mere rounded knobs; but in the later whorls they become larger, higher and sharper, and may therefore be referred to as spines. The writer considers that the difference between the small rounded tubercle of the early whorls and the large, sharp spine of the later whorl is one merely of degree. The word spine is therefore used, throughout this paper, simply in a descriptive sense, and implies no difference from the early tubercle, except that it is larger and sharper. Both are produced by the same fold of the mantle and every gradation between the two is observable. As stated in the Introduction, Volutilithes has been chosen as an illustration on account of the normal and even course of its ontogeny. The stages are often very distinct, and frequently are all represented down to the senile condition in the later whorls. In addition, Voluti- lithes petrosus is of unusual interest on account of its individual varia- tion and its division into more or less definite races, which exhibit different stages in the specialization of characters. In the early stages of Volutilithes petrosus there is a varying number of smooth rounded whorls; but as a rule there are three or four. The first ornamental feature to appear on the rounded whorl is the transverse rib, which at first is simple (without tubercles) and usually decidedly curved. Soon the simple ribs are followed by uncurved ribs, bearing as a rule two tubercles, but sometimes more than two. One of these tubercles is situated at the suture, the other at the position of the shoulder angle. If more tubercles are present they are below the shoulder angle tubercle. Sometimes the suture tubercle and the shoulder angle tubercle are of the same size; but often they are of unequal size, and then it is usually the suture tubercle which is at first the larger. The suture tubercle, however, soon degenerates and be- comes obsolete, while the shoulder angle tubercle increases in import- ance and by its increase in size and sharpness makes the spine of the later whorls. Coincident with or shortly after the appearance of the tubercles on the ribs, a more or less well marked shoulder angle develops. As the shoulder angle tubercles become larger, sharper and more prominent the transverse ribs degenerate. This process begins first above the 23 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, shoulder angle, where sometimes all trace of the rib has disappeared, when below the angle the rib is still well marked. As a rule, when the tubercles become very high and sharp (spines) the ribs practically disappear. When fine spirals cover the early whorls below the shoulder angle, they are apt to disappear near the shoulder angle first in the later adult whorls. As the shell grows, these fine spirals are found in a more and more anterior position, until in old age only a few occur on the branchial siphon. This briefly sums up the more important changes which are passed through in the development of most individuals of Volutilithes petrosus, and many other species of the genus. Many individuals and some races of Volutilithes petrosus pass through further stages of development; but these are all of a gerontic character, and may be now more fittingly discussed under the following section. SENILITY. In widely separated genera of gastropods the writer has observed that similar features are frequently found in the last whorl. or in the last few whorls. These features are never followed, in any gastropod, by other and different ones, but are the last ornamental characters which the shell acquires. They are the marks of old age or senility. Many species and even genera and families never exhibit them, for in the Paleozoic they are rare and in the Mesozoic they are uncommon. In Tertiary and Recent time, however, few large families of gastropods are lacking in senile representatives. These representatives may be genera, species or individuals. Individual Senility.—In many species, the vast majority of individ- uals die at the period of mature shell ornamentation. Senile characters are found only in an occasional specimen, which, as a rule, is either a very large old one or else a dwarfed or pathologic individual.* In indi- vidual senility, the senile features are seldom accelerated to any extent —that is, they are, as a rule, found in the last whorl, or in the latter part of the last whorl. Specific Senility —Often all the individuals of a species will show signs of senility in the last whorl, or in the last few whorls. This senile ornamentation of the species is more apt to be accelerated than the senile ornamentation of the individual; or, in other words, it oceurs earlier in the growth of the shell. ° A similar condition has been noted by Hyatt for the Cephalopoda: “ Biological Relations of the Jurassic Ammonites,” Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, 1874, p. 239. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 Generic Senility.—Here all the species of a genus will exhibit signs of senility, and the generic senility is more accelerated than the specific. Similarly, senility may extend to the genera of a family, and if, as is probably the case, the Vermetide are senile, we have the characters occurring early in the growth of shell, with the result that the forms comprising the family differ in appearance to a marked degree from the normal gastropod. The marks of senility may be conveniently grouped under several heads. Two or three of them have been mentioned by Hyatt, Grabau and other authors, and these are merely noted in the present paper for the sake of completeness. The writer knows of no case in which all of the characters are found together. Frequently only one will indicate that the individual, species or genus has passed its prime, but more often two or more senile characters occur. As old age comes on the marks of senility appear, but not necessarily all at the same time. Usually one character will appear in the growth of the shell slightly ahead of another character. Sometimes one of the senile characters will be much accelerated and become prominent at a comparatively early stage, while the others will be found on the last whorl only. The writer regards the following as marks of senility: 1. Passing of the shoulder tubercles or spines into a shoulder keel. 2. Swelling on the anterior siphon. 3. Protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon, produc- ing a smoothing of the preceding whorl by a shelly overgrowth. 4. Encroachment of the anal siphon upward on the preceding whorl. . Stromboid form to the outer lip of the aperture. . Tendency toward loose coiling. . Irregularity of growth lines. . Thickening of the shell. . Tendency to form a smooth and rounded whorl. 10. Recurrent or discontinuous ornamentation. 1. Passing of the shoulder tubercles or spines into a shoulder keel.— This process is well shown in such forms as Fulgur carica and Voluti- lithes petrosus, where little acceleration has occurred. The change takes place by a shortening of the interval between spine formation, with the result that the spines are nearer each other. The growth lines, on which the spines are situated, are thus brought close together. The spines become lower in height, but longer in a spiral direction, until they fuse together into a continuous ridge, so that the final result of the process is a shoulder keel without definite spines. In Fulgur canaliculatum acceleration has thrown the spines back Oona on 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, into the early whorls, and they are mere tubercles. Their transforma- tion into a shoulder keel is, however, essentially similar to the change in F. carica. The tubercles become longer in a spiral direction, but lower in height and soon merge into a shoulder keel. 2. Swelling on the anterior siphon.—In senile individuals and species the mantle, in the region of the anterior or branchial siphon, not infre- quently bulges at a certain point. As the animal grows, this bulging of the mantle produces a swollen ridge in the shell. The long diameter of this swelling runs obliquely to the line of the shoulder angle, and in a more anterior direction. Numerous dissections of Fulgur carica have failed to show a cause for this mantle swelling. The two above marks of senility—that is, the passing of the spines into a shoulder keel, and the swelling on the anterior siphon—are both well shown in old individuals of the Fulgur carica of our New Jersey coast. These two characters, together with a third (the tendency for the anal siphon to encroach upward on the preceding whorl), are the last ornamental features which occur on the oldest individuals. A well- marked sexual dimorphism occurs in this species. The full-grown males are considerably smaller than the full-grown females. The old males and old females show the senile characters above mentioned; and the difference in the size of the senile individuals of the different sexes furnishes a ready method of determ‘ning sex without reference to the soft parts. These observations were made on a large series of Fudgur carica. 3. Protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon, producing a smoothing of the preceding whorl by a shelly overgrowth.—This is beauti- fully illustrated by several races of Volutilithes petrosus. In the later whorls the mantle in the region of the anal siphon protrudes and tends to wrap itself around the preceding whorl. In the early stages of the process we have little more than a smoothing of the preceding whorl. The mantle soon passes up over the spines of the preceding whorl, and the shelly deposit becomes thicker and thicker, completely obliterating ornamentation, and making it in many cases extremely difficult to count the whorls. Every stage of the process can be traced in indi- vidual development; while several races make a series from forms in which the mantle has been little protruded to forms in which it has covered in the preceding whorl, obliterating ornamental features. It does not necessarily follow that these races in question make a phylo- genetic succession, but they unquestionably represent stages in the 10 Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., June, 1902. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA._ 351 development of certain features. The protrusion of the mantle onto the preceding whorl is often accompanied by an encroachment of the anal siphon upward onto the preceding whorl. There is evidently a close relation between the swelling on the anterior siphon and the protrusion of the mantle on the preceding whorl in the region of the anal siphon; for as the latter feature becomes stronger the former declines. The races of Volutilithes petrosus above mentioned illustrate this fact perfectly. They range from forms with a well-marked swelling to others with no swelling; and in one race with an extreme mantle protrusion there is a depression in place of a swell- ing. As the swelling has been diminishing, there has been a corre- sponding increase in the amount of protrusion of the mantle on the preceding whorl in the region of the anal siphon. 4. Encroachment of the anal siphon upward on the preceding whorl.— This often accompanies the preceding mark of senility and is evidently produced by the same causes. It is well shown in Volutilithes petrosus and in Fulgur carica, also in Strombus and Aporrhats, where it is accom- panied by the wing-like flaring of the outer lip of the aperture. 5. Stromboid form to the outer lip of the aperture.—This is a flaring, wing-like extension of the outer lip of the aperture and is found in Strombus, Aporrhais and a few other forms. In Strombus it is often accompanied by a thickening of the shell, by a bending of the branchial siphon upward or backward, by the encroachment of the anal siphon upward onto the preceding whorl, and by recurrent ornamentation (Strombus leidy?). 6. Tendency toward loose coiling—In many gastropods the later whorls are not closely applied against the preceding whorls. In other words, the coiling becomes loose. Hcphora, Rapana and some species of Murex do not show signs of uncoiling until well along in life. In such forms as Vermetus, however, the process is further advanced, and all trace of the original spiral condition is lost at an early date; the shell becoming a mere irregular tube. 7. Irregularity of growth lines—In many gastropods (Volutilithes petrosus is a good example) the final senile stages are characterized by a thickening and irregularity of the fine lines of growth. This charac- ter goes hand in hand with the thickening of the shell, the passing of the spines into a shoulder keel, recurrent ornamentation, and other senile features. 8. Thickening of the shell—This is a character which occurs in the senile stages of many diverse groups of gastropods. It is usually ac- companied by other senile features, and is probably more widely dis- tributed than any other mark of senility. 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 9. Tendency to form a smooth and rounded whorl.—In many gastro- pods the later whorls tend to become rounded and more or less smooth, losing all ornamental features except growth lines and perhaps also fine spirals. In many individuals and varieties of Fulgur pyrum and related forms the shoulder keel stage is followed by a condition in which the whorl is rounded, the shoulder keel becoming fainter and fainter until it is not discernible. In many gastropods this rounded stage is accompanied by a thickening of the shell, but in others the shell actu- ally becomes thinner. As the early whorls of most gastropods are rounded, it is possible that this mark of senility may be regarded as a recurrence of features of the same nature as the mark of senility next to be considered. Fig. 1.—Fulgur maximum Con. Mio-" Fig. 2.—Fulgur maximum Con. vene. Cape Fear River, N.C. Diameter Miocene. Cape Fear River, N. C. of shell across last whorl=61 mm. Api- Diameter of shell across last whorl eal view exhibiting recurrent or discon- =52 mm. Apical view exhibiting tinuous ornamentation. recurrent or discontinuous orna- ¥ mentation. 10. Recurrent or discontinuous ornamentation.—This is a term which may be applied to the discontinuity produced by the repetition, at a later stage, of a style of ornamentation characterizing an earlier stage. Thus spines or tubercles which are found on the early whorls disappear for a few whorls, but are repeated as a secondary series in old age. The development of secondary spines is well shown in Fulgur maximum. In most examples of this very variable species and its near relatives the shoulder angle tubercles are soon lost, and only reappear again in the later whorls, where they are spine-like and accompanied by features of extreme senility. Sometimes the arrangement of the shoulder angle spines may be considered as discontinuous, that is, where an occasional 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 Spine is met with on a rounded whorl. Here, as above, the condition is accompanied by other senile features. Recurrent or discontinuous ornamentation is also met with in the sinistral Fulgurs of the Miocene, in not a few Strombs, and in some indi- viduals of Volutilithes dalli. In the last mentioned, the breaks in a particular style of ornamentation may occur early in life, but the shell always shows senile characters in its last whorls. SENILE OrrsHooTs FROM Marin ANCESTRAL STEMS. In no group of gastropods are senile offshoots from main lines of descent so well marked as in the Fulgurs. The modern Fulgur carica of our New Jersey coast is a simple, little accelerated type which, however, shows well-defined senile characters in its last whorl. In the Yorktown Miocene of North Carolina occur certain forms which were described by Conrad as Fulgur striatum. Some of these small forms are undoubtedly the young of Fulgur maximum, as can be seen in the early degeneration of the tubercles, but others whose tubercles increase in size can hardly be distinguished from the young of Fulgur carica. It is from these latter, or from very closely allied forms, that the modern New Jersey Fulgur carica is descended. The main line of the ancestry of Fulgur carica may be represented as follows: MrI0cENE. PLIOCENE. RECENT - | F. fusiformis Ancestral F.carica; F. carica. | N. J. F. carica or a nearly al- probably included in lied form. Conrad’s F. striatum. | This has been a slow and even evolution, marked by increase in size, stronger and continuous spine development, and finally in the old indi- viduals of Fulgur carica by the appearance of the senile characters in the last whorl, which have already been referred to. In the Yorktown Miocene the Fulgur maximum branch was evolved. As can be seen by examining the young Fulgur maximum, it owes its ancestry to the ancestral Fulgur carica. It differs from this form, however, in the early degeneration of the shoulder angle tubercles— a tendency which soon results in a rounded, lirate and relatively thin whorl. This spineless condition continues for some time, but in the later whorls secondary spines appear. This recurrent ornamentation is accompanied by shell thickening, encroachment upward of the anal 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, siphon on the preceding whorl, and the swelling on the anterior siphon —all senile features. This is the method by which most of the indi- viduals recognized as Fulgur maximum have been evolved. Some- times, however, recurrent ornamentation is only slightly marked, the spines occurring at long intervals on the rounded whorls. The whole assemblage shows every indication of being a senile off- shoot. Every large individual shows senile characters. The main Fulgur maximum branch (including the forms described as /’. maai- mum, F’. tritonis, F’. filosum) becomes extinct at the end of the Miocene. Shortly after the divergence of the Fulgur maximum branch from the main Fulgur carica stem, a series of forms with rounded whorls diverged from the maximum stock. Their young are much like the young of Fulgur maximum, but the tubercles degenerate at a more early period. ‘This short tubercled stage is followed by thin, rounded, spine- less whorls in the vast majority of individuals, resulting in the form known as Fulgur rapum. tt Pipl ay q @w > Wo Tea, J “DIDI “yy SOSIOL MON “INGOUY | %, oi “ty, Ze. &, 2} Ke 70, “Lp z Op 49. “o Ty 8e 5 Sp Wo | Ny, "On Cr Dy 7) Dy Aly “SY C5 25, \ 72) p Me ee ‘SHOYM popunor YIM wndos “yy 2 = % y, Oe 5) “0 oe ~ Oe ak Se a 2 ao a eacay % Os Ow con “Ways DaLWDO “ANGOOTT A “UNOS * T 8,PBIMO ul pepnypout ATqeqoa + 10}S90UB DIDI * WT “ANGOOTI, —_—O “ULIO} pole Ayrvo0u ® 10 svulofisn] * yf 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, From the above study the writer is led to believe that there are two modes in which evolutional features may develop. First, they may develop slowly and evenly in the growth of the individual (ontogeny), and in the evolution of the race in geologic time (paleontogeny). Such forms are stable and persist for long periods of time. Second, the same evolutional features may develop in the same order, but more rapidly; one feature following another in quick succession in the on- togeny and paleontogeny. Such forms are apt to be short lived, soon becoming senile and dying out. Where the rate of development of evolutional features is rapid, we find that some features are slurred over; while other features may be more exaggerated than the corre- sponding features in the forms whose rate of development of characters isslow. Of course acceleration, or the throwing back of characters into the ontogeny, is a natural result of an increased evolutional rate. Further, we cannot escape the conclusion that there are times in the evolution of a group of organisms (paleontogeny) which might be termed periods of pliancy. In these the simple, generalized members of the main ancestral stem can be easily moulded. At such periods of pliancy we may expect to find, first, forms which follow out the suc- cession of developmental features, as in the main stock, but at a more rapid rate, becoming senile and extinct; and second, forms which acquire characters of a more or less permanent nature, and which do not go through the same succession of developmental features which is found in the main ancestral stock. These latter forms make new stocks, or, in other words, they go to form new species, genera, etc. Therefore, at every period of pliancy in a stock we have, on the one hand, new species and, on the other, senile offshoots. In the forms above considered, that is, the /ulgurs, the numerous senile offshoots far outnumber the few but persistent stable forms. The following diagram may be used: 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 | : | ue) | S ay | Cis | EOS ee oY xO 3S - x s« OS wy + Le Coxe res PF Or See a Se St os & Ry ~ & eS Oy a / apy am | Senile offshoots, \ representing rapid evolution (short lived). Main ancestral stock, representing slow evolution (long lived). Period of plianey. ADVENTITIOUS SENILITY. An acceleration of shell characters, produced by accident or by patho- logic conditions, occurs in species of widely separated groups of gastro- pods. Hyatt!! observed that “a wound and its results, whatever they may be, .. . . is primarily a severe shock to the system which lays additional burdens upon the powers of growth, and is usually followed, if severe, by retrogressive metamorphoses, or premature old age.” Individuals of Volutilithes petrosus whose shells in the later whorls “The Genesis of the Tertiary Species of Planorbis at Steinheim,” p. 15, Anniversary Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, 1880. 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, have been subjected to breakage, often exhibit a sudden and sharp development of senile features. The shell gets heavy, the growth lines become irregular, and the spines tend to pass into a shoulder keel. An individual of Eephora quadricostata, collected by the writer from the Maryland Miocene, exhibits acceleration produced by accident very clearly. The accident occurred to the shell during the develop- ment of the third whorl. From this point on the rate of the develop- ment of later shell features increases, and is much more rapid than in normal individuals. ‘The individual in question never became mature, only attaining five whorls. A normal specimen with this number of whorls has practically no indication of loose coiling in the region of the columella, and the spiral folds are simple. The abnormal individual in question shows plainly a loose coiling in the columella region, and the spiral folds approximate those of more mature individuals. Loose coiling is, as a rule, not marked in normal individuals of this species until the seventh or eighth whorl. A specimen of Fulgur canaliculatum collected at Longport, New Jersey, exhibits well the acceleration of characters produced by break- age in the shell.” In the canaliculate Fulgurs the transversely ribbed condition occurs very early, and is followed by a few angular whorls, bearing tubercles on the shoulder angle. These tubercles soon pass into a shoulder keel, and this in turn disappears, and leaves the whorl rounded, in the more accelerated forms, such as Fulgur pyrum. Fulgur canaliculatum, however, never entirely loses the shoulder keel, which marks its last stage of development. In the specimen under consideration the accident occurred when the shell was young, on an angular whorl having the tubercles so characteristic of the early stages of Fulgur canaliculatum. After the break the shoulder angle is not reproduced, but the whorls continue to the aperture of a shape much as in Fulgur pyrum. Just after the break there is, apparently, an attempt to reproduce the tubercles on the rounded surface of the whorl. This attempt was, however, unsuccessful, and the whorl continued smooth. An examination of the soft parts showed the specimen to be identical with normal male individuals of the species, except that the shoulder angle is not present on the mantle. No peculiarity in the mantle edge or other soft parts could be detected which would account for the change in shell ornamentation. The acceleration in this case has caused the dropping out of that marked character of the later whorls of the species, namely, the un- 2 Smith, Burnett, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., June, 1902. —OOeEEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeEe—— 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 tubereled shoulder keel. On the other hand, it has introduced a senile character which occurs normally in a near relative (if not an actual descendant) of Fulgur canaliculatum, namely, Pulgur pyrum.* SUMMARY. In most Mesozoic and Cenozoic gastropods, changes in ornamentation occur in going from the earlier to the later whorls. A normal succession of developmental changes may be observed, which varies little in widely separated groups; but most families show certain peculiarities in the succession which distinguish them from other families. Infancy, youth and maturity are represented by their peculiar styles of orna- ‘mentation in the ontogeny of an individual; but these stages, with their characteristic styles of sculpture, cannot always be correlated with the adults of a previous geologic time. This latter discrepancy may be due, in part, to the imperfection of the geologic record ; but the writer inclines to the belief that the unequal acceleration of characters plays an important part, and that features which occurred at the same time in an ancestor are apt to be widely separated in the ontogeny of a descendant." In the last whorl, or in the last few whorls, of many gastropods of dif- ferent groups we find the characters of senility. These characters or marks of senility do not necessarily appear together in the ontogeny at exactly the same time. Some occur far in advance of others; that is to say, there is frequently an unequal acceleration of the senile characters. These senile features, several of which are, as a rule, found together, are the last characters which occur on the shell, for their appearance is the forerunner of the death of the individual. As might be expected, senile species or genera of fossil gastropods never transmit descendants to later geologic formations, but represent the end members of short branches on the phylogenetic tree. The writer believes from his researches that the forces of evolution sometimes work rapidly and sometimes work slowly, and that the forms in which the evolutional rate is rapid are bizarre, senile offshoots. On the other hand, forms which have a long time range go through a slow evolution, though the developmental features and even the order 8 There is good reason for believing that F. pyrwm and its numerous varieties are descended from a Miocene form which is either identical with or closely allied to F. canaliculatum. See Smith, Burnett, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., June, 1902, and Grabau, A. W., Am. Nat., August, 1903, p. 521, and table, p. 539. 14 Smith, James Perrin, “The Development and Phylogeny of Placenticeras,”’ Proc. California Academy of Sciences, Third Series, Vol. I, No. 7, p. 185. 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, of succession may be the same as in forms whose evolutional rate is a fast one. Lastly, an acceleration of characters may result from some accident which occurs to an individual; and in this case we may find a sudden appearance of senile characters, which may occur in the normal onto- geny of the species, at a later period, or they may be extra-specific; that is to say, never occurring in the ontogeny of the species, but found in some senile offshoot from the same stock. The writer wishes to express his indebtedness to Prof. Amos P. Brown of the University of Pennsylvania, to Prof. Henry A. Pilsbry, Mr. Edward G. Vanatta and Mr. Witmer Stone of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and to Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston So- ciety of Natural History, for many courtesies and kindly suggestions and to Miss Helen Winchester for the care exercised in making the drawings. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXX AND XXXI. Puate XXX, fig. 1.—Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Mt. Lebanon, La. Length=16mm. Young individual, showing the change from simple curved ribs to straight tubercled ribs. In the last whorl the ribs are well marked below the shoulder angle, but very faint above it. Fig. 2.—Apex of the above specimen. Length=2 mm. Shows the change from simple curved ribs to straight ribs with suture and shoulder angle tubercles. Fig. 3.—Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Jackson, Miss. Diameter of shell at last whorl measured on the largest spine=24 mm. Apical view of old individual with long spines. Here the tendency for the spines to pass into a shoulder keel is only slightly marked, but they decrease in size rapidly toward the aperture. The last whorl is slightly smoothed by the protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon. Fig. 4.—Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Bell’s Landing, Ala. Diam- eter of shell at last whorl=33 mm. Apical view of old individual exhibiting extreme senile characters, such as the passage of the shoulder angle spines into a shoulder keel, encroachment of the anal siphon upward, and the shelly overgrowth produced by the protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon. Fig. 5.—A different view of the above individual. Length=56 mm. Here the senile characters mentioned under Fig. 4 show up still more plainly, especially the passage of the shoulder angle spines into a shoulder keel. Fig. 6.—Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary’s River, Md. Length =24 mm. Normal young individual. Fig. 7.—Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary’s River, Md. Length=23 mm. Example of adventitious senility. Young indi- vidual which has been injured early in life and senile characters appear early. Tendency toward loose coiling is well marked. Fig. 8.—Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary’s River, Md. Length=76 mm. Normal adult individual exhibiting tendency toward loose coiling. Pe. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 Piatt XXXI, fig. 9—Fulgur canaliculatum Say. Recent. Atlantic City, N. J. Length=170 mm. Normal adult individual. Fig. 10.—Fulgur canaliculatum Say. Recent. Longport, N. J. Length =168 mm. Adult individual which has been injured early in life and exhibits extra-specific adventitious senility. Fig. 11.—Fulgur pyrum Dillw. Recent. Cards Sound, Dade County, Fla. Length=81 mm. Normal adult individual. Introduced for com- parison with fig. 10. Fig. 12.—Fulgur maximum Con. Miocene. Yorktown, Va. Length=165 mm. Adult individual exhibiting extreme senility—very heavy thick shell, irregular growth lines, discontinuous ornamentation and a large swelling on the anterior or branchial siphon, 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF May, NOTES ON SOME ARCTIC FISHES, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ONCOCOTTUS. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Dr. Milton J. Greenman, of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy, in Philadelphia, has submitted a small collection of Arctic fishes for my examination. ¢ The specimens were all obtained in northern Alaska by Mr. E. A. Macllhenny while at Point Barrow. yy # SALMONID A. Coregonus kennicotti Jordan and Gilbert. Milner, in Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 16, 1882, p. 298. Fort Good Hope, British America, and Yucon River, Alaska. (J. Kenni- cott. Types Nos. 8,971 and 9,600, U. S. N. M.) Fowler, Science, XXI, 1905, p. 315. Coregonus nelsonii Fowler, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XLIII, 1904, Pp. 451, Pls. 8 and 9. Meade River and Point Barrow, Alaska. (Not of ean.) Four large examples from Meade river and Point Barrow, Alaska, These I had previously recorded wrongly under the name Coregonus nelsonit, aS now appears from an examination of more material. Dr. Smith has figured C. kennicotti,s which will be found to agree largely with this account. At Point Barrow Mr. Macllhenny’s notes indicate that C. kennicotti is known as ‘ Anocta.’ Coregonus nelsonii Bean. Fig. 1.2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, 1884 (1885), p. 48. Naulato, Alaska. (Mr. E. W. Nelson. Type No. 29,903, U.S. N. M.) Head 5; depth 3; D. rv, 10, 1; A. tv; 11, 1; PB. I, 14; Ve L105 seales 74 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 4 more on latter; 10 seales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 9 scales between origin of ventral and lateral line in a vertical series; 8 scales obliquely forward to lateral line from origin of anal; about 40 scales before dorsal; width of head 1% in its length; depth of head 14; snout 4; eye 54; maxillary 34; interorbital space 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 22; length of base of dorsal 13; of anal 13; length of upper caudal lobe (damaged) about 1; pectoral 12; ventral 12. ' Rep. U.S. Fish Comm., XX, 1894 (1896), p. 294, Pl. 15. 2 The accompanying figure represents a male without the characteristic hump. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 Body elongate, well compressed, and greatest depth a little before first third in total length of fish, profiles sloping gradually and evenly back from this point to caudal peduncle. Upper profile before dorsal very convex or gibbous so that back is well elevated in this region. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about 14 in its length. Head small, rather broad, compressed, upper profile strongly con- cave to oeciput and lower nearly straight and but little inclined. Snout rather long, convex above, obtuse, rounded, and produced beyond upper jaw. Eye circular, supraorbital infringing a little on its upper anterior margin, and center of pupil only slightly behind first third in length of head. Adipose eyelids well developed. Oy: eeuven roy, ou : £4 e > B. os “ Pe HS 2" ' as Fig. 1. Mouth small, inferior, and transverse. Maxillary broad, reaching a trifle beyond front margin of orbit, and its greatest expansion about half of orbit. Jaws rather obtuse, mandible a little posterior. No teeth. Tongue thick, rounded, obtuse, and hardly free. Nostrils lateral on snout about midway in its length, adjoining, and anterior with an elevated cutaneous rim. Interorbital space broad and a little convex with a distinct median longitudinal ridge. Margin of preopercle entire. A number of mucous tubes on cheek and_pre- opercle. Opercle with rather indistinct strie. Gill-flap rather narrow. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite posterior margin of orbit. Rakers 9+13, pointed, rather strong, and longest a trifle less 24 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, than length of longest filaments. Filaments long, equal to orbit. Pseudobranchie about equal to gill-rakers. Isthmus broadly tri- angular. Branchiostegals 8. Seales cycloid, mostly of even size, and in parallel longitudinal series. Head and fins scaleless, except base of caudal, where scales are small and crowded. Small scales on base of adipose fin, outer or free portion scaleless. Lateral line median, continuous and nearly straight to base of caudal. Tubes simple. Dorsal inserted well forward, its origin much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, first branched rays longest and others graduated down. Adipose dorsal over anal, its origin nearly midway between that of dorsal and tip of upper caudal lobe (damaged), and height of fin about 4+ in length of its base. Anal similar to dorsal, its origin a little nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, first branched ray highest and others graduated down. Caudal deeply emarginate, lobes distinct and evidently pointed. Rudimentary caudal rays well developed. Pectoral low, small, lobate, and reaching about half way to ventral. Ventral inserted about opposite base of second dorsal ray, first branched ray longest and when depressed fin reaches half way to anal. Vent close before origin of anal. Color in aleohol plain brown, back with a rather olivaceous cast and each scale at its junction with one below a little darker than general body color so that many longitudinal bands are formed, most pronounced or distinct on back and upper sides. Fins plain brownish, dorsal and caudal dusky. [ris slaty. Length 16 inches. In all, three examples from Point Barrow. The one described above is the only one with a well-developed hump. The hump can- not always be considered a character of the adult male, as the exam- ple described is but two inches longer than another example without the hump, which is also a male. This I have figured. Both have the milt little developed. Thesmall male also shows the depth about 41, A female, but little smaller than the male, agrees with the hump-back male in depth, but this is due to the deeper abdomen as the predorsal region is not especially gibbous. The comparisons, etc., of these three*examples will now be seen as follows: Head 43 to 54; depth 33 to 44; D. 1v, 10,1 tor1v, 11,1; A. 1v, 11,1 to 1v, 12, 1; scales 73 to 79 in lateral line to base of caudal and usually 4 more on latter; rakers 8+13 to 8+15, usually 14 on lower part of first arch; total length of body (caudal damaged) 14 to 16 inches. This species attains some size. The type, figured by Mr. Nelson, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 is 18 inches in length. The examples examined by Dr. Scofield,"and those before me, are all smaller, and thus the number of gill-rakers in the original account (26) may be due to age. Dr. Scofield’s range from 18 to 22,3 while my specimens show 21 to 23. The scales on the type of Coregonus nelsoni are given as 88. This may be veri- fied as a lateral count by consulting Mr. Nelson’s figure,‘ though it is evident that the last 3 or 4 are on the base of the caudal. As suggested by Dr. Boulenger, Coregonus richardsonii Gunther? would appear to agree best with C. nelsoni, and in view of our present knowledge, the discrepancies in the lateral line and gill-rakers may now be accounted for. I hesitate, however, to unite these species until Dr. Giinther’s examples are more carefully studied, aside from the absence of locality. Argyrosomus pusillus (Bean). Head 43; depth 42; D. m1, 9,1; A. 11, 11, 1; seales 84 in lateral line to base of caudal and 3 more on latter; snout 44 in head; eye 44; maxillary 3; interorbital space 3£; least depth of caudal peduncle 24. Gill-rakers 16+28. Length of head from occiput to tip of snout a little less than half of distance from occiput to origin of dorsal. Length 12% inches. Meade river. November, 1897. Only one example which agrees with Dr. Smith’s figure, especially in the dark or brownish spots. These are also distinct on the dorsal. THYMALLIDZ. Thymallus signifer (Richardson). Dr. Horace Jayne kindly forwarded the following of Mr. Macll- henny’s notes concerning this species. These refer to a large exam- ple taken in the Meade river, October 9, 1897. ‘Entire dorsum dark bronze-purplish, gradually fading on sides to lighter bronze toward ventral side and chest to plumbeous-white on abdomen. Two rusty stripes beginning just below bases of pectorals extending to bases of ventrals sharply separate the white area of abdomen from bronze of sides. Tail, anal and pectorals bluish. Ventrals with six or seven nearly perfect longitudinal reddish-brown streaks. An irregular patch of dark spots extends from angle of opercles and pectorals back till about opposite base of ventrals, sometimes nearly absent. Membranes of dorsal bluish, rays light brown. Mem- 5 Fur Seals N. Pac. (Fish. Arct. Alask.), III, 1899, p. 494. ‘ Rep. Nat. Hist. Coll. Alaska, III, 1887, p. 314, Pl. 20. 5 Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 185. ® Rep. U. S. Fish Comm., XX, 1894 (1896), p. 312, Pl. 23. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, branes of dorsal between seventh to twelfth rays spotted with reddish-brown and spots increasing in size, number, brightness and irregularity of outline from front to rear.” Five examples. COTTIDZA. Oncocottus hexacornis (Richardson). In all six examples, largest 9 inches long. They all appear to differ in the aggregate of characters from the form which I shall indicate as Oncocottus hexacornis gilberti. They are apparently all much broader than in the latter, the preopercular spines are all comparatively shorter, the coloration darker, the cranial osseus excrescences usually not so highly developed, and certain sexual characters are apparently well marked. A small male about 6 inches in length shows the membranes between the dorsal rays deeply scalloped, thus resem- bling Dr. Scofield’s figure? This fin, however, is more spotted or blotched with white. There are also two very distinct white trans- verse bands on the caudal, though a little further out from the base than his figure shows. In other respects, such as the small cranial protuberances and more pronounced markings on the pectoral, at least five transverse blackish bands. The more distinct color mark- ings seem to be a character of small or young examples. The larger examples are females and agree betiter with most figures. They have the second dorsal entire. All from Point Barrow, one was found chilled on the beach August 29, 1897. ° Oncocottus hexacornis gilberti subsp. nov. Figs. 2%, 3°, 48 and 58. Head 3; depth 6%; D. VIII-14; A. 15; P. 16; V. 1, 3; 29 distinct and well-developed pores in lateral line; width of head a little less than 14 inits length; depth of head 24; snout 44; eye 43; maxillary 21; interorbital space 7; width of mouth 24; length of depressed spinous dorsal 13; third dorsal spine 3; length of base of second dorsal 12; fourth dorsal ray 14; sixth anal ray 22; length of caudal 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 92; length of pectoral, from base of upper- most ray, 1,4; length of ventral 14. Body depressed, elongate, but more slender when viewed from above than that of Oncocottus hexacornis. Greatest depth appa- rently at middle of belly, and greatest width apparently at lower posterior angle of preopercle. Caudal peduncle slender, its least 7 Fur Seals N. Pac. (Fish. Arct. Alask.), III, 1899, p. 501, Pl. 68. 8 Female. ® Male. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 Fig. 3. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, width about 3 of least depth and least depth about 4+ in its length. Head rather deep, more elevated in proportion than that of O. hexa- cornis. It is also decidedly more narrow or angular when seen from above. Snout rather short, blunt, rounded above, or more rounded than in O. hexacornis. Upper jaw protruding a little and also pro- duced a little beyond mandible. Eye large, impinging on upper profile, a little longer than deep, and its posterior margin a little before center in length of head. Mouth large, corner or gape extend- ing till about opposite anterior margin of pupil. Lips a little fleshy. Maxillary long, reaching about opposite posterior margin of pupil, and its distal expanded extremity equal to about 3 of horizontal orbital diameter. Teeth rather large, conic, coarse, and in bands in jaws. A patch also on vomer, though none on palatines or on tongue. Tongue broad, thick, triangular and rounded tip free. Buccal flaps rather narrow. Head cavernous, and with rather prominent ridges. Nostrils with rather broad cutaneous rims, anterior on side of snout and in about last third of its length. Pos- terior nostril large, in interorbital space Just before anterior margin of orbit, and its margin large. Interorbital space narrow and con- cave, 14 in orbit. Nasal spines 2, well developed, close together and curving a little back. An osseous scabrous postorbital process of large size on each side and another similar one on each side, only larger, in occipital region. Opercular spines 3, upper two close to- gether and both directed back. Lower opercular spine just below second preopercular spine and directed down. Preopercular spines 4, large, uppermost longest or about ~ of horizontal orbital diameter and directed obliquely up and back, also perfectly straight. Third preopercular spine inclined a little down and second vertical. First opercular spine broad and directed forward. Two humeral spines behind upper opercular spine, and 1 axillary spine just above base of uppermost pectoral ray. Mandible cavernous. Ridges on head all more or less rounded. Gill-flap not broad. Gill-opening rather large, extending forward till about opposite middle of orbit. Rakers rather broad asperous tubercles, 1+6 on first arch. Filaments well developed, about equal to 2 of horizontal orbital diameter. Isthmus broad and flattened. Branchiostegal rays 6. Body covered with smooth skin. Head with exception of spines and processes covered with smooth skin. On back on each side of median line an irregular double series of scabrous tubercles extending from neck to upper part of caudal basally. Upper edge of pectoral, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 of second dorsal, both upper and lower edges of caudal and also outer portions of rays of last two fins more or less scabrous. Lateral line distinct till below last dorsal rays, of elevated continuous tubes with pronounced pores at regular intervals and most developed anteriorly. Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of sixth dorsal ray, fourth spine longest and others graduated more or less down, edge of fin rounded. Origin of second dorsal about mid- way between tip of snout and tip of caudal. Fifth dorsal ray longest, several others immediately following subequal and others graduated down with edge of fin rounded. Anal inserted a little in advance of second dorsal, median rays longest, and margin of fin rounded. Caudal truncate, with 6 branched rays, and corners posteriorly a little pointed. Pectoral large, reaching vent, fourth ray longest, and base of first ray about opposite second spine on preopercle. Ventral rather long, second ray longest, and reaching 2 of distance to vent. Vent large, close in front of anal. Color in alcohol mostly more or less uniform brown above, lower surface paler. Head a little paler brown than trunk. Flanks or upper side of back tinged with dusky. Fins all brownish and ven- trals paler or like belly. Dorsals paler basally, outer portions of membranes dusky. Caudal similar. Anal pale brownish, marked on membranes medianly and marginly with brownish so that two rather ill-defined longitudinal bands are formed. Pectoral pale basally, especially lower rays, and distally between each ray on membrane usually a longitudinal dusky streak. Ventral plain. Tris slaty. Length 7 inches. Type No. 7,203, W.1.A.P. 2. Point Barrow, northern Alaska. November 21, 1897. E. A. Macllhenny. Also another smaller example, paratype, with same data. It isa o. It differs a little in the armature of the opercle as the spines are a little shorter. The upper margin of the second dorsal is also not deeply scalloped, like that of male examples of O. hexacornis, the free ends of each ray being only a short slender filament. The anterior margins of the first dorsal rays are a little morescabrous. In most every other respect it agrees more or less, the color markings varying a little perhaps. The differences are best appreciated by a comparison of the figures. Upon comparison with examples of O. hexacornis of similar size, the characters indicated by Dr. Scofield for the “Oncocottus sp. ancog.’’ which he mentions from Point Barrow are found to disagree. 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, There is little to separate these two examples from O. hexacornis, save perhaps in the more compressed body, slightly notched second dorsal of the male, more narrow interorbital space, and longer or slender caudal peduncle. The coloration of O. h. gilberti is perhaps also paler in life as the examples are decidedly so at present, having been in the same preservative. At any rate, I provisionally retain them as distinct. (Named for Dr. Charles H. Gilbert, of the Chair in Zodlogy in the Leland Stanford Junior University, whose valuable contributions to ichthyology may easily be identified by their thorough excellence and accuracy of detail.) GADIDZ. Boreogadus saida (Lepechin). Three examples from Point Barrow. Largest 74 inches. Lota maculosa (Le Sueur). Two examples from the Meade river. October 9, 1897. Larger about 203.inches. Pectoral not reaching front of dorsal, 14 in head. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF COMMENSAL CRAB. BY MARY J. RATHBUN. The crab here described as new was submitted to me for determi- nation by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. It differs from other American spe- cles in its great breadth, and in the form of the maxillipeds, the carpal and propodal segments of which are unusually short. Pinnotheres strombi sp. nov. Description of adult 2 .—Carapace nearly one and a half times as broad as long, oblong, sides parallél, cor- ners rounded; dorsal surface curv- ing down toward the margins, smooth and naked; integument very thin and easily wrinkled. Front less than one-fourth width of carapace, strongly bent down, P. strombi. Dorsal and ventral views margin forming an oblique angle at CRDi. middle. Orbits suborbicular, eyes partly visible in dorsal view. Antennules nearly horizontal. Outer maxillipeds oblique, the penult and antepenult joints short and stout, the last joint small and almost terminal. Chelipeds small, rounded ; upper margin of propodus convex, lower margin sinuous; fingers deflexed, about half as long as palm, stout, fitting close together, tips sharp and crossing. om = a . Outer maxilliped, much en- Second pair of ambulatory legs a little larged the longest, first pair stoutest, fourth pair much shorter and narrower than the other three. Dactyli short, strongly curved, stout at base, tapering to slender horny tips. Abdomen as wide as carapace, and about as long as wide. 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Edge of front, anterior margin of merus of first three ambulatories, and lower margin of carpus of first ambulatory, fringed with short dense pubescence, as are also the lower surface of the carapace and the edge of maxillipeds and abdomen. Dimensions.—Width of carapace, 9.6 mm.; length, 6.6 mm. Type locality.—Taken from a living Strombus pugilis Linnzus, at Clearwater Harbor, Florida, by Mr. H. 8. Colton, 1905; one female. Type in Museum of the Academy, No. 1,629 of the collection of Crustacea. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 SOME MARINE OLIGOCHETA OF NEW ENGLAND. BY J. PERCY MOORE. That the study of the littoral Oligocheeta of the eastern United States has been much neglected becomes evident when it is mentioned that but four original references to the subject occur in the literature, and three of these are very brief diagnoses of species. The first is found in Prof. Leidy’s Contributions to the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, published in 1855, where Lwmbriculus tenwis is described from specimens taken at Point Judith, Rhode Island. In 1863, Minor gave a quite recognizable description in the American Jour- nal of Arts and Sciences of his Enchytreus triventralopectinatus, taken near high-water mark at New Haven, Connecticut. In 1873, in the Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Prof. Verrill describes as new Clitellio irrorata and Halodrillus (gen. noy.) littoralis. The first three of these have not since been reported by any other observers, but the last was carefully studied and its anatomy described in a Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History for 1895 by Smith, who establishes its identity with a widely distributed species of Enchytreus. Michaelsen, in his Monograph of the Oligo- cheta, recognizes the close resemblance between Minor’s species and the well-known Paranais littoralis of Europe. The remaining two species have been noticed repeatedly by monographers and systematic writers who have been unable to arrive at any satisfactory conclusions as to their status. While engaged in studying Polycheta, chiefly in the region about Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, but also at other points on the New Eng- land coast, for several years past, the writer has collected a number of species of littoral Oligocheta which, besides permitting the identifica- tion of the previously recorded species with certainty, except in the ease of Lumbriculus tenuis, embrace several interesting additions to our known fauna. Minor’s Enchytreus triventralopectinatus proves to be Paranais littoralis, as supposed by Michaelsen; Lumbriculus tenwis Leidy is almost certainly Clitellio arenarius (Miller); Halodrillus lit- toralis Verrill is Enchytreus albidus Henle; and Critellio irrorata Verrill is a composite of Tubifex trroratus (Verrill), Tubifex benedeni Udekem and 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Clitellio arenarius Miller. To the latter conclusion I have been much assisted by Prof. Verrill’s great kindness in sending to me for study his entire collection of marine oligochetes, including many bottles labelled by him as Clitellio irrorata. Although this material was collected from 25 to 30 years ago, and had since been subjected to all of the vicissitudes of preservation in small vials of alcohol, it was possible to determine most of the specimens, and as a result to considerably extend the known range along our coasts of several species. For this privilege | am much indebted to Prof. Verrill. In the present paper are noticed ten species representing three fami- lies, as follows: Naiide, Paranais littoralis; Tubificide, Clitellio are- narius, Monopylephorus glaber, M. parvus, Tubijex irroratus, T. bene- deni, T. hamatus and Limnodrilus subsalsus; Enchytreide, Enchytreus albidus and Lumbricillus agilis. Of these P. littoralis, C. arenarius, M. parvus, T. benedeni and E. albidus are European species, but only the first and last have hitherto been recognized on our shores. T'ubifex trroratus is the residuum of Verrill’s C. irrorata and the remaining four are new, but have more or less closely related representatives in other parts of the world. It needs to be remarked that very few of these worms are really marine; they are more or less recent migrants from a rich limicoline or terrestrial oligochzete fauna. The naids and tubificids are derivatives of the former which have been carried down the streams into bays and estuaries and have spread through the brackish waters and along the littoral zone. In their new habitat they have undergone modifications that are sometimes considered to have generic value. A case of especial interest is that of the brackish water Limnodrilrus sub- salsus, which is the only species of this large genus that has been re- corded as occurring out of fresh water. As pointed out inthe systematic part of the paper, especially under Monopylephorus glaber, some of the tubificids burrow in soil saturated with fresh water from springs, and are experimentally shown to take more kindly to pure fresh water than to salt water of sea density. The enchytrzids are more particularly strand forms which inhabit the marine vegetation thrown by the waves upon the beach. They enter the littoral zone, but are often found in large numbers quite above the reach of the waves at high tide, particu- larly during rain storms. They are undoubtedly derived from terres- trial or amphibious forms that have found a favorable environment on the seashore. Enchytreus albidus, at least, is found in garden and wood soil also, but may have been introduced through the use of eel grass for fertilizer. The species of Tubificidee described in this paper, as well as some of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 those described recently by other authors, tend to traverse some of the generic boundaries usually set up and to obscure their limits. Tubijex is here employed in a broad sense, and it will be noticed that 7. irro- ratus approaches Monopylephorus in many respects and removes that genus from the isolated position that it has been considered to occupy. This species resembles MWonopylephorus in its valvular and moniliform blood-vessels, the form of its nephridia and the short sperm ducts with diffuse prostate glands. On the other hand, the paired genital orifices, the well-developed penes and the capillary sete in the dorsal bundles are characters of Tubifex. Ditlevsen has referred to Monopy- lephorus a species (M. trichochetus) having all of these characters except the penes. The supposed great gap between these genera is thus bridged by two species. On the other hand, Tubijex hamatus, which is in most respects a typical Tubifex of the Psammoryctes group, appears to lack capillary sete altogether. Some of our forms here re- ferred to European species exhibit slight departures from the published descriptions, and it is possible may prove to be distinct when actual comparison of specimens from both places comes to be made. Besides the species described in this paper my collections include several others represented only by immature specimens, from which the characters of the reproductive organs cannot be ascertained. The following key will facilitate the determination of species noticed in this paper: A.—Asexual reproduction by serial budding and fission. B.—Spermathece in V; sete all hooked and bifid, the dorsal bundles beginning on V; size very small, Paranais littoralis. AA.—Reproduction normally by the sexual method only. BB.—Spermathece in V; sete all with simple (not bifid) tips and dorsal bundles beginning with the ventral on II; male pores on XII. C.—Setxe fshaped ; blood yellowish; testes deeply lobulated, Lumbricillus agilis. CC.—Set straight, with hooked internal ends; blood color- less; testes not subdivided, . Enchytreus albidus. BBB.—Spermathece in X; sete more or less distinctly bifid at the tips and of various forms, often associated in the dorsal bundles with capillary set; male genital pores on XI. D.—Male genital pores and spermathecal pores paired ; penes present. E.—Atrium simple; no special prostate gland; spermathece reaching into XI when fully developed, . . . . . Clitellio arenarius. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, EE.—Atrium divided into penis sac and sperm reser- voir, the latter with a special prostate gland ; spermathecz confined to X. F.—Sperm ducts long and slender; prostate glands massive. G.—Cuticle more or less completely coy- ered with flattened papille; capil- lary sete present or absent; no copulatory sete, Tubifex benedeni. GG.—Cuticle without papille; capillary setee always(?) absent; posterior dorsal setze enlarged and strongly hooked; copulatory sete present onX,. . . . Pubifex hamatus. GGG.—Neither cuticular papille, capillary setee, nor copulatory sete present; vas deferens very long and penis sac very complex, with spirally wound muscular coats and a trum- pet-shaped chitinoid penis sheath, Limnodrilus subsalsus. FI’.—Sperm ducts short and wide; prostate glands diffuse. H.—Penes present; genital pores paired ; capillary sete present, Tubifex irroratus. DD.—No penes nor capillary sete ; spermiductal and spermathecal pores median or nearly so ; sperm ducts short and wide; prostate glands diffuse. I.—Spermathece paired; sete all distinctly bifid at tips, Monopylephorus glaber. IJ.—Spermatheca single; bifur- cation of setee often obso- lete, Monopylephorus parvus. Paranais littoralis (Oersted) Czerniavsky. Nais littoralis Oersted, 1843. ; Enchytreus triventralopectinatus Minor, 1863, Paranais littoralis Czerniavsky, 1880. This species was described under the name of Enchytreus triventralo- pectinatus as long ago as 1863, from New Haven, Connecticut, by Minor, but appears to have escaped subsequent notice in America. Michaelsen places Minor’s species doubtfully among the synonyms of P. littoralis. Hitherto budding individuals only have been found, and until the char- acters of the mature reproductive organs of American examples are known the identity of the latter with the European species cannot be 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 considered as established. Nevertheless, so far as budding worms are concerned, no distinctions can be detected, unless the number of sete averages somewhat less in American specimens. The prostomium is often slightly pigmented, but there are no eyes. The blood is pale greenish-yellow, and the chlorogogue cells pale brown. The first bud- ding zone usually occurs at XX or between XIX and XX. A second may occur at XX XV, but usually only the first is conspicuously devel- oped. Still attached zooids may possess as many as 28 or 30 segments before the appearance of a second budding zone. In buds nearly ready to become detached both dorsal and ventral sete occur on all segments. All through July and August active budding continues under natural conditions, but worms kept throughout the autumn at Philadelphia failed to develop genital organs. Nothing but its small size and mode of occurrence has caused this species to be overlooked for so many years as it is extremely abundant and widely distributed. More than any other species it withstands a wide range of density in the water, being almost equally at home in the rain-soaked eel-grass above high tide, on the shores of brackish ponds and under stones near low-water mark on the exposed shores of Vine- yard Sound. Its movements are characterized by frequent quick, nervous turnings and contractions. Clitellio arenarius (Miiller) Savigny. Lumbricus arenarius Miller, 1776. Clitellio arenarius Savigny, 1820. ?Lumbriculus tenuis Leidy, 1855. Clitellio irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. Of the ten species noticed in this paper the present one is the largest, full-grown examples exceeding two inches in length and a millimeter in diameter at the clitellum. Preserved specimens usually have the mouths of the spermathece and the penes protruding in the form of prominent papille, as Prof. Verrill has noted in his description. Sex- ually mature worms are abundant, enabling one to secure cocoons in numbers and to study the anatomy of the genital organs with ease. There is little doubt of the identity of the American and European worms, the only noticeable differences being a slightly greater average number of setz in ours and an apparently somewhat shorter sperma- thecal duct than is figured by European authors. No entirely satis- factory figures of the sete of the European worm have been found, and it is possible that there may be a difference in their form also. The spermathece are often filled with large vermiform spermatophores. The distribution of this form is equally extensive on the European and American sides of the Atlantic. It is excessively abundant in 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Casco Bay and northward in Maine, where it occurs under stones and among grass roots up to high-water mark on muddy and gravelly shores. While apparently less plentiful south of Cape Cod, it is com- mon at many suitable points on the shores of Vineyard Sound, Buz- zard’s Bay, Narragansett Bay and Long Island Sound. Without being able to decide the matter definitely, it seems ex- tremely probable that this is the species described by Leidy. Although the characters given in the brief description of L. tenuis are not diag- nostic, they are sufficient to eliminate every other species described in this paper except the brackish water Limnodrilus subsalsus, while they all and the character of the habitat, as well, apply to C. arenarius. Vaillant, indeed, has already referred Lumbriculus tenuis doubtfully to Clitellio. ater writers have been more cautious. In Prof. Verrill’s collections this species occurs far more frequently than any other and usually under the name of Clitellio irrorata, thus giving the best of authority for the inclusion of the latter in the syn- onymy. It is this species that is figured under the name of C. irrorata in Trans. Conn. Acad., 1881, Pl. VIII, figs. 8 and 3a. The localities represented cover a wide extent of coast and, named from north south- ward, are as follows: Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Casco Bay, Cape Ann, Gloucester, Massachusetts; Salem, Massachusetts; Cape Cod, Vineyard Sound, Wood’s Hole and New Haven. Monopylephorus glaber sp. nov. Plate XXXII, figs. 1-6. This species is relatively short and stout for a tubificid, the largest examples not exceeding 40 mm., and the usual length of living mature worms being about 25-30 mm., with a diameter of .8 mm. Young examples are relatively much more slender. In mature worms there are from 67-74 segments, and generally they are 4-ringed, bearing the setze on the third and consequently well behind the middle. The greatest diameter is at the clitellum and genital region, from which the body tapers rapidly to the small pointed prostomium and very gently to the anal somite. The clitellum occupies part of X, all of XI and XII, and sometimes extends on to XIII. Except for the sensory hairs belonging to a zone of cutaneous organs encircling the middle of each somite, the skin is devoid of cuticular pilosities and perfectly smooth. Owing in part to the presence of grayish-brown pigment granules, and in part to the remarkably high peritoneal layer of cells, the body walls are decidedly opaque. The external opening of the genital bursa is a conspicuous median, transversely elongated aperture in the sete zone on the venter of XI. The female pores are paired in the furrow 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 at) and the spermathec open close together in a common depression just behind furrow =. The general color varies from pinkish in young worms to brown or purple in fully grown ones, in which the color is due to a combination of the rose of the blood with the brown of the chlorogogue cells, the opaque white of the ccelomic corpuscles, the dark contents of the intes- tine and the pigment of the skin. Anteriorly the color remains pink or, through the accumulation of ecelomic corpuscles, becomes opaque white. When, as in certain individuals, the latter are very numerous, they impart a characteristic whiteness and opacity to the entire worm. The sete are all of the usual short, bifid, hooked form (fig. 4), with a deeply cleft tip and the terminal process somewhat longer and more slender than the widely divergent basal one. The portion of the seta external to the body wall is peculiarly thickened, but otherwise pre- sents no characteristic features. In each bundle the inner sete are somewhat the longer and those of ventral bundles slightly exceed the dorsal, but no marked differences are anywhere noticeable. As usual, the ventral bundles of XI are wanting. From II to XI 4 or 5 is the prevalent number in each bundle, the last being most usual in the ventral bundles, though they occasionally contain 6. Behind the cli- tellum 3 is usual in the ventral, 2 in dorsal bundles, and both may become reduced to one toward the posterior end. Owing to the opacity of the body walls and the profusion of eccelomic corpuscles in mature worms the internal anatomy is difficult to work out upon living subjects, though practically all of the results of the study of sections have been confirmed upon living material and dissec- tions. The spherical ecelomic corpuscles (fig. 5) are from .009 mm. to .0125 mm. in diameter, and filled with a comparatively small number of spherical granules measuring .0025 in diameter, and whose opacity and whiteness gives to the corpuscles their characteristic aspect. Among these corpuscles are seen a few filled with very much smaller granules which appear to be budded from the high peritoneal cells. No unusual features are presented by the alimentary canal. The pharyngeal region is very small, though its glands extend diffusely to V or VI; the simple intestine is regularly and prominently sacculated, especially behind the intestine, and except in the genital region, where they are slightly developed, and in somites IV and V, in which they make their appearance, is thickly enveloped in chlorogogue cells, which largely conceal the dorsal vessel also. As in all members of the genus hitherto described, the vascular system presents a well-developed integumental plexus on the lateral 25 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, arches and a remarkable system of unicellular valves. The ventral vessel is free from the intestine, without sacculations and without valves. It bifurcates in III, but is usually reunited in II by an asym- metrical commissural vessel, from which a small azygous vessel arises. The dorsal vessel is contractile, sacculated and provided with a set of valves at each constriction throughout its entire length as far forward as somite III. Although its anterior end is largely free from the intes- tine, it retains a covering of chlorogogue cells as far as somite IV and bifurcates only on reaching II. A pair of small lateral arches without valves arises in I, and after dividing each joins the here double ventral vessel. Beginning with III, the arches spring from the dorsal trunk at the posterior ends of the somites Just anterior to the valvular constric- tions. They reach to the body walls, which they enter and then divide into a complex integumental network emptying into the ventral vessel by two trunks in each somite, while the plexuses of contiguous somites are united by a longitudinal connecting vessel. The network is similar to that of 1. pilosus, but appears to be somewhat more open. The lateral contractile trunks increase in size to X, one of which loops into the sperm sac, while one in XI forms a rich plexus within the ovisac. Behind XI they become much smaller, but continue to form integumental plexuses which join the ventral vessel by two trunks. The arches from III to XI are moniliform and provided with valves at each constriction. That in III contains one set of valves, IV 2 sets, V 2 or 3 sets, VI and VII 3 or 4 sets, and in VIII to X15 or 6 sets— numbers which, while oceasionally varying, are remarkably constant. In the larger arches the two primary branches also may each contain a set of valves. The brain (fig. 3) has a peculiarly lobulated surface and is broad and very deeply incised anteriorly, somewhat narrower and scarcely emar- ginated posteriorly, where the muscular sheath is produced into a pair of contractile strands, between which the dorsal vessel passes. Ordi- narily the brain is about } longer than broad, but the proportions vary greatly with the state of contraction and extension of the worm. Nephridia (fig. 2) begin in VII with their nephrostomes opening into VI; none is present in X and XI, though a pair communicating with the latter is frequently developed in XII. In young worms, in which the transparent body wall permits the nephridia to be readily studied, they are absent from many somites and developed on one side only of others, but in full-grown worms few segments, except at the posterior region, lack them. The funnel is small, with the prolonged lip or tongue more slender and elongated than in M. pilosus. It passes into a short 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 neck, which penetrates the septum and joins an irregular massive region in which the canal is much folded, with granular coalesced walls and irregular lumen in the anterior part, while in the posterior part the lumen becomes more regular and provided at intervals with ciliated ampulle. From this portion an elongated lobe passes caudally and medially along the ventral blood-vessel. In this lobe are four canals arranged in two loops, the proximal one of which contains ciliated ampulle, while the distal one lacks cilia and, after returning to the massive region, passes into a large thick-walled efferent canal, the lumen of which exhibits a few irregular lateral diverticula, and which finally opens to the exterior by a pore situated a short distance anterior to the ventral setee bundles. The reproductive organs agree closely with what is known of other members of the genus. A pair of testes suspended from the posterior surface of the septum 8 fill not only the ecelome of X, but large ante- rior and posterior sperm sacs. The former is a short, wide, nearly spherical diverticulum from the septum R which arises dorsal to the intestine and projects forward when fully developed to the sapien ee. The posterior sac is much longer and, arising from the septum x; above the intestine, accompanies, but usually does not enter, the ovisac to about somite XIII or XIV. In young worms there are two, but later one disappears. Before maturity the cavity of the functional one is closed by a transverse diaphragm which prevents the vascular arch from entering more than a short distance. » The large sperm funnels rest on the floor of X against the posterior septum, which is perforated on each side of the nerve cord by the short vasa deferentia, which then bend laterally and each expands into a slightly enlarged region covered completely by a continuous layer of rather small prostate gland cells. This region—the sperm reservoir— bends upward around the intestine, and at the highest point passes into a short ductus ejaculatorius free from glands and opening into the sum- mit of the fusiform penis sac. The latter is provided with a very deep epithelium thrown into rugous folds and relatively thin muscular layers ; but there is no trace of a penis. The atria of the two sides open into the lateral portions of the summit of an eversible median bursa, which probably acts to some extent as a substitute for the penis (fig. 1). Ovaries occupy a position in XI relatively similar to that of the tes- tes in X, and are provided with a median dorsal ovisac which, arising from the septum pee above the intestine, reaches to XVI or beyond. In addition to the ova it receives a vascular network, usually from the 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, left arch of the pair in XI, and sometimes the posterior sperm sac in addition. Spermathece (fig. 6) are nearly always conspicuous even in young worms. They open either very close together or by a common median pore just behind the furrow =a and consequently are weil forward in the latter somite. They have short, thick, muscular ducts without glands, and ovoid or sometimes nearly spherical ampulla which when fully distended may reach nearly the length of the somite. When fully distended the lining epithelium is thin and flat and the muscular layer thin, but when nearly empty the former becomes thick and folded, often in a spiral or annular fashion, a condition which usually prevails near the entrance to the duct, where the circular muscular layer is much thickened. The spermatozoa are never fashioned into spermatophores, but fill the ampulla in compact masses and bundles. This species is closely related to Monopylephorus rubronivens Levin- sen, to which Ditlevsen has recently referred Vermiculus pilosus Good- rich. From this species, as elaborately described by Goodrich, M. glaber differs in the entire absence of villous processes on the cuticle, the greater number of setze, the form of the nephridia and some minor char- acters of the vascular system, brain, etc. Another closely related species is M. fluviatilis (Ferronniére), but if the sperm ducts are correctly figured for the latter the position of the prostate glands is quite different. Both Goodrich and Ditlevsen have attached much importance to the form of the nephridia, which they consider to approach the enchy- treid type. In M. glaber this resemblance is entirely superficial and the arrangement of the tubules is nearly typically tubiciform, their analysis into glandular region, large and small tubule loops being easy. In suitable localities this species is very abundant about the shores of Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. It prefers regions overlaid by a layer of fine organic mud in places where there is an accumulation of decaying eel grass or other vegetable matter, and especially where the salt water is diluted by springs or streams of fresh water. In such places it occurs in enormous numbers beneath stones or a short distance below the surface, while in nearby spots, where the water is of much greater density but the conditions otherwise similar, few or none will be found. Nowhere in this region have these worms been found in greater numbers or of such large size (mostly exceeding 40 mm. in length and 1 mm. in diameter) as along the gravelly and muddy banks of the Wareham river, a small stream emptying into the head of Buz- zard’s Bay. Here under stones near high water-mark, at a point where 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 saltness of the water is just barely discernible to the taste, enormous numbers occur quite unmixed with other species. If placed in pure salt water of the density found in Vineyard Sound these worms die much sooner than if placed in fresh water, but may be acclimatized to either by gradual changes. In brackish water they have lived and bred in confinement in Philadelphia for seven months, and are now, - after this lapse of time, as vigorous as ever. That they are partial to low rather than high densities is shown by the observation that those living on the shores of the Eel Pond at Wood’s Hole, at a point where fresh water oozes from the ground below high-water mark, burrow deeper toward the source of the spring when the tide rises and covers their habitation, and come to the surface when it falls. Other favored localities are certain shallow and nearly closed coves where great quan- tities of eel grass and alge accumulate and decay in water diluted by rains. Here under small stones below half-tide mark the species asso- ciates with Tubijex irroratus and Lumbricillus agilis, though the latter is far more plentiful in the decaying eel grass at a higher station on the shore, and the former prefers the roots of salt grasses growing on more gravelly shores. Though not active in their movements, they are less sluggish than the 7. trroratus and far more hardy than that species. From the latter part of July, at least, onward this species breeds, and some specimens brought to Philadelphia continued sexually active throughout the fall and into winter. When breeding they are espe- cially active and congregate in such numbers beneath stones that they impart a quite red color to the surface of the soil when exposed by turning over the stones. Monopylephorus parvus Ditlevsen. Pl. XXXIII, figs. 29-34. A second small species of Monopylephorus is referred to the above species, with which it agrees closely in nearly all of the characters recorded in the original brief diagnosis. Further information may necessitate a separation. In size and form this species closely resembles Lumbricillus agilis, but its distinctly pink color and the opacity due to ccelomic corpus- cles, as well as its more sluggish movements, are a ready means of sepa- ration. Fixed specimens can be distinguished in many cases only after a careful study, especially as sexually mature individuals are infrequent. The length is from 8 to 15 mm., the diameter about .4 mm. and the number of segments from 38 to 43. The prostomium is much more slender and pointed than in M. glaber, but the somites are similarly quadri-annulate. The number of sete in each ventral bundle is 3 or 4 anterior to the genital region and 2 posteriorly; in the dorsal bundles 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, usually 5 anteriorly and 2 to 4 posteriorly. The sete are all small and of the usual form, except that their tips are curiously variable (fig. 29). As the setze were studied only under the rather unfavorable conditions presented by alcoholic material, it is uncertain how far this may be due to wear. Many of the sete are undoubtedly broken, but those figured - appear to be intact. In some the tips are deeply bifid and the points long and acute; others, especially in the posterior dorsal bundles, have the upper or distal point more or less reduced, and still others have a mere apical notch or are apparently entire. The ccelomic corpuscles are very numerous and about .012 mm. in diameter, with opaque white granules smaller and more numerous than those of M. glaber. In internal anatomy this species closely resembles J. glaber, from which, however, it is easily distinguished by the single spermatheca (fig. 34) which opens in the median line of the furrow z, and is usually folded on itself transversely. The atria (figs. 32, 33) also differ in that they join in the middle line before opening into the bursa by a single small pore raised on the summit of a papilla. It will thus be noticed that the primitively strictly paired character of the reproductive organs has been departed from more widely in this than the other species. The prostate and other regions of the male ducts are otherwise as usual. An anterior sperm sac extends through IX, a posterior through XII and XIII, and an ovisac to XVI. The vascular system presents the characteristic valvular and chambered vessels and integumental plexus. The brain (fig. 31) is slender and the anterior lobes much elongated. Nephridia are of the character belonging to the genus, but are slender and elongated and the nephrostomial lip especially narrow and prolonged. This species has not been found abundantly anywhere. Occasional examples occur with the larger tubificids and with Lumbricillus, but it appears to prefer more gravelly shores and the neighborhood of beach grass, among the roots of which it may befound. In a few cases larger numbers were found living gregariously beneath stones at half- tide on the south shore of Naushon. It is quite probable that it has often been mistaken for the young of . glaber or even of Lwmbricillus. Tubifex irroratus (Verrill). Pl. XXXII, figs. 7-11. Clitellio irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. The length of this slender species seldom exceeds 30 mm., but the number of somites may equal 90. Most of ‘the examples found in the vicinity of Wood’s Hole are not fully mature, and are from 15 to 17 mm. long, with about 70 somites. The prostomium is more acute than 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 385 in Monopylephorus, and the somites are more elongated but similarly ringed. In mature examples the clitellum is developed on X, XI, XII and for a short distance on XIII. A pair Be spermathecal pores occurs far forward on X just behind the furrow + s and in line with the ventral sete, the male pores occupy the place of the ventral sete or alittle behind on XI, and the ovipores are minute slits in the furrow x. In young worms the color is pinkish, but in larger ones becomes deep brownish or purplish-red, often very dark, and in mature worms always very much darker than in Monopylephorus glaber, a difference which is probably due chiefly to the fact that the deep color of the chlorogogue cells is untempered by the whiteness imparted by great numbers of peritoneal corpuscles. The sete are of two forms, one kind being hooked and bifid and the other capillary and of very characteristic form. Both occur in the dorsal bundles. In preclitellar somites there are usually 2 or 3 or rarely even 4 of the former, with 1 or 2 or occasionally 3 of the latter alternating with, or 1 on the ventral side of each of, the hooked ones. Bundles of the middle region contain 2 hooked and 1 capillary seta, and those of the posterior region 1 of each. Normally every dorsal bundle except a few at the posterior end contains capillary sete, but they are easily detached, and in some specimens fully formed ones are absent from as many as one-half or more of the bundles. When more than one is present they are usually of unequal lengths, the longest much exceeding the diameter of the body. They are very slender and taper regularly to the end, toward which they exhibit 2 or 3 very slight but distinct spiral turns (fig. 11). Possibly this region may be slightly flattened, though this appearance may be due to the lights and shadows caused by the spiral turns. The short hooked sete (fig. 9) are always bifid, with the distal process decidedly longer unless worn or broken, which is seldom the case. Ventral bundles contain hooked sete only which are quite similar in form to those of the dorsal bundles but some- what larger; those of anterior bundles of both rows are larger than the posterior. Anteriorly the ventral bundles usually contain 3, in the middle region 2, and posteriorly 1. As usual the ventral bundles are wanting on XI, but those of X are not modified as copulatory sete. The vascular system of this species is remarkably like that of Mono- pylephorus glaber, presenting a similar valvular dorsal vessel, chambered and valvular lateral trunks, complex integumental plexus, and similar mode of branching. As distinctive characters it presents a finer and more numerously branched integumental plexus, with a more conspicu- ous longitudinal intersegmented trunk, and a greater number of sets 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, of valves in the lateral arches. Usually the arches in III and IV have 1 set, V 1 or 2 sets ,VI3 or 4, VII 4, VIII 4 or 5, IX and X 6 or 7, and X16. The right arch in X sends a loop into the sperm sac as far as the diaphragm present in the immature worm, while that of XI enters the ovisac and breaks up into a rich plexus. The intestinal plexus reaches as far forward as VII. Owing chiefly to the height of the coelomic endothelium the body walls are thick and opaque. Peritoneal corpuscles (fig. 10) are of two forms, about 90 per cent. of them being spherical and filled with rounded opaque granules having nearly the color of the vertebrate red blood corpuscle. The corpuscles measure .01 to .015 mm., and the granules .0012 mm. in diameter. The corpuscles are much less abundant than those of Monopylephorus glaber, and are easily distinguished by their smaller and more numerous granules. With the spherical corpuscles are associated a number of nearly homogeneous, colorless, flattened, fusiform corpuscles and a few leucocytes. The brain is about as broad as long, very massive and with a slight median emargination posteriorly, and prolonged anteriorly into a pair of relatively slender lobes separated by a deep cleft. Like so many other organs the nephridia have much in common with those of Monopylephorus glaber. The funnels are provided with a tongue which, however, is short and broad, and the remainder of the funnel is much lobulated. Nearly sessile on the septum, it passes into a short and narrow postseptal neck which, in turn, enters a large tubule with a very wide irregular lumen and highly granular walls which is doubled on itself and forms, with the first section of the tubule loops, the so-called glandular portion of the nephridium. The tubule loops have ciliated ampull and are in general arranged as in M. glaber, but their folds are much more open and in the posterior nephridia reach through two somites. The efferent canal springs from the glandular mass and opens to the exterior in front of the ventral sete. Altogether the nephridium is of the true tubificid type. They are frequently developed on one side only or altogether absent from many somites. The spermathece (fig. 8) are large, with prominent simple ellipsoidal ampulle, varying much in size and shape with the degree of distension, but usually filling a large part of the coelome of X, and reaching to the dorsal level of the intestine and the septum =. There is always a well differentiated muscular duct without glands, short in distended sperma- thece, but relatively long in empty ones. There are no spermatophores, the spermatozoa being free and loose. The male organs (fig. 7) are remarkable as combining the short sperm 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 duct and diffuse prostate gland of Monopylephorus with the soft penis having a thin cuticular sheath of a typical Tubijex. Large funnels open into X on each side near the body floor and, after perforating the septum in line with the ventral sete, pass into short wide vasa deferen- tia which bend laterally and gradually expand into the long sperm reservoirs constituting at least one-half of the entire duct. Near the posterior end of the somite they bend abruptly upward to a point above the intestine, and, by a short constricted region, pass into the summit of the penis sac, which is nearly vertical but curves forward to the external pores. The penis sac is cylindrical and has a thick muscular coat; the free penis begins at about its middle, but is usually considerably folded within the lower part of its cavity. There is a distinct but thin cuticular lining reflected on to the penis. The prostate gland is a thick layer of cells, especially enlarged on the dorsal side, uniformly covering the entire sperm reservoir. The sperm sacs and ova sacs are quite similar to those of Monopy- lephorus glaber. When fully developed the anterior sperm sac reaches through IX, the posterior to XV and the ova sac to XXII. The pos- terior sperm sacs are originally paired and in immature worms may be seen to be swept back and forth, alternately reversing and righting themselves, with the movements of the ecelomic fluid. It is certain that this is one of the species included by Prof. Verrill in his Clitellio irrorata, and a few specimens are included among those so labelled. As no type is indicated, it seems perfectly proper to pre- serve the name by applying it to this, rather than to permit it to lapse as a synonym of one of the species already named, even though the latter chiefly influenced the original description. Like M. glaber this is a brackish water species, and the two are fre- quently found associated about the outlets of littoral springs where an accumulation of organic mud makes the conditions otherwise favorable. The remarks under M. glaber concerning acclimatization to fresh and salt water apply equally to this species, which is, however, much less resistant to unfavorable cireumstances than that species. Perhaps this fact accounts for its much less abundance, though its habit of burrowing more deeply into the soil among the roots of beach grass, in the smaller rootlets of which its peculiar capillary sete become twisted, make it much more difficult to find. Sexually mature indi- viduals constitute a much smaller per cent. of those found than in M. glaber. So far as now known this species occurs only south of Cape Cod. 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Tubifex benedeni Udekem. Tubifex benedii Udekem, 1855. Clitellio ater Claparéde, 1862. Clitellio irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. Hemitubijex benedii Beddard, 1889. Psammoryctes benedeni Michaelsen, 1900. In its usual form this interesting species is at once distinguished from any others of our marine oligochetes by the nearly black or deep gray color, resulting from the remarkable flattened papille filled with greenish-gray granules with which the cuticle is thickly studded. These papille are arranged in irregular transverse rows in all regions except the prostomium, peristomium and clitellum, but they differ greatly in size and consequently in conspicuousness in different regions, being largest on the segments following the clitellum, and thence gradu- ally decreasing in size toward the posterior end, where they are small and widely separated. There is also much individual variation in respect to the number and size of these papille, and it seems probable that they may be shed and developed periodically, though my oppor- tunities for observing this species over a period of time have been very limited. Certain it is that small individuals with nearly or quite smooth cuticle are frequently found living with fully papillated mature ones, from which they appear to be otherwise indistinguishable. Fully grown worms with the papille scarcely developed also occur, and some of these are among the material collected by Prof. Verrill at Savin Rock, near New Haven, Connecticut, which is one of the type localities for Clitellio irrorata. It is quite evident, from a careful study of Prof. Verrill’s description, that his account of the sete is derived largely from specimens of this species in which, as is frequently the case, some of these organs were broken or abraded, and the others exhibited the normally great variability in the length of the distal process. When as slightly developed as in the specimens mentioned, the papille might be readily overlooked as unimportant. In my experience the capillary sete are more often absent than present. That the European worm also is variable in these respects is shown by discrepancies in the several descriptions, and by the numerous names that have been applied to the species and listed by Michaelsen. So far as studied the internal anatomy of American examples agrees fully with the accounts given by Claparéde, Beddard, ete. ‘The spermatophores are very large, but less slender than in Clitellio arenarius. This black worm is widely distributed on the seashores of Europe down to a depth of 7 fathoms. On our coasts it has not hitherto been identified. It is common between tides on muddy shores strewn with 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 stones in Casco Bay, Maine. Here it occurs nearly up to high-water mark in association with Clitellio arenarius, though the latter is far more abundant. In similar situations in Narragansett Bay also both species occur, and Prof. Verrill has taken them near New Haven. The writer has found 7’. benedeni only sparingly in the neighborhood of Wood’s Hole, and in water both fully salt and brackish. My brother, Dr. H. F. Moore, has collected it along with Clitellio arenarius at Campobello, New Brunswick. Tubifex hamatus sp. nov. Pl. XXXII, figs. 12-18. Length up to 35 or 40 mm.; greatest diameter about .8 mm. at the genital region; number of somites 85-110. In preserved specimens the prostomium is short and bluntly rounded, the peristomium about as long as the prostomium and divided into two rings, the first of which is papillated and evidently retractile. Succeeding somites increase in size, and the next five or six are biannulate, with the smaller annulus anterior. No further annulation is evident. The greatest diameter is at XI, behind which the segments become much narrower, but under- go no diminution in length for half the length of the body. Many of the specimens have somite VIII and often part of [X or even X strongly wrinkled or furrowed transversely. None has the clitellum distinctly developed. The cuticle is thick and everywhere perfectly smooth. Set are absent from the peristomium, the ventral bundle of XI and the anal somite. Elsewhere from one to four occur in each bundle. Anterior to the clitellum four is the normal number both dorsally and ventrally on somites V to VIII, and usually two or three on the remain- ing somites. Postclitellar somites bear almost invariably two in the ventral and a single large one in the dorsal bundles. In no case have capillary setee been detected in the dorsal bundles, the sete being, there- fore, exclusively of the hooked and bifid type. It is, of course, possible that further acquaintance with the species, now known from but one locality, may disclose the occasional or periodical presence of capillary sete in the dorsal bundle. The anterior sete (fig. 14) exhibit no noteworthy peculiarities, and are but little larger in the dorsal than in the ventral bundles. They are slightly sigmoid, with a small nodulus at the junction of the inner and outer limbs, the distal process of the slightly hooked tip longer and more slender and the proximal one shorter and stouter. Behind the clitellum they undergo little change for several segments, but at about the 20th to 28th somite in different individuals the dorsal and ventral sete become strongly differentiated. The latter (fig. 13) gradually diminish in size and the two divisions of the tip become equal in length, the proximal one, how- 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, ever, remaining the stouter. Probably as a result merely of their being less worn, the points are usually longer and sharper than on more ante- rior setze. At the point indicated the dorsal bundles become abruptly reduced to a single seta of very characteristic form (fig. 15). These are very large and stout, especially in the outer limb, which joins the inner one in an abrupt elbow marked by a prominent enlargement. The tip remains bifid, but is formed almost entirely by the stout, strongly hooked proximal division, which bears the small, slender distal division as an accessory process on its convexity. In intact individuals such large setz continue nearly or quite to the caudal extremity, but in those which are regenerating the dorsal as well as the ventral bundles contain unmodified sete, which are consequently here probably pro- visional. The ventral sete of X, which lie just anterior to the orifice of the spermathece, are much modified as copulatory sete (fig. 17). Usually each fasciculus is reduced to one functional and one developing seta. The former is about one-third longer than the ordinary sete, with a very long slender outer limb curved in the same direction as the inner limb and deeply cleft into two delicate, very slightly diverging prongs, which are, however, united by a thin curved plate to form a groove. The sete sacs are also enlarged and their outer thirds form eversible sheaths or pockets for the sete, and their closed ends receive the secretion of two or three small groups of gland cells. The preservation of the specimens is unsatisfactory, so that histolog- ical details are avoided in the following description of the internal anatomy. The digestive tract consists of a short eversible buccal chamber in I and II, a pharynx with a conspicuous spheroidal and glandular dorsal diverticulum in III, a short cesophagus extending through IV and V, and an intestine with its chlorogogue covering from VI onward. The septa as ae ae and ate are thickened, muscular, and carried back to the alimentary canal in the form of funnels. The last is especially muscular. While a true integumental plexus appears to be absent, the vascular system is conspicuous from the great development of the anterior lateral vessels, which are very long and arranged in a series of loops and folds beside the alimentary canal as far back as the genital somites (X and XJ), those in the latter especially being enlarged, somewhat moniliform and extending into the sperm sac and ovisaes respectively. The lateral vessels of VIII are also of large size, but whether they form contractile hearts is uncertain. A highly developed gridiron plexus of blood-vessels exists in the walls of the intestine, especially in the ii, SO ee , 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 somites VIII to XII, where it resembles the condition figured by Stole for Bothrioneuron. None of the specimens is mature, so that the reproductive organs are not fully developed, and further study may require some modification of the following account, especially in what relates to the penis sheath, prostate glands and extent of the sperm sacand ovisacs. Thetesteshave the usual location in X, but remain small in all of the specimens sec- tioned. A single sperm sac (which may be double anteriorly) reaches from the septum = as far as XIII or XIV, but probably much farther in fully mature worms. It includes long loops of the lateral blood-ves- sels of X, and is itself enclosed in the ovisac which arises from the succeeding septum. The male efferent apparatus is shown semi-diagrammatically in fig. 16. The large, few-celled sperm funnel is so distorted by pressure from the intestines, blood-vessels, sperm sac and the septum + that no accurate drawing could be made. After penetrating the septum = the vas deferens forms several close loops between the sperm sac and the intestine, and then, after curving round the former, takes a more open course in the posterior part of the segment before opening into the atrium. The entire atrium is about one-fourth the length of the vas, consists of a small fusiform sperm reservoir receiving the vas at one end and the rather small prostate gland on one side. At the other end it passes into a scarcely distinct ductus ejaculatorius of about equal length, which in turn passes into the summit of the simple erect penis sac. The latter is about as long as the preceding two parts of the atrium combined, is of nearly cylindrical form, has no special nor well-developed muscle sheath and contains the soft filiform penis, which in these specimens lacks any chitinous sheath. The free end of the retracted penis is received into a small bursa which is provided with a circle of small glands and opens at the position of the missing ventral setee of XI. The ovaries are in XI, but the paonetelliave not been detected. As mentioned above, an ovisac arises from = and, receiv- ing the sperm sac and a pair of vascular loops, extends to about XV or XVI. The spermathece (fig. 18) open just behind the ventral or copulatory setee of X. They are probably not fully developed in any of the speci- mens. In those of largest size they have a length about equal to one- half the diameter of the body, are more or less club-shaped with a simple duct forming about one-half the length, and a more or less dis- tinct pouch, which may be elongated or spherical and pass gradually into the duct or be sharply defined. No distinet spermatophores are 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, present, though several of the spermathecx contained small elongated aggregations of spermatozoa. Nephridia are present on the left side only of most, if not of all, seg- ments. In sections they are very conspicuous owing to the large size especially of the middle tubule loop, but they are not sufficiently well preserved to permit a detailed description of their structure. The terminal vesicles are likewise large and the external pores, which are situated well mediad and a little cephalad of the ventral sete, are very conspicuous in entire mounts, in which their asymmetry is very striking. The brain (fig. 12) is somewhat broader than long, slightly cleft ante- riorly and deeply cleft posteriorly. This species has been found only under stones between tides on the shores of the Acushnet river, above New Bedford, Massachusetts. At this point the water is brackish. Limnodrilus subsalsus sp. nov. Pl. XX XIII, figs. 19-22. Length up to 40 mm., but most examples are less than this; greatest diameter (at XII) .6 mm.; number of segments up to 120. The prostomium is conical with the apex rounded, one and one-half times to twice as long as broad. The first two or three segments are very short, not exceeding the prostomium; succeeding somites rapidly increase in length to X, which, with those following, is five or six times thatlength. The greatest diameter is at XI and XII, from which point it decreases to the very slender posterior third. Usually the peristo- mium is simple, but occasionally is faintly biannulate; II, III and 1V are very distinctly biannulate, with a small, sharply defined annulus split off anterior to the set, which are borne on the prominent middle portion of the larger annulus; V is triannulate with the sete posterior to the middle of the largest, middle annulus; VI has a second narrow annulus splitting off anterior to the setigerous one and a single one be- hind; VII is more distinctly quadriannulate, and VIII has four narrow annuli before and two behind the large setigerous one. The next few annuli present an irregular multiannulate condition, there being in most cases 5 presetal and 2 postsetal rings, which are nearly or quite equal to the setigerous one. Postelitellar somites are only very ob- securely or not at all annulated. Setze are absent from the prostomium, the ventral bundles of XI and 2 or 3 caudal somites. Preclitellar bundles contain 4 to 6, usually 5 sete; behind the clitellum are found at first 4, then 3, and toward the posterior end 2. Smaller numbers are very likely to occur in the dorsal bundles, though there is no constancy in this respect. There are no ia 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 copulatory setze and none in any way much modified or enlarged. Throughout the entire length they have essentially the form shown in figs. 19 and 20, the ventral ones averaging somewhat longer and stouter. The two divisions of the tip are nearly equal in length, especially in posterior sete, but the distal is usually longer and the proximal stouter. The simple digestive tract has the pharyngeal diverticulum divided into two lobes by a median fissure in II and III; the chlorogogue in- vestment begins in V or even IV, and the posterior region of the intes- tine is very strongly beaded. The anterior margin of the brain, near which the connectives arise, is nearly truncate, but has two pairs of small ganglionic projections; the posterior is about one-half as wide and produced into a pair of prominent lobes separated by a narrow sinus, through which the dorsal vessel passes. Nephridia are of the usual type, symmetrical, and open immediately in front of the ventral sete. The chief characteristic of the species is found in the reproductive organs, especially in the abruptly bent atrium. The testes are in X, the ovaries in XI, the latter filling a large part of the cavity of that somite, but apparently unprovided with an ovisac. The former pro- duce spermatogonia very copiously and fill not only the cavity of X, but a prominent median sperm sac which reaches to about XXI. The male genital ducts (fig. 21) present the structure and complexity of Hisen’s genus Camptodrilus. The large discoid sperm funnel is in con- tact with anterior face of the septum = on the posterior side of which the vas deferens has contracted to a diameter of one-eighth to one-tenth its diameter. From this point the vas deferens forms many and varied coils and loops (not accurately represented in the figure) and has a total length to the point of entrance into the sperm reservoir of about three and one-half times the entire atrium. The sperm reservoir (ss.) is stoutly fusiform, constitutes nearly one-fourth of the entire length of the atrium and receives the massive prostate gland (p.) near the middle of the ventral side. A ductus ejaculatorius about as long as and one- fourth to one-fifth the diameter of the reservoir unites the latter with the penis sac. Sometimes this ductus is folded as in the figure, and has a posterior connection with the sperm reservoir; in other examples it stretches forward beside the penis sac, and the ends of the reservoir are reversed. The penial apparatus is bent sharply at the summit of the bursa at nearly a right angle and extends thence caudad, sometimes horizontally, sometimes obliquely upward, carrying with it the septum ay to a point opposite the sete zone of XII. The penis is the direct continuation of the vas deferens, and is slightly bulbous at the distal 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, and gently enlarged toward the proximal end. Surrounding it is the cuticular penis sheath, which is 12 or 13 times as long as its proximal diameter and closely envelopes the penis except at the distal end, where it expands broadly like the mouth of a trumpet. The epithelial penis sheath (es.) expands distally into a bursa divided by a horizontal, diaphragm-like partition into a larger dorsal chamber (dc.) which re- ceives the free end of the penis and its cuticular sheath and a very shallow ventral chamber (vc.) lined by enlarged cells. From this lower chamber a narrow passage leads to the exterior. The entire penial apparatus is ensheathed in muscle, for the most part arranged in two layers, wound spirally in opposite directions and united at the proximal end in a loose coil around the lower end of the vas deferens. Distally these muscles partly unwind and form a sheet enveloping the bursa and binding the entire organ to the body floor. Spermathece: (fig. 22) open as usual in line with the ventral sete of X. They are usually bent into a coil and have a large spherical pouch and a duct about twice as long, the proximal half of which is narrow and the distal half expanded into a somewhat fusiform enlargement with thick walls. This species occurs in considerable numbers along with Tubifex hamatus under stones at half-tide on the Acushnet river, above New Bedford, Massachusetts. At flood-tide the water is here strongly brackish, and this species is of interest as the first of its genus to be recorded as occurring under such conditions, all other species being inhabitants of fresh water strictly. Enchytreus albidus Henle. Enchytreus albidus Henle, 1837. Halodrillus littoralis Verrill, 1873. Enchytreus humicultor Vejdovsky, 1879. Enchytreus littoralis (Verrill) Smith, 1895. This, the best known and most generally distributed of our littoral Oligocheta, was redescribed and identified with E. humicultor Vejd. by Smith. Michaelsen, to whose monograph reference is made for the complete synonymy, considers the latter to be part of LZ. albidus Henle. It is an abundant species from Casco Bay, Maine, to Sea Isle City, New Jersey, at least, and, while found more or less everywhere in the upper littoral zone, is especially abundant in the windrow of eel grass which traces the line of high-water along the beach. Wherever the eel grass is kept moist by brackish water and retains a thick coating of diatoms to serve as food, these worms become large and stout, attaining an inch in length and a millimeter in diameter. Elsewhere they are smaller. The same species, but of smaller size, is found in 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 moist spots on farm lands on Martha’s Vineyard, where it could readily be introduced in the large quantities of eel grass that are annually spread for fertilizer. About Wood’s Hole it also lives in damp, sandy woods and on the shores of fresh-water ponds, especially of one that formerly was connected with the Sound. Whether this particular species originated on the strand and migrated landwards or vice versa is not apparent. Its wide distribution along the shore, however, may be accounted for by the ease with which it could be transported in masses of eel grass attached to floating logs, or by clinging to the feet of migrating shore birds. The same influences would affect Lwmbri- cillus, but not the various species of tubificids, which burrow in the mud or conceal themselves beneath stones. As a consequence many of the latter appear to occur quite locally. Enchytreus albidus may be easily recognized among our littoral species by its milk-white color and nearly straight, internally hooked sete. Lumbricillus agilis sp. nov. Pl. XX XIII, figs. 23-28. The length of fully extended mature worms is about 16 mm. or less, the greatest diameter is .4 mm., and, owing to the relatively stout ante- rior and slender, tapering posterior parts, the general form is distinctly clavate, particularly in fixed examples. Considerable variation in the number of segments has been observed, ranging from 30 to 48, 47 being a very frequent number in breeding examples. The prostomium is short, blunt and verrucose, and possesses a distinct cephalic pore a little behind the apex on the dorsal side. The spermathecal pores are inconspicuous slits facing laterally in the furrow y, and the sperma- ducal pores are rather conspicuous simple or usually trifid slits in the position of the absent ventral setze of XII. In preserved worms they are usually on the apex of the everted male bursa. The female genital pores are visible only in sections. When fully developed the clitellum is thick and conspicuous and extends completely around somites XI and XII. Anteriorly the somites increase in diameter and length to the genital region, but are always short; posteriorly they taper rapidly, and are slender and divided into 3 annuli, of which the middle one bears the sete, and each of which may be further divided into 2 or 3. As usual in the genus, the sete are of a gently sigmoid form with rather acute, slightly hooked tips and a slight thickening at the junc- tion of inner and outer limbs. Those of the ventral fascicles (fig. 23a) are decidedly larger than the dorsal ones (fig. 23). Ventral bundles contain from 5 to 8, usually 6, anterior to the clitellum, and from 4 to 6, usually 5, posteriorly; dorsal bundles usually 5 anteriorly and 3 or 4 26 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, posteriorly. On somite XII there are no ventral and only 1 to 3 dorsal sete. Anteriorly the color is a delicate pink which resides in the ovaries, testes and cesophagus; this is purest as far back as the sete of somite VI and again in XI and XII, but is elsewhere obscured by the brown color of the chlorogogue cells. In the youngest worms the blood is colorless, in larger ones sulphur yellow, and in still larger ones reddish- yellow. At all ages these worms are transparent and especially so when young, rendering the anatomical study of living ones an easy matter. The septa ae ae and ah are thickened and a only less so. The three-most anterior bear large, clear septal or pharyngeal glands, the third being more granular than the others. The brain (fig. 24) is slightly longer than broad, straight or slightly truncate anteriorly, with the prostomial nerves and circumcesophageal connectives arising from the antero-lateral angles; just behind these is the narrowest part, from which the width gradually increases to the two quadrate posterior lobes, which are separated by a moderate cleft and give rise to a pair of muscle strands. Copulatory supra-neural glands are well developed, especially in somites III, 1V and V. They are slender and elongated, not closely united with the ventral nerve, and open on each side nearly at the ventral setz bundles. The blood vascular system presents the usual simple structure found in species of this genus. There is a well-developed periintestinal sinus terminating anteriorly at VII. The dorsal vessel is conspicuous and contractile for most of its length, becomes free from the intestine in XIII, and terminates without bifureating at the anterior margin of the brain, where it joins the pair of vessels arising from the two loops into which the ventral trunk splits in III. Ccelomie corpuscles (fig. 25) are of two kinds, much the most numerous being elongated, irreg- ular, flattened, colorless and finely granular ones measuring about .025 mm. long and .008 mm. wide. The other and less numerous being flattened, irregularly circular disks, with large granules and a pale grayish-green color, which are .015 mm. in diameter. Nephridia of the form shown in fig. 26 oceur regularly in pairs in every somite, except XI, XII-and XIII, from VII caudally. They have very small funnels and massive tapering postseptal regions, from the postero-ventral angle of which the large efferent duct, which is shorter than the massive portion, arises and passes to the external pore. When fully developed the testes, which occupy the usual position in 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 XI, are divided into from 10 to 20 slender, pyriform lobes which fill a large part of the somite. Sperm sacs are either altogether absent or very small. The sperm funnels occupy a great part of XI, are slender, about 6 to 8 times as long as thick, nearly cylindrical, more or less folded when in situ, and slightly contracted near the mouth, the margins of which are provided with a ciliated roll or lip. The vas deferens is about three times as long as the funnel, closely but very variously folded in XII, and has the terminal part somewhat enlarged and cili- ated. It opens into the small, depressed, spheroidal, glandular and opaque atrium, which itself opens on the medial side of a small bursa in the position of the ventral sete. The bursa can be everted as a conical penis (fig. 27). Somewhat like the testes, the ovaries are subdivided into about 20 ellipsoidal bodies, each with a cross division, on one side of which is one or several large ova, and on the other a number of small ones. A small ovisac pushes back from septum pais but is never extensively devel- oped. The spermathece (fig. 28) are small, pinkish, pyriform tubes without diverticula or distinct ducts, which communicate with uae lumen of the cesophagus in V and with the exterior in the furrow 4 7, near which they bear a circle of glands chiefly aggregated into an an- terior and a posterior group. This is an exceedingly pretty and active little worm which crawls rapidly and clings closely to surfaces. It is extremely abundant among the eel grass thrown on shore near high-water mark, and which accumu- lates in great quantities in sheltered coves. Its special habitat is a certain stratum in the bedded masses where the plant is neither soaked in water and much decayed, nor dried by the sun and air as in the up- permost layer, but where it remains moist and coated with a layer of diatoms on which the worm feeds. If sexually active worms be re- moved from such conditions and placed in clean salt water without diatoms the genital organs quickly shrink, but if kept in even a small quantity of moist eel grass exposed to moderate light they continue to reproduce. These worms are much parasitized by a monocystid gregarine. The species is known from Casco Bay, Maine, to Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Bepparp, F. E. On Certain Points in the Structure of Clitellio. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1888, 485-495, Pl. XXIII. Bourne, A. G. Notes on the Naidiform Oligocheta. Quar. Jour. Micr. Sci., XXXII (1891), pp. 349-356, Pls. XX VI and XXVII. CLAPAREDE, E. Etudes Anatomiques sur les Annélides, ete. Mém. Soc. Phys. Geneve, XVI (1861), pp. 101-110, Pls. III and IV. : 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, CuaparEpr, E. Recherches Anatomiques sur les Oligochétes. Id., XVI (1862), pp. 217-291, Pls. I-IV. DitLevsEn, A. Studien an Oligochiten. Zeit. 7. Wiss. Zool., LX XVII (1904), pp. 398-480, Pls. XVI-XVIII. FERRIONNIERE, G. Contribution 4 l’étude de la faune de la Loire-Inferieure. Annélides oligochétes. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Ouest, TX (1899), pp. 242-4, 246-9, 294, Pl. XIX. GoopricH, E. 8. On the Structure of Vermiculus limosus. Quar. Jour. Micr. Sci., XX XVII (1895), 253-267, Pls. XXVI-XXVIII. Lerpy,"J. Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., III (1855), p. 148, Pl. XI, fig. 64. MicuaEtsen, W. Oligocheta. Berlin, 1900. Minor, W. C. Natural and Artificial Section in Some Chetopod Annelids- American Journal of Science and Arts, XX XV (1863), p. 36. Smiru, F. Notes on Species of North American Oligocheta. Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., TV (1895), pp. 289-292. Varittant, L. Histoire des Annelés. Paris, 1890, III, 2, pp. 421, 422. VerRILL, A. E. Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound and Adjacent Waters. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm., 1873, pp. 622-624, 324. VeRRILL, A. E. New England Annelida. Trans. Conn. Acad., IV (1881), Pl. VILL, fig. 3. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXII anp XXXIII. Puate XXXII.—Monopylephorus glaber, figs. 1 to 6. Fig. 1.—Male genital duct entire, dissected. 180. The histology is semi-diagrammatic. Fig. 2.—Outline of a living nephridium in situ, seen from below. X180. v, ventral blood vessel. Fig. 3.—Outline of brain, from above. X180. Fig. 4.—A ventral seta from VIII. 335. Fig. 5.—Three eclomic corpuscles of different sizes. 280. Fig. 6.—A pair of spermathece. X55. Tubijex,irroratus, figs. 7 to 11. Fig. 7.—Side view of entire male genital duct, the penis sac partly concealed behind the sperm reservoir; from a dissection and sections. 180. Fig. 8.—Two spermathece from different worms; a, much and 8, little distended with sperm. X55. Fig. 9-—Ventral sete, a, from somite IV; 6, from somite XL, and c, from the posterior end. 335. Fig. 10.—Ccelomic corpuscles, a, of the ordinary form; b, the homogeneous, colorless form. > 280. Fig. 11—Terminal portion of a dorsal capillary seta. 560. Tubijex hamatus, figs. 12 to 18. Fig. 12.—Outline of brain, from above. 180. Fig. 13.—A posterior dorsal seta. 280. Fig. 14.—A dorsal seta from VIII, and a, tip of a ventral seta from the same. X 280. Fig. 15.—Two of the hooked dorsal setze from the middle region. 280. Fig. 16.—Outline of the male genital duct, with a portion only of the vas deferens represented. 180. Funnel diagrammatic. Fig. 17.—A copulatory seta retracted within its sac. 280. Fig. 18.—Outline of a nearly empty spermatheca. The line a-a shows the form of the same partly distended. 180. Pirate XXXIII.—Limnodrilus subsalsus, figs. 19 to 22. Figs. 19 and 20.—Ventral and dorsal sete, respectively, from somite VI. X 280. Fig. 21.—Side view of the entire male genital duct, combined from several dissections. XX about 100. Fig. 22.—A spermatheca shown in outline. > about 100. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 Lumbricillus agilis, figs. 23 to 28. Fig. 23.—Three dorsal and a, one ventral sete. 335. Fig. 24.—Outline of brain, from above. 150. Fig. 25.—The two forms of ccelomic corpuscles. X 335. Fig. 26.—A nephridium from life. 225. Fig. 27.—Dorsal view of one of the male genital ducts. Drawn from a living worm. X55. Fig. 28.—A spermatheca showing communication with cesophagus above and external opening below. 110. Monopylephorus parvus, figs. 29 to 34. Fig. 29.—A strongly bifid seta from the ventral bundle of VI; a, a slightly forked one from a dorsal bundle; 6, tips of three from the posterior region. X 280. Fig. 30.—Two eccelomie corpuscles. X 280. Fig. 31.—Outline of the brain, from above. 180. Fig. 32.—Outline of both male genital ducts in situ, as seen from the ventral surface of the body. 180. Fig. 33.—A transverse section passing through the male pore. 180. at, atria; b, genital bursa; dv, dorsal blood-vessel; in, intestine; n, nerve cord; p, prostate gland; ss, sperm sac; ¢, common orifice of male duets. Fig. 34.—Outline of spermatheca. X 280. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ACRIDIDEZ (ORTHOPTERA) OF COSTA RICA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. The following study was based on a series of two hundred and ninety- one specimens from various localities in Costa Rica, and in the col- lections of the Academy, Mr. Morgan Hebard of Chestnut Hill, Phila- delphia, and the United States National Museum. These collections were represented respectively by one hundred and fifty-nine, one hun- dred and twelve, and twenty specimens. The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard and Dr. Ashmead of the National Museum for permission to study portions of the material, and for other favors rendered during the preparation of this and other papers. It is proposed to follow this contribution at a later date with others on the Tettigonide and Gryllidse of Costa Rica, interesting collections of which are now in hand. Subfamily ACRIDIN/ (Truzaline Auct.). TRUXALIS Fabricius. 1775. Truxalis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 279. Included nasutus and brevicornis, of which the latter is the type nasutus being one of the two congeneric species on which Linnzeus based the genus Acrida. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). 1763. Gryllus brevicornis Johansson, Amoen. Acad., VI, p. 398. [America septentrionali.] San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Buregdorf.) [U. 8. N. M.] One female. Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Ten males, ten females. Both color phases are represented, some of the females haying dis- tinct though small maculations-on the axillary field of the tegmina. SILVITETTIX Bruner, 1904. Silvitettiz Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 55. Type.—sS. communis Bruner. Silvitettix communis Bruner. 1904. Silvitettiz communis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., II, p. 56. [Monte Redondo Juan Vefias and Pozo Azul, Costa Rica.] 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Three males, four fe- males, Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, four females. Eseazu, Costa Rica. January,1903. (C.F.Underwood.) [A.N.S. Phila.] One male. The variation in color noticed in the original description is apparent in the series studied. AMBLYTROPIDIA Stal. 1873. Amblytropidia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 107. Type.—aA. jerruginosa Stal. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner. 1904. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 66. [Greytown, Nicaragua; San José, Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One immature female. ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. 1894. Orphulella Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 10. Included punctata (De Geer), intricata Stal, gracilis and elegans Giglio-Tos, of which the first may be taken as the type. Orphulella punctata (De Geer). 1773. Acrydium punctatum De Geer, Mém. Hist. Ins., II, p. 503, t. 42, fig. 12. (Surinam. ] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. IF. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. Guatel, Costa Rica. April, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. These specimens are referred here with some little doubt, but no ma- terial difference is detected on comparison with a female of O. punctata from St. Vincent, West Indies. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner. 1904. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 82. [San José, Costa Rica.] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. Guatel, Costa Rica. April, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Three males, eighteen females. Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Eight males, five females. This species is extremely variable in color as noticed by Bruner, 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, a great range of types being exhibited by the material studied. None of the specimens exhibit the median carina of the fastigium described by Bruner. Subfamily GEDIPODIN A. LACTISTA Saussure. Lactista punctata (Stal). Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one female. These specimens have the median carina of the pronotum lower than in specimens from the States of Tamaulipas and Vera Cruz, Mexico, and the bluish tint of the caudal tibie is weaker and more fuscous in character. A specimen from San Marcos, Nicaragua (C. F. Baker), agrees with the Costa Rican individuals in the points of difference from the Mexican type. The differences are, however, so slight that they appear un- worthy of specific recognition. HELIASTUS Saussure. Heliastus costaricensis n. sp. Type; 2; Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8,173.] Closely allied to H. aztecus Saussure from northern Mexico, but differ- ing in the narrower and deeper fastigium, the deeper sulcation of the frontal costa, the more prominent eyes and the less sellate pronotum. Size medium (about equal to that of H. swmichrasti); form moder- ately robust. Head very slightly elevated above the level of the pro- notum, occiput moderately ascending; fastigium distinctly declivent and passing without any angle into the frontal costa; interocular region about twice as wide as the frontal costa; vertex and fastigium slightly excavated with a very slight median and distinct lateral carine ; fastigium gradually narrowing to the frontal costa, which is broadly and distinctly suleate with prominent carinz, becoming obsolete a short distance ventrad of the median ocellus; antenne distinctly ex- ceeding the head and pronotum in length. Pronotum very slightly sellate, the dorsal outline but shghtly depressed at the transverse sulci, all three of which are distinct and well marked; cephalic margin slightly arcuate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate with the angle some- what rounded; median carina very slight cephalad, obsolete between the sulci, slight but distinct on the metazona, humeral angle very dis- tinct on the metazona but rounded; surface of the metazona rugoso- punctate; lateral lobes deeper than long, sulci very distinct, the ventro- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 caudal angle subrotundate and not produced. Tegmina exceeding the tips of the abdomen and the caudal femora by the length (cephalo- caudal) of the head, subequal in width, the costal dilation apparent but not very large; apex obliquely truncato-rotundate; intercalary vein indistinct, irregular and of an indefinite character. Wings equal to the tegmina in length when closed; costal margin a very faint reverse curve in outline; apex rather bluntly rounded. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes twice as broad as long; interval between the metasternal lobes about three times as broad as long. Caudal femora robust, the genicular region not strongly enlarged, tibize slightly but distinetly shorter than the femora. — Se ena zy 7 ST ee S08 Eat aaa Fig. 1. Fig. 3. Heliastus costaricensisn. sp. Type. Fig. 1, dorsal view; fig. 2, cephalic view of head; fig. 3, lateral view. General color, above raw umber, becoming fawn color on the sides of the head and pronotum. Head distinctly punctate with blackish- brown; antennze fawn annulate with blackish-brown, the annuli of each color increasing in size distad; eyes dark ferruginous. Pronotum with the metazona finely and closely punctulate with blackish-brown. Tegmina with two irregular transverse bands made up of burnt-umber annuli, one band median, the other premedian; the principal longi- tudinal veins are accompanied by rows of annuli of the same color and size, but more sparsely distributed and absent from the apical fourth, which is almost entirely hyaline; the median section of the tegmen 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, bears over all a faint but noticeable ‘“bloom”’ of ecru-drab, such as is found in some other species of the genus. Wings with the disk scarlet- vermilion; fuscous band rather faint, prout’s brown in color, and ab- sent toward the costal margin, ulnar tenia very slight, apex slightly suffused and the apical half of the costal margin strongly and narrowly marked with vandyke brown. Abdomen fawn color. Caudal femora dorsad and ventrad cinnamon clouded with mars brown, lateral face dull hoary with a median streak of blue-black, varying in length on the two femora, extending nearly the entire length in one, and not pass- ing the middle in the other; genicular region blackish; internal face gallstone yellow with two bars of black, one of which suffuses the ven- tral sulcus. Caudal tibiee greenish-white at the base (immediate base blackish), distal half scarlet, separated by an annulus of blackish; spine tipped with blackish. Measurements. Ihengthiotbodiyess .. a: = 5 = = pie neemen were SmI ISMN COOMA Ss Gg co 6 o ¢ 6 5 o o so A (Crucell yaGhiin iron 5 4 9 5 2 6 o Seen 6 OS Ibenethyofstepmen. 5 5 ns kee i ee) Oe Greaitestawidthyof tesmen, | = - 4 Waues) Gul smacueen oe tb Greatestawidthvofswing: 2 7. . = Peon \olkee Sennen Our ibaa OL CAUCE SS 5 s 5 5 so oo ol oe IRS The type is the only specimen seen. Subfamily PYRGOMORPHIN®. PROSPHENA Bolivar. 1884. Prosphena Bolivar, Anal. Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 447. Type.—P. scudderi Bolivar. Prosphena scudderi Bolivar. 1884. Prosphena Scudderi Bolivar, Anal. Soc. Espai. Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 447. [Guatemala.] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November and December, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Three males. Previously known only from the type locality. The specimens range in color from greenish-yellow to dull green, the tegmina solid dull brownish, the caudal tibiz and tarsi suffused with crimson to a variable extent, the spines yellow with the tips black. Subfamily LOCUSTIN. MUNATIA Stal. 1875. Munatia Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., III, No. 14, p. 28. Type.—M. punctata Stal. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES_OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 Munatia punctata Stal. 1875. M[unatia] punctata Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska'Vet.-Akad. Handl., III, No. 14, p. 28. [Chiriqui.] Tucurrique, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) U. S. N. M.] One male. Turrialba, Costa Rica, (Schild_and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One female. Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] One immature male, one immature female, Fig. 4} Fig. 5. Munatia punctata Stal.—Fig. 4, tegmen and wing of male; fig. 5, tegmen and wing of female. As far as can be determined from Stal’s very brief diagnosis these specimens represent this species. The male does not present four blackish spots on the sides of the thorax, but has the median elytral 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, stripe faintly indicated, as well as possessing a very distinct longitudi- nal stripe of yellowish on the anal area. The female is more uniformly colored than the male, and has the yellowish-green disk more suffused with fuscous. COLPOLOPHA Stal. 1873. Colpolopha Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandlingar, 1873, No. 4, pp. 52, 53. Type.—C. sinuata Stal. Colpolopha bruneri n. sp. Types: do’ and 2; Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903 (oo). Tarbaca, Costa Rica. December, 1902 (2). (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Apparently allied to C. sinuata from Peru and New Granada, but differing in the color of the wings and the smaller size. Little else can be made from Stal’s very insufficient description, but the later remarks made by Pictet and Saussure show that the new form is close to sinuata. From obsoleta* it can readily be distinguished by the smaller size, more robust form, shorter and more acute tegmina, more elevated median carina of the pronotum and the heavier fastigium. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Colpolopha bruneri n. sp. Type male. Fig. 6, dorsal view; fig. 7, lateral view. Size small for the genus; body distinctly compressed and semisca- brous. Head with the occiput slightly elevated and rounded in the female, plane in the male; fastigium strongly produced, but slightly shorter than the greatest length of the eye, subequal in the basal half, and but slightly narrower than the interocular space, apex rectangu- late in the male, rounded in the female, broadly and shallowly exca- vated with a slight but distinct median carina continued back over the occiput, margins distinct and continued over the rostrum forming the 1 Comparison made with a male from Demerara and a female from Cayenne. eee 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 lateral carine of the frontal costa; lateral foveole subtrigonal, subob- solete; frontal costa suleate, parallel above the ocellus, expanding below and reaching the clypeal margin; accessory facial carine dis- tinct; eyes ovate in the male, subelliptical in the female, slightly longer than the infraocular portion of the genz in the male, slightly shorter in the female; antenne depressed, slightly ensiform, slightly longer than the pronotum in the male, distinctly shorter in the female. Pro- notum with the median crest rising evenly from the cephalic margin to within a very short distance of the apex of the caudal process where it is roundly and raggedly excised into a semicrescentic outline; trans- verse sulci distinctly and narrowly but not deeply cutting the crest; cephalic margin produced over the base of the occiput in a very acute harpoon-shaped process, caudal margin produced into a structure of similar character but of much greater size; lateral carine distinct, bluntly tuberculate; lateral lobes of the pronotum distinctly longer thandeep. Prosternal spine erect, short, thick and rather blunt. Teg- mina short, not reaching the apex of the abdomen and falling far short of the tips of the caudal femora, subsagittate, the apex acute, costal expansion distinct but short; surface subcoriaceous, irregularly reticu- late. Wings two-thirds the length of the tegmina, the apex acute- angulate. Cephalic and median limbs short, the femora slightly but distinctly expanded distad. Caudal femora slightly compressed, considerably enlarged proximad and distinctly constricted in the pregenicular region, carine denticulate, the dorsal carina serrato- dentate; tibiz slightly shorter than the femora, spines nine in number on each margin, those of the internal considerably longer and more curved than those of the external; caudal tarsi slender, the third joint distinctly shorter than the metatarsus. General color, vandyke brown in the female, raw umber in the male, the whole surface sprinkled with small blackish-brown points, which, on account of the base color, are less conspicuous in the female than in the male. Eyes burnt umber. Pronotum with the lateral carine lined with blackish-brown on the prozona. Tegmina of the male vandyke brown, with a semicircular pale spot at the base of the costal expansion, a marking which is very faintly indicated in the female. Wings ver- milion, apex and a rather dull tenia which extends to the base of the wing vandyke brown, the costal vermilion dull. Abdomen with the overlying maculations clear black. Caudal femora with a distinct ‘“‘nepper and salt”? appearance; caudal tibize very dull glaucous, spines suffused with blackish. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Measurements. Cf 2 Menethvoigbodivarcm ss. 5 6) cnn een on einer Soka maTT TS Lengthvotspronetum; 2) 222 eas SOU eT 15.5 “ Greatest width of pronotum, . ..... 42 “ Le Then gihyoigienmensy, fy.) though they have the lamin on the thorax rather * Glyptosternum kikenthali Steindachner, Abhkand. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frankfurt, XXV (2), 1901, p. 448, Pl. 18, figs. 5, 5a. Aus dem Baram-Flusse, Borneo. (Herr Prof. Kiikenthal.) 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, indistinct. I am unable on comparison with Sumatran examples to find any differences except such as may be due to individual variation. The Borneo examples, which may be considered topotypical of ktiken- thali, seem to leave little chance for doubt that Dr. Steindachner’s ex- ample is simply the adult. All my Sumatran examples show at least traces of the interdorsal spinous knobs or processes, and their color- ation evidently was somewhat purplish-tinted, according to my original notes, when first received in arrack. 24, Akysis baramensis sp. nov. Head 34; depth 54; D.1, 1,5; A. 1, 6,11; P. 1,5, 1; V.1,5; width Vig. 4.—Akysis baramensis Fowler. of head 14 in its length; depth of head 13; width of mouth 2; length of snout 2}; interorbital space 3; length of depressed dorsal 14; of lower saudal lobe 1; of pectoral 135; ventral 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 24. Body elongate, slender, depressed, and greatest depth about oppo- site middle of depressed pectoral. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about 13 in its length from posterior base of adipose dorsal fin. Head broad, depressed, evenly convex above, and lower portion nore or less flattened. Breast flattened. Snout produced, broad and 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 rounded conyexly in profile when viewed from above. Eye small, superior, anterior, and eyelid not developed. Mouth broadly convex inferior, and in profile tip of mandible would fall in first 2 of space be- tween tip of snout and front of eye. A band of fine teeth in each jaw, none on roof of mouth or on tongue. Tongue broad, smooth and little free in mouth. Two large nasal cavities on side of snout in front of eye near together, and nasal barbel originating on frenum between. Nasal barbel about equal to ventral or reaching for about first 3 of length of head. Maxillary barbel rather thick at first and reaching about first third of depressed pectoral. Outer mental barbel nearly aslong. Inner mental barbel a little over half length of outer. Inter- orbital space flattened. Occipital process not forming a complete bony bridge to spinous process of dorsal. Gill-openings inferior, well separated by a broad isthmus, and ex- tending forward about opposite to eye. Rakers about 1+7, slender, pointed, moderately long, and much shorter than filaments. Branchi- ostegals 7, upper clavate. Skin smooth, on head and along lateral line more or less papillate, especially former anteriorly. Lateral line complete and median in depth of body along side. First dorsal inserted about first third of total length of fish, spine robust and about 3 of its own length when combined with adipose-like prolongation, and smooth. When depressed it reaches about 2 of space to origin of adipose fin. Adipose fin large, rather high, and its base about 12 in head. Anal high, its origin a trifle in advance of that of adipose fin and when depressed its length a little more than that of dorsal. Pectoral a little longer than dorsal, and spine robust with posterior margin coarsely serrate, with an adipose-like prolongation. When depressed not quite reaching opposite posterior basal margin of dorsal, though beyond origin of ventral. Ventral not quite reaching origin of anal. Vent well forward or close behind roots of ventrals. Color in arrack dusky-brown, forming about five blotches trans- versely on body, and mostly above. First included in head, second below dorsal, third below adipose fin, fourth on caudal peduncle at base of caudal and fifth on caudal distally. These all connected along middle of side of body by isthmi of same color. Dorsal dusky-brown. Adipose fin largely dusky-brown. Caudal except as noted whitish, and tip of each lobe same. Ventral and anal whitish, except a small dusky blotch on each medianly. Pectoral with spine whitish, fin other- wise dusky. Lower surface of body, including head and abdomen prin- cipally, whitish. Paler areas on upper surface of body brownish-white. 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, Tris slaty. Nasal and maxillary barbels whitish mostly, brownish above, and mental barbels entirely white. Length 1% inches. Type No. 14,149, W. I. A. P. Baram river, Borneo. 1898. Dr. W.H. Furness. Also 25 paratypes with same data. From Akysis armatus Vaillant” it differs in the coloration, that spe- cies having round pale spots. This species shows great color variation in alcohol, some examples are almost black, the contrast between the coloration above and below being very pronounced, while in others this is rather obscure. Other examples have the blotches on the body distinct, and also those on the fins, while others are more or less unicolored. The amount of blackish or brownish on the ventrals also varies, in some examples these fins are noticeably dark, while those of others are pale. The largest exam- ple measures a little over 2 inches. (Named for the Baram river in British Borneo.) COBITIDIDZ. COBITIDIN.®.7 25. Botia macracantha (Bleeker). The oblique dark brown band on head not so pronounced as in Bleeker’s figure.8 Anterior margins of pectoral, ventral and anal pale like belly. Color of smaller examples agrees best. Three from the Kapuas river. Harrison and Hiller. 26 Notes Leyd. Mus., XXIV, November, 1902, p. 64, fig. 10. 77 Prof. Vaillant has recently given an exposition of the differential characters of the fishes of this family. He divides them into two groups based on the presence and absence of the preorbital spine. This appears certainly to be of subfamily value. His Hnopla will then correspond to the Cobitidine as proposed above which may be typified by Cobitis Linnzus [type Cobitis tenia Linnzus]. This group has the erectile spine on the side of the head. The other Loaches, or Anopla, may be known as subfamily: MISGURNIN ®. No erectile spine on side of head. Typified by Misgurnus Lacépéde. A species belonging in this group has recently been described by Prof. Vaillant. It appears to differ from Vemacheilus Van Hasselt, and may be indicated as a new genus. VAILLANTELLA gen. nov. Type Nemacheilus euepipterus Vaillant. It is closely related to Nemacheilus, differing at once in the long dorsal basis, the radii numbering about 64. (Named for Prof. Léon Vaillant, the distinguished ichthyologist of the Museum of Natural History of Paris, and well known for his researches in East Indian ichthyology.) p 38 Atlas Ichth., III, 1863, Pl. (1) 102, fig. 2. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 475 HOMALOPTERIDZ. HOMALOPTERIN%.”* Ventrals separate, not united to form a disk. 26. Homaloptera orthogoniata Vaillant. Head 5; depth 4%; D. m1, 8; A. m1, 6; P. v, 10, 1; V. 11, 8; scales 63 in lateral line to base of caudal; 20 scales before dorsal; 11 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 12 scales obliquely forward from origin of ventral to lateral line, and same of anal; width of head 14 in its length; depth of head over eye 24; snout 12; width of mouth 4; interorbital space 24; first developed dorsal ray 1; first developed anal ray 12; length of ventral 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 21. Body elongate, somewhat compressed, rounded in middle, lower or ventral region of head and abdomen flattened, and trunk posteriorly well compressed. Upper profile anterior to dorsal more or Jess evenly convex. Greatest depth about origin of dorsal fin. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about half its length. Head flattened below, more or less evenly convex above, and upper profile nearly straight or only very shallowly convex. Snout long, tip rounded and produced well beyond mouth. Eye small, high, directed rather laterally, near first # in length of head, and with free eyelid. Mouth inferior, rather small, and lips thick and fleshy. Jaws rather soft, especially upper. Lower lip formed into three thick fleshy folds. A short thick conical cirrus at each corner of mouth, and 4 more along front edge of snout just above upper lip. Tongue not distinct. Nos- trils adjoining, frenum between narrow, posterior much the larger and about in last third of length of snout. Interorbital space rather broad, a little convex and greater than internasal space. Gill-opening lateral, not quite reaching forward till opposite pos- terior margin of eye. Rakers short points, much shorter than fila- ments, and not numerous. Isthmus broad, its width equal in length to gill-opening. Scales rather small, especially those on lower costal region where they crowd out and completely cover abdomen. Breast, head and fins, except a few small scales on base of caudal, entirely naked. Scales on post-ventral region large like those on side of body. Inner basal regions of pectoral and ventral also naked. Lateral line of simple * T have not consulted the original account of Homaloptera Van Hasselt. The earliest one I have seen is in Bull. Sci. Nat. Geol. Paris, II, 1824, p. 377. I accept the name in accordance with Bleeker’s restriction of Homaloptera javanica Van Hasselt as the type. 31 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, tubes, nearly median in depth of body and continuous. A number of small pores on head. Dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal or a little before origin of ventral, and first developed ray highest, though not reaching as far posteriorly as tip of last ray when fin is depressed. Anal well posterior, inserted about midway between origin of ventral and base of caudal, and first developed ray, which is longest, reaching well beyond last ray, when fin is depressed. Caudal damaged, evi- dently little if any emarginate. Pectoral with first simple rays robust, fin broad, rounded and reaching about 3 of space to origin of dorsal. Ventral similar, only with first two rays simple and enlarged, and when depressed reaching posteriorly about as far as tip of last dorsal ray or almost to vent. Vent near tip of ventral well before origin of anal. Color in alcohol brown, clouded with large distinct blotches or areas of deep brown, irregular though one distinct between dorsal and ven- tral. Ventral surface a little paler brown than upper surface. A brown streak from tip of snout to eye, and continued behind up to occiput, and another down across side of head. These streaks all with narrow pale brownish margins. Dorsal and anal brownish-white clouded with dull blackish or blackish-brown. Anal similar, also pectoral and ventral, though these fins all have more white and the dark colors more diffuse. Iris slaty. Length 44 inches. Hight examples. These beautiful fish all vary in the markings, some having the pale areas most pronounced, while in others the dark markings predominate. In the young they appear best defined, some having the ventrals with much black. HOMALOPTEROIDES gen. nov. Type Homaloptera wassinkii Bleeker. Dorsal inserted well behind ventral, while in Homaloptera it begins in advance. (Ouddos, level; ztepdv, wing or fin; 776 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 156. Cinnyris falkensteini Fisch. and Reich. Canes eos Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 56, 1884. [Nai- washa. Naivasha, July 28 and 29, August 6. Guaso Nyiro, October 22. “Trides hazel, bill and feet black.’’ The female is dull olive brown, lighter yellow in the middle of the belly. 157. Chalcomitra acik Antin. Nectarinia Acik Antinori, J. f. O., p. 205, 1866. [Djur Territory.] Fort Hall, Maranga, July 11. “‘Irides hazel, bill and feet black.” Specimen immature. MOTACILLIDZ. 158. Motacilla vidua Sund. Motacilla vidua Sund., Oefv. Vet. Ak. Férh., p. 128,°1850. [Kaffirland.] Tana river, July 3. ‘“‘Irides hazel, bill and feet black.” 159. Budytes campestris (Pall.). Motacilla campestris Pallas, Reise Russ. Reichs, HI, Anh., p. 696, 1776. [S. Tartary.] El Bolossa, September 17 and 23. “TIrides brown, bill dusky, lighter at base, feet very dark brown.’ Two of the four examples are adult, the others are in the juvenal (?) plumage, beginning to acquire a few yellow feathers. 160. Anthus pyrrhonotus gouldi (Fraser). Anthus Gouldi Fraser, P. Z. S., p. 27, 1848. [Cape Palmas.] Pesi swamp, October 9. ‘‘Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochre-flesh.” 161. Anthus rufulus cinnamomeus (Riipp.). Anthus cinnamomeus Riipp., Neue Wirb., p. 103, 1835. [Abyssinia.] Naivasha, July 29 and 31, August 4; El Bolossa swamp, September 9. “Trides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh.” The Naivasha birds are just finishing a complete molt, while the September specimen is in worn plumage and is just beginning to molt. It is evidently an adult, while I take the others to be birds of the year. 162. Macronyx croceus (Vieill.). Alauda crocea Vieill., Nov. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., I, p. 365, 1816. Thika river, May 22; Tana river, June 3; Pesi swamp, October 3. “Trides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochraceous flesh.” The June specimen in full juvenal plumage, while the others are all adults and all in the midst of a complete molt, showing that this species has two complete molts a year. bo | ~I 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ALAUDIDA. 168. Mirafra albicauda Reich. Mirafra albicauda Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 223, 1891. [Schluss der Sitzang.] Near Nairobi, May 17. ‘‘Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh.’’ 164. Mirafra athi (Hartert). Mirajra ajricana athi Hartert, Nov. Zool., p. 46, 1900. [Athi plain, Nairobi.] Near Fort Hall, May 29; Naivasha, July 29, August 6 and 23; Pesi swamp, September 26. “‘Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh.” 165. Tephrocorys cinerea saturatior Reich. Tephrocorys cinerea saturatior Reichenow, Vég. Afr., III, p. 378, 1904. [Angola.] Naivasha, July 29 and 31. “Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn color.’ Fhree of the four specimens are in full molt and appear to be young of the year, which in this family have a complete molt when changing from the juvenal to the first winter plumage. 166. Alseonax murina Fischer and Reich. Alseonax murina Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 54, 1884. [Fusse, Maern-berg.] El Bolossa swamp, September 1 and 22. “‘Irides hazel, bill and feet dark brown.” FRINGILLIDA. 167. Crithagra albifrons Sharpe. Crithagra albifrons Sharpe, Ibis, p. 118, 1891. [Kikuyu.] El Bolossa swamp, September 3. “TIrides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn color.” 168. Anomalospiza imberbis (Cab.). Crithagra imberbis Cabanis, J. f. O., p. 412, 1868. [Inner E. Africa.] Naivasha, July 29, August 4; Pesi swamp, September 30. “rides hazel, bill greenish, feet dusky.” 169. Petronia pyrgita (Heugl.). Xanthodina pyrgita Heuglin, J. f. O., p. 30, 1862. [Abyssinia.] Tana river, June 17. “TIrides hazel, bill pale horn, feet grayish brown.” 170. Passer rufocinctus Fischer and Reich. Passer rujocinctus Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 55, 1884. [Naivasha.] Naivasha, August 2 and 6. ‘“‘TIrides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color.” 171. Serinus reichenowi Salvad. Serinus reichenowi Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., p. 272, 1888. [Cialalaka.] Naivasha, August 4. ‘‘Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn.” 778 PROCEEIANGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 172. Serinus flaviventris (Blanf.). Crithagra flaviventris Blanford, Geol. and Zool. Abyss., p. 414, Pl. VII, 1870. [Abyssinia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 3 and 8. “‘Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet dark horn color.” 178. Chrysomitris melanops (Heugl.). Fringilla melanops Heuglin, J. f. O., p. 92, 1868. [Gondar (?), Abyssinia.] Fort Hall, June 2, July 11. ‘‘Irides brown, bill dusky, feet horn.” 174, Sp. ? A young finch in juvenal plumage. } PLOCEID 2. 175. Hypochera ultramarina (Gmel.). Fringilla ultramarina Gmelin, S. N., 1, p. 927, 1788. [Abyssinia.] Guaso Nyiro, October 24. “Irides hazel, bill pearl white, feet sal- mon pink.” 176. Lagonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe. Lagonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., XIII, p. 277, 1890. [Maragaz.] Fort Hall, June 10. “Trides dull red, orbits yellow, bill dusky, edged with red, feet horn color.’ 177. Coccopygia kilimensis Sharpe(?). Coccopygia kilimensis Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., XIII, p. 307, 1890. [Kilimanjaro.] El Bolossa swamp, September 22. ‘‘TIrides brown, bill black, feet dark horn color.’ This is a female, and is referred to this form on the ground that Nairobi specimens were so identified by Shelley. Without a male it is impossible to be sure of its relationship. 178. Estrilda rhodopyga Sundev. Estrilda rhodopyga Sundevall, Oefv. K. Vet. Akad. Férh. Stockh., p. 126, 1850. [E. Africa.] Tana river, June 18, July 5. “TIrides brown, bill dusky, feet horn color.” 179. Estrilda minor (Cab.). Habropyga minor Cabanis, J. f. O., p. 229, 1878. [Voi River.] Near Nairobi, May 17; Fort Hall, May 29; Tana river, June 9 (2). “Trides light brown, bill bright red, feet dusky.” The Tana river speci- men is young, and I am not sure that it belongs here. 180. Ureginthus bengalus (Linn.). Fringilla bengalus Linn., 8. N., p. 323, 1766. One specimen without data. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 779 181. Ureginthus ianthinogaster Reich. Ureginthus ianthinogaster Reichenow, Ornith. Centrabl., p. 114, 1879. Naivasha, August 6. ‘“TIrides brick red, bill dull crimson, feet grayish black.” 182. Spermestes cucullatus Sw. Spermestes cucullatus Swainson, Bds. W. Afr., I, p. 201, 1837. [Sene- gambia. ] Fort Hall, July 11. “Tris hazel, upper mandible black, lower pearl gray.” 183. Nigrita schistacea Sharpe. Nigrita schistacea Sharpe, Ibis, p. 118, 1891 (251). [Sotik.] El Bolossa swamp, September 1. “TIrides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color.” 184. Vidua serena (Linn.). Emberiza serena Linneus, 8. N., p. 312, 1766. Fort Hall, July 11; Guaso Nyiro, October 23 and 24. “‘Irides hazel, bill coral red, feet dusky gray.” 185. Quelea ethiopica (Sundey.). Ploceus sanguinirostris var. ethiopica Sundey., Oefv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh., p- 126, 1850; Pl. 10, fig. 5, 1890. [Senaar.] Naivasha, July 31. “Irides brown, bill pale red, feet flesh color.” 186. Philetairus arnandi (Bonap.). Nigrita arnandi Bonaparte, Conspect., I, p. 444, 1850. [White Nile.] Pesi swamp, October 3. “‘Irides hazel, bill black, feet flesh color.”’ 187. Coliuspasser delamerei Shelley. Coliuspasser delamerei Shelley, Bull. B. O. C., XIII, p. 73, 1903. El Bolossa swamp, September 9; Pesi swamp, October 8 and 9. «Trides hazel, bill pearl white, feet horn color.” 188. Coliuspasser jacksoni (Sharpe). Drepanoplectis jacksoni Sharpe, Ibis, p. 246, Pl. 5, 1891. [Kikuyu.] Nairobi, May 16; Markham Downs, August 30. ‘“‘TIrides hazel, bill black splashed at the tip with white feet, dark brown.’’ These two specimens are adult males in the black plumage; four birds from Naivasha, August 21, and two from El Bolossa swamp, September 24, are in the striped plumage and appear to belong to this species. 189. Coliuspasser laticauda (Licht.). Fringilla laticauda Lichtenstein, Verg. Doubl., p. 24 footnote, 1823. [Nubia.] Nairobi, May 16; onthe Daruku, May 20; Thika, May 21 to 25; Fort Hall, May 30; El Bolossa, September 5; Guaso Nyiro, October 23 and 24. “Trides hazel, bill black, feet black.’’ 780 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 190. Penthetria eques (Hartl.). Vidua eques Hartlaub, P. Z.S., p. 106, Pl. XV, 1863. [Kazch.] On the Daruku, May 20; Thika river, May 22; Fort Hall, July 11. “Trides dark hazel, bill pearl white, feet black.” 191. Orynx xanthomelas (Riipp.). EBuplectes xanthomelas Ruppell, Neue Wirb. Vog., p. 94, 1835-40. [Temben and Simen.] Fort Hall, June 2; Tana river, June 3; Naivasha, July 29 to August 6. “Trides dark hazel, bill white splashed with black on upper man- dible, feet horn color.” 192. Hyphantornis spekei Heugl. Hyphantornis spekei Heuglin, Peterm. Geogr. Mitt., p. 24, 1861. Naivasha, August 6; Laikipia plateau northeast of Nairobi, October 19. “‘TIrides pale straw, bill dusky tinged with red, feet horn color.” 193. Hyphantornis nigriceps Layard. Hyphantornis nigriceps Layard, 8. Afr., p. 180, 1867. [IXuruman.] Fort Hall, June 10; Guaso Nyiro, October 24. ‘Irides crimson, bill black, feet horn color.” 194. Hyphantornis ocularis crocatus (Hartl.). Hyphantornis crocata Hartlaub, Abb. Breman, p. 100, 1881. Naivasha, August 2; Pesi swamp, October 10; Laikipia plateau northeast of Nairobi, October 22. ‘‘Irides pale straw, bill black, feet ash gray.” 195. Othyphantes reichenowi (Fischer). Sycobrotus Reichenowi Fischer, J. f. O., p. 180, 1884. [Gross Aruscha.] Fort Hall, May 31, July 11; Naivasha, August 2; El Bolossa swamp, September 1; Pesi swamp, October 3. ‘‘Inides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color.” 196. Xanthophilus xanthops (Hartl.). Hyphantornis xanthops Hartlaub, Ibis, p. 342, 1862. [Angola.] Fort Hall, July 11. ‘‘Irides pale straw, bill dusky, feet horn.” 197. Ploceipasser melanorhynchus Riipp. Ploceipasser melanorhynchus Riippel, Syst. Uebers., p. 78, 1845. [Schoa.] Thika river, June 15; Tana river, July 6. ‘‘Irides hazel, bill black, feet dark gray.” 198. Amblyospiza unicolor (Finsch and Reich.). Pyrenestes unicolor Finsch and Reichenow, Orn. Centralb.,p.88, 1878. [Mom- -basa and Zanzibar.] Tana river, June 3. “‘Irides hazel, bill dusky splashed with yellow, feet black.” 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 781 199. Dinemellia dinemelli “ Horsf.’’ Riipp. Textor Dinemelli “Horsf.” Ritppell, Syst. Uebers., pp. 72, 76, T. 30, 1845. [Schoa.] Tana river, June 17. “‘TIrides hazel, bill and feet black.” ORIOLID&. 200. Oriolus larvatus Licht. Oriolus larvatus Lichtenstein, Vertz. Doubl., p. 20. [Kaffirland.] Tana river, June 21. ‘‘Irides crimson, bill dull brick red, feet dusky black.” DICRURIDZ. 201. Dicrurus afer fugax (Peters). Dicrurus fugax Peters, J. f. O., p. 132, 1868. [Inhambane, Mosambique.] Naivasha, August 6. “‘Irides crimson, bill and feet black.’’ STURNID&. 202. Pholidauges verreauxi Finsch and Hartl. Pholidauges verreauxi Finsch and Hartlaub, Orn. Afr., p. 867, 1876. El Bolossa swamp, September 3. ‘“‘Irides pale straw, bill black, yellow at tip, feet dark horn.” 203. Pholia sharpii (Jackson). Pholidauges sharpii Jackson, Bull. B. O. C., LVIII, Dec., 1898. [Nandi Equatorial Africa.] El Bolossa swamp, August 31. “Irides dark straw, bill black, feet very dark horn.” ? 204, Lamprotornis viridipectus Salvad. Lamprotornis viridipectus Salvadori, Mem. R. Acad. Sci. Torin, p. 560, 1894. [Elgeyn.] Tana river, June 17. ‘‘Irides hazel, bill and feet black.” 205. Lamprocolius chalybeus (Ebr.). Lamprotornis chalybeus Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys., fol. y, Pl. 10,1828. [Done- gala.] Naivasha, July 28. “TIrides dark straw, bill and feet black.” 206. Malaconotus olivaceus hypopyrrhus (Hartl.). Malaconotus hypopyrrhus Hartlaub, Verz. Ges. Mus. Brem., p. 61, 1844. Tana river, July 3. ‘‘Irides yellow gray, bill black, feet greenish gray.” 207. Spreo superbus (Riipp.). Lamprotornis swperbus Rippell, Syst. Uebers., pp. 65, 75, Taf. 26, 1845. {Schoa.] Naivasha, July 29, August 6 and 21. “Irides pale straw, bill and feet black.” 782 ° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 208. Perrisornis carunculata (Gmel.). Gracula carunculata Gmelin, S. N., I, p. 399, 1788. [Cape of Good Hope (?).] Naivasha, August 6. ‘“‘Trides hazel, bill white dusky at base, feet pale horn, bare skin on throat purplish flesh color, behind the eye lemon yellow.” 209. Baphaga erythroryncha (Stanley). Tanagra erythroryncha Stanley, Salt’s Voy. Abyss., Append., p. lix, 1814. [Abyssinia.] Naivasha, August 6; Morandat river, August 26. “Indes dark straw, orbits chrome yellovw, bill coral red, feet black.” CORVIDA. 210. Corvultur albicollis (Lath.). Corvus albicollis Latham, Ind. Orn., p. 151, 1790. [Africa.] Fort Hall, May 29; Tana river, June 4; Markham Downs, August 29. “Trides dark hazel, bill black white at tip, feet black.” 211. Corvus scapulatus Dand. Corvus scapulatus Daudin, Traité, II, p. 232, 1800. [Asia and Africa.] Tana river, June 4and 9. “Trides hazel, bill and feet black.” 212. Heterocorax minor (Heuzl.). Heterocorax minor Heuglin, Syst. Uebers., p. 35. El Bolossa swamp, September 17. “TIrides hazel, bill and feet black.” 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHiA. 783 HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF ENDODONTA AND OPEAS. BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. Some five species of the typical group of Endodonts have been de- scribed from these islands. One of these, H. binaria (Pfr.), is unlike the others in wanting palatal teeth. Two, EZ. laminata (Pse.) and E. api- culata Anc., are roughly sculptured, and two, EZ. lamellosa (Fér.) and E. jricki (Pfr.), are smoothish, marked with weak growth-lines only. The present paper deals with the smooth species. According to Mr. Thaanum, these snails are found among dead leaves on the ground, never on logs or stumps. The round-whorled, ribbed Endodonts, such as 2. luctifera and E.thaanwmi, live on dead stumps and logs,and under the bark of dead trees, but also among fallen leaves. H.lanaiensis was found at Mapulehu, Molokai, under bark and on stumps. Endodonta lamellosa (Fér.), Pl. XLIII, figs. 7, 8. Helix lamellosa Fér., Histoire, etc., I, p. 369, Pl. 514, fig. 3. The locality of the original specimens of this species is not known. Specimens labelled Kauai in the collection of the Academy agree best with the original figures, one of these being illustrated on our plate. This shell measures, alt. 3.5, diam. 9.5 mm., and has 64 whorls. The umbilicus is rounded at the bottom, being at first thimble-shaped with subyertical walls; then the suture diverges more, leaving a narrow, flat spiral terrace which descends about 1 to 1} turns, the side wall remain- ing vertical except on the last half whorl where it slopes outward a little, as shown in fig. 8. The keel does not project at the suture on the upper surface, though visible there. The upper parietal lamella is distinetly bifid. Somewhat smaller shells have been examined from Waianae, Oahu (D. D. Baldwin), and a small race also occurs at Mt. Lihau, near Lahaina, West Maui (D. Thaanum). Mr. Sykes has placed EZ. fricki (Pfr.) under FE. lamellosa as asynonym, but without stating that he had seen the type. As originally described and figured, it differs from lamellosa by the absence of a columellar lamella. This is, next to the parietal, the most constant of the laminze in Endodonta, and its absence, if confirmed by other specimens and not 784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.; pathologic, would seem to be of some significance. We have not seen specimens. Endodonta marsupialis n. sp. Pl. XLII, figs. 1, 2. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; light horn colored profusely macu- lated with reddish brown; spire elevated, convexly conoid; whorls 64 nearly flat, overhanging a little at the suture; periphery acutely keeled ; base convex, with a shallow depression near the peripheral keel; the umbilicus is about one-fifth the diameter of the shell, angular at the edge; the whorls within the umbilicus concave, the side walls sloping inward, and hence the cavity is wider within than at the opening, where the whorl projects in a sort of cord. Aperture oblique, trapezoidal, provided with two spirally entering parietal lamelle, the outer one largest and bifid, one columellar lamella, four basal plice and one palatal plica. Alt. 4, diam. 8 mm. Oahu. Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences No. 58,190, presented by Mr. J. S. Phillips. Some specimens have an extra smaller basal and palatal plica near the peripheral angle and some are albinos, corneous yellow, without dark markings. This species may be distinguished from E. lamellosa (Fér.) by its smaller umbilicus and higher spire; from E. kamehameha by its greater size, larger teeth and elevated spire. It is distinguished from H. con- centrata by the greater size and more numerous teeth. It differs from all the other forms by its cavern-like umbilicus, in which the eggs are deposited. This snail represents a line of differentiation parallel to the section Libera Garrett, in the structure of the umbilicus. Endodonta kamehameha n. sp. [PI. XLIII, figs. 3, 4. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; yellowish olive, often with the last whorl partly brown, with some traces of darker brown maculation on the spire. Spire moderately depressed, composed of 5% flat whorls; suture linear; periphery acutely keeled; base conical, slightly impressed near the periphery. Umbilicus about one-third the diameter of the shell, wide and rounded at the bottom, thimble-like with subvertical walls at first, then becoming perspective, terraced, a narrow ledge run- ning down about 13 whorls, the side walls remaining vertical, only sloping outward a little at the last half whorl. Aperture oblique, trapezoidal, furnished with two spirally entering parietal lamelle, one 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 785 columellar lamella, three basal plicze and one palatal plica, all of which are much weaker than in ZL. lamellosa (Fér.). Alt. 2.75, diam. 6 mm. Locality: Wailau Pali, Mapulehu, Molokai. The types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 90,140, presented by Mr. D. Thaanum. This species has a proportionately larger umbilicus than E. lamellosa (Fér.) or concentrata P. and V., and the teeth are much smaller than in either. The umbilicus resembles that of H.lamellosa. It is utilized as a receptacle for the eggs. Endodonta concentrata n. sp. Pl. XLII, figs. 5, 6. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; marked with weak growth-lines only; oliveaceous yellow becoming brown near the lip where the epi- dermis is preserved, but usually in large part denuded of cuticle, gray- ish, with irregular angular brown spots on the upper surface of the last whorl, and often some marking on the base; spire convex, com- posed of 54 nearly flat whorls, separated by a linear suture. The last half whorl a little descending, the preceding keel a little overhanging, periphery sharply keeled; base convex; umbilicus about one-fifth the diameter of the shell, well-shaped, a little contracted and rounded at the edge, being perceptibly more ample within. Aperture trapezoidal, obstructed by two parietal lamellew, the outer being the larger and bifid ; one columellar lamella; three basal plicze and one palatal plica. Alt. 2.75; diam. 5 mm. Loeality: Lanai. The types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 89,241, presented by Mr. D. Thaanum. This Hndodonta is smaller than EF. lamellosa (Fér.) and marsupialis P.and V. It has the opening of the umbilicus contracted as in marsupialis but to a less degree, and neither sharp-edged nor pro- vided with a spiral cord. As in £. marsupialis, the eggs are carried in the umbilicus. The apertural laminz are well developed, much larger than in E. kamehameha P. and V. Opeas opella n.sp. Fig. 1. Shell cream colored, glossy, indistinetly irregularly striate, rather stout, apex obtuse, whorls six moderately convex, body whorl high, umbilicus very small, aperture ovate more than one-third the height of the shell, outer lip evenly arched, columella sinuous and reflexed over the umbilical perforation. Alt. 6.8, diam. 2.9 mm. Locality: Honolulu. This species is a little larger and more 51 786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., slender than O. brevispira Pils. and has the aperture more elongate. fa Fig. 1. ih the view that It is smaller and more openly umbilicate than O. sempert Hid. O. hawaiense Sykes is rougher and more slender. The types were presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences by Dr. W. H. Rush. Mr. R. C. McGregor also found two of these shells under guava leaves at Hilo, Hawaii, and donated them to the Academy. Opeas junceum, hawaiense and upolense are taken, Mr. Thaanum informs us, under stones and bits of board, etc., in gardens and open country. Their occurrence in such places affords no proof that they are native Hawaiians, but, so far as it goes, makes for they are immigrants Piuate XLII. Figs. 1, 2.—Endodonta marsupialis n. sp. Figs. 3, 4—E# Figs. 5, 6—E ndodonta kamehameha n. sp. ndodonta concentrata, n. sp. Figs. 7, 8.—Endodonta lamellosa Fér. Kauai. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787 ON SOME PACIFIC CERITHIIDE. BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. Two species described in these Proceedings, p. 576, are now figured, C, thaanumi and C. hawaiense, and two others are described, Cerithium thaanumi P.ard V. Fig. 1. Besides the typical form of this species, which measures about 12 to 14mm. long, there is a very small form, with nearly the same shape and sculpture. Specimens measure from length 7.8, diam. 2.5 mm., Fig. 1. C. thaanumz. to length 6, diam. 2 mm. This form is also from Hilo, Hawaii, found by Mr. D, Thaanum. Cerithium hawaiense P. and V. Fig. 2. Hilo, Hawaii. See p. 576. Cerithium voyi n.sp. Fig. 3. Shell solid, turreted, acuminate above, the lateral outlines slightly convex below, straight above. White. Varices very low and inconspicuous, somewhat more than two on each of the whorls of the upper half of | the spire; one low wide one on the last whorl opposite Surface nearly smooth to the eye, showing under the lens a dense sculpture of finer and coarser spiral threads, the coarser ones spaced, one or two near the periphery somewhat granose; the earlier the lip. whorls of the spire are coarsely plicate longitudinally, and crossed by three coarse cords; this sculpture gradually becoming Fig. 3. C. voyi. weaker below. Whorls about 12 (the nucleus lost), but slightly convex, the later ones a little con- stricted below the suture, the last whorl swollen behind the lip, pro- duced in a very short canal in front. Aperture oval, acuminate above; basal notch deep and open, inner lip calloused, having a callous ridge above. 788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Length 17, diam. 6 mm. Caroline Island (C. D. Voy); Hawaiian Islands (W. H. Pease). Type No. 58,192, coll. A. N. 8., from the first locality mentioned. This species is related to C. nesioticum, from which it differs chiefly in the finer sculpture of the later whorls, while the earlier ones have a somewhat different and coarse pattern. C. egenum Gld. is also allied, but differs in sculpture. Cerithium nesioticum Pilsbry and Vanatta, n.n. Fig. 4. Cerithiwm pusillum Nutt. in Jay’s Catalogue of Shells. Not C. pusillum Pfr., 1840. Cerithium lacteum Wiener, Coq. Viv., p. 58, Pl. 7, fig. 3. Not C. lactewm Philippi, 1836. Shell solid, turreted, acuminate above, the lateral outlines more or less convex. White, usually having a series of reddish-brown spots below the suture and some inconspicu- ous, sparse maculation elsewhere. The varices are inconspicuous, low and convex, usually a little whiter than the rest of the sur- face, irregularly disposed, there Fig. 4. C. nesioticum. being two or three on each of the whorls of the spire, a single rather prominent wide one on the last whorl opposite the lip, and a swell- ing behind the lip. The sculpture consists of inconspicuous longitudinal folds below the sutures, very variable in strength and length, and numer- ous spaced spiral cords which may be either smooth or weakly granose, three threads usually occupying each of the spaces between the cords, the middle thread often larger. There are generally five to seven of the larger cords on the penultimate whorl. The early whorls have four spiral cords and numerous narrow longitudinal folds, producing a can- cellated pattern. Whorls 11 to 12, the first one smooth, following several whorls convex, the rest but slightly so. The last whorl is some- what flattened above, rounded at and below the periphery, and ter- minates in a very short, slightly recurved anterior canal. The suture is very shallow below, becoming impressed above. Aperture oval, acuminate above, the outer lip strongly arcuate; basal notch deep and open, oblique. The inner lip is covered with a rather strong callus with raised outer edge, and calloused near the posterior angle of the aperture. Length 16.5, diam. 6.7, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Length 15.7, diam. 5.7, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Hawaiian Islands (W. H. Pease); Oahu (W. Neweomb); northern end , 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 789 of Hawaii (Dr. B. Sharp); Fiji Islands (A. Garrett); Flint Is!and (Voy) ; Kikaigashima, Osumi, in the Riukiu chain (Hirase). Types No. 58,193, A. N.S. P., from Oahu. This species varies widely in the degree of development of the longi- tudinal folds, and especially in the sculpture of the major spiral cords, which may be either smooth, slightly granose or rather strongly so. The contour of the shell is also subject to some variation. C. papillosum Sowb. (Vhes. Conch., II, p. 876, Pl. 184, fig. 215) is apparently related to nesioticum, but differs in sculpture and coloration. It seems to be a common species over a large part of the Indo- Pacific life-area. 790 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., NOTES ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF COSTA RICA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. The following notes and descriptions are based on a study of over three hundred and fifty specimens, representing one hundred species, of which eleven are here described as new. This material is distributed through the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, the United States National Museum and the private collection of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. The writer is much indebted to Prof. P. Biolley, of San José, Costa Rica, who courteously supplied some very valuable material accom- panied by full notes and remarks, and also to Dr. William H. Ashmead, of the United States National Museum, and Mr. Hebard for permission to study the collections mentioned above. The number of records here published which extend the range of species is rather remarkable, and clearly shows the lack of definite information regarding the Orthoptera of northern South America. The Forficulide, Blattidse, Mantidee, Phasmide and Acridide of the greater portion of these collections have already been studied and reported by the author." Family BLATTIDA:. ANAPLECTA Burmeister. Anaplecta fallax Saussure. 1862. Anaplecta fallax Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, p. 163. [Guatemala.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the borders of the river. February, 1905. [No. 7.] (P. Biolley.) Two specimens. 1 Studies in American Forficulide, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 299-312. Studies in American Blattide, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., X XIX, pp. 259-290. Studies in American Mantids or Soothsayers, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XVII, pp. 561-574. Studies in the Orthopterous Family Phasmidx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 38-107. Studies in the Orthopterous Subfamilies Acrydiine (Tettigine), Eumasta- cine and Proscopine, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 658-683. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Acridide (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 400-454. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 791 Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and Zehntner. 1893. Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 27, tab. III, fig. 5, tab. IV, figs. 10 and 11. [States of Vera Cruz and Tabasco, Mexico.] La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. In decayed leaves. [No. 11.] (P. Biolley.) Two females. These specimens are slightly larger than the original measurements and approach A. lateralis Burmeister from South America, but in the absence of material from that region and in the broader pronotum and thicker form of decipiens, characters shared by the material in hand, I prefer to use the name applied by Saussure and Zehntner. BLATTELLA Caudell. Blattella azteca (Saussure and Zehntner)? Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 4.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Referred here with some doubt. Blattella zapoteca (Saussure). 1862. Bilatta] zapoteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, p. 166. [Tropical Mexico.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the border of the river. February, 1905. [No. 9.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This is the most southern record for this beautiful species. PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIA Brunner. Pseudophyllodromia peruana (Saussure). Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 5.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This specimen is similar in coloration to the one described by the author from San Carlos, Costa Rica.? PSEUDOMOPS Serville. Pseudomops grata Rehn. 1903. Pseudomops grata Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXIX, p. 260 [San Carlos, Costa Rica.] Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 6.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This specimen differs from the type in the possession of a broad blackish bar on the caudal margin of the pronotum and a pair of cir- cular blackish dots shghtly cephalad of the middle of the same plate. ? Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXIX, pp. 261-262. 792 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., The other characters, both structure and color, are similar to the type. PELMATOSILPHA Dohrn. Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder. 1900. Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, p. 93, Pl. Il, fig. 5. [Texas; Panama.] Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 3.] (BP. Biolley.) One femal . CHORISONEURA Brunner. Chorisoneura flavipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the border of the river. February, 1905. [No. 8.] (P. Biolley.) One female. La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. In decayed leaves. [No. 1la.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Slightly darker, but otherwise inseparable from a female from Tur- rialba, Costa Rica. HOLOCOMPSA Burmeister. 1838. Holocompsa Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 491. Included Corydia cyanea, collaris and fulva Burmeister, of which collaris (=Blatta nitidula Fabricius) has been selected as the type by Kirby. Holocompsa cyanea (Burmeister). 1838. Clorydia] cyanea Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. IJ, Pt. I, p. 169. [St. Thomas.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. In house. Feb- ruary, 1905. [No. 10.] (P. Biolley.) One specimen. This species has previously been recorded in America only from the West Indies. BLABERUS Serville. Blaberus thoracicus Saussure and Zehntner. Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No.1.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This individual is larger than the measurements given in the original description, and has the pattern of the disk of the pronotum slightly different. Blaberus biolleyi n. sp. Type: 2; Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, Costa Rica. Altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. [No. 2.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N.S. Phila.] 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 793 Closely allied to B. thoracicus, but differing in the slightly smaller size, narrower and longer anal area of the tegmina as well as the less distinct and more numerous nervures of the same area, the subtruncate and narrowly incised supra-anal plate, the broader subgenital plate and rather different coloration. Size medium; form elongate ovoid. Head with the narrowest por- tion of the interspace between the eyes about equal to the greatest dorso-ventral depth of the eyes; antenne about a fourth again as long as the width of the pronotum. Pronotum subovate, transverse, half again as broad as long; cephalic margin subangulate, caudal margin arcuate, cephalo-lateral sections moderately deflected. Tegmina elongate, costal margin arcuate, more distinctly so proximad than distad; apex narrowly rounded; sutural margin arcuate in the distal third rounding to the apex; venation distinct, the costal area only irregular reticulate; anal area about two-fifths the length of the tegmen, the anal vein slightly but evenly arcuate. Supra-anal plate rather broad, bilobate, the median emargination V-shaped, rather shallow and broad. Cerei short, Fig. 1. Blaberus very slightly exceeding the supra-anal plate, taper- Sioley Ne ye: ing. Subgenital plate large, broad, slightly pro- duced, the apex blunt and rather narrowly rounded. Femora with- out spines on the ventral margins. Cephalic tarsi with the distal joint slightly longer than the proximal; median tarsi with the proximal and distal joints subequal; caudal tarsi with the proximal joint slightly longer than the distal. General color pale clay-color, the pronotum with the ground color ochraceous. Head pale ochraceous, with the region between the eyes, between the paired ocelli, except a median spot of the base color, and a median line on the lower face burnt umber; eyes blackish; antenne blackish-brown. Pronotum with a broad bar of blackish on the caudal margin, tapering laterad and disappearing before the angles of greatest width, two pairs of irregularly rounded spots of the same color situated before the middle and in pairs with the space between them slightly greater than their distance from the cephalic margin, caudad of these a pair of rather large comma-shaped spots of the same color and caudad of these a pair of roughly trigonal spots. Limbs with the tarsi, tibize and distal sections of the femora suffused with burnt umber. Abdomen with the lateral marks of the dark 794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., brown color united at, and suffusing the greater portion of, the sub- genital plate, as is usual in species of the genus. Measurements. Length of body, = tt Oe te a eink Keetaei ee! Eagle AL eed? eer Meng tore rOno Uae een en re IDRC Ci oO, 5 WG IGengthiotstesmens 9 ee = at ee ae eay. Oe eee oe, eee Width.of teomen, ("00H Ts sen OSE Met Ae eos aa The type is unique. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Prof. P. Biolley, of San José, Costa Rica, who collected the type and supplied a portion of the material on which this paper is based. Family MANTIDZ. ACONTISTA Saussure. Acontista mexicana Saussure and Zehntner. Carrillo. (Hebard Collection.) One female. STAGMOMANTIS Saussure. Stagmomantis nahua Saussure, Carrillo. (Hebard Collection.) One male, one female. The facial scutellum of the female is not narrowly emarginate dorso- mesad as in a female from Chinandega, Nicaragua, while all three speci- mens examined have the cephalic limbs unspotted. Stagmomantis tolteca (Saussure). Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 13.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zehntner. 1894. Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 145, Pl. VII, figs. 4 and 5. [Sinanja, Panima and Teleman, Vera Paz, Guatemala.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 15.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Stagmomantis androgyna Saussure and Zehntner. 1894. Stagmomantis androgyna Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 147, Pl. VU, fig. 1. [Belize, British Honduras.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 14.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This specimen has the black stigma very small, and the pronotum shorter (19.5 mm.) than the original measurements (23.5 mm.). The maculations of the wings are practically absent, those organs being 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 795 weakly suffused with reddish brown as is the case with the tegmina. The shape and proportions of the pronotum readily separate this species from S. montana. PSEUDOMIOPTERYX Saussure. Pseudomiopteryx infuscata Saussure and Zehntner. Caché, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. In forest. [No. 16.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Family PHASMIDZE. BOSTRA Stal. Bostra turgida (Westwood). 1859. Bacteria turgida Westwood, Catal. Orthopt. Ins. Coll. Brit. Mus., Phasm., p. 28, Pl. VII, figs. 4 and 9. [Venezuela.] Caché, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. [No. 24.] (P. Biolley.) One male. As far as can be determined from the broken male figured and de- seribed by Westwood, this appears to be the same species. It is, how- ever, Somewhat smaller, and has the antenne longer than in West- wood’s figure and equal to the body in length, instead of reaching “rather beyond the middle of the metathorax.” The species of the genus Bostra in hand for study are four: imcompta Rehn,? jaliscensis Rehn,* jugalis Rehn® and turgida Westwood. The males of all these species are now before me and can be separated by the following key: a.—Cerci not exceeding the subgenital opercule proper (7.e., the eighth ventral segment) in length. b.—Ninth dorsal abdominal segment somewhat bullate, the caudal margin bilobate, with the median emargination subtrigonal. Subgenital opercule without a distinct claw-like process. c.—Median segment in length not exceeding one-half the re- maining portion of the metanotum. Cerci slightly tapering,. . . B. turgida (Westw.). cc.—Median segment in length nearly equal to the remaining portion of the metanotum. Cerci not tapering, B. incompta Rehn. bb.—Ninth dorsal abdominal segment longitudinal, subequal, not bullate, the caudal margin laterad acute-angulate and brace- shaped® between. Subgenital opercule with a distinct claw-like process ventrad of the caudal margin, B. jaliscensis Rehn. 3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p.57. [San Carlos, Costa Rica.] 4Tbid., 1904, p. 514. [Tuxpan, Jalisco, Mexico.] ® Invertebrata Pacifica, I, p. 72. [Chinandega, Nicaragua. ] 6 Shaped thus ——~——_.. 796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., aa.—Cerci exceeding the subgenital opercule in length, very distinctly bent arcuate “proximad and compressed in the distal half, B. jugalis Rehn. Stal’s B. dorsuaria’ and Seudder’s B. exigua® are known from the males, while B. remiformis Rehn® is based on the female sex. The latter has the median segment two-thirds the length of the metanotum itself, which fact would associate it with jaliscensis, incompta and jugalis. As the female of jugalis is known it is certainly not that species, while the other two species are very much larger in the male sex than the female type of remijormis. Accordingly I think it a good species of which the male is unknown. LIBETHRA Stal. 1875. Libethra Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 20, 74. Type.—L. nisseri Stal. Libethra auritus n. sp. Type: 2; San José, Costa Rica. Altitude, 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 22.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Allied to L. ignavus Westwood, but differing in the ear-like cephalic appendages, the reduction of the lobes on the median and caudal limbs, the absence of especially pronounced lobes on the second ab- dominal segment and the presence of such on the fifth segment, and the shorter caudal limbs. Size rather small; form moderately robust; surface closely supplied with tubercles of several sizes, the larger size arranged in parallel longi- tudinal rows. Head slightly longer than broad, supplied between and slightly caudad of the eyes with a pair of erect subrotundate foliaceous lobes, about twice as high as the eye is deep, margins of the lobes irregu- larly crenulate; eyes short ovate; antenne about equal to the head and thorax in length, proximal joint large, considerably depressed. Pronotum slightly longer than broad. Mesonotum about twice as long as the head and pronotum together, a longitudinal median carina present but subobsolete cephalad, the large tubercles irregularly paired laterad of the median carina with a regularly placed pair caudad. Metanotum with the median segment about two-thirds the length of the mesonotum with the median carina distinct through the entire length; median segment subquadrate, slightly narrowed cephalad, 7 Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 79. [Chiriqui.] 8 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 278. [Eastern slope of Peruvian Andes.] ° Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 58. [Piedras Negras, Costa Rica.] 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797 length about two-thirds of the remaining portion of the metanotum. Abdomen con- siderably longer than the remaining portion of the body, with a distinct longitudinal median carina and a pair of supplementary lateral carinse, which latter on the caudal margins of the first and second proximal segments are developed with distinct boss- like tubercles, the general surface tubercles of the abdomen are mostly resolved into longitudinal series; fifth segment with the caudal section bearing two erect foliaceous lobes similar to those found on the head, but with the margins more regular and not crenulate; first, second and third seg- ments increasing distad in length, fourth, fifth and sixth subequal in length, seventh slightly more than half the length of the sixth, eighth very short, ninth about equal to the seventh in length and with the caudal margin with a very broad shallow median emargination; subgenital opercule reaching to the caudal margin of the eighth dorsal segment, produced, the apex semicir- cularly emarginate, carinate ventrad. Ce- phalic femora slightly shorter than the pro- notum and mesonotum, strongly depressed, proximal flexure distinct; cephalic tibize slightly longer than the femora, carinate, in section irregularly pentagonal ; cephalic tarsi with the first proximal joint (metatarsus) slightly longer than the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora slightly shorter than the mesonotum, slightly arcuate, subquad- rate in section, with the ventral carinze supplied at about the proximal third with subtrigonal foliaceous lobes; median tibis very slightly longer than the femora; me- dian tarsi with the proximal joint very slightly longer than the second, third and Figs. 2 and 3. Libethra auritus n.sp. Dorsal view and lateral view of head. Ces) fourth united. Caudal femora reaching to about the middle of the 798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., fourth abdominal segment; caudal tibie slightly longer than the femora. General color raw umber, washed and stained with vandyke brown, the cephalic femora and tibia and median femora irregularly annulate and sprinkled with ecru drab. Head bister, lighter around the man- dibles and on the labrum and clypeus. Measurements. Length of body; #:° —.” suis | anu ui ton et aa Ch ROR bengthiompronotum:s 5 voit aay aul ced, pce ee Ome Ihengthtofgmesonotums: (sem. 4 |.) ees 62) 5) elcome Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . 9.5 “ Lengthiokabdomens —, 2i=sieh) init: Sette o) er ae lbength’ of cephalic femur, Se Seley Seen een ee ee Jbenpithyof ‘cephalicitibia,, “cea - teh - suse Wcusucie canis) anne Tbengthcofmedian femur: see ie pe om engthvoticaudalfemur, 92) 5 2) 4 0 eo) eel oo The type is unique. HETERONEMIA Gray. Heteronemia ignava Rehn. 1904. Heteronemia ignava Rehn, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 54. [Piedras Negras, Costa Rica.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 22.] (P. Biolley.) One male. OLCYPHIDES Griffini.” 1875. Phocylides Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 57, 96. [Not of Pascoe, 1872.] 1899. Olcyphides Griffini, Zoolog. Anz., XXII, p. 90. Type.—Oleyphides bicarinatus (Stal). Olcyphides viridipes n. sp. Type: 2; Caché, Costa Rica, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. [No. 25.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Allied to O. venilia Westwood from Bogota, but differing in the shorter mesothorax and metathorax, the slenderer abdomen and limbs, the shorter subgenital opercule, the absence of distinct blackish spots on the sutural portions of the tegmina and other features of the colora- tion. The relationship to O. venilia is great, as such structures as the 10 Kirby (A Synon. Catal. Orth., I, p. 411) has placed Pseudophasma crypto- chlore Rehn as a species of Oleyphides. Aiter examining a typical specimen I find this is erroneous, as the species is a Pseudophasma as originally described. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799 suleate mesonotum, weakly ridged tegmina, long metatarsi and elon- gate antennal joints show. Size medium; form very slender; surface not polished. Head longi- tudinal, subequal; occiput with three impressed longitudinal lines caudad; ocelli present, the cephalic large, elliptical, placed between the in- sertions of the antenns, caudal pair smaller, placed diagonally at about the cephahe third of the occiput; eyes slightly elliptical, projecting, slightly flattened ; antennee composed of about twenty-five joints, some very poorly defined, and, except the proximal two and the terminal joints, the segments are very slender and elongate, the whole antennz laid back exceeding the tip of the abdomen, second joint some- what inflated. Pronotum nearly twice as long as broad, narrow, transverse line slightly in advance of the middle. Mesonotum over twice the length of the pronotum, subequal in width, fine longi- tudinal median sulcus present, dorso- lateral angles with distinct carine, accompanied dorsad by longitudinal sulei which are rounded contiguous caudad; mesosternum without longi- tudinal median carina. Metathorax very slightly longer than the meso- thorax. Tegmina about equal to the mesonotum in length, apex rounded; tubercle longitudinal, low and weak. Wings in repose reaching to the caudal margin of the fifth abdominal segment. Abdomen with the six proximal seg- ments longitudinal, the first to fourth subequal in length, the fifth and sixth decreasing, seventh about two-thirds Fig. 4. Oleypnides viridipes n. sp. Dorsal view of type. (X 2.) the length of the sixth, eighth about}two-thirds the length of the seventh, ninth subequal to the eighth in length, the caudal margin truncate; cerci compressed, tapering, acute, slightly longer than the ninth dorsal 800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Nov., segment; subgenital opercule moderately produced, scoop-like, reach- ing to the caudal margin of the eighth dorsal segment. Cephalic femora equal to the mesothorax and metathorax together in length, compressed, basal flexure slight; cephalic tibiz about equal to the femora in length; tarsi with the proximal joint very slightly shorter than the remaining joints. Median femora slightly longer than the metathorax; tibiz slightly shorter than the femora; tarsi with the proximal joint equal to the second, third and fourth in length. Caudal femora about equal to the head, prothorax and mesothorax united in length, extending, when stretched parallel to the abdomen, to slightly caudad of the caudal margin of the second segment; tibie slightly longer than the femora; tarsi with the proximal joint about equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length. General color wood brown becoming russet on the mesothorax and cephalic limbs. Head, prothorax and mesothorax with a pair of lateral lines of bister extending from the olive eyes to the base of the tegmina. Venter of the thorax pale mauve. Tegmina with a line through the “boss” greenish-yellow, the Ki 2 dorsal section with the areas between the longi- ig.5. Oleyphides ss : viridipesn.sp. Lat- tudinal and transverse nervures finely sprinkled eral view of apex of with blackish. Wings with the yellow of the teg- abdomen of male E f : type. (X 2.) mina extended on them for a considerable distance. Abdomen pale drab. Median and caudal limbs oil green. Measurements. Length of body, Te ee ee eee ake Sti Ge iaelian Length of head, . ; ¢ Length of pronotum, Length of mesonotum, . Length of metathorax, . Length of tegmen, Length of wing,. . . . Length of cephalic femur, . Length of cephalic tibia, Length of median femur, Length of caudal femur, « No Now ivt Ht o9 = Co RIB NW ors nb 0 ho to Yb The type is unique. PSEUDOPHASMA Kirby. Pseudophasma menius (Westwood). Carrillo, altitude 400 meters. February, 1904. [No. 21.] (P. Biolley.) One male. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 Family ACRIDIDZ. OCHETOTETTIX Morse. 1900. Ochetotettix Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., IT, p. 9. Included O. barretti (Hancock) and O. volans Morse, of which the former may be selected as the type. Ochetotettix volans Morse. 1900. Ochetotettix volans Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 9, fig. [Dos Arroyos, Chilpancingo, Venta de Zopilote, Xucumanatlan and Omil- teme, Guerrero, Mexico, 1,000 to 8,000 feet.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [Nos. 85 (part), 86 (part) and 87.] (P. Biolley.) One male, four females. Ochetotettix barretti (Hancock). 1899. Neotettix barretti Hancock, Ent. News, X, p. 277. [Tizapan, D. F., Mexico. ]} San José, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. 86 (part).] (P. Biolley.) One female. In addition to the type locality this species has been recorded from Chilpancingo, Guerrero, and Atoyac, Vera Cruz, Mexico. PARATETTIX Bolivar. Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). 1861. T{ettix] tolteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser. XIII, p. 401. [Tropical Mexico.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. 85 (part) and 87.] (P. Biolley.) One male, one female. ALLOTETTIX Hancock. Allotettix peruvianus (Bolivar). La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. [No. 90.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This specimen has the pronotum abbreviate, not extending beyond the tips of the caudal femora. TETTIGIDEA Scudder. Tettigidea nicarague Bruner. 1895. Tettigidea nicarague Bruner, Bull. Labor. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, II, Pt. 2, p. 62, Pl. II], figs. 3a and 3b. [Nicaragua.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. 84.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This species has also been recorded from Atoyac, Vera Cruz, and Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico. The specimen examined is short-winged. EPISACTUS Burr. 1899. Episactus Burr, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 254. Type.—E. brunneri Burr. o2 802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Episactus brunneri Burr. 1899. Episactus brunneri Burr, Anal, Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 254. (Guatemala. ] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 69.] (P. Biolley.) Male and female taken in coitu. These specimens constitute the first record of the species since the original description. TRUXALIS Fabricius. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. [No. 89.] (P. Biolley.) One female. ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. Orphulella punctata (De Geer). San José, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904.” [No. 81.] 7 (P. Biolley.) One male. Santa Clara. (P. Biolley.) One male. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner. San José, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [Nos. 75 (part), 76, 77, 78, 79, 80 and 81.] (P. Biolley.) One male, ten females. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 74.] One female. Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 71.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner? 1904. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 81. [Costa Rica.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 76.] (P. Biolley.) One female. Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 70.] (P. Biolley.) One male. These specimens are referred to the species with a query. PLECTROTETTIX MeNeill. Plectrotettix calidus Bruner. 1904. Plectrotettix calidus Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 101. (Cuernavaca, Morelos and Guerrero, Mexico; Nicaragua; Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 60.] (P. Biolley.) One male, two females. These specimens agree fairly well with Cuernavaca specimens, but have the caudal tibise with the colors much richer. One female with- out exact data, but presumably from Costa Rica as it was sent by Biol- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803 ley, has the ventral face of the caudal femora and the caudal tibize red as in Walker’s poorly described nobilus from Oaxaca, Mexico. This specimen also has the tegmina and wings shorter than in the Tablazo specimens and similar in this respect to individuals from Tacubaya, Mexico, which appear to be referable to P. excelsus Bruner. CHORTOPHAGA Saussure. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner. 1905. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 136. [Slopes of the Volean de Irazu, at an elevation of 7,500 to 9,000 feet, Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, altitude 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [No. 65.] (P. Biolley.) One female. On comparison with specimens of Chortophaga viridijasciata from the eastern United States, I find great difficulty in separating this specimen. The pronotal carina is slightly less arched, but the size is considerably greater than given in the original description. The sulca- tion of the frontal costa appears deeper than in viridifasciata instead of shallower, but as the specimen in hand appears to have been in alco- hol, preparation may have caused this. Several races of C. viridijasciata of value equal to this exist in the United States. LACTISTA Saussure. Lactista punctatus (Stal). Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [No. 68.] (P. Biolley.) One female. HELIASTUS Saussure. Heliastus venezuele# Saussure. 1884. H[eliastus] Venezuele Saussure, Prodr. Gidipodiorum, p. 213. [Ven- ezuela; Colombia; Panama.] Mouth of the Jesus Maria river, Pacific side." April, 1905. [No. 88.] (P. Biolley.) Two females. These specimens are referred here with some little doubt. They are unquestionably closely allied to H. swmichrasti, but have the fasti- gium broader and shallower than in that species, while the frontal costa is broader and has a slight constriction ventrad of the ocellus. The two in hand are larger than Guadalajara and Jalapa individuals of sumichrasti, and about equal in size to a female from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. 1 This locality is between Punta Arenas and the mouth of the Rio Grande de Tarcoles. 804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., LEPTYSMA Stal. Leptysma obscura (Thunberg). 1827. Tr{uxalis] obscurus Thunberg, Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Scient. Ups., IX, p.79. [Tropical America, Brazil.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 82.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This species has been recorded from Nicaragua. CORNOPS Scudder. 1875. Cornops Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVI, p. 276. Type.—Cornops bivittatum Scudder. Cornops longipenne (De Geer)? 1773. Acrydium longipenne De Geer, Mem. d. Hist. Ins., III, p. 501, Pl. 42, fig. 9. [Surinam.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Esparta, altitude 50 meters. February, 1905. [No. 83.] (P. Biolley.) Male and female. As far as can be determined from the descriptions these specimens appear referable to this species, but probably will represent a closely allied form when compared with typical Surinam individuals. The lateral bars are not sharply separated from the wine-color of the dorsum, but present a strong contrast with the yellowish of the ventral portions. The genus Cornops as defined by Stal” appear to agree better with these specimens than does Scudder’s description. This may be due to the fact that Stal’s description was based on longipenne. SCHISTOCERCA Stal. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder. San José, altitude 1,160 meters. November, 1904. [Nos. 72 and 73-] (P. Biolley.) Four males, four females. Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [Nos. 61, 62, 63. and 64.] (P. Biolley.) Seven males, seven females. Some of the above recorded individuals have the tegmina consider- ably longer than others, while the variation in the intensity of the coloration is quite striking. 2 Bihang K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., V, No. 4, p. 39, 1878. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 805 DICHROPLUS Stal. Dichroplus morosus Rehn. 1905. Dichroplus morosus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 442. [Monte Redondo, Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 67.] (P. Biolley.) Two males, two females. As the male of this species has never been described its characters are given herewith. oS. Sizesmall. Head with the interspace between the eyes moder- ately narrow, shallowly sulecate; fastigium declivent, passing into the frontal costa without interruption of the shallow sulcus; costa narrow- ed dorsad, regularly but slightly expanding ventrad, more distinctly sulcate ventrad of the ocellus; eye about half again as long as the infra- ocular groove. Pronotum with the caudal margin subrectangulate. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes subquadrate; metasternal lobes subcontiguous. Tegmina exceeding the tips of the caudal femora by about half the length of pronotum. Furcula present as extremely minute knobs; supra-anal plate with a longitudinal median groove, outline slightly narrowed with the apex abruptly rounded except for a slight median angle; cerci with the proximal section broad, strongly tapering in the proximal half, the distad section very narrow, styliform and subequal, tip slightly incurved, decurved and acute; subgenital plate produced, longer than broad, the apex narrowly rounded. Measurements. Wenrtorombodyae “ace .. = ~..tahac) leek ieee gl Gem. Length of pronotum, . |. Say 3. eee Ree ORO Oss Hencineontecmene Aue |. eee OR ee ets Length of caudalfemur, . . . . . . Se ey Bolle The specimens examined exhibit considerable variation in the shade of the ground color and the intensity of the pattern. AIDEMONA Brunner. Aidemona azteca (Saussure). Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [No. 66.] (P. Biolley.) One female. TETTIGONIDZ. APHIDNA Stal. 1874. Aphidna Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, II, pp. 13, 28. Type.—Phaneroptera alipes Westwood ©. 806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Aphidna simplicipes Brunner. 1878. A[phidna] simplicipes Brunner, Monogr. d. Phaneropt., p. 157. [Mexico.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. [No. 43.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This is the first record of the species since the original description. HORMILIA Stal. 1873. Hormilia Stal, Ofversigt Kongl. Vetens.-Akad. Férhandl., 1873, No. 4, p. 41. Type.—Phaneroptera tolteca Saussure. Hormilia intermedia Brunner. 1878. H[ormilia] intermedia Brunner, Monogr. d. Phaneropt., p. 232. (Cordova, Mexico; Guatemala. ] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Four males, one female, one nymph. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) One nymph. Piedras Negras. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S. N.M.] One male, three females. This series of specimens exhibits considerable variation in color, both in the ground color and the intensity of the pattern. Some individuals are without a trace of greenish, while others have the base color, very pale apple green; the pattern of the tegmina in some is a complicated subsealariform arrangement, in others only an irregular mottling. In all the specimens examined, including the nymphs, the dorsal abdominal markings are distinct. The species has been recorded once before from Costa Rica, from Caché, by Saussure and Pictet. CERAIA Brunner. 1891. Ceraia Brunner, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, XLI, p. 18, 127. Included nine species," of which the first, tibialis (which is the species figured), may be considered the type. Ceraia cruenta (Burmeister). 1838. Ph{aneroptera] cruenta Burmeister Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 691. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 42.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. This striking species is recorded for the first time north of Brazil. The only definite records previously published are from the type ocality. ; 3 Ceraia tibialis Brunner, maxima Brunner, punctulata (Brunner), suri- namensis Brunner, dentata (Brunner), cornuta Brunner, atrosignata Brunner, zebrata Brunner and cruenta (Burmeister.) , 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 807 STILPNOCHLORA Sial. Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville). 1839. Phylloptera marginella Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 405. [Cape of Good Hope; erroneous. ] San José. September, 1902. (C.F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male. Stilpnochlora tolteca (Saussure). 1859. Phylloptera tolteca Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zool., 2e ser., XI, p. 203. [Mexico.] Atefias. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One female. San José. September, 1902. (C.F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Three males, five females. Stilpnochlora azteca (Saussure). San José. September, 1902. (C.F. Underwood.) [A.N.S. Phila.] One female. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. STEIRODON Serville. 1831. Steirodon Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 140. Type.—Phyllophora citrijolia Thunberg =Steirodon validum Stal. Steirodon validum Stal. 1815. Phyllophora citrifolia Thunberg, Mém. |’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., V, p. 286. (Not Gryllus (Tettigonia) citrijolius Linnzus and authors.) 1874. S[teirodon] validum Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, IT, p. 44. (Based in part on Thunberg’s material.) [Locality unknown.] Costa Rica. (C.F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. This Brazilian and Guianan species is here recorded for the first time from Central America. OROPHUS Saussure. 1859. Orophus Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoolog., 2e ser., XI, p. 204. 1878. Anepsia Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 269. 1897. Paragenes Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 338. “4 The genus Steirodon was based on three forms: ciérifolius, prasinus and thoracicus. The second was removed to Trigonocorypha in 1874; the third to Posidippus the same year. The first, citrijolius, was based wholly on references as follows: Locusta citrifjolia Fab., Ent. Syst., No. 1. De Geer, Mém., t. III, p. 437, Pl. 37, fig. 3. Stoll, Sauter., Pl. 4, fig. 12. Pislophore citrijolia Thunb., Mém. de |’Acad. Imp. des Sc. de Saint-Pétersb., t. V, p. 286. The references of Fabricius and De Geer were based on Linné’s Gryllus (Tet- tigonia) citrijolius, which was placed in Posidippus in 1874. Stoll’s figure was _ considered a Peucestes the same year, leaving Thunberg’s misidentification, later named by Stal, who examined the Thunberg material, as the type. 808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Included mexicana, otomia, salicijolia, rhombifolia, totonaca, salvi- jfolia and huasteca. Of these otomia, salicifolia, rhombijolia, totonaca and salvifolia belong to the genus Microcentrum, 1873; huasteca to Amblycorypha, 1873; and mexicana remains as the type. Orophus mexicanus Saussure. 1859. Ph{ylloptera (Orophus)] mexicana Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 204. [Mexico.] 1905. Paragenes conspersa Baker, Invert. Pacifica, I, p. 78. (Not of Brun- ner.) [San Marcos, Nicaragua.] Eseazu. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. &. Phila.] One female. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8. Phila.] Four females. A San Marcos, Nicaragua, female individual, received from Baker and determined as conspersus, is larger than any Costa Rican specimen examined. This species has previously been recorded from Caché, Rio Sucio, San Francisco, San José, Azahar de Cartago and Monte Redondo in Costa Rica. Orophus ovatus (Brunner). 1878. Almepsia] ovata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 271. [Costa Rica.] Zarzero. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. 8S. N. M.] Five males, one female. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8S. Phila.] Two males. Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males. This quite distinct species varies somewhat in size and from a green- ish-brown to a distinct green in color, with the small fuscous annuli practically absent in some specimens. This species is more austral than the others of the genus, having been recorded but once from outside of Costa Rica, then from San Gerénimo, Guatemala. The previous definite Costa Rican records are from Rio Sucio, Caché and Volean de Irazu. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 809 Orophus conspersus (Brunner). 1878. A[nepsia] conspersa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 270. [Chiriqui.] Guatel. (C.F. Underwood.) [A.S. N. Phila.] Two males. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. Carrillo. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] Two males. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Twenty-eight males, nine females. This form is probably, as Brunner says, a small type of tessellata. The large series examined is rather uniform in size, but the coloration varies greatly, both in the general color and the presence or intensity of the fuscous annuli of the tegmina. Most of the males have the tambourine marked laterad more or less regularly with brownish, and the paler specimens which are little marked with fuscous have the femoral spines with the dark color restricted to a very slight apical touch. The previous Costa Rican records of this species are from San José, La Uruca, El Coronal, Tucurrique, La Palma, Turrialba and Monte Redondo. Orophus tessellatus Saussure. 1861. Phylloptera (Orophus) tessellata Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoolog., 2eser., XIII, p.129. [Mexico.] San Carlos. (Schild and Buredorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Four males, four females. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Three females. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) {A. N.S. Phila.] Two females. Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara; altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 40.) [A.N.S. Phila.] One female. The material examined fully demonstrates the variability of this species in color, some being strongly dotted with fuscous and with the usual large annuli distinct, while others are almost uniform green. Considerable variation is also exhibited in size, and some individuals might be referred to either tessellatus or conspersus. This is particu- larly true of the individuals from Carrillo. The previous Costa Rican records are from Volean de Irazu, Caché and Santa Clara. ANAULACOMERA Stal. 1873. Anaulacomera Stal, Ofv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., XXX, No. 4, pp. 41, 43. Included submaculata, nodulosa and opacijolia Stal, of which the first may be considered the type. $10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Anaulacomera digitata n. sp. Type: 2; San José, Costa Rica, 1,160 meters. At electric light. July, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 44.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Allied to A. jurcata Brunner, but differing in the suleate fastigium, the undivided superior ramus of the radial vein, the absence of a dis- tinct angle on the dorsal margin of the ovipositor and the broader tegmina. Size rather small; form moderately elongate. Head with the fasti- gium narrow, the apex rounded and constricted proximad, moderately but distinctly suleate, the expanded proximal section with the margins elevated, the lateral ridges being lost on the constriction; facial fasti- gium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subglobose, quite prominent; antennz reaching to the tips of the wings, proximal joint large, equal to the space between the basal joints, flattened. Prono- Fig.7. Anaulacomera Fig. 6. Anaulacomera digitatan.sp. Lateral view digitata n. sp. Dorsal of type. (xX 2.) view of head. (xX 3.) tum deplanate dorsad; cephalic margin truncato-emarginate, caudal margin flattened arcuate, lateral angles narrowly rounded; lateral lobes about as long as deep, caudal margin with the sinus rather broad and deep, the margin arcuate from this to a point on the ventral section which is obtuse-angulate, the cephalic margin being arcuato-emargin- ate and the ventro-cephalic margin oblique. Mesosternum with the lobes subtrigonal, each longer than broad. Metasternum with the lobes rotundate, the medio-lateral section of their curve being flattened. Tegmina about half again as long as the caudal femora, extremely elongate-elliptical in outline, nearly four and a half times as long as broad, the width except proximad and distad being subequal, costal margin very gently arcuate, apex evenly rounded; radial vein with the two branches not distinctly subdivided, the division of the vein being 1905.] -- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. S11 near the distal third of the tegmen; anterior ulnar vein reaching the sutural margin a short distance distad of the fureation of the radial vein. Wings extending beyond the closed tegmina, a distance about equal to the length of the pronotum. Ovipositor about twice the length of the pronotum, saber-like in form, the greatest width slightly less than a third the length and in the distal half, apex acute, dorsal margin straight with a slight proximal curve, ventral margin almost straight in the proximal half, strongly arcuate in the distal half, mar- gins of the distal half crenulato-dentate; subgenital plate very deeply and triangularly emarginate, the base of the emargination rounded, lateral processes of the plate produced slender and digitiform. Cephalic tibie moderately rounded and unarmed dorsad. Caudal femur reach- ing to the apex of the ovipositor, slender in the distal half. General color apple green, the head and thorax soiled olive-yellow; abdomen pale orange-buff; sutural margins of the tegmina naples yellow; margins of the tip of the ovipositor vandyke brown; eyes mars brown. Measurements. Kenothronhody phir! GaSe A 4 ae oe GE omme Menmthsoiupronotumen = 2 5. 3 ee ALO WenetneotntegImenn a ee ey Me es ee DEB IBRCACIMMOMmUCCIMCN weet aoa s 5) bt! ee ee 1 GEN OS enxtheomesuGal tem Wee Ea ye) we. Ib. One Menpthwomovipositor, ster Peewee Werder she: 0 «ii Ment Gicw 3% The specific name refers to the appendages of the subgenital plate. In addition to the type, a badly damaged male individual from Esparta (altitude 50 meters; no. 45; P. Biolley) is referred with some doubt to this species. The tegmina are somewhat slenderer than in the type, but the venation is similar, while the head and pronotum, as well as the sternal lobes, are identical. Subgenital plate and supra-anal plate are as in A. lanceolata Brunner, the cerci however differ in being without a basal lobule and haying a spiral twist instead of being straight and lanceolate. Anaulacomera laticauda Brunner. 1878. A[naulacomera] laticauda Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 292. [Mexico; Orizaba; St. Jean, Colombia. ] Tucurrique, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. 8. N. M.] One male. San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. 8. N. M.] One female. 812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., The male individual has the sutural margin of the tegmina narrowly areolate with blackish-brown. This is the first Costa Rican record for the species, which ranges from Orizaba to Colombia. Anaulacomera denticauda Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Anaulacomera denticauda Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 345, Pl. XVI, figs. 15 and 16. [Temax, North Yucatan, Mexico.] Piedras Negras, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.8. N. M.] One male. This specimen agrees fully with the description of the species, which was hitherto known only from the type. TURPILIA Stal. Turpilia oblongooculata Brunner. 1878. Turpilia oblongooculata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 326. [Oaxaca, Mexico; Guatemala.] Esparta, 50 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley; No. 45.) [A.N. S. Phila.] One female, This species has been recorded from Costa Rica, without definite locality, by Saussure and Pictet. Turpilia linearis n. sp. Type: o; Carrillo, Costa Rica. Hebard Collection. Allied to 7’. mexicana Brunner, but differing in the deplanate dorsum of the pronotum, the narrower tegmina and the slightly longer caudal femora. As mexicana was based on the female sex, the comparisons are not as full as could be desired. Size medium; form very elongate. Head with the occiput very slightly rounded; fastigium declivent, strongly compressed, proximal section narrowly sulcate, distal portion without sulcus; fastigium of the face touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subglobose, quite prominent; antenne: when laid back exceeding the tips of the closed wings by more than the length of the body, proximal joint not de- pressed. Pronotum decidedly deplanate dorsad, cephalic margin very slightly arcuato-emarginate, caudal margin arcuate, lateral angles moderately rounded cephalad, sharp caudad; lateral lobes deeper than long, sinus on the caudal margin shallow, remainder of the caudal mar- gin and the ventral margin arcuate, cephalic margin very slightly emarginate. Mesosternal lobes transverse, angles rectangulate, not produced; metasternal lobes rounded and with a narrow median fissure. Tegmina very slender, about twice the length of the body, the greatest width contained five and a half times in the length; costal mar- 1905. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 813 gin slightly arcuate proximad, straight distad, sutural margin straight with a slight arcuation proximad, apex rounded with the costal section more arcuate than the sutural; mediastine vein very short, median vein issuing slightly proximad of the middle of the tegmen, bifurcate. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly greater than the length of the pronotum; sutural margin straight, costal margin arcuate. Supra-anal plate not exceeding the preceding abdominal segment in length, transverse, margin truncate; cerci rather thick, blunt, with a strong curve mesad; subgenital plate longitudinal;with a U-shaped median emargination, styles as long as the processes of Fig.8. Turpilialinearisn.sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) the plate surrounding the median emargination and on which they are placed. Cephalic tibiz with the dorsal face unarmed, the cephalic ventral margin with several spines. Median tibize with several spines on the dorsal face. Caudal femora slightly more than three times the length of the head and pronotum, d inflated proximad and regularly decreasing to the Ki slender distal two-fifths; caudal tibie slightly longer ig. 9. Tur- pilia linearis n. than the femora, the dorsal margins strongly and ae closely spined, ventral margins with the spines much fewer, smaller and adpressed. General color oil green; eyes mars brown; antennz suffused with blackish; sutural margins of the tegmina and weakly on the wings marked with brownish-black, the areas between nervures alone being colored. 814 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Measurements. Dength ofsbodya, ste op nce te eee ed ee er OF onCLE EE Length of pronotuin, 9 ¢ 2! a PEW ei eae Length of tegmen, . ney) Le bale gale ot ees Greatest breadth of tegmen, veil icon | Ougemags Length of exposed portion of wing : beyond tegmen, 7. 26 ome Leagth-of-caudal'femur, <2 <, S er ee The type is the only specimen of the species seen. MICROCENTRUM Scudder. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn. 1903. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXIX, p. 23. [Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. (At electric light.) (P. Biolley; No. 41.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male. This individual is inseparable from the type, and is separated from M. lanceolatum by the slenderer tegmina and caudal limbs. SYNTECHNA Brunner. 1878. Syntechna Brunner, Monogr. d. Phaneropt., p. 30, 347. Included olivaceo-viridis Brunner and tarasca (Saussure), of which the first may be considered the type. Syntechna caudelli Rehn. 1901. Syntechna caudelli Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXVII, p. 224. [Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico.] San José. September and October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Two females. Tarbaca. October and December, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one female. Eseazu. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. Not separable from the type specimen. Apparently separated from tarasca by the form of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and the teg- mina. LICHENOCHRUS Karsch. 1890. Lichenochrus Karsch, Entom. Nachr., XVI, p. 268. Type.—L. crassipes Karsch. Lichenochrus marmoratus n. sp. Type: 2 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. (Hebard Collection.) Allied to ae modestus Brunner and brevistylus Saussure and Pictet, but differing from the former in the marmorate tegmina, the number 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 815 of spines on the median femora and the larger size, and from brevistylus in the form of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, the number of femoral spines and the curved ovipositor. Size medium; form robust. Head with the occiput arched; fasti- gium declivent, slightly produced, acuminate, the margins elevated and the apex an acute horizontally directed process; facial fastigium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subovate, the greatest length dorso-ventral, very prominent when viewed from the dorsum; antenne with the proximal joint large, cylindrical, margins of the insertion of the antenne placed close together, the facial fastigium being narrow, joints of the antenne slightly nodose distad. Pronotum saddle-shaped, depressed mesad, elevated cephalad and caudad; ce- phalie margin arcuato-truncate, elevated mesad at an angle of about 45°; caudal section slightly elevated into a rather flattened transverse structure with the surface lineato-rugose and the outline strongly constricted cephalad with the cephalic angles rounded, caudal margin subtruneate; dorsal section between the first and second transverse sulei with a pair of erect rather blunt diverging processes which form part of the rather broken lateral margins of the dorsal surface; lateral lobes nearly quadrate, the margins nearly straight, transverse sulci distinct and carried well down on the lobes. Mesosternal lobes with a pair of lateral erect trigonal processes. Tegmina about two and a half times the length of the head and pronotum, lanceolate, the greatest width contained four times in the length; costal margin straight except for a strong proximal arcuation, sutural margin evenly arcuate, apex rather blunt, rounded; costal field with the mediastine vein short and soon lost in the general caudo-ventral trend of the veins, median vein issuing slightly distad of the middle of the tegmen, bifur- cate, the principal branch reaching the sutural margin near the apex, ulnar vein with one ramus, anal vein with a ramus on the dorsal field. Ovipositor equal to the length of the pronotum and twice the length of the head, acuminate, the proximal half straight and subequal, the distal pronotum moderately bent arcuate and tapering, with the dorsal margin nearly straight distad of the curve, apex acute, ventral margin of the apex serrulate; subgenital plate transverse, the margin with a deep brace-shaped emargination, the lateral processes acute. Cephalic femora slightly more than twice the length of the head, the distal portion with a very slight curve, genicular lobes acute, dorsal margins unarmed, cephalo-ventral margin with four dentate lobes; cephalic tibie slightly shorter than the femora, dorsal margins each with three trigonal lobes, ventral margins with five to six spines; terminal Joint of the cephalic 816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., tarsi slightly shorter than the remaining joints together. Median limbs about equal to the cephalic in size; femora shaped in the cephalic limbs but with three instead of four lobes; tibize with three lobes on each of the dorsal margins and six to seven spines on the ventral mar- gins. Caudal limbs missing. General color tawny-olive. Head marked around the eyes, fastigium, Na SJ Fig. 10. Lichenochrus marmoratusn.sp. Lateral view of type. (xX 2.) lateral ridges and clypeus and irregular annulations of the antenne, bister ; lateral ridges and cephalic face of mandibles also indian yellow; eyes walnut brown. Pronotum washed on the lateral ridges with, and small scattered patches of color on the ventral portion of the lateral Fig. 11. Lichenochrus marmoratus n. sp. Dorsal view of pronotum. (xX 3.) lobes, indian yellow; the first transverse sulcus on the dorsal section of the lateral lobes are slightly washed with blackish-brown, the second sulcus is bordered caudad through two-thirds the depth of the lobes by a broad blotch of the same color; caudal section of the dorsal face faintly washed with apple green. Tegmina marbled and blotched with several colors: mummy brown, chrome yellow and apple green, the brown being solid in subquadrate blotches, the yellow faint and only suffusing some veins, the green weak and filling quadrate blotches as well as being irregularly distributed. Ovipositor with the distal half blackish-brown. Limbs irregularly mottled and annulate with vandyke a 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 817 brown and very weak greenish, the femoral lobes being touched with blackish-brown. Measurements. enethnonbody sini we wmIemMrw a Wo. 0.2 0. ee teoOommume Genetheohsnron Guarnieri mreni nA ei. at lee ee Oca NRene phy Of teoTMel VaR PNM S ee ia cs SOUR ana (CianiesiiyaGhin ON temmem, 5 ee OO Themen, OF Gaya. Gk 4) co 1a A Weg eeemon ep aula, The type is unique. GONGROCNEMIS Brunner. 1895. Gongrocnemis Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 18, 163. Included thirteen species, of which the only species figured, palli- despinosa, may be selected as the type. Gongrocnemis nigrospinosa Brunner. 1895. Gongrocnemis nigrospinosa Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 167. [Mexico.] Surubres river, by San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley; No. 49.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. This specimen has the number of femoral spines slightly different from the formule given in the original description and the cephalic tibise have the fuscous annuli incomplete. DREPANOXIPHUS Brunner. 1895. Drepanoxiphus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 18, 173. Type.—D. minutus Brunner. Drepanoxiphus minutus Brunner? 1895. Drepanoxiphus minutus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 174. [Chiriqui.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.j One female. San José. (Schild and Buredorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One female. These specimens are referred to this species with some doubt, as the cephalic femora of the San José specimen measure nearly eight milli- meters in length, instead of five and a half as given in the original de- scription. These parts are missing in the Carrillo individual. The latter has the tezmina and wings shorter than the San José representa- tive, the limbs are distinctly annulate and the size is slightly less. The wings are infuscate in both specimens. COCCONOTUS Stal. 1873. Cocconotus Stal, Ofver. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl., XXX, No. 4, p. 46. Type.—Meroncidium degeeri Stal. 53 818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Nov., Cocconotus degeeri (Stal). 1860. Meroncidium De Geert Stal, Kongl. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa, Zool. I, Ins., p. 322. [St. Joseph Island, Bay of Panama.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley; No. 50.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one female. Pirrus. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male. These specimens have the faces solid black without evident stripes, and the costal region of the tegmina is more or less strongly washed with pale greenish. The departure from the typical form in the color- ing of the face has already been noticed by Griffini.! Specimens of this species have been recorded from Matachin, Panama, Rio Cianati; lagoon of Pita and Punta de Sabana, Darien, and Volean de Chiriqui. Cocconotus ravus n. sp. Types: d\ and 2; San José, Costa Rica. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Allied to C. castus Brunner, from Mexico, but differing in the larger size, the shape of the emargination of the male anal segment, and the shape of the supra-anal and subgenital plates. It can be separated from C. zgnobilis Brunner, a near ally, by the shape of the anal seg- ment, the supra-anal plate and the undilated styles. Size medium; form moderately robust. Head transversely rounded, strongly declivent toward the fastigium; fastigium short, acuminate, narrow, horizontal, suleate proximad with the lateral margins elevated into rather low rounded processes, apex acute, compressed, about reaching to the margins of the antennal scrobes; facial fastigium con- tiguous with the fastigium of the vertex; eyes short ovoid, the point directed ventrad, prominent; antennze contained two (<) to two and a half times (2) in the length of the body. Pronotum scabrose, slightly flattened dorsad; cephalic margin arcuate, caudal margin trun- cato-arcuate, no lateral angles marked except faintly on the “shoulders,” two transverse sulci distinctly marked, the caudal more distinct than the cephalic; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, the ventral mar- gin nearly straight, the angles subrectangulate, caudal transverse sulcus extending to the ventral margin in a ventro-cephalic direction, a supplementary sulcus being present caudad of this and extending ventro-caudad to the angle. Tegmina very slightly exceeding the body in length elongate lanceolate, the greatest width being contained about four and a half times in the length; costal and sutural margins very slightly arcuate, the apex rather narrowly rounded; mediastine vein "18 Bollett. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. Comp. Torino, X, No. 232, p. 21. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819 very short and lost in the general vein structure of the costal field, the trend of the principal veins of which is ventro-caudal; median vein diverging before the distal third of the tegmen and reaching the apical margin; ulnar vein rather irregular and indirect in its course. Male with the last abdominal segment transverse, margin subtruncate Fig. 12. Cocconotus ravus n.sp. Lateral viewoffemaletype. (X 2.) with a strong incurved hook present on each side; supra-anal plate subquadrate excavated mesad, caudal margin with a broad median and two slender lateral acute processes; cerci short, thick, blunt, re- curved, the internal margin of the apex with a strong claw-like tooth; subgenital plate longittidinal, produced, the apical margin with a V-shaped emargination, styles slightly longer than the plate, depressed, subequal, tips rather blunt. Ovipositor about two and a half times the length of the pronotum, slightly sinuate, the tip with a slight dorsal elevation, the proximal half sub- equal, the distal half tapering to the very acute apex, ventral margin slightly arcuate, dorsal margin ex- cept for the proximal third and a short space near the apex dentato-serrate, ventral margin feebly ser- rate near the apex; subgenital plate trigonal with a ! narrow V-shaped median emargination. Cephalic Fig.13. Cocco- femora about equal to the head and pronotum in notus ravus n.sp. length, the ventro-cephalic margin with four heavy eee viewa ct dentiform spines distad; cephalic tibie very slightly domen. Type. longer than the femora, unarmed dorsad; each ven- (x 3.) tral margin armed with seven spines; tarsi with the third joint very broad, the entire length nearly two-thirds that of the tarsi. Me- 820 “PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., dian femora slightly larger than the cephalic and similarly armed; tibiz similar in armament to the cephalic. Caudal femora reaching nearly to the apex of the abdomen, the proximal portion (two-thirds) considerably inflated and tapering to the slender distal fourth, genic- ular lobes rounded, ventro-lateral margins with eight to ten spines ranging from a mere tubercle proximad to large dentiform structures distad ; tibia about equal to the femora in length, all margins regularly spined, those of the dorsal margins closer together and more numerous than on the ventral face. General color russet, the limbs and venter more wood brown and fawn color. Principal thoracic sutures, cox, all femoral spines, later- al and median areas of the subgenital plate of the male and the distal half of the ovipositor marked with blackish. Tegmina with a weak suffusion of apple green. Tympanum of the male blackish. Measurements. of 2 Length of body, ae ees ee em oy aijnadtang 440), teivenl Length of pronotum, Sta ia ee, an. at reas Weel Ibene thot tepmen\ S70 0) Sunes eee 20) pene ei Length of caudal femur, 2 ide!” | SIO Lie IS ree ken g thr oiovapositOrns ike) een meee gy A series of seventeen specimens, five males, twelve females, of this species have been examined. The localities represented are: San José, September, 1902, three males, six females; Monte Redondo, Janu- ary, 1903, one male; Tarbaca, October and November, 1902, one male, three females ; Cizahar de Cartago, October, 1902, one female; Tablazo, November, 1902, one female; Guatel, August, 1902, one female. This series exhibits considerable variation in size and a slight amount in color, but in this regard chiefly in the strength of the greenish suf- fusion of the tegmina. In a few specimens the tegmina are somewhat tessellated by the infuscation of veins, but usually this is not pro- nounced. The pronotum is in several specimens rather dark, while the cingulate margin is light colored, producing a decided contrast. The most striking variation, however, is in size, one male and several females being considerably smaller than the types of their respective sexes. CECENTROMENUS Brunner. 1895. Cecentromenus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., pp. 20, 220. Type.—C. marmoratus Brunner. > 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821 Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner. 185. Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 221, taf. VIII, fig. 97. [Chiriqui.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. This individual agrees very well with the original description and figure except that the caudal femora are shorter, forty-two instead of fifty millimeters in length. This species has definitely been recorded from the Volean de Chiriqui by Saussure and Pictet. EUACRIS Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Huacris Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 440. Type.—Z£. pictipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Euacris richmondi Rehn. 1903. Euacris richmondi Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXIX, p. 30. [Escondido river, fifty miles from Bluefields, saeeoray San Carlos. (Schild and Buredorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. This specimen appears to fully represent richmondi, the type of which is not available for examination, but is slightly larger than the original measurements. The typical species, pictipennis, was described from Volcan de Trazu, Costa Rica, at an elevation of 7,000 feet. SCOPIORUS Stal. 1873. Scopiorus Stal, Ofv. Kongl. Veten.-Akad. Forhandl., XXX, No. 4, pp. 45, 48. Type.—S. sutorius Stal. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 443, tab. X XI, fig. 15. [Azahar de Cartago, Costa Rica.] Tarbaca. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Male and female. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One female. San José. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S c., M.] One male. The annulations of the antenne are more distinctly marked than one would infer from the original description, particularly in the San Carlos female. MIMETICA Pictet. ae a imetica Pictet, Mém. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. Nat. Genéve, XXX, No. » P- Type.—M. mortutrfolia Pictet. Mimetica brunneri Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Mimetica brunneri Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 453, tab. XXII, fig. 8. [Las Mercedes, Guatemala; Rio Sucio, Costa Rica; Costa Rica; Bugaba, Volcan de Chiriqui and Tolé, Panama; : Chiriqui.] $22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N. M.] One male. This specimen is referred to this species with some doubt as the teg- mina are slightly more caudate and the costal emarginations are of a slightly different shape. COPIPHORA Serville. 1831. Copiphora Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 147. Type.—C. longicauda Serville. Copiphora oultricornis Pictet. 1888. C[opiophora] cultricornis Pictet, Mém. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. Nat. Genéve, XXX, No. 6, p. 47, Pl. 2, fig. 28. [Central America.] Guatel. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One immature female. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One male. The male specimen has the rostrum shorter and deeper than the female. The size is also rather less than the measurements given by Saussure and Zehntner,"*® while the face is suffused with brownish-red. This species has been definitely recorded from Bugaba and Volean de Chiriqui, Panama. Copiphora rhinoceros Pictet. 1888. C[lopiophora] rhinoceros Pictet, Mém. Soe. Phys. et d’Hist. Nat. Genéve, XXX, No. 6, p. 48, Pl. 2, fig. 25. [Central America.] Turrialba. (Schild and Buredorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. This specimen is about the same size as the male measured by Red- tenbacher’? and agrees fully with his description, except for the pres- ence of but one spine on the dorsal face of the right median tibize and absence of brownish-black coloring on the terminal tarsal joints. The left median tibie bears three spines dorsad as mentioned by Redten- bacher. This species has been recorded from Nicaragua and Volcan de Chiri- qui, Panama. LIROMETOPUM Scudder. 1875. Lirometopum Seudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 457. Type.—L. coronatum Scudder. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder. 1875. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 458, figs. 1 and 2. [Greytown, New Grenada. '*] Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. © Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 377. 1 Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 342, 1891. % Greytown, Nicaragua. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. $23 Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] Two females. This extraordinary species varies considerably in size, the specimens here tabulated measuring in the order given: breadth of face 10.5, 12, 11.2, 10; length of pronotum 12.9, 14, 12.1, 11.3; length of tegmina 31, 35.5, 31, 29.5; length of caudal femora 15.8, 18, 17, 14.6. The previously known records for this species are Greytown, Caché, Costa Rica, and Colombia. ERIOLUS Bolivar. 1888. Hriolus Bolivar, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 150. Type.—E£. caraibeus Bolivar. Eriolus spiniger Redtenbacher. 1891. LEriolus spiniger Redtenbacher, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 349. [Cayenne.] Tarbaca. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. This specimen presents some points of difference from the descrip- tion of spiniger, and may represent the female of E. longipennis Red- tenbacher from Costa Rica, known only from the male; but that species is said to have the “‘meso- et metasternum lobis rotundatis,” while the specimen in hand has the lateral margins of the mesosternum elevated and developed into rather blunt flattened spines. On the other hand the fastigium is flattened above, while in spiniger this is “superne haud deplanatum,” and in longipennis ‘‘superne planum.’’ The ovipositor is typical of spiniger. This species was previously known only from the type locality. PYRGOCORYPHA Stal. a ae Stal, Ofver. K. Veten.-Akad. Férhandl., XXX, No. 4, p. 50. Type.—Conocephalus subulatus Thunberg. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 387, tab. XIX, figs. 13 and 14. [Caché, Costa Rica.] Eseazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. ] Tablazo. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila] One nymph. Pyrgocorypha hamata (Scudder). 1879. Conocephalus hamatus Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 87. [Guatemala.}*] Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. ¥# Saussure and Pictet (Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 387) consider this locality probably an error for Costa Rica. $24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., San José, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [Nos. 53 and 55.] (P. Biolley.) Two males, two females. These specimens are somewhat larger than individuals from Cuer- navaca, Morelos, Mexico. This species has also been recorded from Cuernavaca, Morelos and Michoacan, Mexico, and Salvador. CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg. Conocephalus guttatus Serville. 1839. Conocephalus guttatus Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 518. [Cuba.] Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three males, six females, one nymph. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One male. Pozo Azul de Pirris. June, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley; Nos. 51 and 52.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Two females. Some of the specimens here listed differ considerably from others in the form of the fastigium, the subconic typical form with the rounded apex being connected with one with a more rounded, inflated type with parallel sides. Both color phases are represented in the series, which also exhibits considerable variation in size. Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher. 1891. Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 393. [Cuba; St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. This form appears rather questionably distinct from guttatus. It has been previously recorded from Punta de Sabana, Darien. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure. 1859. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 208. [Mexico.] Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. §S. Phila.] One female. Eseazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8S. Phila.] One female. San José. September, 1902. (C.F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Four females. This species had previously been recorded from Caché, Costa Rica. Conocephalus obscurellus Redtenbacher. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8. Phila.] One male. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 825 Conocephalus diversus n. sp. Type: 2; Guatel, Costa Rica. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Allied to C. laticeps Redtenbacher, but differing in the very much shorter tegmina and ovipositor, the shorter caudal femora and the reduction of the number of femoral spines. Size rather small; form aborted, thick-set, robust, limbs rather short; Fig. 14. Conocephalus diversus n.sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) surface rugose. Head with the face distinctly but not strongly flattened ; occiput transversely arched, slightly elevated to very broad fastigium, which is as broad as the exposed portion of the head, with the cephalic margin regularly arcuate, ventral point placed against the facial fastigium; eyes subtrigonal in basal outline, hardly prominent; antenne nearly reaching to the tip of the ovipositor. _Pronotum moder- ately flattened dorsad, cephalic and caudal margins arcuate, lateral angles only moderately distinct caudad, rounded cephalad, a subobsolete, broken median carina present on the caudal section of the dorsum; lateral lobes of the pronotum longer than deep, the caudal sinus very slight, ventro-cephalic and ventro-caudal angles obtuse, the former much broader than the latter. Tegmina equal to the head and pronotum in length, greatest breadth much more than half the length; cos- tal and sutural margins broadly arcuate; apex rounded dorsad, obliquely truncate ventrad; dorsal field of the Fig. 15. Con- tegmen distinctly broader than the lateral; humeral, es er discoidal and anal veins apparent, others fused in an sal view of irregular network of nervures. Wings minute, not pee Danae functional, hidden under the tegmina. Abdomensome- mina. (x 3.) what compressed, slightly carinate dorsad; ovipositor slightly shorter than the head and pronotum together, rather thick, 826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov..,. the dorsal margin straight, ventral margin arcuate, apex acute, prox- imal half subequal, margins entire; subgenital plate subtrigonal, apex very shallowly emarginate. Cephalic and median limbs short, rather weak. Caudal femora slightly shorter than the length of the body, the proximal half strongly inflated tapering to the slender subequal distal third, ventral margins with three spines at the distal third; tibee somewhat shorter than the femora, dorsal margins with numerous spines, ventral margins with several on the distal section. General color vandyke brown, washed and sprinkled with bister and black. Head with the face solid black margined laterad with a narrow ochre line, antennz annulate with black. Pronotum with a pair of broken longitudinal blackish lines on the disk, the caudal margin alter- nately black and ochre, and the lateral lobes suffused with bister. Teg- mina with the lateral fields blackish-brown. Abdomen with the dor- sum ochre yellow sprinkled with brown, venter and lateral aspects dark brown. Ovipositor hazel. Cephalic and median femora bister, the tibiz ranging from russet to ferruginous. Caudal femora with the sections ventrad of the medio-lateral line blackish, dorsad of this line mingled prout’s brown and wood brown; caudal tibize and tarsi bister. Measurements. Lengthiofbody,2)'b Mis) 2) 42 een tS ee ee hensthtof-pronotum:. Guis® 3 (4) <9) Se ey eee ength-ofitesmen,: ¢. . i 5.0: ss) oe ee SO Weneth ofieaudallfemmun) eo ee.) ieee ee hensth- of ovipositor, .) 5 fs ee ee ep ee The type is the only specimen of this striking and distinct species seen. XIPHIDION Serville. 1831. Xziphidion Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 159. Included X. juscwm (Fabricius) and jasciatum (De Geer), of which the former, fuscwm, can be considered the type. Xiphidion fasciatum (De Geer). 1773. Locusta jasciata De Geer, Mém. d’Hist. Ins., IIT, p. 458, Pl. 40, fig. 4. [Pennsylvania.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. June, 1904. (P. Biolley; Nos. 47 and 48.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Two females. Guatel. (C.F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male. This species has been recorded from Caché, Costa Rica, and Punta de Sabana, Darien, Panama. 1905.] — NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 827 PHLUGIS Stal. 1860. Phlugis Stal, Kongl. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa, Zool. I, Ins., p. 324. Type.—Locusta teres De Geer. 1874. Thysdrus Stal, Recens. Orth., II, pp. 102, 116. 1903. Alogopteron Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 141. Phlugis virens (Thunberg). 1815. C[onocephalus] virens Thunberg, Mém.1’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., V, p. 274. 1903. Alogopteron carribbeum Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 141. [Turrialba, Costa Rica.] San José, altitude 1,160 meters. June, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 46.) Two females. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) One female. These specimens are inseparable from the type of A. cairibbeum. GRYLLACRIS Serville. 1831. Gryllacris Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 138. Included gryllacris maculicollis (Stoll), G. ruficeps and personata Ser- ville, of which maculicollis can be considered the type. Gryllacris maculata Brunner. 1888. Gryllacris maculata Brunner, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XXXVITI, p. 364. [Chiriqui, Panama; Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Male and female. The femora of these individuals are suffused distad with carmine. ANABROPSIS Rehn. 1859. Schenobates Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p 209. (Not of Blackwall, 1850.) Type.—S. mexicanus Saussure. 1901. Anabropsis Rehn, Canad. Ent., XX XIII, p. 272. a Anabropsis marmorata n. sp. Type: 2 ; Carrillo, Costa Riea. [Hebard Collection.] Allied to A. mexicana (Saussure), but differing in the fully developed tegmina and wings, the rotundate caudal margin of the pronotum, the more rotundate ventral margin of the lateral lobes and the different coloration. The new form appears to be closely related to A. alata (Brunner),”° which was very poorly described and based on a muti- lated specimen, but which appears to differ in the roundly inserted lateral lobes of the pronotum. Size rather large; form moderately robust. Head with the occiput 2 Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XX XVIII, p. 274. [Ecuador.] 828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF * [Nov., arched and bearing a narrow longitudinal median carina extending down to the base of the fastigium; fastigium compressed, depressed with the outline arcuate, constricted proximad, bearing a very shallow longitudinal median suleus, and carrying the paired ocelli on its lateral faces; facial fastigium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes reniform in basal outline, the greatest diameter dorso-ventral and nearly twice the greatest width, quite prominent when viewed from the dor- sum; mouth-parts produced ventrad, in depth equal to the remainder of the head, maxillar palpi with the distal joint elongate, slender, with the apex slightly. expanded into a crudely trumpet-shaped structure, penultimate joint strongly compressed; antennze apparently exceeding the tips of the tegmina when in perfect cendition, insertion of the antennz broad and occupying all the section between the facial fasti- gium and the eyes. Pronotum faintly saddle-shaped, dorsum arched except for a semicircular caudal section which is deplanate; cephalic margin sinuato-truncate, caudal margin gently arcuate, lateral angles obsolete cephalad, distinct, but not sharp, caudad, and diverted ventro- cephalic on the lobes caudad of the last transverse sulcus; distinct transverse sulci two in number, the cephalic situated immediately caudad of the cephalic margin, and the caudal situated in its usual place laterad, but on the dorsum extending caudad and crudely following the outline of the caudal margin; lateral lobes longer than deep, the ventral margin evenly arcuate, cephalic margin very slightly arcuate with the ventro-cephalic angle obtuse, caudal marg.n arcuato-emarginate, the ventro-caudal angle subrectangulate, surface depressed along the line of the sulci and on the ventro-caudal section, the deflected angle being roundly arched. Prosternum unarmed; mesosternum with a pair of erect blunt spines; metasternum with a pair of broad flat trigonal diverging spines. Tegmina long, nearly reaching to the tips of the caudal femora, greatest width contained about three times in the length (apexes damaged); costal margin arcuate proximad; mediastine vein straight, humeral vein with three rami, discoidal with two rami, median with two, the dorsal of which again divides, ulnar vein undivided. Wings equal to the tegmina in length. Ovipositor slightly longer than the pronotum, regularly arched and falciform, apex: acute, mar- gins unarmed; subgenital plate produced mesad into an elongate sagittate process with needle-like apex, and a deep median sulcus through the greater part of its length. Cephalic femora equal to the head and pronotum in length, ventro-cephalic margin with three small spines, ventro-caudal margin unarmed; cephalic tibiz about equal to the femora in length, armed with long slender spines, four apical, one 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 829 mesad on the dorso-cephalie margin, four on each ventral margin; cephalic tarsi with the distal joint very slightly shorter than the re- maining joints. Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic, compressed as in them, with two slight spines on the ventro-cephalic margin; median tibie slightly longer than the cephalic tibie, armed Fig. 16. Anabropsis marmoratan.sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) distad and on the ventral margins the same, but bearing dorsad two spines on the cephalic and three spines on the caudal margin; median tarsi similar to the cephalic. Caudal femora elongate, about three- fourths the length of the body, moderately inflated proximad, external pagina strongly marked with an overlapping lamellate pattern, the ridges being ventro-cephalic in direction, genicular lobes rounded, ventral margins each with three to four short spines; caudal femora about equal to the femora in length, trigonal in section, armed with eight or nine spines on the dorsal margins, ventral margin armed with several distad. General colors bister and cream-buff, the two colors mingled and marbled on the head, toa slight extent on the tegmina and the limbs annulate and dotted with the same. Head with the eyes walnut brown, a broad poorly defined postocular bar of seal brown present, extending toward mesad on the caudal section of the head, uniting and : : Ss : Fig.17. Anabrop- suffusing that portion; fastigium and median _ sis marmoratan.sp. carina colored with the darker shade; antenne eRe ee obscurely annulate. Pronotum clear walnut brown (x 3.) ; 830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., with a very fine but irregular pattern of lines and blotches of van- dyke brown covering the surface, a distinct median hour-glass shaped figure present on the cephalic portion of the dorsum, and a median caudal spot of velvety black. Tegmina with the darker color predom- inating, but usually broken up and confined to veins, except an indistinct proximal spot and several distinct but irregular spots on the apical half. Cephalic and median femora distinctly annulate thrice with dark; tibie light with only one dark annulus. Caudal femora clouded dorsad with vandyke brown, a clear light section along the ventral carina of the pagina, the carina itself proximad alternately light and dark, dark distad with the genicular region except the lobes light and one light pregenicular annulus; caudal tibie light, dark distad. Measurements. Length of body, 22 mm Length of pronotum, : ae Sy MRT es wet a) Length of tegmen (approximately), oo) SMe Ss ee 26h Length of caudal femur, : ae rales, Length of ovipositor, Oba The type is unique. Anabropsis costaricensis n. sp. Type: &; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] Closely allied to A. aptera (Brunner) from Guatemala, but smaller and with distinct subtruncate tegmina half as long as the abdomen present. Size medium; form rather slender; surface glabrous. Head with the occiput arched, median longitudinal carina extending to the fastigium present ; fastigium similar to that of A. marmorata but not suleate; eyes elongate reniform in basal outline, the elongation being ventrad, moder- ately prominent when viewed from the dorsum; palpi with the terminal joint as A. marmorata, but penultimate joint much less compressed and nearly cylindrical; antenne four times the length of the body. Pronotum slightly less than three times the length of the head, dorsum arcuate; cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin regularly arcuate, lateral angles obsolete cephalad, distinct but not acutecaudad extending down along the caudal tranverse sulcus on the lateral lobes ; median car- ina present but weak ; transverse sulci two in number, cephalic immedi- ately caudad of the cephalic margin, caudal rather poorly defined dorsad and more evident on the lobes where it has a ventro-cephalic trend; lateral lobes with the ventral and caudal margins from the dorso- caudal margin to the ventro-cephalic angle one continuous and regular 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831 arcuation, ventro-cephalic angle rounded rectangulate. Prosternum armed with a pair of erect slender spines; mesosternum with a pair of heavier spines but of the same general form; metasternum with the coxal lobes produced into blunt trigonal lobes. Tegmina slightly shorter than the pronotum, about half again as long as broad; distal margin Fig. 18. Anabropsis costaricensis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) rotundato-truneate; veins moderately distinct. Wings extremely small, completely hidden under the tegmina. Abdomen compressed, carinate dorsad ; supra-anal plate distorted and true form not ascertainable; cerci arcuate, moder- ately long, somewhat compressed, apex acute; anal fila- ments longer than cerci, tapering; subgenital plate pro- duced, apical margin very shallow and_ broadly emarginate, styles short, thick, simple, blunt. Cephalic femora slightly longer than the pronotum, unarmed, cephalic tibizee about equal to the femora in length, each dorsal margin armed with one spine mesad and four on each ventral margin; tarsi with the distal joint shorter than the remainder. Median femora of equal length and similar character as the cephalic; median tibise with two cephalic and three caudal spineson the Fig. 19. An- dorsum and four on each ventral margin; median tarsi ropes en. with the distal joint shorter than the remainder. Dorsal view of Caudal femora slightly longer than the body, strongly bead, prono- : e 3 : é tum and teg- inflated proximad and quite slender in the distal mina. (x 3) 832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 7 [Nove third, genicular lobes rounded, the internal spined, internal ventral margin with a few weak spines distad, pagina sculptured as in A. marmorata but much weaker; caudal tibie very slightly longer than the femora, compressed, dorsum armed with eleven to twelve external and eight nternal spines, venter with several weak ad- pressed spines, spurs on the external face shorter than those of the internal; caudal tarsi with the distal and proximal joints subequal. General color vandyke brown, becoming tawny-olive on the venter, the proximal portions of the femora, the distal section of the caudal tibize and the tarsi. Antenne, ocelli and mouth-parts tawny-olive. Measurements. Length of body; Maes. 2 ee ee ee LOE nLran Bengthyiok pronopumiy een sae nena ee A ne iuength of tegmen, . Sosy. Wee em, Oe Iensthvol icaudalifemur:, Vase en The type of this species is the only specimen examined. GRYLLIDZ. GRYLLOTALPA Latreille. Gryllotalpa hexadactyla Perty. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] Two females. This species has been recorded from Caché, Costa Rica. SCAPTERISCUS Scudder. Scapteriscus didactylus (Latreiile). 1804. Gryllotalpa didactyla Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins., XII, p. 122. (Cayenne; Surinam.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S. N.M.] One male, one female. RIPIPTERYX Newman. 1834. Ripipteryx Newman, Entom. Magazine, IT, No. II, p. 204, Pl. VIL. Type.—R. marginatus Newman. Ripipteryx carbonaria Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx carbonaria Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 211. [Volean de Chiriqui, Panama, 2,000 to 3,000 feet.] Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8. Phila.] Two females. Side of Tablazo, altitude 1,500 meters. April,1905. [No.37.] (P. Biolley.) Thirteen specimens. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 833 Ripipteryx limbata (Burmeister). 1838. X[ya] limbata Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. I, Pt. I, p. 742. [South America.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] One female. Santa Clara, Reventazon river, altitude 150 meters. December, 1904. [No. 39.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Three females. The terminal joints of the antenne of these specimens are solid black. This species has been recorded from Chontales, Nicaragua, the only other Central American record. Ripipteryx biolleyi Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx biolleyi Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 215. [San José, Volcan de Irazu, 6,000 to 7,000 feet, Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Five males, four females, two imperfect individuals. San José, altitude 1,160 meters. March, 1905. [No.38.] (P. Biol- ley.) Twelve males, seven females. Ripipteryx pulicaria Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx pulicaria Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 215, tab. XI, fig. 24. [Dos Caminos, Guerrero; Atoyac, Vera Cruz; Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico; var. Tarma, Peru.] Santa Clara, Reventazon river, altitude 150 meters. December, 1904. [No. 140.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Mouth of the Jesus Maria river, Pacific coast. April, 1905. [No. 141.] (P. Biolley.) One female. These specimens differ somewhat in coloration from the original specimens described by Saussure, but they are unquestionably this species. ANUROGRYLLUS Saussure. 1877. Anurogryllus Saussure, Mélanges Orthoptér., V fasc., p. 451. Included A. muticus (De Geer), clarazianus (Sauss.), australis Sauss., antillarum (Sauss.), abortivus (Sauss.), and brevicaudatus Sauss., of which muticus may be considered the type. Anurogryllus muticus (De Geer). 1773. Gryllus muticus De Geer, Mém. .d’Hist. Ins., III, p. 520, tab. 43, fig. 2. [Surinam.] Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 32.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one female. 54 834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., ANAXIPHA Saussure. 1874. Anazipha Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex. et l’Amer. Cent., part 6, pp. - 363, 370. Included A. pulicaria (Burmeister), pallens (Stal) and (?) pumila (Burmeister), of which pulicaria may be considered the type. Anaxipha exigua (Say). 1825. [Acheta] exigua Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, p. 309. [Mis- souri.] Reyventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 34.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male. This individual is inseparable from specimens from the eastern United States. CYRTOXIPHA Brunner. Cyrtoxipha championi Saussure. 1897. Cyrtoxiphus championi Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 236, tab. XI, fig. 41. [Bugaba, Panama ] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 33.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one imma- ture individual. The caudal femora of these specimens are shorter than in the type specimen measured by Saussure, four and five millimeters instead of six. The female is blackish-brown in color, while the male is fulvous.. PHYLLOSCYRTUS Guérin-Méneville. 1844. Phylloscyrtus Guérin-Méneville, Iconogr. du Régne Anim., III, p. 333. Type.—P. elegans Guérin-Méneville. Phylloscyrtus ceruleus Saussure. 1874. Phylloscyrtus ceruleus Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex. et l’Amer. Cent., part 6, p. 366, Pl. VII, fig. 3. [Eastern Cordillera, Mexico.] Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.) One female. This species is here recorded for the first time outside of Mexico. HETEROGRYLLUS Saussure. 1874. Heterogryllus Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mexiq. et l’Amer. Cent., part 6, pp. 430, 439. ~ Type.—H. ocellaris Saussure. Heterogryllus crassicornis Saussure. 1878. H[eterogryllus] crassicornis Saussure, Mélanges Orthoptérologiques, VI, p. 557. [Venezuela.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Costa Rica (exact locality unknown). [U.S. N. M.]£ One female. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 835- These specimens appear to represent this long unrecognized species. Superficially the coloration resembles species of the genus Amphiacusta, but the peculiar rostrum and slenderer limbs readily differentiate it. The anal filaments are very long, considerably exceeding the ovipositor. The coloration of the limbs is very rich, the caudal femora being wine- color with one complete and one broken distal annulus of ochre. (2CANTHUS Serville. Ccanthus nigricornis Walker? 1869. C£canthus nigricornis Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 93. {Ilinois.} Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. This specimen is referred here with some doubt. XABEA Walker. 1869. Xabea Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 109. Type.—X. decora Walker. Xabea bipunctata (De Geer). 1773. Gryllus bipunctatus Dé Geer, Mém. d’Hist. Ins., III, p. 523, tab 43, fig. 7. [Pennsylvania.] Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U.S.N.M.] Two males. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One female. Previously recorded from Bugaba, Volean de Chiriqui and Caldera, Panama. ENEOPTERA Burmeister. 1838. HEneoptera Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, part I, p. 736, Included FE. brasiliensis Fabricius (= surinamensis De Geer) and E. livida Burm., of which the former has been selected *! as the type. Eneoptera surinamensis (De Geer). 1773. Gryllus surinamensis De Geer, Mém, d’Hist. Ins , III, p. 519, tab. 43. fig. 1. [Surinam.] Pozo Azul de Pirris. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Two females. This widely distributed species has been previously recorded twice from Central America, from Chontales, Nicaragua,and Bugaba, Panama. 21 Miss. Scientif. Mex. et V Amer. Cent., part 6, p. 481. 836 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., tPARECANTHUS Saussure. Parecanthus aztecus Saussure. 1874. Parecanthus Aztecus Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et l’Amer. Cent., Ree. Zool., part 6, p. 471. [Mexico.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.§&. Phila.] Two males, four females. These specimens are smaller than the measurements given by Saus- sure and probably belong to his small variety 6.” OROCHARIS Uhler. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure? 1897. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 275, tab. xiii, figs. 23, 24. [Cayenne]. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N.S. Phila.] One male, one female. These specimens are referred questionably to this species on account of the form of the terminal joints of the palpi which are exactly as in O. tibialis, and not the funnel-shaped type found in cayennensis. On the other hand the male tegmina are not as in ¢zbialis, but are typical of cayennensis, and the proportions also agree with the latter species. ECTOTRYPA Saussure. 1874. Ectotrypa Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et 1’Amer. Cent., Rec. Zool., part 6, pp. 465, 466. Type.—E. olmeca Saussure. Eototrypa brevis n. sp. Type: 2 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] Closely allied to #. olmeca Saussure, but differing in the shorter pro- notum, which also has the lateral lobes with the ventral margin arcuate, and the shorter tegmina and wings. Size medium, form moderately slender. Head slightly depressed, occiput gently rounded transversely, not arched longitudinally; fasti- gium bluntly angulate, the space between the internal margins of the antennal scrobes about one-fourth that between the eyes; eyes irregu- larly pyriform in basal outline, the greatest diameter nearly horizontal, the narrowest portion cephalad, eyes when viewed from the dorsum little prominent; maxillary palpi with the distal segment short trumpet-shaped with the apex excavated; antenne nearly twice the length of the body, proximal joint depressed. Pronotum ar- 2 Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 262. ——_ os! ee 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 837 cuate transversely, the greatest length equal to the caudal width ; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin very broadly obtuse-angulate, lateral angles rounded ; lateral lobes very con- siderably longer than deep, the ventral margin truncate-arcuate both angles rounded. Tegmina very slightly shorter than the apex of the abdomen; medias- tine vein with about eleven branches, lateral field with the margin moderately arcuate dis- tad. Ovipositor slightly more than half the length of the body, slender, with a hardly perceptible arcuation, valves finely SEEPS, Fig. 20. Ectotrypa brevis ae Dor- styles slender, slightly exceeding sal view of type. (X 2.) the tip of the ovipositor;subgen- 4 ital plate distad with a broad, shallow subtrigonal emargination. Cephalic femora distinctly longer than the pronotum, moderately inflated ; cephalic tibiae equal to the femora in length, very slightly and gradually tapering, the tympanum perforate cau- dad. Median limbs missing. Caudal femora very 4 slightly shorter than the tegmina, considerably in- Fig. 21. Ectotrypa flated, the genicular region small and with the lobes revs n.sp. Lateral Fs view of head and narrowly rounded; caudal tibize about four-fifths pronotum. (x 3.) the length of the femora, dorsal margins spinulose proximad, spinulose and spinose distad, the spines five in number on each margin, the spurs on the internal margin much longer than those of the external margins; caudal tarsi with the proximal joint nearly equal to the remaining joints in length, the distal joint but slightly shorter than the proximal. General color cinnamon, the pronotum somewhat inclined toward umber; eyes vandyke brown; mouth-parts and antenne pale; abdomen mummy brown; styles and ovipositor vandyke brown. Measurements. ILearaun oi leh ee eg AND seat, Henstnvonpronovumy = 2 omer: ee Sao 838 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Gengthioftegmens = 2 5 ee 02am Tengtheoficaudalsfemunry ay 7 355) nee ene es Oe IG araneynvonahcsiiom, 5 Mey Wee os of 6 oe 0 wo & But one specimen, the type, has been examined. APHONOMORPHUS Rehn. 1874. Aphonus Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et l’Amer. Cent., Rec. Zool., part 6, pp. 466, 509. (Not of Leconte.) 1903. Aphonomorphus Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 260. Included A. mutus, telskii, peruvianus, diversus and (?) lividus, of which mutus may be considered the type. Aphonomorphus silens (Saussure)? 1878. A[phonus] silens Saussure, Mélanges Orthoptérologiques, fasc. VI, p. 805. [Brazil?] Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. It is with some doubt that I place this specimen under this species, as it differs considerably in color and has the caudal femora slightly smaller than Saussure’s measurements. The caudal metatarsi have very well developed spines, but Saussure says they are “ énormes.’’ The head (except the eyes, rostrum and antennal fosse), pronotum and cephalic and median limbs are blackish-brown, while the tegmina are sienna. The specimen apparently fits no other species, but may be quite dis- tinct from the true silens. SPECIES OF ORTHOPTERA RECORDED FROM Costa RICA BY THE AUTHOR. The following list of one hundred and ninety-five species represents the species recorded in this and previous papers by the author (vide p. 790), bearing wholly or in part on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica. FORFICULIDZ. Pyragra fuscata Serville. Psalis americana (Palisot). Psalis pulchra Rehn. Labia annulata (Fabricius). Labia auricoma Rehn. Opisthocosmia (Sarcinatrix) anomalia Rehn. Apterygida linearis (Eschscholtz). BLATTIDA. Anaplecta flabellata Saussure and Zehntner. Anaplecta fulgida Saussure. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 839 Anaplecta fallax Saussure. Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and Zehntner. Blattella germanica (Linnzus). Blattella nahua (Saussure). Blattella azteca (Saussure and Zehntner)? Blattella zapoteca (Saussure). Blattella pavida Rehn. Blattella spectativa Rehn. Blattella brunneriana (Saussure). Pseudophyllodromia peruana (Saussure). Pseudophyllodromia angustata (Latreille). Pseudomops oblongata (Linnzus). Pseudomops discoidalis (Burmeister). Pseudomops crinicornis (Burmeister). Pseudomops grata Rehn. Ischnoptera inequalis Saussure and Zehntner. Paratropes biolleyi Saussure and Zehntner. Calolampra cicatricosa Rehn. Pertplaneta australasie (Fabricius). Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder. Chorisoneura flavipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Plectoptera pulicaria Saussure and Zehntner. Plectoptera hastifera Rehn. Plectoptera picta Saussure and Zehntner. Pelloblatta lata Rehn. Panchlora acolhua Saussure and Zehntner. Panchlora peruana Saussure. Panchlora punctum Saussure and Zehntner. Achroblatta luteola (Blanchard). Zetobora sublobata Saussure and Zehntner. Capucina cucullata Saussure. Holocompsa cyanea (Burmeister). Archimandrita tessellata Rehn. Blaberus trapezoideus Burmeister. Blaberus thoracicus Saussure and Zehntner. Blaberus biolley: Rehn. MANTIDZ. Acontista mexicana Saussure and Zehntner. Acontista fraterna Saussure and Zehntner. Acontista vitrea Saussure and Zehntner. 840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.., Stagmomantis nahua Saussure. Stagmomantis heterogamia Saussure and Zehntner. Stagmomantis theophila Rehn. Stagmomantis tolteca (Saussure). Stagmomantis dimidiata (Burmeister). Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zehntner. Stagmomantis androgyna Saussure and Zehntner. Angela perpulchra Westwood. Pseudomiopteryx infuscata Saussure and Zehntner. Harpagonyz carlotte Rehn. Spanionyx bidens Saussure and Zehntner. Acanthops tuberculata Saussure. Stagmatoptera insatiabilis Rehn. PHASMIDA. Sermyle physconia Rehn. Heteronemia ignava Rehn. Calynda bicuspis Stal. Bostra turgida (Westwood). Bostra incompta Rehn. Bostra remiformis Rehn. Oncotophasma martini (Griffini). Libethra auritus Rehn. Stratocles multilineatus Rehn. Stratocles costaricensis Rehn. Olcyphides viridipes Rehn. Pseudophasma pheton Rehn. Pseudophasma phthisicum (Linnzeus). Pseudophasma menius (Westwood). Pseudophasma cryptochlore Rehn. Planudes crenulipes Rehn. Xerosoma glyptomerion Rehn. Metriotes agathocles Stal. Prisopus berosus Westwood. ACRIDIDA. Chiriquia serrata Morse. Ochetotettix volans Morse. Ochetotettix barrettt (Hancock). Paratettix mexicanus (Saussure). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Paratettiz toltecus (Saussure). Allotettix peruvianus (Bolivar). Tettigidea nicarague Bruner. Eumastax dentatus Saussure. Episactus brunneri Burr. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). Silvitettix communis Bruner. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner. Orphulella punctata (De Geer). Orphulella costaricensis Bruner. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner? Plectrotettix calidus Bruner. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner. Lactista punctatus (Stal). Heliastus costaricensis Rehn. Heliastus venezuele Saussure. Prosphena scudderi Bolivar. Munatia punctata Stal. Colpolopha bruneri Rehn. Cibotopteryx variegata Rehn. Teniopoda centurio (Drury). Temopoda varipennis Rehn. Chromacris trogon Gerstaecker. Rhicnoderma humile Rehn. Leptysma obscura (Thunberg). Copiocera specularis Gerstaecker. Cornops longipenne (De Geer)? (Edalometopon petasatum Rehn. Anniceris truncatus Rehn. Dellia miniatula Rehn. Dellia bimaculata Rehn. Dellia ovatipennis Rehn. Jodacris (?) costaricensis Rehn. Syletria angulata Rehn. Leptomerinthoprora brevipennis Rehn. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder. Schistocerca malachitica Rehn. Aidemona azteca (Saussure). Dichroplus morosus Rehn. Osmilia tolteca (Saussure). Rhachicreagra nothra Rehn. 841 842 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. Microtylopteryx hebardi Rehn. Microtylopteryx fusiformis Rehn. TETTIGONIDZ2. Aphidna simplicipes Brunner. Hormilia intermedia Brunner. Ceraia cruenta (Burmeister). Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville). Stilpnochlora tolteca (Saussure). Stilpnochlora azteca (Saussure). Steirodon validum Stal. Orophus mexicanus Saussure. Orophus ovatus (Brunner). Orophus conspersus (Brunner). Orophus tessellatus Saussure. Anaulacomera digitata Rehn. Anaulacomera laticauda Brunner. Anaulacomera denticauda Saussure and Pictet. Turpilia oblongooculata Brunner. Turpilia grandis Rehn. Turpilia linearis Rehn. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn. Syntechna caudelli Rehn. Lichenochrus marmoratus Rehn. Gongrecnemis nigrospinosa Brunner. Drepanoxiphus minutus Brunner? Cocconotus degeeri (Stal). Cocconotus ravus Rehn. Ischnomela pulchripennis Rehn. Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner. Euacris richmondi Rehn. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet. Mimetica brunneri Saussure and Pictet. Mimetica crenulata Rehn. Copiphora cultricornis Pictet. Copiphora rhinoceros Pictet. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder. Eriolus spiniger Redtenbacher. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet. Pyrgocorypha hamata (Scudder). Conocephalus guttatus Serville. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 843 Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure. Conocephalus obscurellus Redtenbacher. Conocephalus diversus Rehn. Xiphidion jasciatum (De Geer). Phlugis virens (Thunberg). Gryllacris maculata Brunner. Anabropsis marmorata Rehn. Anabropsis costaricensis Rehn. GRYLLIDZ. Gryllotalpa hexadactyla Perty. Scapteriscus didactylus (Latreille). Ripipteryx carbonaria Saussure. Ripipteryx limbata (Burmeister). Ripipteryx biolleyi Saussure. Ripipteryx pulicaria Saussure. Anurogryllus muticus (De Geer). Anaxipha exigua (Say). Cyrtoxipha championi Saussure. Symphaloxipha magnifica Rehn. Phylloscyrtus ceruleus Saussure. Heterogryllus crassicornis Saussure. (Ecanthus nigricornis Walker? Xabea bipunctata (De Geer). Eneoptera surinamensis (De Geer). Parecanthus aztecus Saussure. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure? Ectotrypa brevis Rehn. Aphonomorphus silens (Saussure) ? 844 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., DECEMBER 5. Mr. ArtHUR ERwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifty-five persons present. The deaths of the following correspondents were reported: Fred- erick W. Hutton, October 27, 1905; J. Burden-Sanderson, November 3, 1905; Gustave Dewalque, November 3, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been offered for publication since the last meeting: “Coon Mountain and Its Crater? By Daniel Moreau Barringer. (December 5.) “Coon Butte, Arizona.” By Benjamin Chew Tilghman. (Decem- ber 5.) Coon Mountain and its Crater.—Dr. Drxon announced that Mr. Daniel Moreau Barringer and Mr. Benjamin Chew Tilghman, members of the Academy, had notified him of their discovery that the crater of Coon Mountain or Coon Butte, in northern Arizona, twelve miles southeast of Cafion Diablo Station on the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fé Railway, is an impact crater and not a crater produced by a steam explosion, as has been supposed since the examination made of it by members of the United States Geological Survey. They have proved, by a large amount of development work, according to their statements, that the large crater and elevation known as Coon Mountain is the result of a collision with the earth of a very large meteorite, or possibly a small asteroid, fragments of which are well known to the scientific world by the name of the Cafion Diablo siderites. Their development work, consisting of cuts, shafts and boreholes, has established the fol- lowing facts: First. That the formation of the crater and the deposition of the meteoric material were simultaneous. Second. That meteoric material has been found five hundred feet below the surface of the center of the crater; and, Third. That sandstone supposed to be in place exists less than one thousand feet below the surface of the center of the crater. Mr. Barringer and Mr. Tilghman have presented to the Academy for publication two comprehensive papers in which they set forth in full their reasons for the above statements. Dr. Henry Skinner made a communication on his collecting trip of last summer to the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. (No abstract.) 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 845 DECEMBER 19. The President, SamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Forty persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced: William H. Walmsley, October 22, 1905; Philip C. Garrett, December 9, 1905; Israel Morris, December 13, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that a paper under the follow- ing title had been offered for publication: “New Species of Ampharetidee and Terebellide.’’? By J. Percy Moore. (December 8.) _ The following were ordered to be printed: 846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., NEW SPECIES OF AMPHARETIDE AND TEREBELLIDE FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC. BY J. PERCY MOORE. Among the Polycheta dredged by the steamer Albatross while in the service of the Alaskan Salmon Commission of 1903 occur the following new species. Two previous papers based upon the same collections have been published in these Proceedings for 1905. Amphicteis alaskensis sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 1-4.) The available examples of this species vary in length from 22 to 76 mm. One selected for the type is 33 mm. long, of which the thorax is 19 mm.; its greatest width is 4.3 mm., and the cephalic cone is 2.3 mm. in both length and breadth. Counting the region of trunk anterior to the paleoli as formed of two somites, the worm consists of thirty-four segments and the py- gidium. The setigerous segments are from III to XX inclusive, and the uncinigerous VII to XX XV inclusive. The median prostomial plate (fig. 1) is shield-shaped, about twice as long as broad, the posterior end pointed, the anterior cleft in the middle and formed of two somewhat divergent lobes. On each side of the plate is a broad, low, lateral ridge broadly rounded anteriorly and reach- ing not quite so far forward as the median plate. Bounding both these ridges and the plate posteriorly is a pair of transverse folds curving slightly forward laterally and caudad medially to meet in the median lineatasharp angle. These ridges are pigmented with brown above and they form the angle at which the nearly vertical anterior portion of the prostomium meets the nearly horizontal posterior region. The latter is much broader than the former and at its convex posterior margin nearly twice as wide as long. All of these parts taken together consti- tute the dorsal face of the prostomium. Beneath, and usually retracted within the mouth, is the folded tentacular membrane bearing a few short slender tentacles which scarcely exceed the cephalic cone in length. The somewhat quadrate prostomium is bounded by the short peristomial ring which completes the base of the cephalic cone. The large mouth is bounded below by the prominent thickened peris- tomial lip, while dorsally the peristomium is much shorter and over- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 847 lapped by the branchial ridge medially and more extensively by the paleolar tubercles laterally. This region is biannulate. The third somite is somewhat enlarged and tumid ventrally, the dorso-lateral portions project as thickened prominences bearing the paleoli, while the dorsal half is merely a low welt, strongly concave along its anterior margin and partly covered by the branchial ridge. Somites IV and V are much shorter, together barely equaling III, and coalesced dorsally to form the ridge upon which the branchiz are sup- ported. The branchie form a group of four on each side so arranged that three are attached in a transverse anterior row on the region corre- sponding to somite IV and only one more posteriorly on V. Between the branchial scars of the two sides is a smooth quadrate area nearly twice as long as broad which is slightly inserted posteriorly into a transversely elongated area which reaches across the entire distance between the posterior pair of scars. A single branchia remains. This is slightly flattened, especially toward the tip, s regularly tapered to a slender end and its length about equals the greatest diameter of the thorax. The next four or five somites increase slightly in both length and diameter, and then decrease in diameter but remian of constant length throughout the thoracic region. Each is divided into a dorsal and a ventral half-ring by the prominent setigerous tubercles. The latter have thick glandular walls and the intersegmental furrows are deep and well defined. The dorsal region is thin-walled and smooth, and the first five intersegmental furrows only are distinct. Abdominal segments taper gradually to the pygidium and are no- where distinctly defined by furrows. Dorsally the walls are high- arched, thin and smooth, ventrally they are thickened by a pair of prominent longitudinal muscle ridges with a neural groove between. Laterally between the parapodia of successive segments is a series of rugous areas, while across the ventral surface between each pair of parapodia a narrow glandular line frequently extends. The pygidium is provided with a pair of thick lips bounding the ver- tical, slit-like anus and each bearing on the side an inconspicuous cirrus much shorter than the diameter of the pygidium. Of the setigerous tubercles the pair bearing the paleoli are prominent and much larger than any others and they encroach much upon the lateral portions of the peristomium. ‘The paleoli are about twenty (18-21) in number in each group and are inserted with their long diam- eters radial around an are of nearly two-thirds of a cirele. From this base they spread forwards and laterad ina broad, scoop-like figure. 848 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., The tubercles of IV and V are crowded closely together beneath the lateral margins of the branchial scars, that of the latter being slightly medial and caudal of the other. Both, and especially the latter, are minute. Succeeding tubercles up to the sixth increase in size, after which they remain of constant size and of a slightly flattened cylin- drical form. Distinct, more or less club-shaped cirri are borne on the ventral side of the distal portion of all the tubercles, but they are larger and more abruptly clavate on the first four. The first and second tufts contain only six or eight sete, the others twelve to fifteen, always arranged in two rows. The uncinigerous tori are distinct, somewhat ear-shaped lappets aris- ing from the posterior border of the segments below and separated by a short space from the setigerous tubercles. The anterior ones are the longest and their ends project most freely. Their size decreases regu- larly to the last thoracic. The uncini form a single irregularly curved line containing 160 to 170, which are largest dorsally and decrease reg- ularly to the ventral end. Abdominal somites are provided with shorter tori (fig. 2) which pro- ject more prominently than those of the thoracic segments. They bear about 75 uncini in asingle series. No trace of ventral cirri can be detected, but the achetous notopodia are provided with prominent, curved, paddle-shaped cirri. The paleoli form rather close spreading tufts, with the largest ones near the anterior margin but not reaching to the tip of the prostomium. They (fig. 3) are much flattened and moderately stout at the base and taper rather abruptly to acute tips. They are bright yellow and pol- ished. ‘The set are pale yellow, strongly striated, slightly curved, with narrow double wings and very acute tips. On the first three somites they are rather more slender than on the others. The uncini (figs. 4a to c) are more or less triangular, with the upper rounded portion much elevated, the posterior ligament process very prominent, and the anterior one small and covered by the lowermost hook. The base is relatively short. The relative breadth to length varies. Usually there are six large, acute, closely appressed teeth or fangs, the clefts between which do not incise the base very deeply (less than one-half of the entire width of the uncinus). Frequently the upper tooth is much reduced in size. The type of this species was taken with one other specimen at station 4,274, in Kadiak Bay, at a depth of 41 fathoms on a bottom of green mud with some fine sand. Another and larger one comes from Boea de Quadra, Southeast Alaska, in 48 fathoms and soft green mud. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 849 Amphicteis alaskensis is easily distinguished from the species recorded in my paper of Japanese Polychzta, under the name of A. japonica Mc- Intosh, by the character of the paleoli, which in the latter species are only ten or twelve, and when perfect have slender curved tips reaching far beyond the end of the prostomium. Amphicteis glabra sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 5 to 8.) The two known examples of this species are of moderate size, the type having a length of 23 mm., of which 15 mm. belong to the thorax, which is 3 mm. wide. The form is rather slender, slightly clavate, and gently tapered. There are 20 thoracic segments, 17 of which are setigerous, and 15 ab- dominal segments, or possibly more as the extreme posterior end is macerated. The entire prostomial region is relatively much broader than in A. alaskensis and its median plate (fig. 5) much wider than long, irreg- ularly pentagonal, with the long anterior border cleft into a pair of short divergent lobes, from between which a broad median groove ex- tends about halfway across the dorsal surface. On each side of this plate is a small triangular area, which is again bounded laterally by a narrow fold ending freely infront. The pigmented transverse ridges occur as in A. alaskensis, but are longer correspondingly to the width of the prosto- mium, which they cross nearly transversely ; beginning at the posterior end of the lateral fold mentioned above they arch forward and meet at a wide angle in the median line immediately behind the apex of the cephalic plate. The entire dorsal surface of the prostomium lies in nearly the same plane, and its anterior portion is not bent downward at an angle with the rest as in A. alaskensis. The tentacular membrane is rather low and has a nearly regular elliptical outline, and the few ten- tacles remaining are scarcely longer than the entire prostomium. The upper lip is slightly cleft medially and the peristomium in the region of the lower lip is enlarged and more or less tumid. Ventrally somite IT is about one-third as long as the prostomium, and dorsally it exhibits a transversely elongated median area slightly elevated above and separated from the surrounding parts by a slight groove. Somite III is nearly as long as I ventrally; dorso-laterally it is prominently enlarged to bear the paleoli, and dorsally becomes very much reduced in length to form a narrow border that passes along the anterior margin of the branchiferous area and joins the median interbranchial area of IV. Succeeding somites are well differentiated and of nearly equal length throughout the thoracic region. The dorsal portion includes 55 850 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., more than asemicircumference and is very smooth and iridescent. The ventral is much flatter, has deep bounding furrows and a transverse glandular line near the anterior margin. The ventral region slightly exceeds the dorsal in width and embraces it laterally so as to form a shelf or flange supporting the setigerous tubercles. The thoracic region tapers regularly into the abdominal, which differs from it little except in the form of the parapodia and the more prominent lateral muscles and deeper neural groove. The pygidium is much injured on both specimens. Branchia have existed in the usual four pairs, but a single one only remains in place. It is nearly terete but somewhat compressed and tapers regularly from the base to the slender subulate tip. Its length is about equal to the width of the thorax or when appressed it reaches somite IX. The scars (fig. 5) show the branchiz to have been more crowded than in A, alaskensis and to arise in a distinctly quadrate group, two pairs on each side. Apparently the two anterior belong to somite IV and the two posterior to V, and the two medial are some- what larger than the two lateral. A shield-shaped area about twice as long as wide is present between the median branchiz, reaching from the anterior margin of IV to the middle of V where it meets a transversely extended area limited laterally by the outer pair of branchie. The paleoli arise from the dorso-lateral tubercles of III and form an open, spreading tuft, little concave and arising from asmall are. They number but eight or ten and all are slender and curved, with awn-like tips (fig. 7), and the longest reach beyond the tip of the snout. The sets tufts on the branchiferous segments are borne on small papille placed close together just laterad of the branchie. The sete are few in number and much smaller than those on succeeding segments. Remaining setigerous tubercles are cylindrical and quite prominent with small truncate cirri, and bear compact tufts of about twelve sete which are longer, more slender, and more curved thanin A. alaskensis. Uneinigerous tori are short inconspicuous lines near the posterior margins of the segments just below the setigerous tubercles. Poster- iorly they become more prominent and on the abdominal segments project freely, but are usually so macerated in these specimens that the exact form is doubtful. The one represented in figure 6 shows the thickened dorsal cirrus. The uncini (fig. 8) are narrow with very long base lines and five very slender acute teeth very deeply divided at the base. The anterior lig- ament process is rather conspicuous and lies beneath the lowermost tooth, while the posterior ligament process is only moderately devel- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 851 oped. The number of teeth is very constant and the dorsalmost are not so greatly larger than the ventral as in A. alaskensis. On somite X there are 115. Abdominal uncini are precisely similar, but owing to maceration the number on a torus is uncertain. This species was taken at station 4,227 only,in Behm Canal, the depth being 62 fathoms and the bottom of dark green mud with fine sand. A small portion of tube present is rather elastic and springy and is coated externally with a layer of brownish flocculent sediment. Melinna cristata sp.nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 9 and 10.) The single example representing this species closely resembles M. cristata (Sars) Malmg., from which it differs especially in the more finely denticulated post-branchial membrane as well as in the much larger size and greater number of segments. Although the posterior extremity is missing and the last one-third of the body is strongly spirally coiled, the specimen measures approx- imately 73 mm. long, exclusive of the branchie. At its widest part the thorax measures 3 mm., while the abdomen has a maximum width of 2mm. The 17 setigerous thoracie segments have a length of 12 mm. and the fifty-five remaining abdominal segments 61 mm. The prostomium or cephalic plate is a broad, short plate with a slightly convex crenulated anterior margin projecting freely over the bases of the fourteen to sixteen tentacles. The latter have a uniform diameter from base to end. The anterior and median ones are the largest with a length of about one and one-half times the thoracic width and about twice that of the posterior tentacles, which are scarcely as long as the body width and about half the diameter of the anterior ones. On the dorsal surface of the prostomium are the sensory folds, which are di- rectly transverse. Beginning close to the lateral margins of the head they meet at the middle line and bend slightly forward side by side. Their dorsal surface is pigmented with a rich orange brown. Just in front of them on each side is a small, slightly elevated pad. The much folded upper lip is large and projects far beyond the mouth, just ante- rior to which is a distinct glandular area. The lower lip is formed by the prominently projecting smooth margin of the prostomium, which is indistinguishably united to the first setig- erous segment. Dorso-laterally it forms a prominent wing anterior to the first tuft of setae, whence it is continued caudally into a flange-like ridge on each side of the thorax. Somites II] and IV are well defined and to- gether equal in length the single ring formed by the union of the prosto- mium and first setigerous somite. The remaining thoracic segments are 852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., equal and well distinguished on the ventral side, but thin-walled and coalesced dorsally. The ventral body walls between the tori are well provided with glands forming indistinct ventral plates on each segment. On the first four thoracic segments the flange-like ridges above the sete are very distinct and, together with the pectinated membrane on somite V, bound a quadrate area in which the branchiew arise. Anterior to the gills this region is marked by several slight transverse furrows. The postbranchial membrane is thin and deep and closely appressed to the dorsum of the thorax. It springs from the anterior border of V, and reaches nearly to the anterior border of IV, the free border being provided with eighteen blunt but prominent teeth. The four pairs of branchiz are permanently bent forward over the prostomium, and each has a length slightly exceeding twice the width of the thorax. They are all rather thick and coarse and taper from above the base to the bluntly pointed tip. For the basal one-fourth or one-fifth they are constricted and those on each side coalesced and so arranged that three lie externally, apparently arising from IJ, III and IV, and one internally on somite III. Between the latter, and uniting them across the middle line, is a thin membrane. Somites II, III and LV bear short oblique lines of small sets on the highest part of the lateral ridge, on the medial side of which and just posterior and lateral to the branchiz, there is on each side of III a single very large claw-like spine. On V and all succeeding thoracic som- ites the sete are in small tufts borne on truncate papille having the usual position. Each tuft contains about eleven or twelve sete in two rows. Thoracic tori are constricted at the base, broad, truncate and beveled at the end. The uncini are borne on the thickest portion of the bevel, so that the free, thin margin projects a considerable distance beyond them. On somite X there are 63 uncini. Abdominal tori are narrow but much longer and of uniform width throughout, and the un- cini are borne on the extreme unbeveled end. Somite XXV bears 36 uncini. The notopodial cirri are small and not conspicuously enlarged distally. The sete are all arranged in two equalrows. Those in one are larger, stouter and more broadly winged. Otherwise they are similar in both rows, and all have the stems slightly curved and strongly striated with the ends very acute and tapering. ‘The isolated postbranchial spine is large and stout and has exactly the form figured by McIntosh for M. cristata. The uncini (figs. 9and 10) also resemble those of that species. Usu- ally they have three teeth above the ligament process, but occasionally 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 853 there is a fourth small or even well-developed one at the apex. Abdom- inal uncini differ from the thoracic only in their small size. The tube measures 5 mm. in diameter with a lumen of half that size. The lining is a tough mucous membrane and the exterior a thick brittle coat of dark gray mud. The type and only specimen was taken at station 4,258, in Lynn Canal, on a muddy bottom at a depth of 300 fathoms. Artacama coniferi sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 11 to 13.) This species is established upon two specimens measuring 22 and 45 mm. long respectively and neither of which is complete. The small one consists of 20 thoracic and 17 abdominal segments, is 3.5 mm. wide in the anterior part of the thorax and 2.2 mm. wide in the abdomen and posterior half of the thorax, and has the proboscis protruded for 3 mm. The larger example has 20 thoracic and 35 abdominal segments, with the caudal end still lacking. The proboscis is 6 mm. long, the thorax 17 mm. long, and its anterior half 6 mm. wide, while its posterior half tapers into the abdomen, which has a diameter of 2.5 mm. The form is club-shaped with the first ten or eleven thoracic segments much enlarged, the middle of the thorax more or less abruptly con- tracted and the posterior portion tapered to the abdomen which con- tinues to diminish to the posterior end. The proboscis, which protrudes ventral to the mouth, is a large sugar- loaf-shaped organ as long as the first nine or ten segments, and has a basal diameter nearly equaling these. At the apex is a slender con- ical process about three times as long as thick, with its end rounded. Into it the retractor muscle is inserted, and it stands out prominently when the proboscis is extended. At the base the proboscis is some- what rugous like the peristomium, with which it is continuous. Ex- cept for the rugosities the basal one-third is smooth, but the remainder bears small, low, rounded papille arranged in irregular rows, at first distant, but converging distally to the apical process, where they are more crowded, being separated by at most their own diameter. The prostomium is folded into a double horseshoe-shaped oral fold with a broad, thin, median plate or membrane above the mouth, and behind this a pair of thick reflexed pads which become wider dorsally and nearly meet in the median line, and which bear the very numerous and much crowded tentacles. From the ventral end of the group, where they are mere papille, the latter increase until they almost equal the branchial filaments. Usually they are very slender with the ends enlarged. 854 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., The peristomium is longer dorsally than ventrally and is marked with longitudinal creases which are continued on to the base of the proboscis. Somite I] is as long as the prostomium and equals the com- bined length of II] and IV. Succeeding segments are again slightly longer and are distinctly annulated. In the posterior thoracic region the segments are divided by the setigerous tubercles into dorsal and ventral halves, the latter being again divided into a posterior larger and two anterior smaller annuli. Abdominal segments are annulated both dorsally and ventrally. Three pairs of branchie occur on somites II, II] and IV. Each is composed of numerous slender filaments having a length about one-third of the diameter of the body and sessile in a close tuft. The first con- tains about thirty, the second twenty-five and the third fifteen, but the number in each is probably greater in perfect specimens. Ten ventral plates occur on the somites LV to XIII; the anterior ones are obscure, the posterior distinct. All are very short, about one-fourth to one-sixth as long as wide. Setigerous tubercles number seventeen, and occur on somites IV to XX inclusive; though connected with the side of the body by an integ- umental fold they are very mobile, and the flattened, oblique tufts of sete project prominently in various directions from near the dorsal end of the uncinigerous tori. Posterior tufts are broader and more mobile. Anterior uncinigerous tori are long and narrow, extending over about one-sixth of the circumference of the body and separated ventrally by twice their length. Without becoming shorter they gradually ap- proach ventrally until the intervening space is less than one-third their length. On the abdominal segments the tori are much more prom- inent and have a free ventral angle and a thin membranous wing arising from the dorsal border. This wing is gradually reduced posteriorly coincidently with a decrease in the size of the parapodium, but remains fairly prominent to the last. What appears to be a slit-like sense organ is present on somite III below the’gill. Small papillee occur ventral to the sete tufts of VI, VII, VIII and IX. The sete are all slender, nearly colorless, longitudinally striated, shghtly curved and winged, and taper to very acute tips. In each tuft they are arranged in two rows of twelve to fifteen each, those in one row haying longer and narrower wings (fig. 12), the others having them shorter and broader (fig. 11). The uncini are arranged in a single series on the tori of somites V to X, are partly doubled on XI and completely in two series on XII to 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 855 XX. They are small and their number rather large, about 140-150 on V, 116 to 120 on X, about 110 in each series on XX and about 50 to 60 on the middle abdominal tori. They have the general form described for other species of the genus (fig. 13). The base is small and oblique, strongly convex below and with a prominent anterior angle, above which is a deep narrow sinus from which a slender process bearing the delicate, scarcely visible guard arises. There is no distinct neck, but a large head with a slender, acute, strongly decurved and slightly re- flected beak, above which is the high, full crest with four cross rows of teeth. No color remains. The type comes from station 4,194, in the Gulf of Georgia, the depth being 111 fathoms and the bottom of soft green mud. The station from which the second specimen was taken is unknown. Lena nuda sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs.14, 15.) This is another imperfectly known species, the only specimen available being a fragment of the anterior end measuring 21 mm. long and 1.5 mm. across the thorax, and comprising 28 anterior seg- ments. Projecting prominently from the anterior end is a broad, unfolded, scoop-like prostomial membrane curving gently and regularly upward from beside and above the mouth. Apparently the tentacles formed a complete series around the margin of the’ posterior limb of the pro- stomial membrane, but in this specimen most of them are gone and the three or four remaining are short and thick, and scarcely reach beyond the free border of the anterior prostomial membrane. Behind the ten- tacles the posterior prostomial fold is low and thick and at the dorsum nearly obsolete. On its posterior face are traces of a few eyes. The mouth is a large, wide, transverse slit slightly bent down at the margins, and is bounded below by a low thick lip, and a prominent, broad, truncate process with slightly fimbriated margin springing from the middle of the peristomium. Anterior somites are irregularly developed, the second being much larger than the adjacent ones. The second to eleventh somites in- clusive have ventral plates, the glandular areas extending upward to include the sete tufts. The third to the seventh have dorsal glandular areas also, which are separated on each side from the setigerous tuber- cles by a narrow non-glandular space. On the eighth also is a trace of a glandular region with a median break. Not the slightest trace of gills exists. At the dorsal margin of III, 856 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., in line with the setee bundles of the following somites, is a prominent, stiff, erect cirrus on each side. Behind the glandular region the segments become much longer, equaling or exceeding their diameter. These walls are very smooth and thin, highly arched above and nearly flat below, with thick longi- tudinal muscle bands along the ventro-lateral angles. There are eleven setigerous somites, IV to XIV inclusive, but on the left side the bundle of IV is missing. Owing to the flatness of the dor- sum of the region back to X the sete tufts rise up nearly erect from the dorso-lateral margins. Though few, the sete are long and, except on XII to XIV, conspicuous. Uncinigerous tori begin on V and are short and inconspicuous anteriorly, but about XV begin to increase in prominence, and on the posterior segments, while remaining short, project freely from the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle bands. On the tori of somites V to X the uncini are arranged in one series, on XI to XIV in two apposed series. Each series on the thoracic somites con- tains about 55 uncini, while on posterior somites (XXX) only 40 occur. The setee (fig. 14) are slightly curved, delicate, with narrow wings, almost obsolete on one side and on the other frayed out and then ab- ruptly ceasing, leaving a very acute almost whiplash-like tip. The uncini (fig.15) have the base broadly rounded in front and provided with a prominent triangular process behind. ‘The sinus is narrow, and from its bottom rises a slender process bearing a very indistinct guard. The beak is rather slender and strongly curved, and above it is a very high crest composed usually of five or sometimes of six transverse rows, of about six or seven each, of long curved spines. The abdom- inal uncini have six or seven transverse rows. The single specimen is a female filled with large eggs, and is preserved with a fragment of a soft mucous tube with a slight coating of foreign material. : It was taken at station 4,279, at Kadiak Island, at a depth of 29 fathoms and on a bottom of dark gray mud. Thelepus hamatus sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 16 to 18.) An apparently small species known only from the type, an incom- plete specimen consisting of 31 anterior segments, and measuring 21 mm. long and 2.5 mm. in diameter at III, thence gradually diminishing caudally. The tentacles number very few, less than 15 on each side, but are so fragile that they could not be safely untangled and the exact number ascertained. In thespecimen the longest are 13 mm. long, coarse, thick nn! a 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 857 and deeply folded longitudinally. The prostomial membrane forms a prominent horseshoe-shaped fold or upper lip above the mouth, while its tentacular fold is narrower and bears the tentacles in a nearly contin- uous band around its entire margin. Onits posterior face are right and left groups of numerous, rather large, conspicuous, nearly black eyes arranged for the most part in one row and separated by a narrow dorsal space. The large mouth is coverd by the upper lip, the inner surface of which bears a prominent grooved longitudinal ridge on each side of the middle line, and is bounded below by a thick slightly bilobed pad within the membranous anterior margin of the peristomium. As far as about XX the anterior somites are short, the length not ex- ceeding one-fourth or one-fifth of the width; those following are about two-thirds as long as wide, none is distinetly annulated, but all are rough and furrowed both above and below. The first four segments are glandular all round; the others have the thick glandular layer confined to the ventral half, but covering their entire length and extending to and including the sete tufts. At about XVIII the glands disappear from the anterior one-third of the ventral surface also. The dorsum is thin-walled but rugous and constitutes less than one-third of the cir- cumference. Two pairs of branchie are developed and are situated dorso-laterally onIIand III. ‘The first consists of six and the second of three detached and independent filaments about as long as the diameter of the body; the area of attachment of the former extending over the entire length of the second segment, while that of the latter is limited to the anterior margin of the same dorso-lateral level of the third segment. Sete tufts begin on III and continue on all succeeding segments throughout the length of the specimen. All are small but prominent, little flattened and oblique, and are retractile within pits in the gland- ular layer of the skin. Throughout they are situated at a high level. Uncinigerous tori begin at V. They are all short, never exceeding one-sixth of the ventral interspace, and are separated from the corre- sponding sete tufts by nearly their length. Posteriorly they grow smaller but more prominent. Like the setigerous tubercles they are situated in thin-walled, sunken spots within the glandular area. The first seta tuft includes about twelve rather short, acute, slightly curved sete with very narrow wings. In others the set (fig. 16) are more numerous, longer and more strongly curved. Still farther back in the posterior region they again become fewer. The uncini are arranged in a single series on all somites and number from 40 to 60. 858 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., They bear a close resemblance to Marenzeller’s figures of the uncini of T. cincinnatus (Fabricius), but the height is greater in proportion to the length and the body and beak are more nearly equal in length. Those on the anterior segments usually have two teeth on the vertex of the crest above the beak (fig. 17b), but frequently there are three (fig. 17c) or even a fourth small one. The exact arrangement of the teeth in the crest varies, two of the varieties being shown in fig. 17a. Posteri- orly the uncini (fig. 18) are smaller and the number of teeth in a transverse row of the crest usually more numerous. No color remains in the specimen and no ova or sperm to indicate the sex. The fragment of tube present is membranous with scattered fragments of stone and siliceous sponge spicules. The single specimen comes from station 4,235, at Yes Bay, in Behm Canal, at a depth of 181 fathoms and on a bottom of green mud. Amphitrite palmata sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 19 to 22.) Several specimens of this species occur in the collection. They resemble A. affinus very closely in most respects, but differ decidedly from that species in the form of the branchis, which have no elevated and branched base and no indication of dichotomy among the branches. Complete specimens measure from 40 mm. to 88 mm. long, the last being 5 mm. wide across the thorax. The segments number from 62 to 64, those from V to XX being setigerous. The general form is almost exactly as figured for A. affinus by Malm- gren. Somites II, III and IV present similar slight lateral wings in successively ascending positions. The tentacles are moderately num- erous and have a length of about five times the diameter of the thorax. No eyes can be detected on any of the specimens. The lower lip is square and rather prominent. Swollen glandular areas occur inter- segmentally at the level of the gills on somites V to XIII; and ventral plates extend from III to XIII inclusive, the first three being very short. All of the segments are rugous and biannulate and taper gradually to the pygidium. The anus is a vertical slit surrounded by papille. Most characteristic are the gills (fig, 22) which occur in three pairs on somites II, II] and IV. Their bases are exceedingly short, so that the filaments are nearly sessile. They are expanded and flattened and the filaments spread regularly in a palmate fashion. The filaments are slender and when contracted are thrown into tight spiral coils. Full-grown specimens have 13 to 18 on the first, 10 to 12 on the second and 7 to 9 on the third gill. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 859 Small papillee or cirri are found just beneath the setigerous tubercles of somites VI, VII and VIII. Sete (fig. 19) have very short wings and a prominent fringed terminal pennant with a distinct knee at the place of its origin from the body of the seta. Abdominal uncini (fig. 21) resemble those of A. affinus quite closely, but those of thoracic tori (fig. 20) differ decidedly in the shape and proportions of the base and the number and arrangement of the teeth on the crest. Some of the specimens are colored a nearly uniform reddish-brown, absent, however, from the gills and tentacles; and two are accom- panied by portions of rather fragile tubes of fine mud. This species was taken at the following stations: 4,227, Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 62-65 fathoms and on a bottom of dark green mud and fine sand; type locality 4,245, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 95-98 fathoms, dark green mud with fragments of shell, rock and sand ; 4,253, Stephens Passage, 131 fathoms, rock and broken shells. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI. Amphicteis alaskensis—figs. 1 to 4. Fig. 1.—Anterior end of type seen from the dorsum. 7. Fig. 2.—Parapodium of XXV. X 32. Fig. 3.—Middle-sized paleolus; a, tip of another. » 32. Fig. 4.—Three uncini from X; a, dorsal, b, middle (somewhat foreshortened), andc, ventral. > 585. Amphicteis glabra—figs. 5 to 8. Fig. 5.—Dorsal view of anterior end of cotype. 12. Fig. 6.—Parapodium of XXV. 32. Fig. 7.—Middle-sized paleolus. > 45. Fig. 8.—Uncinus from X. X 585. Melinna denticulata—figs. 9 and 10. Fig. 9.—Uncinus with 3 teeth above the ligament process from X. X 585. Fig. 10.—Uncinus with 4 teeth from the same torus; the anterior end of the base is broken. 585. Artacama conifera—figs. 11 to 13. Fig. 11.—A broad-bladed seta from X. 585. Fig. 12.—A narrow-bladed seta from X. 585. Fig. 13.—An uncinusfrom X. 800. Lena nuda—figs. 14 and 15. Fig. 14.—Seta from X. 585. Fig. 15.—Uncinus from X. 800. 860 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Thelepus hamatus—figs. 16 to 18. Fig. 16.—Setafrom X. X 585. Fig. 17.—Two forms of uncini from X; a, front views of two similar ones showing different arrangements of the teeth. 585. Fig. 18.—Uncinus from XXX; a, front view of another. » 585. Amphitrite palmata—figs. 19 to 22. Fig. 19.—Seta from VII. 335. Fig. 20.—Uneinus from XX. X 480. Fig. 21.—Uncinus from L. 480. Fig. 22.—One of the second pair of gills. 8. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 861 COON MOUNTAIN AND ITS CRATER. BY DANIEL MOREAU BARRINGER. FOREWORD. In October, 1902, I heard for the first time—in casual conversa- tion with Mr. §. J. Holsinger—of Coon Mountain or Coon Butte and its erater, which is located in the northern part of Arizona. He stated to me at the time that he had never seen this remarkable crater, but had heard of it on several occasions, and had heard that quite a large amount of meteoric iron had been found in the immediate vicinity and that some had been found on the inside of the crater, which latter statement was subsequently proved to be incorrect. T naturally was very incredulous of the theory which, Mr. Holsinger informed me, was held by some of the people living in the neighborhood of Cafion Diablo, namely, that this great hole in the earth’s surface had been produced by the impact of an iron body falling out of space, if for no other reason than that I realized that the crater must have been examined by members of the United States Geological Survey while making the topographical maps of this region, and in their report they evidently did not accept this theory. Nevertheless, the subject continued to interest me so much that upon my return to Philadelphia I determined to speak to my friend, Mr. B. C. Tilghman, in reference to it, because of his general scientific knowledge. This was in the latter part of January, 1903. We de- cided to write to Mr. Holsinger for further information, and upon receipt of this took the necessary steps to locate the mountain under the United States Mineral Land Laws. Since then, between us, Mr. Tilghman and I have collected an astounding array of evidence in favor of the correctness of the above theory of the causation of this great hole in the earth’s surface, and in refutation of the theory adopted by Mr. Gilbert, of the United States Geological Survey, that it was produced by a steam explosion." 1See Presidential Address by Greve Karl Gilbert, 1895, before the Geological Society of Washington, published by the Society in March, 1896. Also published in Science, N. S., Vol. III, page 1, 1896. Also 13th Ann. U. 8. Geol. Sur. Rep., Part I, p. 98, and 14th Ann. U.S. Geol. Sur. Rep., Part I, p. 187. Also Cham- berlin and Salisbury’s Geology (1904), Vol. I, p. 569. 862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., In fact we can now prove that this crater is due to the collision with the earth of an extra-terrestrial body, possibly a small asteroid, which was presumably metallic in nature. We do not know, and indeed may never know, whether this great meteor was originally an irregularly shaped fragment or whether it was a spheroid, but we have strong reason to believe that the composi- tion of the exterior was that of nickeliferous iron, containing in minute quantity platinum and iridium. Since acquiring possession of the property, we have learned that this meteoric fall has been the subject of many papers and that the com- position of the iron, and the fact that it contains microscopic diamonds, has been well known, upwards of ten tons of iron specimens having been shipped away from this locality; although, singularly enough, the presence of platinum and iridium has not been suspected. The presence of these metals was ascertained for us by Mr. H. H. Alexander, of the Globe Smelter, Denver, by subjecting the iron and the magnetite (the origin of which we shall attempt to explain hereafter) to the fire assay test, samples of each having been sent to him for the purpose. Their presence has been also confirmed by the very high chemical authority, Dr. J. W. Mallet, F.R.S., of the University of Virginia, whose letter on the subject is herewith submitted? 7 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA, CHARLOTTESVILLE, VA. August 17, 1905. D. M. Barringer, Esq., Philadelphia. Dear Mr BARRINGER: About a fortnight ago I was at last able to undertake the examination you desired of the residue sent me by Mr. Alexander from solution in dilute hydro- chloric acid of 25 lbs. of the Cafion Diablo meteoric iron, and I now report results: I first repeated twice the assay experiments made by Mr. Alexander, and obtained substantially the same results that he did. It then seemed to me desirable to apply a method which should not involve any addition of foreign metals (though I have full confidence in the purity of Mr. Alex- ander’s lead, gold and silver), and to avoid determination of platinum “‘by loss.” I therefore boiled the greater part of the residue sent me by him with a mix- ture of strong hydrochloric and nitric acids as long as there was any action. This was a very tedious affair, the Schreibersite (phosphide of iron and nickel), which formed a large proportion of the residue, being but slowly attacked, and there being a strong tendency to boiling over from sudden, irregular evolution of nitrogen dioxide. The solution obtained was evaporated two or three times with hydrochloric acid, diluted, filtered and treated with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen, first cold and then while heated. This gave a copious precipitate of sulphur (from reduction of ferric to ferrous chloride) colored brownish by the sul- phides of the platinum metals. This precipitate was filtered off, well washed with water, dried and burned. The small residue left was then reconverted into chlorides, and the platinum and iridium separated in the usual way, by partial reduction of the iridium salt and precipitation of that of platinum with ammonium chloride. a ————EE——————&@<—a_” 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. £63 It has seemed to Mr. Tilghman and to me to be better for us each to discuss this matter from our separate points of view—he from the point of view of a physicist, chemist and mathematician, and I from the point of view of a geologist. The number of arguments which between us we have worked out, in support of the theory that this gigantic hole is an impact crater, will be set forth in the two following papers. It must be remembered that while a great deal of the evidence collected by us is positively in favor of the theory, much of it is negatively so; that is to say it disproves the theory that this great hole is the crater of an ancient volcano, or was produced by an explosion of steam, which latter theory seems to have been adopted by Mr. G. K. Gilbert on what seems to be very insufficient evidence. Perhaps it would be more accurate and just to say that he has adopted this theory because of an inadequate examination of the phenomena at Coon Mountain, or, as it is frequently called, Coon Butte ; for had he examined the surface carefully, it does not seem possible to me that any experienced geo’ogist could have arrived at such a con- clusion. Coon MounTAIN AND Its CRATER. There is to be found in the almost level plain country, about five miles almost due south of Sunshine Station, on the Atchison, Topeka & Santa The result represented 3.63 grammes platinum and 14.96 grammes iridium per ton (of 2,000 lbs.) of the original meteoric iron, with probably a trace of rhodium. .... Ladd the following remarks: 1. Mr. Alexander in using his method undoubtedly dissolved out with aqua regia from his cupelled button not only gold and platinum but some iridium, so that the loss of weight (after deduction of gold added) represented not merely platinum, as he assumed, but in part iridium also. 2. On the other hand, it is not certain that in my process all the iridium is dissolved out from the original material (residue sent me by Mr. Alexander) by aqua regia as used. 3. My results as to separation of the two platinoid metals are fairly trust- worthy, but would be more so if there had been a larger absolute quantity of material to work on. 4. It is of course possible that these platinoid metals are not uniformly dis- tributed in the original meteoric iron. Believe me, Sincerely yours, (Signed) J. W. Mauer. From the specimen of Cafion Diablo iron you left for me, with drill holes in it and a memorandum as to drills being blunted and spoiled, I have obtained five excellent microscopic diamonds—quite like those of South Africa in appearance and markings. J. W.M. 864 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Fé Ry., in Coconino county, Arizona, a very remarkable and almost perfectly round crater, differing in many respects, as will be hereafter seen, from any crater on the earth’s surface with which I, at least, am familiar. The rocks exposed in this region, and for many miles around in every direction, belong to the Aubrey formation of the Upper Car- boniferous series. These beds are perfectly horizontal, never having been disturbed since they were laid down except by volcanic tremors, which were probably the cause of several small but deep cracks in the vicinity of Cafion Diablo gorge and running parallel withit. Erosion has removed the upper strata which overlie these beds elsewhere in the region, so that now the uppermost stratum which is found is red sand- stone, and this exists only as isolated and quite widely separated flat- topped buttes. It is not likely that this stratum was ever of great thickness. The portions of it which are left vary from a few feet to less than fifty feet in thickness. At the place now occupied by Coon Mountain and its crater (for it should be stated that this crater is within a rather low long mountain rising out of the level plain to a height of from 120 to 160 feet, the irregular top of the mountain form- ing the rim of the bowl-shaped crater) this sandstone stratum, at the time the crater was made, probably existed here as a flat-topped butte of considerable area, not over thirty feet in height above the surround- ing limestone plain. The exact locality now occupied by the moun- tain and the crater was no doubt very similar to portions of the present surrounding plain before the event which produced them. These isolated buttes of red sandstone, which are dotted over the plain, probably average from fifteen to twenty feet in thickness. Under- neath this sandstone there are from 200 to 350 feet of yellowish-gray calcareous sandstone, which when eroded and weathered has the ap- pearance of limestone. In fact, this stratum, which is well shown in the neighboring gorge of Cafion Diablo, is referred to by the United States Geological Survey as the Aubrey limestone. For the sake of clearness it will hereafter be referred to as limestone. Underneath this limestone there is a stratum of apparently from 800 to 900 feet in thickness, but probably much less,* of very light gray, almost white, fine-grained sandstone; and underneath this stratum there is a thin stratum of yellow sandstone, the thickness of which is not definitely >It is probable that these figures are very excessive and that the true thickness of this sandstone stratum at this point much more nearly approximates the thickness given to it in the record of the Winona well given below. The record of our bore holes and as obtained from the surrounding exposures must of necessity be unreliable, for reasons which will hereafter appear. nr a 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 865 known. This seems to be the uppermost member of what are known as the ‘‘Red Beds,” for underneath this yellow sandstone there is a reddish-brown sandstone, the thickness of which is given by the United States Geological Survey as more than 1,000 feet. The following record of a well driven by the Railroad Company at Winona, less than thirty miles distant in an air line from the erater first men- tioned, shows the thickness of these various strata at that point. It is assumed that the Geological Survey obtained these figures from the Railroad Company, since the figures which they give as to the thickness of these strata, at the place where the A., T. & S. F. Ry. crosses the Cafion Diablo gorge, closely approximate the record of the well. There are no eruptive rocks of any sort in this neighborhood, the nearest eruptive rocks to the so-called crater above referred to being a mountain known as Sunset Mountain about twelve miles in a southeast direction, the Black Mesa in a west and southwest direction about twenty miles distant, and the San Francisco Mountains and the flows therefrom about forty-five to fifty miles distant in a northwest direction. The latter, as is well known, are composed of many vol- canic craters and the material ejected therefrom. Some of these craters are of comparatively recent origin, geologically considered, but presumably of much greater age than Coon Mountain and the crater it contains. The Black Mesa above referred to is supposed to be a flow from the San Francisco craters. In the San Francisco Mountains there are many volcanic cones containing more or less perfect craters. These are true volcanic craters. Such, for instance, is the well-known ““Sunset’’ crater, a few miles north of the Santa Fé Railroad and easily accessible from Flagstaff. I have no hesitancy in saying that there is absolutely no connection between the first mentioned crater, which I shall hereafter attempt to describe, and these volcanic craters. And more than that, there is not a single point of similarity, excepting per- haps that of the round shape of the interior basin. As above stated, the crater which is the subject of this paper is to be found in an area composed of level beds of stratified rocks (Carbonifer- ous sandstones, limestones and shales), which extend uninterruptedly, ‘Record of Winona well: Aubrey limestone, 185 feet; Dakota sandstone, 456 feet; Red sandstone, 16 feet plus. ‘Although no direct measurements have been made in that immediate vicinity, the thickness of the Aubrey limestone at Cafion Diablo is probably not far from 300 feet. At Winona, where its surface is considerably eroded, 185 feet remain. The gray sandstone next below is between 400 and 500 feet thick. The Red Beds are about 1,000 feet thick. Next below is the Redwall limestone which is 600 feet or more in thickness.’’ From information furnished by U.S. Geological Survey. 56 866 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., with the exception of the above volcanic areas, for easily seventy miles in every direction. Generally speaking the same rocks are exposed in the Grand Cafion of the Colorado, the cafions of the Little Colorado and of the stream known as Cafion Diablo, which is distant to the south- west and west only two and one-half miles. The cliffs exposed in this canon are composed entirely of the upper portion of the limestone bed above referred to, as the cafion does not cut down to the underlying light gray sandstone also referred to above, and the overlying thin red sandstone stratum has been eroded off in this locality. In this crater and around it are to be found nothing but stratified sedimentary rocks or the fragments thereof. Viewed from the railroad across the per- fectly level plain, Coon Mountain presents a very peculiar appearance to anyone accustomed to study the sky line. Such an observer would see a small mountain or butte, about one and a half miles long, rising out of the level plain, the sky line of which (the rim of the crater) is very irregular, the mountain differing widely in this respect as well as in its light color from other mountains in the region, which show the usual rounded appearance and gentle lines produced by erosion, and the dark color produced by the eruptive rocks of which they are com- posed. Coon Mountain or Coon Butte, as it is often called, does not suggest to one viewing it, especially at close range, from any direction, the existence within itself of a large crater, approximately 3,800 feet in diameter (its diameter along a north-and-south line passing through it being 3,654 feet, while its east-and-west diameter is 3,808 feet) and approximately 600 feet deep from the rim of the crater to the surface of the interior central plain. It is a fact worthy of mention, but after all just what one would expect when one realizes the cause of its origin, that this mountain presents very much the same view to an observer stationed several miles distant, whether he stands on the north, south, east or west side of the mountain. This so-called mountain has an extreme elevation of about 160 feet above the level of the plain, and an average elevation of about 130 feet. Upon closer examination it is found to be composed to a great extent on its outside slopes of an enor- mous quantity of fragmentary material, which is made up as follows: red sandstone fragments, limestone fragments, white sandstone frag- ments and a few small yellow and brown sandstone fragments; the largest masses probably weighing upwards of 5,000 tons (these are nearly always limestone) down to silica in powder of microscopic fine- ness (pulverized sand grains) which will be described hereafter. I have made no attempt to compute the amount of this fragmentary eo 15% 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 867 material, but roughly guess it to be in the neighborhood of 200,000,000 tons; perhaps rather less than more. An additional reason for the existence of the elevation known as Coon Butte or Coon Mountain is to be found in the fact that the uppermost strata exposed in the walls of the interior crater dip quaquaversally, or generally speaking in every direction from the exact center of the crater, at an angle usually vary- ing from ten to forty degrees, and in one case from sixty to seventy de- grees. Itshould be stated, however, that in this case it is evident that a great, presumably wedge-shaped, piece of the material of the cliffs which form the sides of the crater and the rim, has nearly been turned out bodily by the force which produced this enormous hole in the earth’s surface. The effect of this would be, of course, to turn the strata nearly on edge at this place. Naturally, this wedge-shaped piece—an expression which is used for want of a better one—lies between two faults, on the other side of each of which the strata dip at a much lower angle, not to exceed perhaps twenty degrees in the one case, that is to the north, and not to exceed five or ten degrees in the other, that is to the southwest. On the west side of the crater the strata are upturned so that they dip at about forty-five degrees west. It is an interesting fact that many large fragments of limestone, which have been hurled out of the crater, are to be found at least a mile from it; and if I am not mistaken there are several large fragments, weighing perhaps fifty tons each, which are more than a mile distant from the center of the crater. These fragments, great and small, are distributed con- centrically around the crater, being more abundant near the rim than distant from it. It is worthy of note, however, that the greater number of the larger fragments of the limestone stratum, some of them weighing probably over 5,000 tons, are to be found on the slopes of the mountain outside of the crater, on an east-and-west line passing through the center of the crater. That is to say, there are two places on the rim where these large fragments are most abundant; one almost directly east of the center and the other almost directly west of the center. It is also interesting to see how shattered and cracked many of the exposed limestone fragments are, showing probably that they have been subjected to the concussion from a great blow. These great and small angular blocks of limestone lie in every conceivable position on the slopes of the mountain, many of them standing on end so to speak, that is with the lines of stratification showing a vertical or nearly vertical dip. I have made more than ten trips to this locality and have examined almost every foot of the ground around it most carefully, and have 868 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., failed to find a single piece of eruptive or metamorphosed rock, or any rock indicative of solfaterie activity, which has not in all probability been brought to the locality by Indians or the prehistoric inhabitants of this region. The sharp edges of the angular fragments of rock, which have cer- tainly been expelled out of this crater with great force, are indicative of the recent origin of the crater. In fact, I am ready to believe that it is not more than 2,000 or 3,000 years old, and perhaps much younger. Cedars have been found growing on the rim which are upwards of 700 years old. Were it not for this fact the evidence afforded by the frac- tured surfaces of the rocks would indicate even a more recent origin.° The interior of the crater can best be likened to a great bowl, except- ing that there is an almost vertical escarpment running around the upper portion of the basin, formed of cliffs composed of limestone and the overlying red sandstone. From the bottom of the limestone stratum, or where the more or less shattered and disintegrated white sandstone begins to be seen underneath the limestone cliffs, a great interior fringe of talus commences, which is composed of angular fragments of red sandstone, limestone and gray or white sandstone. This talus slopes at a very low and, for talus representing the effect of weathering, an unusual, or as I think an impossible, angle toward the interior of the plain; but before it reaches the center it disappears under- neath stratified sedimentary material which was undoubtedly deposited “while the interior of the crater was a lake bottom. There are about seventy feet, and perhaps somewhat more in places, of this material, as has been proved by the shafts and drill holes which have penetrated it. It is composed very largely of wind- and water-borne silica or pul- verized sand grains, in which are found numerous fresh-water shells. There are some layers composed almost entirely of microscopic shells, and in some of these sediments there are to be found great numbers of miscroscopic organisms which have silicious skeletons. There has been no opportunity to submit these fresh-water shells and organisms for examination, but it is intended to have this done at an early date. Underneath this sedimentary material there is to be found a more or less compact and unknown quantity of pulverized sandstone (silica), containing here and there angular rock fragments or so-called boulders. The upper portion of this sedimentary material forms, with the over- 5Tt is possible that the cause of this crater may possess considerable historical interest, as explaining the hitherto unexplained fact that throughout this portion of Arizona there are indisputable evidences that the prehistoric civilization ceased abruptly several thousand years ago, according to the necessarily rough estimates of the time which has elapsed. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 869 lying accumulations of soil and wind-blown material and a certain amount of talus which for the greater part has been distributed by torrential action, an almost level central plain in the present visible bottom of the crater. Just how far these lacustrine deposits extend toward the cliffs and underneath the talus, which has been brought to its present position by torrential action, has not yet been determined, but enough is known to state quite positively that they cover the greater portion of the surface of the ancient visible bottom of the crater. As above stated, underneath this sedimentary material there is to be found an incredibly large amount of what has been locally termed silica, and which certainly is due to the pulverization of the sandstone strata and the sand grains composing them. This so-called silica (this name will hereafter be used in referring to this material) is almost free from impurities; several analyses having shown it to contain upwards of 98 and even 99 per cent. SiO, To be properly understood this silica should be examined under a microscope. When so examined it is found to be composed of broken sand grains; some of the minute frag- ments being as large as the half of a sand grain, but the vast majority are very much smaller, and many of the fragments are so small as to be invisible under an ordinary lens. Under a strong glass or microscope they have the general appearance of broken pieces of ice, being of every conceivable shape and almost invariably having very sharp edges, and of course being translucent. Much of this so-called silica is so finely pulverized that no grit can be noticed when it is placed between the teeth, and in fact can be truthfully described as being an impalpable powder. At many places this silica is less finely subdivided than has been described above and is distinctly gritty when placed between the teeth; but at no place has there been found any particle of it which is larger than one of the small sand grains which go to make up the strata in which the crater is found. Without further explanation it can be stated definitely that this silica is nothing more or less than pulverized sandstone. How many million tons of this material there are it would be impossible to estimate. It composes a great part of the enormous rim, over three miles in length measured around the base of the moun- tain, in which the crater is situated. The amount of it within the crater is absolutely unknown; for it has been found by means of drill holes to a depth of more than 850 feet. At places both on the ex- terior of the rim and in the interior of the crater, underneath the sedi- mentary deposits, it is found admixed with a small percentage of lime carbonate, which admixture can of course be readily understood when it is remembered that there is shown in the walls of the crater a calcare- 870 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. ous sandstone (herein referred to as limestone for the sake of conveni- ence) which has a thickness of some 250 to 350 feet. If one digs down through the surface soil a foot or more, almost anywhere on the out- side of the rim, among the angular fragments which have been thrown out of the hole he will come into this silica, and a great number of trenches and several shafts have shown it to continue downward cer- tainly to the solid or rather more or less shattered rock upon which all of the fragmentary material forming the rim rests. One of these shafts, almost at the base of the mountain and near the surrounding plain, is forty-eight feet in depth. However there are, especially on the southern side of the mountain, several dry washes, where this almost snow-white silica has been exposed for hundreds of feet in length and in places to a depth of upwards of ten feet. It is difficult to understand how this exposure could escape the eye of any careful geologist making a circuit of the crater. If noticed by him it would certainly seem that he would have examined it and ascertained its nature. Having done this, it would seem that he would have been impelled to make a few shallow trenches at different places around the crater, in order to determine how much of this material there was. Having then proved it to exist on all sides of the crater in enormous quantities, it would seem to me that he could not have explained its presence in any other way than that which we have adopted; especially in view of the fact of there being so much corroborative evidence of even a more convincing character. Briefly, it seems to me impossible that this silica could be produced by voleanic action, or by a steam explosion, and I assume that it could be produced only by the pulverizing effect of an almost inconceiyably great blow. It should be stated that the silica on the outside of the rim, and to a less extent underneath the sedimentary material in tke bottom of the crater, is plentifully admixed with broken fragments of red sandstone, limestone and white sandstone of all sizes within the limits mentioned and sharply angular shapes. It also should be mentioned that the many cuts and shafts (over fifty in all) which we have caused to be made on the outside of the crater, have shown that the silica carrying with it these broken fragments, especially those of smaller size, has evidently welled out of the crater almost like liquid mud, or perhaps, more accur- ately, like flour when it is poured out of a barrel. It is an interesting fact that it often contains innumerable angular fragments of sandstone in which the grains of sand (some pulverized into silica, some whole and unbroken) are no longer coherent, an effect which we have assumed has been produced by tremendous concussion. It would seem that 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 871 these fragments, before they disintegrated entirely, were caught in the flow of silica and carried gently outward and deposited where they are found at present, surrounded by the almost snow-white silica. As the sandstone is itself often very white, the outline of these fragments is not readily distinguished in the sides of the open cuts, until they have been exposed for some time to the weather. However, it is to be remem- bered that there are in the silica, as far as we have explored it with trenches and shafts, great numbers of perfectly solid coherent sharply angular pieces of sandstone and limestone, as well as of the incoherent fragments. So far as it can be observed the white sandstone stratum, where it is exposed beneath the limestone cliffs inside the crater, is in this same incoherent condition. It is as if it had received a tremendous blow, the concussion from which caused the solid sandstone to disin- tegrate and become almost like compacted sand, since it can in many instances be dug out and crumbled by the fingers. The effect of this has been of course to cause the sandstone stratum at this point to occupy more space thanit previously occupied. The result of this has undoubtedly been the raising of the superimposed limestone and red sandstone strata, causing them to show, when viewed from the interior of the crater, several anticlinal and synclinal folds, and to dip out- wardly from the center of the crater, and in this way assisting in forming the elevation locally known as Coon Mountain, which has already been described. No order is to be observed in the distribution of the angular frag- ments either within or without the crater, excepting that which I have already referred to, that the greatest amount of large limestone frag- ments, which it should be remembered is the most coherent rock of the series and the one which has most successfully resisted disintegration, is to be found almost due east and due west of the center of the crater; and also excepting that at certain places there are to be seen spurts of one kind of solid fragments, for example white sandstone, aggregating in amount thousands of tons, and extending from the rim of the crater almost down to its base. These tongues of fragmentary material, which seem to have been spurted out of the crater with such force as to displace everything which they met, are very interesting; especially those of the white sandstone, some of the fragments of which exhibit very beautiful examples of cross-bedding. ‘The lowest members of the series which was ejected are the red sandstone and the overlying yellow sandstone, small pieces of which are to be found in relatively small quantities on the surface of the southern and southeastern portion of the rim. These are almost 872 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., certainly from the upper portion of the Red Beds already referred to. This brings me to describe more particularly the rim itself. On first examination it would seem that the fragmentary material and silica are almost equally distributed on all sides of the crater. Upon closer examination, however, it is found that there is vastly more of it to the southwest, south and southeast than to the northeast, north and north- west. It also will be observed that the fragmentary material is much more comminuted to the southwest, south and southeast than it is on the opposite sides of the crater. It will also be observed that the limestone cliffs on the interior of the crater are much more shattered to the southwest and south than anywhere else, and the limestone bed itself is raised higher, and to the southeast is to be found the great wedge-shaped piece of the material forming the cliffs and rim, which was turned over and seems to have been near to going out bodily. It will also be observed that the lowest point on the crater is on the north rim, somewhat to the west of a north-and-south line passing through it; and finally the ejected fragments, of ten tons or more in weight, are found distributed over the plain at a greater distance south and south- east of the crater than anywhere else. From all of these facts, the infer- ence is unavoidable that the cause which produced the crater acted with somewhat more violence in a southwest, south and southeast direction than in the opposite direction. It would be possible to extend this description of the crater to a much greater length; but I hope that in the above I have stated most of the salient facts which would impress the careful observer. Now, there are only three conceivable causes for such a tremendous disturb- ance of the horizontal strata at this point, and I will take them up separately. I. An extremely violently acting volcano. This can be set aside as being impossible inasmuch— First: No lava is to be found, or any other volcanic rock, for many miles in any direction. Nor is there to be seen any sulphur, which is found in most volcanic craters of recent origin. Second: I assume that huge fragments of rock, weighing perhaps upwards of fifty tons, could not have been expelled from the crater and deposited a mile or more distant from its center by volcanic action, in the absence of other numerous and indisputable facts to show that a voleano existed at this place. Moreover, any stone which has been hurled from a voleanie crater through the agency of steam is usually of igneous origin. Third: We know absolutely the series of rocks at this point, and this a 5 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 873 series has been described in the first part of this paper. We also know that only the uppermost strata have been hurled out of this hole by some terrific force. Briefly, it would seem to me to be impossible that any geologist carefully examining the region could reach the conclusion that this is a voleanic crater, or in any way produced by volcanie agencies. Il. A steam explosion. This is the theory which seems to have been adopted by the United States Geological Survey to account for this remarkable crater, on the report of one of its members, Mr. Grove Karl Gilbert, and his associates.’ To me it seems incredible that they could have adopted this explanation of the crater and its surrounding phe- nomena, if they had carefully examined the surface as above described, for the following reasons: First: Such a violent paroxysmal outburst of steam as they assume in order to account for Coon Mountain and its crater is, to the best of my knowledge, unrecorded, unless perhaps in connection with some great volcano, and even there its force, I assume, has been, with few excep- tions, less than the force expended here; and in such voleanie manifes- tations there were a number of such explosions, not merely one. Second: The vast amount of steam required to do the amount of work accomplished at this place could only be stored up in regions of present or recent voleanic activity. There is no evidence that this has ever been such a region. Third: As suggested above, it is inconceivable to me that there could have been, even in such a région, much less in a region of undis- turbed stratified rocks, such a single great steam explosion, before which and after which all was quiet. Fourth: I assume that such an explosion would not have produced the beautifully round crater which we have here; and, moreover, it seems certain that the country round about would be seamed for miles with cracks and fissures, perhaps more or less radial, through which in all probability steam would have ascended for many centuries. No- thing of the sort has been found here. It is certain that the crater was made in an instant of time, after which all was as quiet as before. Any one visiting the locality is impressed by the many evidences of this fact. It is also certain that the crater is very recent, compara- tively little or no erosion having taken place since it was made. The evidences of this are to be found on every side. If there had been ®See Thirteenth Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sur., Part I, p. 98, and Fourteenth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Sur., Part I, p. 187. Also Science, N. S., Vol. III, p. 1, and Chamberlin and Salisbury’s Geology (1904), Vol. I, p. 569. 874 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., much erosion, such as must have taken place in order to account for the great amount of talus which is to be observed on the inside of the crater, Supposing it to have accumulated in the usual way, the crater would certainly not be as round as it is. If originally round, it would certainly have been greatly deformed by the process. It could not weather round. It is perfectly clear that this is contrary to any known mode of action of erosion. Therefore it is certain that the talus did not accumulate in the usual way, and that its presence and distribution must be explained on some other theory than that of weathering. This view receives further support from the fact that the very low angle (about twenty degrees from horizontal) which the upper portion of the talus on the interior of the crater makes in its descent from the base of the almost perpendicular cliffs, is a very unusual one. Fifth: Granting that such a single violent steam explosion is not an absurb hypothesis, it would seem that on this hypothesis there would be abundant evidences of solfateric activity within and without the crater, especially in the immediate vicinity; such as redeposited or secondary silica, carbonate of lime and other minerals which are usually deposited by hot spring action. These minerals would cer- tainly be found within the crater and in the eracks which, under this hypothesis, it would seem should be found traversing the horizontal stratified rocks forming the plain on the outside of the crater. Neither the cracks nor the minerals are to be found. In short, there is no evi- dence of any sort at or near this spot of solfateric action. Sixth: If a steam explosion had formed this crater, it is inconceiv- able to me that it would not have thrown up rocks from a greater depth than that represented by the three uppermost strata, together with a very small portion of the upper part of the Red Beds which underlie them. Nothing would seem to be more certain than that the greater portion of these Red Beds and the great Carboniferous series of strata extending thousands of feet under them, as exposed by the Grand Canon of the Colorado, only seventy miles distant, are undisturbed In other words, the series of strata at Coon Mountain have not been disturbed, at least to the extent of being thrown out, for a greater depth than the upper portion of the Red Beds, geologically speaking, or about 1,200 feet more or less—perhaps as ser as 1,300 feet—below the present. surface of the plain. Seventh: A steam explosion I assume could not have pulverized the individual sand grains, as they have been pulverized here, and produced as a result the millions of tons of ‘‘silica’’ which exists on the inside of the crater and on the outside of the rim as already described. It is not AbvpITIONAL ARGUMENT AGAINST THE THEORY OF A STEAM EXPLOSION. Eighth: Even if a steam explosion could have produced the silica dust it would have blown, as Mr. Tilzhman points out (see page 899), such finely divided material high into the atmosphere, after the man- ner of the great Krakatoa explosion in 1883, and a very large portion of this material would certainly have been earried away by air cur- rents and finally deposited far from the crater, instead of in the erater or on the exterior slopes of the mountain immediately sur- rounding it, where finely pulverized material is distributed in enormous quantities in such a manner as to warrant the belief that it and the rock fragments contained in it behaved not unlike a liquid when they were expelled by some force out of the crater. Again, the dust or minute particles or filaments of volcanic glass expelled from the vol- cand of Krakatoa were not only certainly of igneous origin, but when examined under the microscope were in every case found to be more or less round in shape, instead of being sharply angular particles of erystalline quartz, due, as is safely assumed, to the disintegration or rather pulverization of sand grains. — 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. $75 conceivable to me, as I have already stated, that this material could have been produced in the quantities in which we find it in any other way than by a heavy blow. III. The impact of an extra-terrestrial body. I shall attempt now to describe briefly such facts as are evident to any geologist making an examination of the region which furnish strong affirmative evidence that this crater could have been made only by an extra-terrestrial body falling out of space and moving at great speed. Something between ten and fifteen tons of meteoric iron have been shipped away from this locality, most of it going to the various museums of the world. It is a fact, so far as I know, that none of the ‘‘iron shale’’ or magnetic iron oxide, which will be described hereafter, is to be found in any of these museums; why I cannot understand, for the scientific interest which attaches to it is very great. It is probably not generally known that by far the greater portion of the meteoric iron which has been shipped from this locality has been found lying on the plain immediately surrounding the crater, and much of it has been found on the rim itself. At Cafion Diablo a merchant, Mr. F. W. Volz, tells me he has shipped nearly ten tons of this iron, and he also tells me that before he came to the country a merchant from Winslow shipped perhaps half as much. Both of these merchants hired Mexicans to look for iron specimens in the neighborhood of the crater. These men discovered several. pieces weighing from 600 to over 1,000 pounds. Since we have come into possession of the property we have found several thousand pieces, in all something over a ton, of various sized fragments of meteoric iron, the largest weighing as 1 remember 225 pounds, down to pieces weighing much less than an ounce or only a few grains. These meteoric iron specimens (known to the scientific world as the Cafion Diablo siderites) are so well known that I shall not attempt to describe them. The following analysis by Messrs. Booth, Garrett and Blair, of Philadelphia, may be taken as representing the general composition of these irons: Si 0.047;8 0.004; P 0.179; C 0.417; Ni 7.940; Fe 91.396; total 99.983. In the present discussion it is far more interesting to state that they have been found more or less con- centrically distributed around the crater and to an extreme distance, so far as we know, of two and one-half miles from it, a few small speci- mens having been found in Cafion Diablo gorge. It is a remarkable fact that these so-called ‘‘irons’’ (to distinguish them from the so-called ‘“ron shale’’) are very angular in shape, indicating by their fracture that they may have been violently torn off or burned from similar ma- 876 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., terial. Some of them contain holes or cavities which were probably once occupied by nodules of troilite (sulphide of iron). Such nodules are beautifully shown by sawing through some of the larger specimens in the Ward and other collections. When exposed to the action of the atmosphere these have oxidized, leaving the cavities they had occupied. Occasionally some of the specimens have a noticeable amount of iron oxide or shale adhering to them, but as a rule they are very free from this. They are usually covered, however, with a very thin film of iron oxide, which may be easily rubbed off with a wire brush if the specimen has been previously heated. When this is done their appearance would indicate that they may have been torn or burned from presumably similar material. It is a fact worthy of note that so far none of these specimens of meteoric iron have been found at any depth beneath the surface. They are usually lying on the surface or partially or wholly covered by the merely superficial soil, and are distributed, as already stated, more or less concentrically around the crater, most of the small specimens being found, however, to the north and northeast. That there are great numbers of them contained in the thin soil overlying the solid limestone composing the level plain on all sides of the mountain is proven by the fact that we have found several specimens, from seven pounds to twenty-seven pounds in weight, so imbedded in digging a trench for a pipe line from Cafion Diablo gorge to the crater. They have not been found in the numerous cuts or shafts which have been made in the silica. Four of them, weighing three or four pounds each, have been found on the interior of the crater, and, so far as I know, these are the only iron specimens which have been found inside of the crater. These were found above the cliffs already described. Considerable ‘“ron shale’’ has also been found inside the crater, among the talus at the base of the cliffs. I shall propose hereafter a possible explanation of the fact why these irons are found only on the surface. It is also worthy of note, as already stated, that we have found more of the smaller irons, on or in the surface soil, on the north and northeastern portion of the rim than in other places. Now there have been found abundantly distributed around the rim, and especially on and in its northern portion, and nearby on the plain, very large quantities, probably aggregating a ton or more in weight, of magnetic oxide of iron. This is so abundantly distributed over the northern surface of the rim and over the surrounding plain, and is so apparent to the casual observer, that it seems wonderful to me that Mr. Gilbert and his associates did not make any reference ——_— 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 877 to it in their report. It is certainly different from any substance in nature with which I am familiar, and had they taken the trouble to have it analyzed they would have found that the large pieces almost invariably contain nickel (certainly in all the specimens examined) to the same extent, proportionately speaking, as it is found in the Cafion Diablo meteoric iron, from which this magnetic iron oxide was no doubt produced. However, if they had merely broken open some of the larger pieces of this magnetic iron oxide, which it seems to me they could not have failed to see, they would have observed in some of the specimens the characteristic green hydroxide of nickel. The iron oxide was produced, as I assume, by the heat generated from friction while the great iron meteor passed through the earth’s atmosphere. As above stated, it has been determined for us that the larger pieces of this so-called ‘‘iron shale’’ contain invariably iron, nickel, iridium and platinum in the same relative proportion (remembering that two are in the form of oxide while the others are in the metallic state) as they are found in the iron from which this material was separated. In the very minute pieces of shale the nickel has been leached out to a greater or less extent. For the sake of clear- ness and because of the peculiar laminated structure, I shall hereafter refer to this magnetic oxide of iron as ‘‘iron shale,’’ adopting the local name by which it is known. ‘This iron shale is very much more mag- netic than the original metallic meteoric iron, which in some speci mens is only feebly so. It should be stated in this connection that the surface of the sur- rounding country for perhaps several miles, concentrically around the crater, contains minute particles of this iron shale, either in the shape of fragments or as spherules. It is found everywhere in the vicinity of the crater, on the rim and on the outside plain. We have assumed that these small particles once constituted a portion of the great lumin- ous tail of the meteoric body which, in our belief, by its collision with the earth made the crater. Having observed all these things, containing as they do many argu- ments in favor of the theory that this great hole in the plain was pro- duced by the impact of a body falling out of space, and against the theory that it was produced by either volcanic action or by a steam explosion, it naturally suggested itself to us to endeavor to prove absolute synchronism of the two events, namely, the falling of a very great meteor on this particular spot and the formation of this crater. The easiest method of doing this, which at once suggested itself to us, was to have a number of open cuts made through the silica and rock . . 878 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., fragments on the outside of the rim, and to sink a number of shallow shafts through this material, in order to find if possible pieces of the meteor overlaid by and thoroughly admixed with the rock fragments and silica which certainly came from great depths in the adjacent hole. Numbers of these cuts were made before finding the objects of our search, but at last we began to find them and now we have found nearly one hundred pieces of meteoric material, some of them as much as fifty pounds in weight, a number of feet beneath the surface in the silica, overlaid and underlaid in no particular order by the various kinds of rock fragments described above, namely, white sandstone, limestone and red sandstone. In one case that I remember we found a large piece of meteoric oxidized material or ‘‘iron shale’’ about six feet beneath the surface in the silica, directly underneath an angular _ fragment, several feet in diameter, of red sandstone. On the top of this red sandstone was a piece of limestone, and on top of the limestone was a still larger piece of white sandstone. I merely mention this case as it 1s interesting to reflect that the white sandstone comes from a depth of at least about 400 feet below the surface, and yet it is found on top of the red sandstone fragment (the surface rock) and the lime- stone fragment which, when the geological order of the rocks is con- sidered, lie above it. However, the most interesting piece of work in this connection which we have done is to be found in one of the shafts on the rim, which shaft is forty-eight feet deep. In this shaft we found vertically one above the other no less than seven quite large specimens of meteoric material or iron shale; the first one being found twelve feet beneath the surface, and the last one being found twenty-seven feet beneath the surface, underneath a large fragment of red sandstone. These pieces were from a pound to probably thirty pounds in weight. On top of the uppermost specimen, and at varying distances between it and the other specimens found in this shaft, there was the usual ad- mixture of silica, white sandstone fragments, limestone and red sand- stone fragments. On no conceivable theory other than the one which we have adopted can the facts above described be explained.’ I have used the words ‘‘meteoric material’’ because this material is somewhat unlike any which up to that time had been found on the surface. Such material has, however, since been found on the surface, 7Since the above was written Mr. Tilghman has informed me that he has by means of a small magnetic separator found distributed through samples of silica, taken from deposits on the slopes of the rim, an appreciable amount of metallic iron in the form of very minute particles and scales which are covered by mag- netic oxide of iron. These of necessity are meteoric in nature. They have been found by him in silica which was taken from several feet beneath the surface. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 879 several large specimens, one weighing over 200 pounds and others over 100 pounds, having been found nearly a mile west of the crater, and many small ones distributed around it, generally to the northeast, north and northwest. This material is usually roughly globular or oval in shape, the outside having been converted into hydrated oxide of iron, while the interior is usually magnetic oxide of iron, showing when broken open in nearly every instance the green hydroxide of nickel. In a number of instances, however, these so-called ‘‘shale balls’’ (I again adopt the local name) are found to contain a solid iron center. We have some specimens where these iron centers probably weigh as much as twenty to thirty pounds, the total weight of the shale ball being considerably more than this. The magnetic oxide which surrounds the iron center usually presents a more or less lami- nated appearance, and I assume therefore that much of the so-called iron shale found on the surface, as small flat or slightly curved pieces or thick scale, from an inch to six inches in length and from one-sixteenth inch to several inches in thickness, has resulted from the alteration of shale balls, the iron in the great majority of the cases where these were small or were detached from the meteor in the upper atmosphere having had time to be entirely converted into magnetic oxide. There is such a great similarity of appearance that this inference is to me unavoidable, and I have recently noticed that the pieces of laminated magnetic iron oxide are often grouped, especially where they have been found on the outside plain some distance away from the crater, as if a shale ball, or a piece of metallic iron which was once covered by magnetic oxide of iron, had fallen on this spot and the magnetic oxide of iron had been disintegrated, either by the force of the fall or afterwards by ordinary atmospheric agencies.’ It is worthy of note that the flat or slightly curved pieces of iron shale are found, like the iron specimens, only on the surface or in the surface soil, and to date at least have not been found admixed with the silica and rock fragments on the outside of the rim, as the shale balls are frequently found. This brings me to attempt an explanation of the fact that these so-called shale balls are to be found beneath the surface on the outside of the rim, and admixed with the fragmentary material which was certainly expelled from the crater, to a proven depth of twenty-seven feet, and that the angular pieces of meteoric iron have been found up to date onl y on the surface or in the shallow soil which overlies the rock 5 Tt may easily be, however, that pieces of metallic iron were found at some of these spots and taken away by the merchants who made a business of collecting these specimens for sale to museums, ete. See footnote 9. 880 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., fragments and the silica, which forms part of the rim, or on the sur- rounding limestone plain. On April 11, 1904, it was my good fortune to observe, while at Pearce, Arizona, between five and six o’clock in the afternoon, a very briliant meteor. This same meteor was observed at Tucson, Arizona, by Mr. Holsinger, who had been in charge of our exploratory work for some time previous to this. He was at the time over seventy miles distant from Pearce in an air line. It is a source of much regret that the sun was shining at the time, for otherwise the spectacle would have been a most brilliant and instructive one. As it was, however, the meteor was so large and so brilliant that the following facts could be most clearly determined: The head of the meteor was blue-white in color; from this head there seemed to dart from time to time, and almost from the moment the meteor became visible, many jets of bluish-colored light. Behind the meteor was a glorious comet-like tail, the color of which was generally yellow. From behind the meteor and out of this tail there appeared from time to time, and after the meteor had been visible for an appreciable length of time, great flaming drops, not unlike drops of burning tar. These rapidly fell behind the meteor, being distanced by it. In shape they were, generally speaking, some- what like a gourd, with the small ends, which as I remember seemed to bend slightly downward, pointing toward the rapidly receding meteor. I counted as many as five of these drops. Mr. Holsinger thought he saw more than five. Bearing in mind what I have related above, I shall now offer an ex- planation of the difference in distribution of the pieces of metallic meteoric iron and the so-called shale balls, realizing fully, however, that in the first place not enough work has been done to state with positive- ness that no large pieces of iron are to be found in the fragmentary material forming in great part the slopes of the mountain, and in the second place that the explanation which I offer may be proved to be an erroneous one. I am inclined to believe that many of the thousands of pieces of metallic meteoric iron which have been found distributed around Coon Mountain, and which are generally known by the name of the Cafion Diablo siderites, were pieces that were torn loose from the surface of the meteor when it entered the earth’s atmosphere by the violent expansion strains set up because of the intense coldness of the main body of the meteor, which of course was cooled to the temper- ature of outer space, and the intense heat immediately generated upon the entrace of the meteor into the earth’s atmosphere. This would explain the darts of light which Mr. Holsinger and I saw going out of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 881 the front of the meteor above referred to, from almost the instant the meteor became visible. These fragments would naturally soon fall behind the meteor, and in the case which is the subject of this paper probably reached the earth after the collision had taken place and all of the material had been thrown out from the crater produced by the impact. The same would be true of the first ‘‘shale balls’’ to be detached, the origin of which, it seems to me, can be explained as follows. As the front surface became more heated it is possible that fewer of these irons would be thrown off, and almost certain that some of the iron would be melted and would naturally run back to the sides or to the rear surface of the meteor, from which from time to time it would be detached. This burning iron would then drop behind, as in the case of the meteor observed by Mr. Holsinger and myself, and form the shale balls above referred to. On this theory the laminated struc- ture which I have spoken of is possibly due to the fact that the melted iron ran back over the meteor to its rear surface, or at least to its sides, and was detached therefrom in a pasty condition. This would seem to offer an explanation of the five flaming drops which I saw falling be- hind the meteor in April, 1904, and why they were not seen until the meteor had been visible for an appreciable length of time. These shale balls probably continued to drop off from the great Cafion Diablo meteor, referred to in this paper, until the very moment ® Since writing the above it has occurred to the author that the pieces of metallic iron, and the pittings known as “thumb marks” which they show, are due to the very high temperature developed by friction against compressed air in passing through the earth’s atmosphere. Dr. Mallet has confirmed this, and points out that in the case of iron meteorites this temperature would of course bé still fur- ther raised by burning. He has also told me that this is a commonly accepted theory of the cause of these characteristic pittings. The effect of this furious burning, produced by the friction against the compressed air ahead of the flying iron meteor, would probably be to make great irregular cavities or furrows on its surface, as in the case of the 14-ton Willamette meteorite described by Mr. Henry A. Ward in the Proceedings oj the Rochester Academy of Science, Vol. 4, pp. 137-149, plates 13-18. Whether the spaces represented by such cavities or furrows were once partly filled with nodules of troilite is not of importance in this connection. Having this action in mind it can readily be seen how these furrows or cavities in meeting might cause unconsumed pieces of metallic iron to be liberated, which would then fall behind the main body of the meteor and still burning reach the earth after the collision. Not only ‘‘thumb marks’’ but so-called ‘‘ring’’ me- teorites are perfectly explainable on this theory. It receives very strong support from certain iron specimens which have recently been found by us (and since this paper was written) in the trench for the pipe line between Cafion Diablo gorge and the crater. To these specimens when found a large amount of magnetic oxide of iron or iron shale was still firmly attached, and occupied the “thumb mark” pittings on the specimens as well as being adherent to the more or less flat sur- faces. When it is found in the pittings, generally referred to by the term of “thumb marks,” it is distinctly shaly in character and is seen to curve upward from the bottom of the cavity. There is much to recommend this theory, but may there not be truth in both this theory and in the one just mentioned? 57 882 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., of collision. It is very natural, therefore, to conclude that some of them must have been caught before they reached the surface of the earth by the outgoing rock fragments and silica which poured out of the hole at the moment of collision. They were doubtless all burning fiercely at this moment, and would have continued to burn, like those which were detached in the upper atmosphere, until all of the iron was converted into magnetic iron oxide, had enough oxygen been present to produce this result. However, some of them seem to have been smothered out when covered up by the silica and the rock fragments included in it. This would perfectly explain why some of them have iron centers and some of them do not possess this peculiar feature, and why the pieces of iron shale continued to rain down for some mo- ments after the collision. An interesting fact which is perhaps worthy of note is, that these iron centers nearly always show a peculiar exuda- tion of drops of moisture, often colored green, partly perhaps from the presence of nickel. This exudation, Dr. Mallet explains to me, is due to the presence of chloride of iron. It is singular, however, that only one of the pieces of meteoric iron which we haye, one of those which was found in the trench for the pipe line and is referred to in foot- note 9, exhibits this peculiarity, it being confined to the so-called iron centers, which have only been found in the shale balls which were entirely covered and surrounded by silica and rock fragments. During the many visits which I have paid to this remarkable spot, I have made a most thorough search for any other stone than the sand- stone and limestone fragments above described. I have found a number of pieces of flint and some pieces of eruptive rock, but in every case there was every reason to believe they had been brought there by Indians who visited this locality, as many of them were pieces of ‘“matates,’’ in which the Indians and prehistoric inhabitants of this country ground their corn; and especially because most of them were found in the near neighborhood of the Indian ‘‘hogans’’ or camps. I had another object, however, than that of trying to find pieces of igneous or eruptive rock, which was to find if possible some pieces of meteoric stone, on the theory that perhaps the great meteor, which by this time I had become firmly convinced produced this crater, was partly metallic and partly stony in composition; in other words, a siderolite. A most careful search of the country for miles around failed to reveal the shghtest evidence in favor of this theory. None of the pieces of iron, and by this time several thousands of such pieces have been found on all sides of the crater, have attached to them any particle of stone; except indeed where some pieces of iron 1905.] ~ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 883 shale have been found adhering to small fragments of limestone and sandstone, or in one small specimen which I found including them, showing conclusively that this iron oxide was in a liquid or fused state when it fell to the earth. In this specimen there are sealed together, as sealing wax would hold them, three small angular fragments of sandstone, and another piece of iron shale which I have is firmly adher- ent to a piece of limestone, upon which it evidently fell when in a melted condition. The latter specimen shows the green hydroxide of nickel. The result of my careful search has been the conclusion that there is not the slightest evidence in favor of the meteor having been part iron and part stone. It is only fair to state, however, that upon one of my recent visits to the crater, or accurately on June 24, 1905, I found on the surface of the plain, about a mile and a half west of the mountain, a very remarkable aerolite or meteoric stone. This is as different from all the other meteoric specimens which we have examined, which have come from this locality, as one specimen can be from another. It is subangular in shape, having on one side a rather sharply pointed protuberance, with a generally round and smooth surface which is covered by quite a heavy film of oxide of iron. Two corners were broken off when I found it. The fracture exhibited was very fresh, in fact almost as fresh as the fracture produced by me when knocking off a piece of it for analysis, which was made by Mr. H. H. Alexander and is as follows: SiO, 37.32%; Fe 22.30%; Ni 1.65%; Al,O, 2.58%; CaO 2.96%; MgO 23.02%; S 2.34%. See also description and analysis of the stone which will be hereafter published by Dr. Mallet. It has some curious markings, looking as if it possibly had received a blow before it entered the earth’s atmosphere, these markings being covered with the same film of oxide of iron which cover the rest of the aerolite. A comparison of this analysis with the analysis of the Cafon Diablo meteoric iron shows the wide difference between the two, and the fact that it does not contain a trace of platinum or iridium and relatively small percentages of iron and nickel, while every specimen which has been examined of the meteoric iron or iron shale found in this locality contains the first mentioned metals, is very significant and is in favor of the theory that the aerolite or meteoric stone speci- men is not in any way connected with the others. Now comes a story which is at least very interesting, for as a coin- cidence, if such it is, it is very remarkable. Two years ago, about January 15, 1904, while two of our employees at Coon Mountain were watching the camp—we had suspended operations during the winter— 884 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., they were awakened, so they told us, by a loud hissing noise, and look- ing northward saw that the heavens were brilliantly lighted, and while rushing out of their tent saw a meteor fall somewhere north- west of the mountain, between them and the railroad. We paid no especial attention to their story, and supposed that although they might have seen a meteor fall, it had come to the earth, if it came to the earth at all, many miles distant. However, if we have been able to fix the dates correctly, on the same evening, at the same moment, a few minutes before nine o’clock, the hour being fixed by the train schedule, Dr. A. Rounsville, of Williams, and Dr. G. F. Manning, of Flagstaff, Arizona, were travelling to Cafion Diablo station, where Dr. Manning had been called to visit a patient. Just before the train stopped Dr. Rounsville saw from one of the windows, on the south side of the train, a blazing meteor fall in the direction of Coon Mountain. According to Dr. Rounsville’s statement Dr. Manning did not see the meteor fall, but only saw the very brilliant light produced by it. It is very probable that this was the same meteor that was seen by our employees at Coon Mountain. If so it would appear that our two employees saw it from one side, while Drs. Rounsville and Manning saw it from the other, the observers being about 12 miles apart. As accurately as I can determine, it was very near a spot at the intersection of the two lines of sight, a spot which of course they could not locate exactly, that I found the above described meteoric stone—the only one, so Mr. Volz, of Cafion Diablo, tells me, that has ever been found in this locality, and his intimate knowledge of the locality extends for a period of over fifteen years. That a small stony meteor- ite should have fallen on almost exactly the same spot on the earth’s surface as the great Cafion Diablo iron meteorite fell many centuries ago, 1s certainly a most remarkable coincidence. I have stated the facts as accurately as possible, and I have no opinion to offer as to whether or not these involve anything more than a coincidence. I have endeavored to describe in this paper as briefly as possible only such matters as would appeal to a geologist and which have come within my personal observation. Such as they are, after a very careful study of this locality, they do not leave in my mind a scintilla of doubt that this mountain and its crater were produced by the impact of a huge meteorite or small asteroid, and that this fell upon the earth almost vertically, with probably a slight inclination toward the north. As is explained above, the greatest effort seems to have been expended on the southern side of the crater, as evidenced by the walls of the crater itself and by the great amount of material thrown out on the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 885 southern rim, and by the fact that this material is much more com- minuted than similar material elsewhere on the rim, and by the further fact that on this portion of the rim alone do we find fragments of the yellow and red sandstone, which we know to be from the deepest strata of which fragments have been expelled from the crater. This theory is still further borne out by the fact that most of the shale balls and smaller meteoric iron specimens have been found on the northern rim, which position they would occupy if they fell slightly behind the meteor itself, and yielded more than it did to the retarding effect of the earth’s atmosphere and to the force of gravity. In using the words ‘‘northern’’ and ‘‘southern’’ in the above con- nection, I mean by ‘‘northern’’ any direction between northwest and northeast; and by ‘‘southern’’ any direction between southeast and southwest. However, the direction from which the meteor came is a matter which is not as yet susceptible of positive proof and is of prob- ably small importance at this time. To summarize, we believe we have proved the following facts: First. That a great meteor, the whole or at least the outside of which was metallic in nature, did fall to the earth at this locality, and that it was so large that portions of it became fused and were detached. Second. That this great hole in the upper strata of the Aubrey formation was made at the instant of time when this meteor fell upon this exact spot. Having proved these facts, the conclusion is unavoid- able that this hole, which as we have seen cannot have been produced by a volcano or by a steam explosion, was produced by the impact of the meteor, which, even admitting that it retained some large pro- portion of its planetary speed, must have been of great size. Having proved these facts, and having been prevented by wet silica, a material very difficult to penetrate with a shaft, from sink- ing with a horse-whim to a depth of more than 200 feet, we put down a number of drill holes in the hope of finding evidence of the meteor beneath the central plain in the crater, using the ordinary type of rotary well-boring machinery. Several of these drill holes encountered obstructions, at least one (and probably more) of which would seem to be meteoric, inasmuch as a magnet put down at the time was strongly attracted to the obstructing object and brought up from it material which assayed four-tenths of one per cent. of nickel. We were unable to force the drill past this obstruction. In another hole the extreme depth of 1,020 feet was reached. In this, however, over 100 feet of red sandstone (the Red Beds above referred to) was pene- trated. This seemed to be in place and to form the floor of what, 886 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., judging by the results of artillery experiments, we have termed the inner or interior crater, somewhere in which we suppose the wreck of the meteoric body to lie. In all of the holes the material (silica, broken and whole sand grains and some pieces of dense layers of ce- mented material composed largely of carbonate of lime) brought up by the drill from underneath the lacustrine sedimentary formations shows when concentrated many minute fragments of iron shale or minute shale balls which contain an appreciable percentage of nickel, and are therefore doubtless meteoric in nature. It seems certain that much of the nickel has been leached from these fine particles of meteoric material, but not- withstanding this fact they invariably have been found to contain a small fraction of one per cent. of this element, and in other respects are gen- erally similar to the fine particles of iron shale which we have found on the outside of the crater. This evidence, to say the least, is strongly corroborative of, if not absolute proof of, the above theory. To test it still further, however, we are now proceeding to sink with a steam hoist a double compartment shaft in the exact center of the crater. Unless we should be prevented by difficulties which we cannot over- come, this will be sunk to such depths as will demonstrate the existence, aS we suppose in a fragmentary condition and several hundred feet below the central plain, or the non-existence of the extra-terrestrial body which, in my best judgment, produced when it collided with the earth the crater which I have endeavored to describe.’ 10Tt should be borne in mind that this paper treats only of such facts as are of interest to the scientific world, and has no reference whatever to the commercial value of the discovery. a me i eS 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 887 COON BUTTE, ARIZONA. BY BENJAMIN CHEW TILGHMAN. In Central Arizona, situated at approximately longitude 111° 1’ west and latitude 36° 2’ north, about five miles almost due south of Sun- shine Station on the line of the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fé Railroad, is situated the very remarkable eminence known locally by the names of Coon Butte, Coon Mountain and Crater Mountain. This so-called mountain consists of a circular ridge from 130 to 160 feet in height, surrounding an almost circular cup-shaped depression in the earth about 400 feet deep and varying from 3,600 to 3,800 feet in diameter. Viewed from the inside, the crest of the ridge is elevated from 530 to 560 feet above the level of the flat interior plain. The strata penetrated by this hole are, first, from twenty to forty feet of red sandstone; second, about 250 to 350 feet of a yellowish silicious limestone, or possibly more correctly a very calcareous sandstone; third, an unknown depth of a whitish or light gray sandstone, consisting of rather small water-worn grains but weakly attached to each other; fourth, about 80 to 100 feet of brownish sandstone in which it ter- minates. The contact between these latter strata is some 880 feet below the floor of the crater, but there is some reason to think it may not be in place but below its original position. These strata are of late Carboniferous formation, and in the surrounding plain lie perfectly level and conformably with each other. The uppermost, the red sand- stone, being almost removed by erosion and only showing in spots upon the plain in the form of more or less scattered flat-topped red buttes, although it seems to have been nearly or quite continuous over the area now occupied by the interior edge of the crater. These same level strata cover the plain in all directions for many miles. They are cut through by Canon Diablo to a depth of some sixty to seventy feet about two miles to the westward of the crater, and near this gorge are two large earth cracks penetrating the strata to an unknown depth. Immediately around the crater the strata dip outward in all directions from the center of the crater at an angle of about thirty degrees, and are raised from 140 to 180 feet above the normal position. This is the locality in which the Cation Diablo meteoric iron has been found to the 888 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., amount of some ten to fifteen tons, and the question as to whether or not the hypothetical main body of the meteorite formed the crater in question in its impact with the earth has been the subject of numerous speculations and papers, notably by Professor Gilbert, of the United States Geological Survey, and others. The shape and general appear- ance of the crater, together with the absolute and entire absence of all evidence of volcanic action in or around it, manifestly inclined these early observers to decide this question, at least tentatively, in the affirmative, and they regarded the matter as worthy of further investi- gation. In pursuance of this object Professor Gilbert devised what he at the time, regarded as two crucial experiments to determine the presence or absence of a large amount of meteoric iron in the bottom of the crater. These were, first, a topographical survey of the hole and rim by which he made their contents approximately equal, and there- fore gave no room for the presence of the bulk of the very considerable body required to produce such a hole by its impact; and secondly, a magneticsurvey of the locality, which by its negative results was thought to preclude the possibility of the presence of any considerable mass of metallic iron in the vicinity. By these two experiments the question seemed to be authoritatively decided in the negative and the whole matter has remained in abeyance for many years. The author of this present paper, having had his attention called to the matter by his friend Mr. D. M. Barringer, has examined the locality with great care, and with Mr. Barringer has done a considerable amount of development work there, and as a result of the facts disclosed there- by is very strongly of the opinion that the hole and its rim were pro- duced in exactly the way at first supposed by the earlier investigators, and wishes here to bring to notice several points in support of the cor- rectness of this theory which have escaped notice, or at least mention, in the papers of the earlier investigators of this most interesting locality. It is first, however, necessary to criticise the so-called crucial experi- ments of Professor Gilbert, upon the results of which he definitely aban- doned the theory of the meteoric formation of the crater in question, as, if these can be regarded as definitely settling the matter in the nega- tive, there is no use in bringing forward facts looking towards its prob- ability, no matter how plausible they may be. In regard to the first of these crucial experiments, that is, the alleged identical contents of the rim and the hole. In reply to this it can only be said that the author has also made surveys of this locality, and is very sure that the contents of the rim not only does not show the excess over that of the i iin ee ta 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 889 hole that would allow for a large buried meteorite in the latter, but that it is short by many, at least several million, cubic yards of the quantity necessary to fill the hole at all. ‘This, of course, if correct, and of that the author has no doubt, entirely destroys the weight of Professor Gilbert’s reasoning, which was based on the assumed fact that everything ejected from the hole still remained around it. The solution is, of course, that in the time since the impact the rim has been reduced to its present dimensions by erosion, and the reason why it is or was so particularly subject to erosion will be taken up later when the formations of the rim are discussed more in detail. As to the absence of sufficient magnetic perturbation, this is on its face a much more serious objection, as it undoubtedly proves the absence of any one large mass of iron near the locality, whether mag- netized itself or only magnetized by the induction of the earth’s mag- netism, and also the absence of a mass of fragments of a magnetically neutral but magnetically permeable character magnetized by the induc- tive action of the earth. But it would have no bearing whatever as to the presence or absence of a mass of magnetized fragments each having sufficient coercive force of its own to be independent of the earth’s inductive action, to the extent at least of retaining its own proper polarity irrespective of the position in which it is placed in regard to the terrestrial magnetic field. Such a mass of polarized fragments would form a series of closed magnetic circuits with prac- tically no external field whatever. In support of this the following experiment was made. Two little cubes of magnetite about half an inch on one side were taken, which, as nearly as could be observed, had about the same effect on the magnetic needle. The weaker of the two, if there was any difference, was preserved intact, and the stronger was carefully broken up without loss to about the size of coarse sand. These fragments were then packed in a paper case but little larger than the original piece had been. It was found that this had to be approach- ed to within an eighth of an inch of the compass needle to produce the same deflection that the original piece did at eight inches. Not only this, but it was found that one single grain of the sand-like fragments of the pulverized magnetite had more effect upon the compass needle when taken alone than the whole mass of them had when taken to- gether. If the attraction of the mass of fragments of the supposed iron meteorite could be reduced in this proportion to its normal attrac- tion when in a single piece, it might, on Professor Gilbert’s own figures, lie within a very short distance of the surface of the present bottom of the hole. $90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., The only remaining questions in regard to this so-called crucial experiment are: First, could the meteorite be reduced to this condition of physical wreck? and sécond, do the fragments have the necessary inherent magnetism? As to the last requirement, the overwhelming majority of the fragments picked up on the surface, probably ninety- eight per cent., do have this much magnetism, and some much more, and there is no reason to believe that the fragments of the main mass, if there be such, differ much, if any, in this regard from pieces collected on the surface. Now, as to the probability of the shock of the collision breaking up the body of a solid iron meteorite of considerable size to sufficiently small fragments, it can only be submitted that the velocity and shock were enormous, and that it has been shown that ordinary soft iron at the temperature of liquid air is of*about the brittleness of glass under the shock of a blow. Now, as it is practically certain that the body of such a falling mass would be at the actual absolute zero of space be- neath its incandescent exterior, it Seems much more than probable that the result of such a collision would be to reduce the projectile to an extremely fine state of subdivision in comparison with its original size. If these conditions of subdivision and magnetism are present, and it seems much more than probable that they are, the crux of the second crucial experiment is also escaped and we may proceed to consider the question on its merits, as nothing forbids us from allowing the possi- bility that the wreck of a great iron meteorite may underlie the bottom of the crater of Coon Butte. DISTRIBUTION OF IRONS AROUND THE HOLE. The early accounts of the locations of the finds of irons about this locality the author regards as of very doubtful value, for the reason that the great majority of these finds have been made by persons who were engaged in the occupation of selling them to museums and col- lectors, and who naturally did not wish to disclose the source of their supply to others. Also, these previous finds have been principally of large size, big enough in fact to enable them to take quite a divergent trajectory from that of the main mass, and too few to enable any reliable generalization to be drawn from their locations, even if the latter could be regarded as thoroughly reliable. In the last two years the author and men in his and Mr. Barringer’s employ have picked up more than 2,000 such irons, ranging in weight from 200 pounds down to a small fraction of an ounce, and have plotted the position of these finds upon a chart which shows plainly that the ih 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 891 principal locality for such finds is in the shape of a crescent surround- ing the hole and strictly concentric therewith, and embracing its edges from the northwest to the east and having its line of greatest density about midway between these two points. These directions are taken from the center of the hole. The above distribution is by the number of finds regardless of their weight, as that of the scattering outlying finds is as a rule so much greater than that of the nearer finds as to entirely disturb the symmetry of the distribution. Moreover, the dis- position of the smaller irons, which from their irregular forms and light weight could not have been propelled far from the mass from which they separated, is of more importance than that of the larger fragments, which would have more liberty of independent motion. DISTRIBUTION OF MAGNETIC OXIDE OF [RON AROUND THE HOLE. In addition to the irons found around the hole there is a very con- siderable amount of magnetic oxide of iron similarly distributed, the disposition of which does not differ materially from that of the irons themselves. For although it is more generally distributed around the hole and the radius of the area upon which it is found is considerably greater, yet the fragments are arranged in the same general way with the axis of the group, which is also the line of greatest density of their deposition, extending away from the center of the hole in a direction between north and northeast. PRooF OF THE METEORIC ORIGIN OF THE MAGNETIC OxIDE oF IRON. The fact that this magnetite is of meteoric origin is proved from the following facts: First—It is found attached to and in some of the cavities of some of the larger irons. Second—Some of the larger pieces, although not the largest, are found to have centers of metallic meteoric iron. Third—The chemical analysis of the iron and the magnetite show a very close agreement between the proportion of metallic iron and the other metals present in the magnetite and in the meteoric iron. These other metals consist of nickel, cobalt, platinum and iridium, and another metal or metals of the platinum group. Fourth—The mag- netite is fused and massive and at the same time stratified and lami- nated, and in general appearance different from any terrestrial mag- netite known and closely resembles what would be thought, @ priori, to be the appearance of such a product of iron melted and burned on the surface of a great meteorite in its passage through the air. 892 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., IpENTITY IN PosITION OF THE PoINt oF Impact OF THE METEORITE WITH THE CENTER OF THE HOLE, AND IDENTITY IN TIME OF THE FoRMATION OF THE HOLE WITH THE IMPACT OF THE METEORITE. We thus have two different meteoric materials distributed over the rim of the hole and the surrounding plain on areas symmetrical about the same line, which is a line drawn in a north-northeasterly direction from the center of the hole. And also each of these areas closely embraces the hole and there terminates. For, with few exceptions, no iron nor magnetite has been found on the surface within the hole, and these exceptional pieces were found close to the wall. and may have fallen in by ordinary weathering action from the cliffs along with out- side surface material. This brings these meteoric materials into close relation with the hole, which cannot be accidental, as if the shower of meteoric iron and magnetite fell after the formation of the hole, by other agencies, it is inconceivable that the densest portion of the shower of each material should coincide accurately with the north- easterly rim of the hole and yet none fall into it, although scattered individuals of each shower are found around the hole on all sides. Whereas, if the shower occurred before the formation of the hole, it is equally inconceivable that the fallen material could be found most thickly on the surface of the rim, composed of material ejected from the hole. To further assure the absolute identity in point of time of the fall of meteoric material and the formation of the hole, cuts and shafts were made in the débris composing the rim, and up to date over one hundred pieces of meteoric material have been taken from the ground, at distances varying from six inches to twenty-seven feet below the surface, mixed with the,rim material and under large imbedded rocks. In many places it was absolutely impossible, from the slope of the ground and other circumstances, that they could have gotten where found except by simultaneous deposition with the broken material forming the rim. In one shaft seven pieces were found with fifteen feet of vertical depth between the highest and the lowest, which was twenty-seven feet below the surface of the ejected material. THe Rim. This consists, as has been briefly stated before, of a circular ridge of from 130 to 160 feet high closely surrounding the hole. A generalized description of its profile would be somewhat as follows: Beginning at a point on the inside of the hole on a level with the surrounding plain, the surface of the rim consists of the edges of the strata which should CC —————— — ————————— | ~~ ES — 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 893 normally be lying level some 150 feet below the surface. These strata themselves dip downward and outward from the center of the hole at an angle of, on the average, about thirty degrees, although this varies in places from more than vertical or inclining backward to about ten degrees. The strata themselves are crushed and shattered to an extra- ordinary degree, and the surface of the rim slopes upward and outward from the center of the hole at an angle of from fifty to eighty degrees; possibly sixty degrees would describe the general shape better than any other slope. Considering the shattered and disintegrated material of which these cliffs are composed, it is remarkable how little talus has fallen from them. This slope continues up almost to the top of the ridge, although here and there are flat benches in it both at the junction of the yellow limestone and the red sandstone and at partings in the red sandstone itself. From fifteen to forty feet from the top of the ridge on the inside is located the top of the red sandstone, which was the original surface of the plain; at the place of impact and from this point the ridge slopes outward at the ordinary sliding angle of loose materials, somewhat less than forty degrees, to its summit. The sum- mit of the ridge is of necessity a closed ring and is sharply serrated into peaks, and the colls between these serrations do not exceed thirty to forty feet in depth but their slopes are steep, often ten to twenty de- grees. There is a marked low place in the rim, extending over nearly one-sixth of its circumference on its northern side. On the outside no description will suffice for all sides. The greatest amount, by far, of the material thrown out of the hole is found in the southern quarter of its circumference, and here the rim is almost flat on top for a number of yards and then slopes outward at an angle of only seven degrees for some 900 feet, where it ends in a sharp slope of some twenty-five feet high at an angle of some twenty degrees. Beyond this is a thin cover of ejected material and detached and partly buried limestone frag- ments which extend for a considerable distance; some of the latter having been thrown nearly a mile from the edge of the hole. The actual surface of this southern side of the rim consists largely of blown sand, as the winds in the country are strong and storms frequent and their usual direction is from the southwest. On the eastern, northern and western sides the ridge is thin and sharp; in many places not over a yard or so in thickness at the very top and sloping outward very sharply, in places up to thirty deerees, for about half its height, and then more gradually at some five degrees until it joins the plain. The general surface of the outer slope is not at all a smooth cone of the angles above stated, but is cut up into hills and hollows and every 894 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., imaginable subfeature to a very great degree. This is almost entirely due to the irregularity of its deposition, slightly modified later by the action of water. The surface material of the outside of the rim, where it is not covered with blown sand, as on the southern side, is composed of the broken débris of the three strata through which the hole pene- trates, piled together in the utmost confusion and disorder, pieces from all the three strata being thrown together in the most intimate mixture with a slight tendency towards inversion in the order of their deposi- tion. That is, there is rather more of the red sandstone in the deeper portions of the rim than on the surface, while on the surface the lime- stone and white sandstone predominate, with here and there large areas of unmixed white sandstone lying on the surface. In size these fragments vary from huge rocks forty to fifty feet in length and weigh- ing thousands of tons down to impalpable powder and all intermediate sizes, and many of the rocks are so crushed and broken that they barely hold together. And imbedded in the deposits of impalpable powder are many pieces still retaining the form of rocks, still showing the stratification and bedding planes distinctly, but so crushed as to have lost all solidity. These crushed rocks in many cases have been subjected to such pressure that not only is their consistency as rocks destroyed, but even a certain proportion of the sand grains composing them have been utterly destroyed and they can be rubbed between the fingers to a fine powder, the grains of which will average much less than that of the sand grains originally composing the stone. This powder forms a very considerable proportion of the substance of the rim. It is not merely a filling material occupying the interstices between the rocks, as might be a rock pile with fine material water- washed or wind-blown into it until all the crevices were filled up solid. But it occurs in distinct deposits, sometimes alone and entirely free from rock fragments and sometimes mixed with a larger or smaller proportion of rock fragments. When this mixture occurs, the rock fragments are usually so far apart that each rock is entirely surrounded and supported by the powder. Such deposits of powdered rock are often overlaid by a cover of broken rock many feet thick, the individual rocks in places weighing a hundred tons or more. In fact, as far as at present developed, it seems to be a very general feature of the structure of the rim that the lowest materia!, that lying upon the top of the orig- inal surface, is a greater or less depth of this powdered rock, some- times alone and sometimes mixed with rock fragments, and that on this rests and is supported the whole of the detrital cover which constitutes the erest and outer slopes of the rim. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 895 Tue INTERIOR OF THE HOLE. From the point on the level with the exterior plain on the inside of the rim the walls of the hole slope downward and inwa d at a constantly diminishing angle for a distance varying from 50 to 150 feet, in the same formation as above described as the base of the inside of the rim. At this point the rock walls begin to be covered with a rocky talus corre- sponding in all respects with the rocky cover on the exterior of the ridge. For about half the cireumference of the hole the yellow limestone extends downward to the talus, and for the remaining half it exposes more or less of the whitish sandstone below. The white sandstone is a much weaker rock than the yellow limestone, and at their contact it is noticed that the former is much crushed and disintegrated by the pressure exerted by it in lifting the limestone. This stratum of crushed sandstone varies in thickness up to some ten or fifteen feet as a maxi- mum, and in some places, usually immediately below the limestone, it is reduced to a bed of sand grains absolutely unconnected with each other, and in places a small proportion of even the sand grains have been crushed and broken to fragments and powder. The very top of the talus slope is in places at an angle of forty degrees, but usually much flatter down to thirty and twenty-five degrees, this rapidly becoming less and less as it recedes from the cliffs until it is lying at an angle of not more than six degrees at the point where it disappears under the central plain. This central plain is an almost circular area of about 1,800 feet in mean diameter, with a surface gener- ally flat but gently rolling within a limit of fifteen feet, with its lowest point a few feet to the east of the central meridian of the hole and about sixty feet south of the center. Shafts have shown the rocky talus to extend under this central plain at about the same angle that it has above for a distance of at least 400 feet, at which point it is some forty-seven feet below the surface and about twenty feet thick. This talus does not extend entirely across the hole. It is absent at points 50 feet southwest and 200 feet southeast of the center of the hole. Exactly where it terminates is not known. THE SILICA. It is here necessary to describe more minutely the material of the filling of the central plain. This is identical with the impalpably powdered rock referred to briefly above in the description of the rim. This material, of which there are millions of tons in the rim and the bottom of the hole, consists of the rock of the strata concerned reduced 896 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., to an extreme state of subdivision. It seems to have been produced principally from the white sandstone, for it is mostly as white as snow and consists of over ninety-nine per cent. silica, although here and there small areas or deposits will be of a slightly yellowish color from the yellow limestone and contain a little carbonate of lime, although this has to a great extent been leached out of it, and much more rarely of a reddish color, either stained by or produced from the top stratum of red sandstone. Under the microscope it is seen to consist of minute fragments of clear transparent quartz with edges and points of extreme sharpness, and no signs of any wearing or rounding are anywhere visible upon its particles. In some areas the material is composed of this material exclusively and it gives no internal evidence of the man- ner of its production. But in other localities it can be found contain- ing a greater or less percentage of broken sand grains among it which have escaped being crushed out of all recognizable shape. A continu- ous series of material can be found containing more and more broken sand grains and less and less silica (as we have gotten to call the impal- pable powder, for want of a better short descriptive name), and then more and more unbroken sand grains, and then little bunches of sand grains still adhering together, and so on up to the solid sandstone rock. Its general microscopic appearance is identical with that of a handful of glass fragments produced by a blow. It cannot be quite imitated by grinding the sand grains in a mortar, as the edges and points of the powder thus produced are more blunted and rounder and broken than those of the silica. But it is very closely duplicated by the finest powder produced by firing a high power rifle bullet against a block of the sandstone. Tue InrTerIoR oF THE HOLE (RESUMED). In the central area over which the talus does not extend, the line of the original surface upon which the talus was deposited, and on which the subsequent filling, which now covers this and also a portion of the talus, was deposited, can be very readily recognized. All the material lying above the talus, and above this surface, is horizontally stratified and contains organic remains, such as small shells and no (or but very few and small) rock fragments, while that below this line has no trace of stratification nor of organic remains and contains many rock frag- ments. In one shaft a beautiful series of rock fragments was observed about twenty feet thick and about twenty feet below the talus, in which the natural order of the rock in place was exactly reversed ; that is, the red sandstone was deepest and the yellow limestone and whitish sand- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 897 stone in that order above it. This series naturally suggested the idea that the surface stratum, having received the blow and started on its aerial flight first when the hole was formed, finished its journey first and was consequently deepest imbedded in the silica which was in process of filling the hole made during the flight of these rocks in the air. Almost immediately after the fall of the last of this series—which must have fallen directly in place as found and which is comparatively rare, as the rocks expelled from the hole had usually (apparently) a greater outward radial component in the direction of their flight—came the rush of talus rocks, which fell in masses on the funnel-shaped cliffs surrounding the hole and forming the interior of the rim, and rushing inward covered the surface of the bottom of the hole to a consider- able distance from the foot of the clifis, in fact probably all except a small area of 300 or 400 feet in diameter in the center. Then, during minutes and hours, settled down over everything about the locality the dense cloud of dust to the depth of many feet. This dust, being the finer portions of the silica above described, was then washed into the center of the hole, filling it in some places a hundred feet deep. This was apparently done by successive wet seasons for many years, during which time, at least in the rainy season, a shallow lake occupied the bottom of the hole; over the bottom of which the sediments were distributed in yearly level strata by wave action. The presence of the rare stone fragments in these sediments and the few now on the surface of the interior plain, far beyond any possible place to which they could have rolled if detached and falling from the cliffs, is difficult of explanation unless it be due to a frozen condition of the central lake, on the surface of which these rocks (and they have not been observed of large size) could slide and on which a very slight initial velocity would take them to their present position, to be there deposited upon the melting of the ice. Ten to fourteen inches of ice was formed on the open water in reservoirs in this locality during the last winter. No very exact estimate of the amount of this silica dust washed down from the sides of the hole can be made, as the shape of the original bottom of the hole is unknown. It is irregular and in places the sedi- menis are 100 feet thick, and it covers an area of about 1,800 feet in diameter. Moreover, it evidently fills the interstices of the talus of unknown thickness extending over a much greater area. It can only be said that it is a very large amount, many million tons. It probably covered all of the exterior of the rim to an equal or greater depth, all of which is gone. In fact it seems extremely probable that the rock cover of the rim, which is now its most prominent feature, on the sur- 53 898 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., face of which both rocks and meteoric material are much more frequent than in the substance of the rim below, is itself a concentration of material like the present rim, below the rock cover, of mixed silica powder and rock, from which the silica powder has been washed away until the accumulated rock cover, and probably the decreasing rainfall of the country, has preserved the rim now remaining beneath this rock cover in its present form. Also, upon the accident as to whether or not there was a strong wind blowing at the time of the formation of the hole would determine whether or not a great portion of the fine powder produced ever settled on or around the rim at all. Hence, in the opin- ion of the author, the deficiency in the contents of the present rim to fill the existing hole, and this fact is also a valid objection to the use of their comparative bulks as having any bearing whatever upon the probability of the wreck of the great meteorite lying beneath the bot- tom of the hole. Tue Traces OF THE LumMiINOoUS TAIL OF THE GREAT METEOR. Tt occurred to the author that if the meteoric theory of the formation of this crater was correct, such a projectile falling through the atmo- sphere at the requisite speed must have been surrounded by the usual luminous tail always accompanying such objects. And that as no me- teoric material except nickel-iron and magnetite containing nickel had been found in the vicinity, it was a fair deduction that the surface of such meteorite, if it ever existed, was of nickel-iron, and that the lu- minous tail in such case must have consisted of atomized particles of incandescent magnetite. Pursuant to this idea a search for this mate- rial was made with magnets about the locality, and it was found that its presence was absolutely universal over the whole locality inside the hole and out for as far as observed, somewhat over two miles from the hole. It consists of a blackish-gray rather fine-grained powder, strongly attractable by the magnet, crystalline in structure, but not at all so in shape, being in small torn irregular masses with generally intensely fine grains of silica powder adhering so firmly to its surface as to sug- gest adhesion while in a state of fusion. Of very rare occurrence among it are absolutely round balls with a fused polished surface like intensely fine shot. These, it is supposed, have had time to solidify in the vacuum behind the flying meteor free from the fierce rush of air that had solidified the usual grain in any shape whatever, and they were enabled thus to assume the usual shape of liquid drops. With considerable labor enough of these particles were collected for analysis, and they were found to contain nickel in but little less as 3 eee Sy as eee OE EEE 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 899 proportion to their iron than found in the irons themselves and in the larger pieces of magnetite. This is not a usual substance and, so far as known, is not a constituent of any of the rocks in the neighborhood of the area anywhere adjacent to the same. On THe Fine Sinica PowpER UNDER THE BASE OF THE RIM. The meteoric theory of the formation of this hole being thought untenable by some previous investigators and the ordinary volcanic action being absent, there has been invoked, to account for its formation, the theory of a single steam explosion, and in fact this theory has been elaborated so far as to try to imagine a state of stress produced by steam which was set off by the blow of a small falling meteorite, much in the same manner that a percussion cap discharges a gun. This was evolved to account for the simultaneous deposition of the meteoric material and the rim. This has been urged in spite of the fact that during the time that the local heat had been increasing in the wet strata there would have inevitably been hot spring action, and that the same thing would have occurred long after the relief of the explosion, and that the traces of this action would have been but little, if any, less evident than those of ordinary voleanic action and are nevertheless totally absent. Yet there is one fact obvious to all observers to-day, to which the author desires to call attention, which makes any such theory of the explosive formation of the hole utterly impossible. This is the fact that the rim is generally founded upon a more or less deep layer of fine silica powder. There is no doubt that the rock fragments forming the rim were all deposited within a few seconds after the hole was made. The great majority were propelled too short a horizontal distance to have had a long trajectory in the air. Now if they had been propelled by a compressed elastic medium, it is evident that on the explosion these compressed gases would have instantly assumed a much higher velocity than the heavy rock particles to which they were imparting velocity and, sweeping by them, would have carried with them every particle of silica powder which had been made by the crushing and yielding of the strata to the strain, and the rocks of the rim would cer- tainly and necessarily have fallen on the bare upturned stratum which had previously formed the surface of the ground around the edge of the hole. To account for the presence of this silica powder on the theory that the hole was formed by a great projectile requires a short preliminary study as to the yielding of hard, brittle and practically incompressible material before a projectile or other blow or even quiet pressure, for the method is much the same in both cases. Briefly, the 900 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., way in which such substances yield to either a pressure or blow in excess of their power of resistance is, that a cone of material with an apex angle of about ninety degrees is compressed downward into the solid mass of the material from the point of impact. This cone parts from the overlying material, crushes into powder under the force of the pressure or blow, and this powder being still further compressed transmits the pressure upon it in all directions, somewhat like a fluid, although not equally in all directions. The pressure thus gen- erated in the very substance of the material seeks relief and forces a yielding of the solid material around it, which, of course, occurs along the line of least resistance, and bursts the surface upward and outward into a cone-shaped crater around the point of impact or pressure, the angle of which depends largely upon the nature of the material. With ordinary stone this is usually about thirty degrees, but always must be less than forty-five degrees, which is its limit. This crater-like cone is small at first and remains so for weak impacts or small pressures, but if these are greater the process is continued by the formation of larger cones of compressed powder, deeper in the body of the material, which relieve themselves by bursting up wider craters, until the force of the pressure or impact is no longer able to continue the process and the penetration ceases. Thus the depth of the crater always bears a definite relation to its width, and in large impacts it is found that the crater is always surrounded by a cone of cracked and shattered material, which would have been the next material to be expelled if the energy of the blow had been sufficiently great to accomplish this. _ The bearing of this upon the formation of a rim composed in part of fine powder is as follows. The broken rocks and débris that are ex- pelled from the hole get their velocity imparted to them by the push of an inelastic powder behind them and not by a compressed elastic gas, and thus when both rock fragments and powder have progressed far enough to free themselves from the pressure of the penetrating projectile they fly on together, mixed powder and rocks, at the same velocity. This powder is not dust in the ordinary acceptation of the word, as fine powder mixed with a large quantity of air which takes a long time to settle out, but is almost unmixed with air in solid masses, particle to particle, like flour in a barrel, so to speak, which masses obey the laws of projectiles and falling bodies, irrespective of the ex- ceedingly minute particles of which they are formed, and are thus de- posited in the rim in mixture with and under and over the solid rock masses which accompanied it in its flight, and as quickly ; and the powder having started under the rock masses, there is a strong tendency for con- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 901 siderable amounts to remain under them on the final deposition of the mixed masses of material in the rim of the hole after their expulsion. Tun CrusHED SANDSTONE AT Its Upper Conract WITH THE LIME- STONE AND THE SHATTERED CLIFFS AROUND THE HOLE. The author desires particularly to call attention to these features of the walls surrounding the hole. It is very distinctly marked. It is ungestionably due to excessive pressure. If this cone and crater are due to any form of voleanie action, it is difficult to see how this crush- ing occurred. The sandstone is amply strong to carry its over-burden without crushing; in fact before the general erosion of this country it probably carried many hundreds or thousands feet more without crush- ing and pressure from above or below as equal in its crushing effects. Then suppose pressure to gradually accumulate and the overlying strata to bulge up into the dome of which the present cone is the base; there could be accumulated but little excess of pressure to crush the sandstone during this rise, as it would be as free to go up under the weight of its overlying strata as it was to support them quiescent, for such motion would be very slow. Then comes the giving way and the explosion, and the result to the remaining rock left around the hole is a relief from pressure and not an increase of it: It is difficult under any of these conditions to imagine any force tending to crush this sandstone and shatter the surrounding walls in the manner that they are shown to-day. It is difficult to discuss the steam explosion theory, for the reason that nobody has ever seen one or known with certainty of any such action, except the blowing off of the tops or sides of ordinary volcanoes in activity in this manner, which is as different as possible in its effects from the so-called maars. There are a lot of holes, not very uniform nor congruous among themselves, which, for want of a better explanation of their formation, have been ascribed to this source, and to which class Coon Butte has been assigned by Prof. Gilbert, as the result of his investigations. This crushing of strata and shattering the walls is, however, the direct and obvious result of the blow of a great projectile. There is almost instantaneously generated an overwhelming pressure deep down in the rocks, tending to lift the surrounding strata at 1,000 or more feet persecond. The great weight and inertia of these strata oppose an enormous obstacle to this sudden movement, and the crushing strains developed crush up the weakest rock until the necessary yielding and velocity have been imparted to the overlying strata. The shattered cliffs and upraised rim show the rock started from its position and in partial transition from the hole, from which it would have been 902 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec., expelled entirely had the blow been a little harder. In this case, how- ever, another rim of crushed and shattered rocks would haye been upraised around the enlarged hole. CoMPARISON OF THE CRATER WITH THOSE PRODUCED BY LESSER PROJECTILES. The craters formed by the impact of various small projectiles, mostly of soft materials and at low velocities, have been studied in connec- tion with the formation shown in this locality by others, notably by Professor Gilbert, and the forms shown to bear a rather close resem- blance to the crater of Coon Butte and itsrim. Continuing these com- parisons, however, to more violent impacts of heavier bodies at higher velocities, a still closer parallel is noticed. The material for such comparisons is furnished by the investigations of the several more ad- vanced military nations upon the effects of the impact of round shot on masonry and solid rock. These investigations were undertaken about sixty to seventy years ago, with the object of ascertaining the best effects of the ordnance of that day in the breaching of walls, ete., in bombardments. The general result was to establish the fact that the impact of the projectile produced a comparatively shallow crater of conical form about five times the diameter of the projectile, termi- nating in an almost cylindrical hole some one and a half to twice the diameter of the projectile within which the projectile or its wreck was deposited. This hole was surrounded by a cone of broken and shattered material which started at or below the bottom of the cylin- drical hole and enveloped the actual cavity. The depth in solid lime- stone and sandstone, at velocities at which the best cast iron shot would break up, and estimated, from the powder charges used, to be somewhere about 1,800 feet per second, was a fraction under two diameters of the projectile used. The depth was observed to increase much more slowly than the velocity of the shot, and more slowly still after the velocities at which the shot would break up had been attained. The author has observed from direct experiment that the crater still retains its round form even when the impact of the projectile is as far removed from the vertical as twenty degrees; the only noticeable effect being the greater shattering of the side of the crater against which the angle of impact causes the projectile to bear with most pressure in its penetration. These experiments were made with a high power, small-bore rifle, having an initial velocity of about 2,300 feet per second. : ? 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 903 CONFIRMATORY EVIDENCE OBTAINED BY DEEPER EXPLORATION INSIDE CRATER. As, in the judgment of the author and Mr. Barringer, the outside indications all agreed with the theory that the crater had been pro- duced by the impact of a great meteor, it was determined to explore the interior for additional confirmation of this fact and also to endeavor to reach the main mass of such meteor. In pursuance of this object five small prospecting shafts have been put down of depths varying from 30 to 200 feet, and also five bore holes from 305 to 1,003 feet in depth. Although none of these has struck the main body of the meteor, ample confirmatory evidence of the theory of the meteoric formation of this hole has been obtained. Rock in place in the bottom of the hole has been struck, in the opinion of the author, in two places. First, in shaft No. 2,510 feet from the center of the hole, in a direction fifteen degrees north of east from the said center and at a depth of 147 feet; and secondly, in bore hole No. 5, at a distance of 250 feet southeast of said center, at a depth of 890 feet. The shaft penetrated the rock in place fifty-three feet and the bore hole 113 feet. In the shaft the rock, while undoubtedly in place, had been so crushed and disintegrated that its substance was that of a bed of loose sand. But the planes and marks of stratification were complete and unbroken and showed an upturning of the crushed, pre- viously level strata to an angle of about forty-five degrees in a direction away from a point slightly north of the center of the hole. In other words, this rock in place dipped downward and outward, closely corre- sponding to the rock exposed in the walls of the crater above, but was much more shattered and disintegrated. The rock in place, penetrated by the drill hole, could be distinguished only by its hardness, and, of course, its condition could not be examined. In both cases the rock was sedimentary sandstone without any sign of heat action whatever, either volcanic or by the action of hot water. The general description of the filling material in the deeper portions of the hole is as follows: For a distance of 60 to 100 feet from the present bottom of the crater, about its center, the hole is filled with sedimentary material evidently deposited in the bottom of shallow water. It is stratified horizontally, as though the sediments had been washed down from the surrounding walls, either by successive wet seasons or successive violent rain storms, and has been deposited in approximately level sheets by wave action in shallow water. This stratified material is full of small shells of various kinds, and contains 904 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., a number of hard level strata a few inches in depth running through it, as though at times the water had disappeared and the sediments had become baked and indurated by exposure to the sun. Around the sides of the crater this sedimentary filling is much shallower, and its bottom is marked by a bed of broken rock talus which extends out- ward from the edge of the central plain, dipping towards the center at about six or seven degrees. How far this talus extends is unknown, but at 400 feet from the edge of the central plain it is forty-seven feet beneath the surface and about twenty feet thick. In the neighbor- hood of the center of the hole this sheet of broken rock does not exist over an undetermined area, in which the sedimentary deposit was con- siderably deeper than around the edges to the depth above noted. Below the sedimentary deposits in this central area, and underneath the talus elsewhere, the crater is filled with powdered rock of an almost impalpable fineness. In some places this is snow-white and contains over 99.5 per cent. silica. Elsewhere it is of a slightly yellowish tinge, and in places is cemented together by redeposited carbonate of lime. Down to 300 feet below the interior plain there is no change in this material. Through it is scattered sparingly fragments, more or less shattered, of the three strata penetrated by the hole, namely, red sand- stone, yellow limestone and white sandstone. There is no order of their deposition, but the three materials are mixed indiscriminately. In shaft No. 2, however, at a depth of sixty-seven feet, there is a series of boulders, scattered rather thickly through the powdered silica for about twenty-five feet in depth, in which the natural order of occurrence of the rocks is exactly inverted. That is, fragments of the surface red sandstone are the deepest, above which come fragments of the middle strata of yellow limestone and at the top are situated fragments of the deepest strata of white sandstone. This formation suggests the idea of the surface material, having first received the impact of the meteorite, started first on its aerial flight, followed by the lower materials in turn as they were reached, and retained this order when falling back into the hole as it was being filled up. In the central portions of the hole, below 300 feet, the proportion of broken and unbroken sand grains among the powdered silica begins to increase perceptibly, and slightly below this point meteoric material, of a character which will be described below, begins to be noticeable. The filling material continues to get coarser and coarser and contains more and more meteoric material with the increasing depth until the 500-foot level is reached. This point is 900 feet below the former level of the rocky plain at this point and about 1,100 feet below the crest of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 905 the rim at its highest point. At the 500-foot level there is but little powdered silica; the material is mostly of broken and unbroken sand grains. Below this point the powdered rock is again met with which is very fine. It is almost, but not quite, as fine as at the surface. This change occurs quite suddenly and is accompanied with a progressive searcity of meteoric material which is completely absent at 550 feet. From this point down there is again a gradual increase in whole and broken sand grains contained in the material, and at 860 feet it changes color quite suddenly to a reddish-brown sand, which at 890 feet, from the sudden change in hardness and the difficulty of drilling, is almost certainly rock in place. This continues to the fartherest point reached, namely, 1,003 feet below the level of the interior plain. It is submitted that, regardless of the fact of whether or not the last 100 feet is solid rock or not, that the material penetrated for the last 150 feet must be rock in place; for this reason: The change from white sand to reddish-brown sand is quite marked and sudden, and if this material had been stirred up by the passage of any projectile through it, it would have been so mixed as to be indistinguishable, or at any rate would certainly not have had a definite boundary line between the two materials. For 180 feet below the surface of the plain the filling material is absolutely dry. At this point dampness is perceptible, which increases with the depth until at 200 feet the material is nearly saturated with water; which fact determined the stoppage of the shafts at this point and the use of well-drilling apparatus for the deeper explorations. Merroric MaTertaL FounD IN THE LowrErR PorTIONS OF THE HOLE. The meteoric material found, mixed with filling material, in the hole from the 300- to 500-foot levels is of the following kinds: First, mag- netite in the form of scales, closely resembling hammer slag produced by a blacksmith in welding and forging iron. These films occur in varying proportions among the sand. Second, of more sparing occur- rence are small particles of brownish magnetite, resembling that picked up on the surface. Third, sand grains wholly or partially coated with magnetite and small bunches of sand grains cemented together with magnetite. The first and third forms have undoubtedly solidified from a state of fusion; the first alone, and the latter when the fused magnetite came in contact with one or more grains of the sand. The appearance of this last form under the microscope is precisely that of broken stone smeared with, and cemented together by, such a fused material as asphalt when prepared for the foundation of an asphalt street. Second, 906 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., silicate of iron in forms exactly duplicating the first and third forms of the magnetite above specified; that is, in films and adhering to sand grains. This material was at first thought to be magnetite on account of its exact similarity in appearance, except that it was of rather a darker color. But it was distinguished from magnetite by observing its almost complete indifference to the magnet. Analysis confirms this fact, and these blackish scales leave a snow-white skeleton of gela- tinous silica of the shape and size of the original fragment on prolonged boiling in hydrochloric acid. It is supposed that this material was formed when the fused mag- netite and silica from the powdered rock were mixed together at a heat sufficient to cause combination. Both these forms contain but a very small proportion of nickel, and as they both occur below the water level in the silica it is probable that the greater portion of the nickel has been leached out of them, on account of the greater solubility of the nickel oxide and the extreme fineness of subdivision of the material. Third, there has been found among the filling material in a few localities, but much more sparingly than the magnetite or the silicate of iron, small round globules of metallic iron surrounded by an envelope of magnetite. These small globules range from one-twenty-fifth to one- fiftieth of an inch in diameter. While it is conceivable that silicate of iron and magnetite might occur in the wreck of terrestrial strata of the character found in this locality, it is extremely improbable, because there is no trace of any of this material in the unpulverized rock form- ing the strata in question. But it is absolutely inconceivable that these little metallic spheres with their coating of magnetite could exist in any sedimentary strata, such as alone occur in this locality. Small particles of terrestrial metallic iron have, as is well known, been found in certain localities, but not in rock of this nature. And they could not have resisted complete oxidation if the original rock in which they were found had been weathered away and its material subsequently formed into sandstone. Moreover, if they had resisted such complete oxidation, the coating which would form around them would be ordi- nary hydrated sesquioxide of iron and could not be magnetite. And also such metallic iron as has been found in terrestrial strata has always been found in strongly basic rocks. Whereas the rocks in this locality are extremely acid, in fact almost pure silica. Two other remarkable phenomena have been noted in the water pumped from these bore holes. This water is clear and without taste or odor, but it contains a small amount of flocculent gelatinous silica floating init. Also in several places, and it was noted that these places 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 907 were at the levels at which most of the other meteoric material was found, the first water drawn from the hole in the morning, after stand- ing over night, was found to contain a very considerable amount of dingy green protoxide of iron suspended in it, which upon exposure to the air rapidly oxidized and became converted into a reddish-brown hydrated sesquioxide. The only explanation that can be offered for these phenomena is that, probably, the extremely thin films of silicate of iron have had their iron dissolved by long immersion in water con- taining carbonic acid, leaving their gelatinous silica skeletons suspended in the water, and that the solution of carbonate of iron may later have lost its carbonic acid in some way, possibly by absorption by lime from the limestone strata, and precipitated out of the protoxide of iron which remains in suspension in the water. It has also been noted that from the deeper portions of the hole, below 600 feet, where the meteoric material has not been found, that the sand itself showed a very minute trace of nickel, which has probably come from the leached meteoric material above it. THe PosstBLE ENCOUNTER OF LARGER Mertrroric MATERIAL. The small prospecting shafts above referred to were stopped by water at 200 feet before penetrating to levels at which later explora- tions showed the meteoric material was to be encountered. This stoppage was caused by their small size and their light timbering, which 1Since this article was written, the author has discovered the presence of a small amount of very finely divided metallic iron among the silica. This has been found, so far, in every sample examined, from the north and south rims as well as from the filling of the central plain. It varies in amount, but its propor- tion is extremely small. The largest amount has been found among the silica from the filling of the crater, where it exists to the proportion of nearly a quarter of an ounce to the ton. From the north and south rims the amount is less in the order stated; from the south rim it does not amount to a twentieth as much as from the interior of the crater. This metallic iron was detected, separated and estimated as follows: The silica was passed through a magnetic separator and a very small amount of mag- netic material of a dark color collected and weighed. A weighed portion of this was carefully ground in an agate mortar, wet and the finely powdered material washed away from time to time until the material was reduced to about one- tenth of its original bulk. In this residue, by the use of a glass, could be ob- served a great number of bright, white, shining metallic scales and spangles. They were strongly influenced by a magnet. A solution of copper sulphate was then poured over this residue and the bright white spangles were observed to turn dull red-copper color at once. The finer portions were then observed to be indifferent to the magnet, although the larger ones were still attracted. On prolonged treatment all became indifferent to the magnet. The residue was then washed and the copper in it determined, there being none in it before treatment. As a check the iron was determined in the copper sulphate solu- tion used and wash waters, the solution being pure. Distinct traces of nickel were also observed in this material. 908 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., rendered them unfit to penetrate strata in which pressure tending to crush them would be encountered. The five bore holes were all put down within a very small area. Their object was to find out how far down this hole extends. This object was attained by the fifth alone. Three of the previous holes were stopped by encountering substances which, although not determined with certainty, were in all probability larger fragments of the great meteor. The first was found in bore hole No. 1 under the following circumstances: This hole had been put down about 300 feet, being four inches in diameter, when the piping stuck, and a two and one-half inch pipe was then put down to 420 feet and there stuck. A one and one-fourth inch pipe had been put down 630 feet and withdrawn owing to a change in drillers. The hole thus remained idle for some ten days. On resuming work it was found to be filled up to about 380 feet, that is to about forty feet above the end of the two and one-half inch casing. When the drilling was resumed the small pipe very rapidly cleared out the casing and the hole below until it arrived at 480 feet, where it encountered an obstacle that could not be penetrated, although the hole had previously been 150 feet deeper. Against this obstacle the drill was kept rotating two days. It was so hard that it was penetrated less than two inches and would dull the drills almost immediately. It was while rotating upon this obstacle that brown magnetite, resembling that found upon the surface, was gotten from the hole and also the greater number of little iron spheres with magnetite coverings. The obstacle proved impossible to penetrate, and it was attempted to remove it by jetting large quanti- ties of water and also dropping the bit upon it as hard as could be done with so small and weak a line of pipe as one and one-fourth inch, and by this means it was after a long time forced down nearly a foot, thus proving that it was a comparatively small object. As it was impos- sible to get through it or around it, this hole was then abandoned. The one solution of this matter can be that the hole passed very close to a small fragment of meteoric iron or magnetite when it was first put down, and that the subsequent washing of water through the hole had loosened up this object, which subsequently, by the caving of the hole, slid across it and effectually stopped further progress. The next hole, No. 2, was stopped in much the same manner by an obstacle of apparently the same character at 300 feet. This hole was, however, using a four-inch pipe, and on this account and its less depth the object was much more accessible. Much less magnetite and other meteoric material was obtained from this obstacle than from that in No. 1. It wore out the tempered steel drills in the same way. A drill with chisel edge was 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 909 then put in and the strong and heavy pipe line, weighing about 3,500 pounds, was then dropped on this obstruction a great number of times. It was driven a very small fraction of an inch each time, possibly between two and one-half and three inches in all. The pipe line was dropped about eight feet each time, which was as much as it would stand without collapsing. And each time the drill struck the obstrue- tion it would ring with a clear metallic sound and rebound some eigh- teen inches to two feet. This was almost certain proof of the metallic nature of the obstacle, as stone would have crushed and given a dead impact without appreciable rebound. A small magnet of about half pound in weight was then lowered down the hole on the end of astring. This magnet repeatedly attached itself to the sides of the iron casing in going down, so that ample oppor- tunity was offered to feel the pull necessary to detach it from adhering by its own magnetism to a piece of unmagnetized iron. ‘The pipe casing during this trial was lifted some fifteen to twenty feet above the ob- struction. When the magnet passed below the end of the pipe casing it descended perfectly free until it reached the bottom, where it attached itself very firmly to whatever object obstructed the hole, and required a pull of several times as much force to detach it as was necessary to detach it from adhering to the pipe casing at nearly the same depth, and consequently with nearly the same weight of line supporting it. This was repeated many times and there was no doubt about the facts as stated. It was then endeavored to get an impression of the bottom of the hole, but suitable material was not at hand and the impression was not very satisfactory, although it seemed to show a flat bottom to the hole with a crack about one and one-fourth inches wide and of unknown depth with roughly parallel edges across the bottom of the hole. This shape was not like anything observed on any of the surface irons, but was less like what might be expected in a rock boulder. This crack caught the drills and made it almost impossible to rotate upon this obstruction. The magnet brought up a small quantity of iron chips, some of which were undoubtedly from the pipe, having been cut from it by the machinery for rotating it, but others seemed of different nature and fracture from either pipe chips or the steel of the drill, which, moreover, had not lost material of this size and shape. They were thought to be meteoric iron. On analysis the mixed me- tallic iron gave .4 per cent. of nickel. As the greater proportion of this iron was undoubtedly composed of pipe chips, free from nickel, this was thought to be strongly confirmatory of the probability of the fact that the doubtful material was actually meteoric iron. 910 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.. The pipe was then withdrawn and three sticks of No. 1 dynamite put down into the hole, in contact with this obstruction, and there exploded. This explosion, which would have certainly shattered any boulder small enough to have been driven by the pipe line even in the open air and much more so under 100 feet of water tamping, had no effect whatever upon the obstruction, except to drive it downward about two inches; and when the pipe was put back into the hole and again dropped on the obstruction it still bounced and rang as before. This hole was then abandoned. Hole No. 4 encountered an obstacle of this kind at about 400 feet which threatened to stop the hole. But from the wear of the drills it was suspected that the obstacle did not cut off all of the hole, and it was found that a two and one-half inch pipe would pass this obstruction which had stopped a four-inch pipe, and this hole was continued down to 600 feet where it was lost for other causes. The last hole, No. 5, did not encounter any such obstacle and was the only one which attained the object of all of them, namely, to find if possible the bottom of the hole. This object having been attained and the five prospecting bore holes proving exceedingly tedi- ous and expensive and the results more or less uncertain, it was deter- mined to abandon this method of proceeding and put down a shaft properly equipped for penetrating the wet ground. This has been done to a depth of 180 feet, and further progress now awaits the installation of the machinery. The author feels that he can announce the following facts as abso- lutely proved: First: That at this locality there is a great hole or crater in the earth which corresponds in all respects, except in its gigantic scale, with impact craters formed in rock by projectiles of considerable size mov- ing at considerable velocities. Second: That in and around this hole and below its bottom to a distance of over 1,400 feet below the present surface of the plain sur- rounding it, and the original surface of the place where this hole was formed, every indication of either voleanic or hot spring action is posi- tively absent. Third: That in and about this hole all signs which might be expected of the impact of such a great projectile are present. Fourth: That upon the surface of the rim and upon the surrounding plain there has been found and still exists a large quantity of meteoric material, and that the distribution of this material is symmetrical with a line passing through the center of this hole. : Fifth: That this meteoric material was deposited at the same instant of time at which the hole was made. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 911 Sixth: That in and around this hole is an enormous quantity of pulverized rock, produced from the strata penetrated by the hole, in a state of subdivision which can be produced by a violent blow, but cannot be produced by forms of natural erosion. Seventh: That there can have been no form of natural erosion active in this locality which would have produced this material and have collected it and retained it in the position in which found. Eighth: That meteoric material has been found among the filling material of this hole at a depth of 900 feet below the surface of the original plain, and 500 feet below the present bottom of the crater, and 400 feet below the surface of the material which fell back into the crater at the instant of its formation. Ninth: That all of the attendant minor phenomena observed can be explained upon the theory of the impact of a great projectile, and none can be satisfactorily explained upon any other theory. ‘ Tn view of these positively established facts, the author feels that he is justified, under due reserve as to subsequently developed facts, in announcing that the formation at this locality is due to the impact of a meteor of enormous and hitherto unprecedented size. DATE OF THE OCCURRENCE. Fortunately there is a means at hand of obtaining a very good idea of the age or rather the extreme recentness of this phenomenon. That is, aside from the evidence of the hole itself and the lack of erosion of the sharp edges of the ejected rocks themselves, and this in a country of desert sand and furious winds, in which all exposed rocks are rounded and sculptured by wind erosion to a marked degree. This evidence comes from a little red sandstone butte some half a mile north of the north edge of the hole. This, as mentioned in the earlier part of this paper, is a portion of what was once the covering rock of this country and which can be seen at a glance to be in process of rapid removal. Now it happens that a jet of the crushed material and broken rock a little more vigorous than most has fallen across this butte, and it can be traced up the near slope and across the top. Then there is an inter- val of fifty feet or so in the lee of the hill upon which none was deposited owing to its horizontal velocity, and then it begins again on the plain beyond for a few hundred feet until it terminates. Now this deposit up the near or southern side of the butte, in spite of the evidently rapid erosion to which it is subject, lies on the surface right up to the cap, without any red sandstone material having fallen or having been washed down upon it. From its appearance it might have been depos- 912 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., ited yesterday. This will give a superior limit of time within which the fall must have occurred from whatever rate may be assigned to the erosion of the red sandstone buttes. The author would name 10,000 years as the utmost possible limit which could be allowed, and feels that this is much too liberal and that something well inside of 5,000 years is much more nearly in accordance with the facts. In fact, so recent is the appearance of everything in this locality that some stunted cedars, growing on the rim and showing year rings of over 700 years of growth, are not without value in placing a minimum limit within which the fall cannot have occurred. S1zE OF THE METEORITE FORMING THE HOLE. Of this it is extremely difficult to form any idea from data which would stand critical examination. Professor Gilbert put the necessary minimum as the equivalent of a sphere of 750 feet in diameter, and the probable size as equivalent to a sphere of 1,500 feet in diameter. This seems to the author as most excessive. The problem contains too many unknown factors to make calculation much, if any, better than guesswork. The following facts may be considered as having some bearing in assigning a possible maximum size to the projectile. The artillery tables above referred to give a penetration of something less than two diameters in solid limestone rock for shot at about 1,800 feet per second. Now, from the probable absence of meteoric material in the hole below 500 feet, this is assumed as about its limit of penetra- tion. This corresponds to a penetration of about 900 feet of solid rock on the whole considerably softer than limestone, and would therefore correspond to a sphere of considerably less than 450 feet in diameter, if the velocity were not in excess of 1,800 feet per second. Now what this striking velocity was can only be guessed at, although it is abso- lutely certain that it was in excess of 1,800 feet per second, in all proba- bility many times in excess of this figure; and it must be kept in mind that the energy would increase as the square of the velocity, and that the cubic contents of the hole excavated would vary directly with the energy exerted. Therefore if the velocity was 9,000 feet per second, or five times that quoted above, a sphere of one-twenty-fifth the weight of the above would deliver the same amount of energy and therefore prob- ably make the same sized hole. The original velocity of any such body is reasonably well known from astronomical considerations and it prob- ably struck the atmosphere at between nine and forty-five miles per second, depending upon the direction of its motion in relation to the motion of the earth. We know that this excessive velocity is very soon 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 913 dissipated in the smaller meteorites and that they strike the earth with a very moderate velocity ; but could such a thin layer as the atmosphere deal in the same manner with a large body? The author is of the opinion that it could not, and that this body probably struck with a large part of its planetary velocity, and that it was extremely small in comparison with anything that would be deduced by assuming for it any such striking velocity as has ever been produced in a terrestrial projectile; but as and for the reason set forth above, he does not feel justified from any known data in naming any definite figure in con- nection therewith. Tur COMPOSITION OF THE METEORITE. The composition of the outer surface, at least, of this meteorite is fairly well known and appears to have been fairly constant. For the great numbers of specimens picked up around the hole, which must have come indiscriminately from all points of the surface, are of fairly constant composition. That is, metallic iron with very small percent- ages of carbon, sulphur and phosphorus, with between seven and eight per cent. of nickel and a trace of cobalt. This metallic mass carries about three-fourths of an ounce per ton of platinum and iridium. As to the interior composition of the meteorite, nothing definite can be known. If the body was a fragment the probability is that it was homogeneous throughout, as there is little or no difference between the fragments from all portions of its surface. If, however, the object was a small spheroid its interior might differ considerably from that of its exterior. Itseems improbable that the mass contained any notable proportion of stony material, as nothing of this kind has been observed in the fragments around the rim, nor has prolonged and careful micro- scopie examination of a very large number of samples of the filling material of the hole from all depths shown anything but the broken débris of the strata penetrated, except the above-mentioned meteoric material, which is all either metallic iron or the direct results of its combustion or union of such products of combustion with the surround- ing silica. It is, however, to be noted that a small stone meteorite of several pounds in weight, containing metallic iron sparsely scattered through it, was picked up by Mr. Barringer about two miles from the crater. There is, however, excellent reason for the belief that this object was observed to fall during the winter of 1903. In any event, although the iron contains a proportion of nickel somewhat less than that in the fragments of the great meteorite, yet, after careful and repeated examinations, it has been proved that the metals of the plati- 59 914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., num group are certainly absent from this material. Now, although it is conceivable that a stony meteorite containing metallic iron might under some circumstances, such as prolonged heating in a reducing atmosphere, acquire a superficial coating of iron, yet it is entirely inconceivable that such a coating, concentrated upon the surface from a stony interior, could contain a definite and constant proportion of metals of the platinum group and yet leave the iron still contained in the mass entirely without any such constituents. Mr. Barringer’s account of these unusual formations at Coon Butte immediately pre- cedes this paper. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 915 The following reports were ordered to be printed: REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The regular stated meetings of the year, amounting to sixteen, were held, the average attendance being 26. Communications were made by Messrs. Wetherill, Pilsbry, Harshberger, Crawley, Conklin, Skinner, A. E. Brown, A. P. Brown, Phillips, S. Brown, Rhoads, Van Ingen, Stone, Sharp, Lightfoot, Janney, Jennings and Miss Walter. Forty-five papers were presented for publication as follows: Henry W. Fowler, 6; H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta, 5; Clarence B. Moore, 4; J. Perey Moore, 4; James A. G. Rehn, 4; Howard Crawley, 2; H. A. Pilsbry, 2; John W. Harshberger, 2; H. A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase, 2; Cyrus R. Crosby, 1; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; E. Goldsmith, 1; T. H. Montgomery, Jr., 1; Burnett Smith, 1; Mary J. Rathbun, 1; C. Schrottky, 1; Hugo Bilgram, 1; C. 8. Sargent, 1; T. Chalkley Palmer, 1; W. Stone, 1; W. Stone and S. N. Rhoads, 1; D. M. Barringer, 1, and Benjamin C. Tilghman, 1. Four of these, by Clarence B. Moore, constitute the second part of the thirteenth volume of the Journal, for which, with its copious illustrations, we are indebted to the author. Of the others, 29 have been published in the eurrent volume of the Proceedings, of which two numbers have been issued, and four are in course of publication; three were withdrawn, two were transferred to the Entomological Section, one was returned to the author and two remain to be acted on. Eight hundred and forty-eight pages of the Proceedings, illustrated by 56 plates; 212 pages of the Journal, with 244 half-tone text figures and 6 maps; 344 pages and 11 plates of the Entomological News, 296 pages and 7 plates of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the Academy) and 138 pages and 51 plates of the Manual of Conchology have been published. In January postal card notices were sent to the members of the Academy requesting those who desired to receive the Proceedings to signify such desire on a return card. The result was such a decrease in the mailing list that the published edition was reduced to 1,200. The statistics of distribution are now as follows: PROCEEDINGS, delivered tomembers, . . . =: . =. . =... . 206 « Exchanigedghis meyer ment tes le VESTS 7 tojsubscribersss ERMC psp ais gioule. co. as heme es bl ee 43. 916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., JOURNAL, exchanged,. . . . . ee er Wy 8 Soe) U2 0G toysubseribersy..i«. ©.) a) ee ees ee ee oO 108 The published edition of the Journal remains 500. Ten members and four correspondents have been elected. The deaths of fourteen members and six correspondents have been an- nounced. Seven members have resigned as follows: Julia S. Robins, Ferdinand Philips, Henry Beates, Jr., James K. Clarke, William T. Shoemaker, F. 8. Manderson and Ralph W. Seiss. Mr. Effingham B. Morris was appointed by the Council, October 30, a member of the Committee on Finance, to fill the vacancy caused by the death of General Isaac J. Wistar. The Hayden Memorial Geological Award was, on the recommenda- tion of the Council and the special committee, unanimously voted to Charles Doolittle Walcott, LL.D., November 7, in recognition of the value of his individual contributions to geological science and the efficiency of his service as Director of the United States Geological Survey. The official notice of the award was duly forwarded to Dr. Walcott, but the substantial token cannot be delivered immediately, as the remodelling of the medal with an improved portrait and design has been confided to a reliable artist who is now engaged upon the work. It is confidently hoped that the result will be much more satisfactory than the medal heretofore conferred. My thanks are due to those associated with me on the Publication Committee, and especially to the President, for the kindest help and codperation during a prolonged and trying illness in the spring. EpwarbD J. NOLAN, _ Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. By custom and as a result of the plan upon which the Academy is organized, the bulk of its correspondence is now conducted by the several departments directly concerned. The duties of the Corres- ponding Secretary have been thereby lightened until the correspond- ence remaining under his charge is nearly limited to formal and routine matters. The most important duty retained by this office is the custody of the records of correspondents. In connection with this an effort is being made to keep in touch with the distinguished scientists whom it has been this Academy’s privelege to honor. 1905.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 917 Other than through the Hayden Medal the award of which is re- stricted both in frequency and field of application, election to corres- ponding membership is the only dignified means at the disposal of the Academy by which its recognition of scientific eminence can be ex- pressed. It is a most important function of well-established scientific institutions to seek out students who have made discoveries of excep- tional merit and to honor and encourage them. But the value of such approval is measured by the care and discrimination with which it is given. If placed indiscriminately upon work of both great and small worth it soon becomes cheapened and degraded to the lower level; but if a high standard be continuously maintained both the giver and the recipient of the honor gain in dignity. In awarding the correspond- ent’s diploma it seems most important that the Academy should keep these principles ever in view, and in no case permit its standard of excellence to be lowered. During the past year Charles D. Walcott, George T. Moore, John Sterling Kingsley and Harry Fielding Reid were elected correspond- ents and the first named was awarded the Hayden Medal in gold. The deaths during the year of the following correspondents were announced from the chair: Alpheus Spring Packard, Alfred Preud- homme de Borre, Henri di Saussure, Victor Raulin, Baron Ferdinand von Richthofen, and Albert von Koelliker. Hight notices of the death of prominent scientific men were received and acknowledged on behalf of the Academy by suitable letters of sympathy. Congratulatory letters were forwarded to the Entomo- logical Society of Belgium and the Natural History Society of Schles- wig-Holstein upon the occasions of the celebration of the fiftieth anni- versary of their founding; and to the University of Illinois upon the installation of President Edmund James. From the Sullivant Moss Chapter and the Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuber- culosis were received letters thanking the Academy for the use of rooms in which their meetings were held. Letters of appreciation and thanks for courtesies extended to them were also received from several of the scientific societies which met in Philadelphia during Convocation Week of 1904. Invitations to the Academy to send delegates were received from the Presidential Installation Committee of the University of Illinois and from three international congresses of learning. The interest of the Academy in the proceedings and its regret at being unable to send delegates were in each case expressed in due form. Various letters requesting information, the loan of specimens, or 918 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec , the exchange of publications were answered or referred to the proper officers of the Academy. Following is a summary of the correspondence for the year: COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED. Acknowledging the Academy’s publications, . . . . . . . . =. 214 Transmitting publications, . . He eres coe | OC! Requesting exchanges and the saw of Bencrencies 2 Fy ee eee 8 lemsuiennoer wo ler! 5 6 5 g 5 6 6» 9 6 o 4 ¢ 4 Announcements of death of scientific men, . . ato 45 8 Circulars concerning the administration ae scientific inacivtons Oi eo | UA IANO CoC 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 0 «© 6 o o 5 IS iBiopraphiesorcorrespondents; =) oy eee ey | een ee Letters from correspondents, Sew hee oe eee” tr ese UCL Miscellaneous letters, By RAVE Rey Poe Tae ce te SAG targa ee Total received, ee ee EA ce Geer Go ho a ois | SAD CoMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED. Acknowledging gifts tothe Library, «. . . . .: . « . .. . 828 Acknowledging gifts to the Museum, . Peer ceo, 7/33 Acknowledging photographs and isieraengitees) i folks, (a a en ae eng Requesting the supply of deficiencies in journals, ~ 1S Ge, Se Correspondents’ diplomas and notices of election,. . . . . . . . 9 Letters of sympathy and congratulation, . .. . . . . . =. =. iM? Wettersito\correspondents’ ) 24) en ase cy eS) Miscellaneous letters, er hem rs Mi od 5 | ake Copiesiof AnnualReportses -) Ee 9. ee ee) ee ee aes Oe Total forwarded). fvil.., Wee ok ie Be eee ee eee 1,327 Respectfully submitted, J. Percy Moors, Corresponding Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The additions to the Library of the Academy for the year ending November 30, 1905, amount to 5,956 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 849 volumes, 235 maps and 44 photographs and sheets, making a total of 7,084. They were received from the following sources: Societies, Museums, ete.............. 2,586 | General Fund..............cccscsseceecees-0- 329 I. VY. Williamson Fund. .. 1,793 | United States Department of Miditors).... 2S cenccstneoet eet 760 | the Interior (U. S. Geological United States Department of | survey)!.....:.- EE et 254 Agriculture Sepa den sas ee-paesesacl) POO MM) PA\ULUD OTS ye etc see eee oe 118 1905.] JepAreMet gs) Wun erretcncrce sce Wilson Fund... Comité Géoloxiqne: Russe... Sveriges Geologiska Gnees= Pennsylvania Department of PAserd CULGUITE seeeees es eeteeeeeee net United States Department of Commerce and Labot.............-. Clarence’ B:, Moores....-...-c. fen OL Delphinulider.... 5 Ae Cyprea arabica... scsssstsssssessete 292 | Dendroica auduboni 685 araneosa.. - .... 292 | Dendromus neumanni. 766 caput-serpentis.... we 292 nubicus... & 766 (Gina) ene rece .... 292 | Dendropicus lairesnayi.. . 766 circercula.. se 292 guinensis massaicus 766 cumingi......... ... 292 | Dentalium equatorium. 118 fuscomaculata. ee eer we 292 agassiZi.. 117 helvola... here avoeets . 292 (Rhabdus) ‘cerinum... . 117 intermedia .... . 292 GCOTUSCUIN eeeece eee ese eens 117 irrorata..... . 292 (Levidentalium) coruscum..... 117 isabella...... . 292 SIGUE on crete ececmeeccconeoceacoctecosteceer 117 madagascariensi . 292 faleatum.. 5,18 moneta........- . 292 hamatum.... 5 ANOLLO Dees ere neatcead + 23 ? hamatus... 5 ATU CL CUS sc as caecerec reste eee 292 leptosceles.. 117 obvelata... ives, ZOD lubricatum..... 117 POTATIA. os... cseeeeeeeesecneceeteeseensenecs 292 occidentale. 117 reticulata. . 292 rectius......... 118 SOULE ne eects ene ".. 292 MHA OUUIN eeeeeee erareees cence _ 116 Dicrurus afer - fugax. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Dentalium ripleyanum.................... 18 SUbarCi ates aes eaeeeeereeee 18 weinkaufit 230.20. sate 117 Desmatocium trilobatum................. 6 IDesmO ds Custer eee eee 310 alpinus) 23 cot ere 310 Deveximentimiee eee ee 500 Diachea.. WL ORE ear ee een 524 cy iRitstatr meen eetiine hia o24 Dianchora echinataseeoamereee 12 Diceratidsee nas cho were 14 | Dichromena Jeueocephala ater 697 Dichromorpha viridis... 36, 53 Dichroplus.............. 442, 805 AITO PANG. sarswsercene ten ceeccn ec eeees 442 Gliensit bask ste Pei aes 442 COWSPERSUS ress cnesccceencereeteet nee 442 lemniscatus... morosus...... patruelis...... 442 en ralatue 442 Dicruride... 781 BU BASS eee cee ascc tes cecuseeeaastesees Dictyophorus guttatus.. ..-09, 53 Dictyota Barteyresiana.................... 695 Dicyphus eee IDICUS PIG Shs een ee eee bituberculatus.. cilunculus....... 334 cornutus.. 334 tumidus....... 334 Digenia simplex....... 695 Dinemellia dinemelli... 781 Dione delawarensis.. 16 Dioptrornis fischeri..........0..0....000....... 768 Diplocephalus........ 304, 325 castaneus.... ... 304 castigatorius.. 304, 325 crenatoideusicss-. essen 304 (CTEM AUST setae Ne eern hee 304 cristatus... 304, 305 depressus..... 305, 326 erigonoides. 305, 326 O@XU BUS reccserieccee ta cestecseeneesheeoes 305 formosus.. 305, 326 LEG Ve eae errant eceg ee Crd 305 lobiceps 305 longior...... 305 montanus 305 OER NAR Shot scccoscrana ueccensbto:co gain 305 percisus... 305, 327 Simplexs cee cee 306 unimaculatus. 306 Diplocystis... 95 Diplodontide.... 15 IDiplommaaitin arses serene cere eee 728 CAaMUTA...........- Rie 727 hungerfordiana.................... 706, 726 luchanas.4.58 22s ae 728 pacts) oe eee ee ee LUO ZO Diplommatina prava......00. 727 pusilla........... Or talwanica. 26, 727 t. suganiilkeiensis.....................- 727 tokunoshimana. 706, se Poceceostasuuncacavenssuccyssemarsy é merriami areniv agus. “i SIM OLUS ee eee reo. (OTS) | Discoidea occidentale. ue 2a Dissosteira carolina.................é.-.-- 38, 53 | Distomospira........... 213, 216 Dodonza viscosa... 700 Dolicheulota........... 736 formosensis. 7395 swinhoéi... 735 Dolium perdix. 292 Donacide...... 17 Donax fordii.... 17 Dosinia depressa.... 16 haddonfieldensis... 16 Drepanoplectis jacksoni.... 779 Drepanorhynchus reichenowi......... 775 Drepanoxphus;ases ee ee ee eee 817 minutus........ $17, 842 Drillia georgiana: cnnnecss see 2 Drymoica chiniana 771 Dry obates| bairdisysc as. cesceees 682 sealaris lucasanus. 681, 682 ID iryOp his aha ce ste eee 208 Dryoscopus cubla hamatus... 774 HeMA TUS eee 774 Drosera... . 199 Duranta plumieri......... 699 Echinobrissus ena 6 Echinodermata... 6 Eclipta erecta... . 697 Eephora.... . 351 quadricostata. . 358 Ectotrypa.. 836 brevis..... olmeCaeetes cess Egretta candidissima... Elzochlora... \ a 408 Elxodendron xylocarpum.. ... 700 Elagatis bipinnulatus.......... ==) G0) Elanus ceruleus......... ... 163 leucurus..... .. 689 Elaphrotoxon... ac Elapinz......... 207 Eleotridine... 510 Eleotris butis... 513 Emberiza serina.. Beith, Eminia lepida.......... . 173 Ena cantori taivanica... . 737 leptostraca....... 737 luchuana... 737 WALDUPE I thn eye seer 737 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 953. Enchytreus... 373 | Hrigone cristata...............-..0-1 804, 305 albidus..........373, 374, 375, 394, 395 “ decemoculata.. ete 311 humicultur... . 394 dentigera.... Soe 314 Nitboralighs..ccceseet.ats ook) dentipalpa... 314, 315 triventralopectinatus 373, 376, 376 | dentipalpis..............--ccseeeeees 314 1D rae (aya Voy an ee sre reascprmocrecoscaseossttecHe A 572 LE PLESS An sesc sacersecceneseereneraesenee 305 alatalen.. 572 directa... 307 (Pterodiscus) alata... .. O73 | erigonoide: 805 ENOL IES 5: oosenreceremctececcocecore ne fo | famelica iB . BLD binaria........... et ee OS AMUAU LEAS eeseeetosseeeceeavereane=s ns BU CONCEAL eescceesesessteneee S4, 785 famulatoria. sss a lis elise.........-. | TASS) OS ee sreconeeeboctoe eet acee ... 3OZ Tet Ucanascaasoxcoupoonencosocosscoeoc% 1 BLO REIS ohmic checbeocepeocormpnatbiconcceet00 316 hystricella parce a TV GYOE weet pococceresote nr Nedsacncen sees 085 $11 hiys brie eee eee 574 | indirecta... . 807 kamehameha.. £84, 785 infernalis.. Sauly/ lamellosa...... 8 inornata .. Sees 310 Jee a bar Dac caec coe rep ontacboeceecbroccc 7 interpres .. 316 Nether nee etcetera IEEE pepe ectcececeranee eros: - 803 (Thaumatodon) luetifera.. State ee roe meareeaeacears 805 MATSUPIAis............0 eee laticeps. a 316 paucicostata longipalpis.............-.-.-1eees ee 315 thaanumi... longisetosa.. POLL ( Nesophila) thaanumi... longitarsus.. 3806 (terodiscus)! wesleyi... longituba. .. 806 Endodontide... hee FEOF WO GW lortecrercerr eee per baoCo CO .. 809 Hineoptera...........ceteeeeeeecesesesesereresens ULAR Serenades aeeescaesese old brasiliensis microtarsis. 312 livida minutissima... 317 surinamensis | monocerus.. 306 Engonoceras gabDbi......cc.. se montana... 305 Ennea (Huttonella) bicolor... monticola... an ollie) (Elma) swinhoéi... MNO MULLET Ase seretee se eer enna 3 BHI swinhoei hotawana..... MIG TICE PS seen ee reaeeeeens .. 816 TE iG) SSF) eemrsenertsesoseconecoon bere nigripalpis.. mo CY Ephippide.... ornata...... 310 Ephippus argus.. pallens.... 3809 Er eemophore. pallescens.. S14 hachitana... pallida... ... 808 BNPISACEUS. .....-sereccseeceeeeeeseeseenenesness panies Sees 308 DUDMET ie escesessseeee es 801, 802, 841 persimilis...........coeer eee , 039 Erigone, 302, 303, 310, 311— 314, 316, PCTTINEDS........-.cececeeecreeseeseeeeeeees 312 SLs 331, 339 LC bill ster tereneecseeeerersescscsese= 310 PATEDONRIOE| OS ascocoarecen ome conceaceatotcs 308 plicita...... 315, 339 PRUE GLEYYEL 1 Soc ee ess veoe sy ar veeeesenetenecse 3l4 POM OS Brectsceesesscseneseeneesctecsteereene 312 bicornis... Roars 304 polaris... oot ITS bidentata. Shenson 310 prepulchra... Bee .. 315 bostoniens eA es GLO) J O}KG) OFT er enecerecneneb acess .. 812 brevicorni He dhS ee areas 307 provida....... 3807 calearata.. " ro uly purpurescens... 316 CAS DADA. oeccec eee eeeernton 304 relaxata......... 317 Ona AE cerecorecensececont seesoscen-ccedtn 309 rostrata.. 309 ClaACOTINISSseccreostancnesned oeeeneere=s: 308 rubens......... ... 809 cucuminum.... Peers 317 schumaginensis...........-.....2- 317 COLUM D1CNSIS ese. seeeetenrerte tener 330 pre TU LTE ccemacensceavenane-cossreosecoare 315 Go Mba ees rcpmooccecsends cocescpedncoecs co 312 solitaris.. 317 coloradensis...........:0ceeeeeees 314 simplex... 306 communis.......... Wee OT spinifera. 313 concava EP Re eens S11 strabo..... 317 CON UOT DUS meee eee aeeneerentee area 311 terrestris....... 313 (Grae NUD LeT bac pceeecen concrenteecesaccaa 304 troraliguyee ce cent sces ene BOS 954 Brigone: tricOrnis...-.-s--r eee 308 tridentata....... trilobatus.... tristis....... truncatus. ululabilis..... umbratilis... vacerosa... Erigonoplus..... Eriolus...........-- caraibeus. longipennis.. spiniger... Eriphyla conradi decemnaria. DAULIS ere eee: Erismatura jamaicensis. Escharifora typica....... 5 Escharinella muralis 5 Escharipora abbottii 5 immersa........... 5 Estrilda minor Res rhodopyga... ue TORS Eta carolinensis. ena: Biba ane wes WS callosa... oe 1G guamensis....... 113, 114 ©. MONTTOUZIETL..............eccceeeee 115 g. sanguinea........ 114, 115 g. selenomphala. 114, 115 MIO MLLOUZICLI esses reece eee eee 114 rhodomphala.. 115, 116 Sri Olalbaeeae ne ne ek Ae 115 trilobata... 115 Ethaliella....... 115 floceata.. 115 Buacris.............. 821 PICT PENIS sees eee $21 richmondi. $21, 842 Muealodimse se eee 213 Euchistus...... ..187, 194, 201 US PS ew eee eee 193 | variolarius «=. 193 Euconulus.... ae 742 Eudea dichotoma... 5 MUdISteMim alee een ees 216 Nd iStyliag scree eee 555, 559, 560 (Bispira) polnesp ee een cance 559 Eugenia axillaris... ... 700 monticola.. 700 Euglena............. ..93, 665 Buh ada: << 2 pe ee ee eee eae 736 Eulima......... 107 acicularis.. . 108 angulata.... . 109 articulata.. 112 bovicornu. saibkl carneola..... 110 Chrysallid sir 1 eee eee 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Bulimarelaygil apes eee eee 108 cretacea.... 20 cumingi.... 107 curvata. 108 debilis........ 110 dentaliopsis. 109 eburnea. 109 flexa 109 indeflexa... 110 luchuana.. 112 mundula....... 108 odontoidea.. 110 ogasawarana... Salibt pandata......... . 109 pinguicula . 108 reclinata... . 109 scitula........ 110 semitorta.. 109 stenostoma.. 107 splendidula.. 107 robusta...... 108 stylata... . 108 POLTUOS Asa: fe .cssnucsavssesstomanereeee 111 valida... 109, 112 nal im id se oe 5 eae cctcce, are ee 20, 107 Bralo tae hek 2 Senco ce ene ee 736 (Acusta) assimilis. (Euhadra) bacea....... (Coniglobus) bairdi.. connivens iheyaensis... ec. phreogramma........... (Euhadra) formosensis... (Euhadra) friesiana... a 735 fulvicans... 731,733 (Plectotropis)fulvi icansbrowni 731 PRAM oc s Sees cacsee cece esenceseeeneatate 733 (Plectotropis) granti a (Plectotropis) hebes..... (Plectotropis) impexa. (Plectotropis) inrinensis. lautsi... ap cer lautsi brachy asia... Nantsimnn Crass cee nee ee 732 mackensii... ..708, 709 (Plectotropis) “mackensii... 730 (Plectotropis) mackensii for- MOS Orcicsa ens occ care nae 730 (Buhadra) mellea.. ~ MSD mercatoria... 708 m. iejimana........ (Coniglobus) nux.. (Euhadra) pancala... . (Buhadra) p. trifasciata. DENDIEK A ee tee. eeaee sete (Plectotropis) perplexa... (Acusta) redfieldi.......... sargentiana..........-...... (Acusta) sieboldiana. (Eulotella) similaris.............. 734 (Coniglobus) sphzerocomus...... 735 StIMPSON se w.seesn earner eee 734 1905.] Eulota (Aegista) subchinensis........ (Euhadra) succincta........... (Euhadra) s. amblytropis (Euhadra) swinhoéi........... tectumsinense.................:--: 43 (Plectotropis) tokunovaga...... 708 (Acusta) tourannensis.............. 734 vulvivaga............. 709 Eumastax dentatus................-s0c-00+: 841 Eunoe depressa.... 536, 544 truncata... .525, 526 Euphagus cy. anocephalus.. Euphorbia buxifolia... Euphrosyne aurantiaca.... bieinratars.e borealis........... heterobranchia hortensis........ longisetosa. maculata. superba... Euplectes xanthomelas....... Eupoditis kori... Euprinodes golzi... Eurocephalus riippelli... Eurycotis floridana..... sabaliana.............. > Buteenia............... infernalis vidua... leptocephala....... Gils NEC Soe aaa. Aca Euthria? fragilis... Eutrephoceras... dekayi... Exechophysis. plumailis... Exocoetide..... Exogyra costata........ Falco egyptius........ (Buteo) BUBHE 2 : cxruleus... gaber.... a sp arv erius ‘phalen: na... Falconide.......... Faleula... : au Fasciolaria. erassicosta... dessin eer eee x 303, % 303; obliquicostata... slackii... Fasciolariide... Fascipora americana. Felis cougar browni. RICUSTCariCay eis octoliratus Flabellum striatum.. tet: Foeniculum vulgare......................: ; Morestiera POrTUlOSa.....s.ccccccse tess eos 693 23 98 28 323 323 - 680 699, 700 23 4 698 700 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | Gallus alexandrinus........ Porficulid®. ..........0:---1e2--e:----- BL, 3, 838 BAN COLMMUS | COQU eer sresrresecrs toot ene 756 granti... a (96 hildebrandti... Stoo schuetti : coos (AEH Fringilla bengalus............. Seas? WsiGUCAUG AD: «21s. -.d:r-2 set baasonnenens 779 melanops............:+. men the) ultramarina...... . 778 SAbtsiin pallid ce eos. scan ecseecs sacceseatsrosevrmne 777 Fulgur canaliculatum.. 349, 358, 359 carica............346, 349-351, 353-355 eliceaus... filosum. fusiformis = maximum... = 352, aes 354, 355 DCTP CUSUMIES «cp ssesnsscnoneste eases 345 POY GUY oy occ ...352, 358, 359 rapum.. wee BOA, 355 striatum... 21000; OOD) tritonis.... B54, 355 Fulica cristata vn chloropus............. porphyrio........ Fusus Galaxaura lapidescens.... 5 rugosa.. Galeichthys SONGAICUS. .scccceecceeseee Galeide.......... Galeoscoptes carolinens Gallichtys xgyptiacus : Gallinago nigripennis........................ Gallinula chloropus Ganesella adeline.... albida a. insignis... largillierti... sororeula. s. iheyaensi s. okinoerabuensis. s. tokunoshimana. pu (Gamigellip ti Gates ncce-o- ene (GarnabOnneensisia-cm shee e eee 482 Gasteropoda........ 18 Gasterosteus ductor... 62 Gastrochena americana... 18 Gastrocheenidee... bees 18 Gastromyzon borneensis..... WRG 477 monticola... A477 Gastromyzonine..... 477 Gattyane) ciliatas nee 525 Sen tae oat. oes ee §25 Geococeyx californianu .. 690 Gerres#es chee ee Oech Neen =. 500 956 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Gerresisetifernc:-,<...:.c.ctee ee 500 | Grammonota maculata.................... 310 Gerridee....... . 504 Gervilliopsis ensiformis.... LON) Giganitogobiuss-1.ceeeeeeee eee oll Jord anise, ty.ci... emo oll Glaucidium perlatum... eG! Al) MUP VenUStasseteus cu. ee 310 Globieoncha curta.. LOM Gregarinal* ante Beale 9, 93, 98 Glossogobius giurus........0.0.0.0.0..... 515 dicgelity <3 91 Glottis nebularis.. eo || polydesmivirginiens 91 Glyptosternum kiikenthali BA Taga 2oallh \ Guta Cl aaweee te. sscc ct cots sc ecer 2 er ee 760 Glyphostoma sp.......... Seer tn Le GUS x Callas 688 Glyptothorax platy} pogon. Seevueeereh ee 4695) Gryllacnismes=se=e enero ncn ee 827 Gobiidss nner 510 maculata. $27, 843 Goblintese ee arse 515 MNACUUCOllisiesersee ae 827 Gobius giurus........ 515 personata. . 827 grammepomus... 517 TULCEDS se eee ee 827 melanocephalu Slee |) (Credo loo eras eens roa 48, 54, 832, 843 PCTSONALIS ee eee olf || Gryllodes! poeyi an. -2.:-.-s ee Od Gonatista grisea. 30, 33,53 | Gryllotalpa..... 186, 832 Gonatium........... didactyla. ... 882 cheliterumasers seats eee hexadactyla... 832, 843 ma{r]xi... Gryllustemerere 192, 194, 195. rubens..... bipun ctatust ences eee 835 Gongrocnemis.. . Sle brevicornis.. 400 MiPTOSPINOSAM ener OL Oe (Locusta) cent 410 pallidespinosaeen.cest eee 817 (Tettigonia) citrifolius. Gongylidiellmien einen eee: 313, 338 | CUCL OS cance eee minutum... 313, 327, 338 | firmus... pallidum eee 313, 339 | muticus rostratulum.....0..00.... .. 314 rubens Gongylidium bidentatum.. 310 | surinamensis bostoniensis... 310 | Gryphea bryanii... brunneum. 310 | convexa....... concavum. 311 corrugata, contortum. 511 mutabilis. falsificum... 311 pitcheri..... lonfisetosumientsseus ee ee 311 VesiCulanist--.e cece eee EAS aN AMNDUAN a acrencens ys ceoaerscenasece ab 311 SMODNED cs reten saree veeescce ete ee ee ihag microtarsus.. SIZF Guppy aeree 742 montanum.... 812 | Gyrodes abbottii... 21 montiferum.. 812 altispira.... 21 pallidum... 314 alveata.. PA pertinens... 312 crenata......... Pil plumosum.............. 312 infracarinata.. 21 Lob atm eee eee 312 | obtusivolva. 21 spiniferum. 813 | petrosus... 2t terrestre.... 313 | spillmanii........ 21 tibiale......... 813 | Gyrotropis squamosus 26 tridentatum. 315 | Hagedashia hagedash. 760 trilobatum.... 313 Habropyga minor..... 778 truncatum.... 813 | Haleyon chelicuti.. 764 Goniada annulata... semiczeruleus. 764 foliacea... Hiald eases ccc) tcte mec ces . 208 Goniaster mammillata. Halizetus leucocephalus ... 689 Goniosoma inflata... 13 | Halimeda tridens............ 695, 696 Gonodactylus....... 131 | HUN AVS cree = 695 Gouldiaiconradie sss ee 14 | Haliseris polypodioides.................... 695 decenm anianes seco ae ree 14 | Halodrillus littoralis....................873, 394 Gracula carunculata.. 782 | Halosydna gelatinosa.. . 542 Grammonota............ .. 310 | Hamiltonia................ 500 IMOrMA tate ve semua ee ee 310 Vartan, etic ads cs taenetasiaee eee uae 500 1905. | NATURAL SCIENCES SEVammiltomia Waid ce eee teereresecee 500 Ovala...2 500 Hamites annulifer. ..0..........::.00:0-0--- 27 PAE GUUS) 22 See cose cease 20 torquatus 27 trabeatus... 27 Hampala macrolepidota. 486 Elam UlUse ee cee 18 faleatus. ee) TYNAJ OV eon ctecasueshcacestesensenarecwstess 5 onyx...... a) squamos 5 Hapithus agitator. 52 quadratus 52, 54 LB Vo} (Yo 16) emer e eee eee eerecreece coecence 213 Haploscapha capax............ 10 (Cucullifera) eccentrica 10 OTAndis: acres 10 18 Bye} Corsets) a) 0100 beeen peace ene 10 Harmostes....... 192, pee 194, 196 RAED ANIN OF: s.c.c0c2ascsecseenctteMeretasseree ey 292 Harpagony=x carlotte...........-......-.-. $40 Heleodytes brunneicapillus couesi 686 70 elicarastras cas. c ee BY Heliastus... 402, 803 IZ GC CUS i cccctecace= sce-7 30 t SeeeeeeeeeeE é costaricen: UIC HAS OL: c -cc encase sce nceeeeeroaeeees venezuele............. Helicarion hiraseanus Helicide............. 15 eT oY ree ae et ere ee badia... : hungerfor diana h. formosana... verecunda.. Helicodonta.... moroccana. Helicops.... Heliotropium | curassavicum.... TSIATES = aa ne eee neere Ree alata... bacca var. sinistrorsa... campochilus carpenteri... lamellosa.. es levettei var. -. orobena. " 1. var. thomsoniana.................. LACED EOYEN CY) Pe emreneeeenee ec melanostoma... (Hadra) pancala prostrata. remondi rowelli... shermani.. Sphzeroconus. ----02.20s2eecsecwserteee--s strigosa... (Satsuma) ‘taiv anica.. F Helminthophila celata lutescens.... 732, 738 NQn | 685 OF PHILADELPHIA. Hemiaster parasite 7 stella z ungula. aS eree neecazaster? 7 } Hemibagrus nemMurus...........- 469 Hemiramphide.... 493 Hemiramphine.. 493 Hemirhamphus ambly UTUS. wees. 493 Hemitubifex benedii....................--.- 388 | Herecoglossa paucifex 28 Hercorhynchus...... 24 LS TOF UY SE ee = cere Beech 24 15 rei rahs¥6 1X0) foes toa creo eae Serer EE ecee eS 526 | Herpestis monnier 697 Heteroceras conradi.................. 27 | Heterocorax minot............-....--. | Heterodon.............. 735 | Heterogryllus.. (CLASSIGOLDIS sees ecceor sates else ocellaris....... Heteronemia ignava... Heterozaptyx.. Hippiscus.... Epo thom i irregularis Hirasea... _ puella aby sinic: senegalensis... Holocompsa. cyanea Hololepida.... magna Holospira...... arizonensi bilamellata. (Distomospira) bilamellata..... 213 chiricahuana........215, 217, 218, 219 (ovayatsl| boom Speer eee meer eee 215, 217 cockerelli..............215, 217, 218, 219 (Haplostemma) cockerelli....... 218 (CTOSS OTe ee coer oversee ances 215, 217 ISI SST oss eer eesecnee euacocceneeceeece 215-217 old hussitese er ee 213-215, 222 Neier hd ho} ebb con cere eecerercosceasooronccc 213 (Haplocion) hamiltoni.. 214 ATICATNS ee eres at sans res 215, 217, 219 TOES OATS) a rere potceaeceerecepE Ee caSaRaSGrCeS 213 (Haplocion) pasonis ee: (Bostrishoeenen) pilsbryi... 213 ..-215, 217, 21S, 219 TOQIS esses eats ee Palsy 214, 220 [09 (00 Upto er cer coaceoace cee Ces ceG IESE 213 | oy qh) w lpeeeneceeete coe seosceeeerroeee 406, S41 EXO al Op terete erccseceeeeseneeneeerete ce ane 475 javanica... . 475 EUROS OMIAUA et eencnecrentecenwas=e 475 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |’ Esprdinavpietarc..-- see eet 958 Homaloptera wassinkii......... Perro 476 Homalopterid aes oc c-ccceess nedeen see 475 Homalopterin 2. ..2.ii.4.0-sccseseses 475 Homalopteroides..........0...0:0.::ccc:ceeeee 476 WASSIN Ulisse eros ae ees nee 476 Eoplopariaeabbieec ete 28 Hoplopterus speciosus...................... 759 Elormilia se ee OD intermedia. $06, 842 TUT a (Ghepreans. eee ee eee ees 699 Hydrochelidon hybrida. Hydrocotyle asiatica..... Hydrophinee............. Efynmisf0reensis)....0 esas. 86 Hyphantornis croca 780 nigriceps... 4 780 ocularis crocatus. 780 spekei.... 780 xanthops ... ; .. ¥8O Hypocheera ultramarina................... 778 Hypolophus ns .. 461 | ig 010) 01001): eee eee ee eee 310, 334 bifrons.. 334 bilobata... 310 trilobata.. 310 Hypselistes.. florens.......... Hypselobagrus nigriceps......... Janthina ianthina........ Ibididses tee Ibis zethiopica. uence Tdionella... formosa........... 3802 Idonearca alabamens 9 littlei... =e et ane) Tlex cassine.......... 49, 51, 52 Indicator variegatus .. 766 Indicatoridz............. . 766 Inoceramus alveatus.......0 cece. 10 Ibaraloiniiee cs. eee 10 peculiaris. 13 perovalis.. 10 sagensis 10 Tonornis........ 758 Topas sertum....... .- 292 Tpomcea pes-Capre. nee. 698 PURPUREA ect eeet ata errr 700 Tridium... S6: Iridoprocne ‘bicolor. Irrisor cabanisi... jacksoni.... viridis... Trrisoridze.. 764 Keanid 9).°- <7 eee eee 115 pulchella.. 115, 116 Ischnomela pulchripennis. ae: 842 Ischnoptera inzequallis........0.00.......... 839 Isocardia conradi...... 15 Tsocardiidee......... 15 Tsognomostoma............2c-c--ccecceseeseese) DLO Tynx ruficollis........... 767 Japonia formosana 722 zebra... 5 722 Jasminum gracile... 700 Jatropha cureas.. 700 Jerdonia.. 725 JOG RGLIS! ae ecco. Ae cess eer 430 ? costaricensis 430, S41 Juncoshyemalise as = ee 684 oregonus thurberi...................... 684 Juniperus bermudiana. 697-700 Wireman a eee ae ere 699 aliel ait cane ees 716, 742, 743 ating oe a) eee 717 ceratodes.... 717 costata....... 743 costulata... 743 crenulata......... 8 cosa cUbasistriata....22 2.5 717 cuhotawanasse ee 743 depressa..... 743 elongata. 744 gudei....... 715 hachijoensi 717 harimensis.... 717 humiliconus......... 717 izushichitoensis..... . 744 lioconus............ 716 1. goniozonee. 717 longass-see . TH ogasawarana.... 711 okinoshimana.. 716 preealta...... 744 venusta.. 743 xenica......... 744 yaeyamensis. 743 Kear eae . 570 Kosteletzkya virginica. . 697 Kryptopterus limpok.......0.0000000...... 468 palembangensis...........-.....::0:0---+ 468 Kxyllinga monocephala. . 697 Labeobarbus douronensis . 483 abeoninee 2 see . 479 Labia annulata. . $388 auricoma... ... 838 burgessit: 22s. oes See 31,53 PEUUGUEAUAL ccocsscencescte saeneeeeeeenene 31,53 | Labidorhamphus. .. 493 Labidura bidens... Salas Lactista.............. - 402, 803 punctatus... 402, 803, S41 Tena MUG Bic sees es eee eee $55 Letmatonice.. 531 Levidentalium..... 117 Lagena? edentata 24 2 Lagenella euchlora.. 670 | Lagisca multisetosa.... 525 Lagonosticta brunneiceps 778 Laguncula piscatoris..... 674 Lamellidensi.sAscnk 2 750 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 959 Lamprocolius chalybeus.................. 781 | Leptosynanceia greenmani.......607, 510 Lamproeystis spadix.............. Peeples | loep ty Srnialvs cnc ese testers Beer 804 Lamproderma.... . §24 marginicollis ath ae: Lamprotornis chaly beus.... sgagtel) || OWSCURE ee tet teres 804, S41 superbus... a . 781 | Lepus arizone ... 679 viridipectu a aon as 781 | Leucobryum.. 697 Laniarius zethiopicus. E CUT | AGH oer eee eee eee . 184 poliocephalus.. Wii Amiplnbetraeey uncer en corns 796 Laniide... 774 | auritus.......... Rees fae 796, 840 Lanius caudatus 774 ignavus humeralis... 774 nisseri.. ludovicianus gambeli... 685 | Libitina....... senegalus.... 774 | Lichenochrus 7S Lantana....... Precgeceun, (AGL) brevistylus $14 camara .698, 699, 700 crassipes.... .. 814 CrOCeES:......... seaco (OSs) marmoratu 4, 842 involucrata.... .698, 699, 700 modestus . 814 Tharidee............. peer reed 758 Lichia toloo-pars 59 Wetrstter ee EMG A US ser esse srscere sca; vetoes GS elie Wusise ee 227 californicus 687 | Lima acutilineata.. cop Le cirrhocephalus.... 758 | Melapicaenot sa tare eee 12 heermanni...... 687 SQUAMNOSAen eee sre tee 12 occidentalis... 687 Limacella formosensis 746 eee eee . 681 | Limidée........... 12 Laites... : 5045) (Mlbimamesar. tthe kee ccnce eccccesetet es 185 Latirus aplustre.. 292 | Limnocorax niger.. : . 157 Laxispira lumbricalis......... 21,22. Limnodrilus subsalsus, 374, 376, 378, Leda angulatia............ 9 | 392 longifrons.. Sin am Wise pinnaforme............. 8 | Linaria elatine.... protexta.......4.... 8 | Limearia carolinensis........................ slackiana 8 metastriata......... Ledide... 8 | Linyphia longipalpis Legumen appressum.. 17 | Lioderma........... ellipticum. .. uly, |) lioderma planulatum.. 17. Liopeplum..... Leiognathidee............... 500 | leioderma.. Leiognathus... 500 | Liotia crenat: edentulus.... 500 VOW ore Leiopistha protexta... 13. Lippia nodiflor Leiostraca........ 107 | Lirometopum. 2 Lemna...... 667 coronatum... : ‘ NNLOT ee eeesteesses Be 697 | Liroscapha squamosa................... 12 Lepidoglanis monticola..... Alien | PLAT ODS seers eee pons ere 94 Lepidonotus............... 541 | Lithophaga affini 13 celoris.... 546 lithura...... 119 robustus. =H . o44 LTO) @ yet Ae eee ee ee ee en 13 squamatus........ deg evat utes 546 | Lithoplus krugii. 49, 50, 51, 52, 54 Lepidium virginicum......... . 698 AS OY iro pe eet pene 49, 54 Lepisma saccharinum ..... 148 | Littorina obesa 292 Leptarionta.... LOOM Mee |mlvzen OUP OLE DISH mameces scsi sesscee ss 496 Leptobarbus hoevenii.......... 486 | Lobocheilos hispidus..........0.00......... 483 Leptomerinthoprora.......................... 486 | Locusta citrifolia 807 brevipennis..................436, 487, 841 PASCLAtAl ce: 26 Leptopoma taivanum...................... 723 LSS Shas tec pecten sede oe ere ce ease eee Peer 827 vitreum var. lactea..... 0.0... 723 | Locustime.......... ccc cccsceseeccccssesnees 404 v. taivanum.. = 723 | Lophocarenum, 301, 304— 306, 309, 311, Leptoptilus er umeniferus......... 761 312, 315 Leptosolen.... : 17 AR VCTSIS I, sce ecccsarncttencseeerseveee ae 307 biplicata Fee 17 castaneum . BOL Leptosynanceia asteroblepa “ees 510 EVI PON OLGA ES ee tssyst ses cane tersesceesstas 305 960 Lophocarenum florens..................... 316 frontalis.-t=.-". cscs teeaee 301 meestum..... 301 Spinikerundt sa.scersse eee 313 venustum....... 307, 331 Lophocephalus insignis.................... 8 Dophommmiart sec -sccccecenccceentherceeeeeee 306 bicorne.... 304 (luli hit Were asrererer aera rescence 305 lon gitarsusie ses cccsceuee ete 306 Lophortyx gambelii.......0.0..000000.... 681 ota ma culosaiesenscsae ese 370 Tsucinaieretaceaie eee 15 pinguis........ 15 SMOCKANA. Sas ae ene 15 B ERY (eS GWG b= Gene ea ere er eer eee cron 15 im bri cil listers nee eee 384, 395 APIS ecertecees: 374, 375, 383, 395 Lumbriculus tenuis... 373, 377, 378 HMO TI CUS ee eee ee ee er 141 arenarius.... 377 Lunatia altispira.. 21 halli 21 DUEL AUS Saeco oeesece econ onceee eee 504 Lycosa.......... 162, 179, 180, 192, 193, 194 INSOP That ooo bectes 174-201 Day EUS eee aeeesa crate nce ere cnemesenciee 193 Lymnzea swinhoei... 746 Lymneide... 746 Lynx ruffus Peninsularis, 680 Lysinoe.... wavareenceess 256 Lystrophis.... Macherocera............ Macneillia obscura...... Macrocallista pacifica............ Macrochirichthys macrochir... sny deri... uranoscop Macrocallista chishimana. Macroceramus................... Macrochlamys chaunax formosana..............: f. atypa.. fulgens.... ? gudéi.... kim Censis®.cyeecm >. ee ee ee 714 lineatus.. 718 mi GUS! eee eee eae eee 741 Dab 741 Macrones nemurus. Macronyx croceus.. Macropodus pugnax Ma cirasees see 119 neapolitana................. 119 Moctridies.< aoe ee ee 17 Maculotriton bracteatus.. 291 pa longis eee 103 digitalis, . = Malaconotus hypopyrrhus... : olivaceus hypopyrrhus ............. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Malurusitinniens'ss= teense. 771 Mantidee... i ...83, 53, 794, 839 Margarita aby: SSID AL a isnsceee ce etree 20 Margaritella abbotti. 20 Martesia cretacea................:0:ssesesscse: 18 Maso: sivwecs:-cccse 315, 341 frontatus 316, 341 marxi.... . 316 olita. STOLL Mastacembelide.................. 489, 493 CUCM UNE eraeee eer eee 493 unicolor... 489, 491 vaillanti... 491, 493 Mathildit dissec. ctcccsccscarecr ae tee 22 Megalaspis cordy la... 66, 499 MOLPLERe ne.ceeceeereeeeere (88 Megascops asio cineraceus . 689 Megoplistes slossoni............... 48, 54 Meleenornis ater.................- . 768 Melampus luteus... 292 Melania crenulata. 747 dicksoni....... 747 fasciolata. 747 formosensis . 747 fulgurans. 747 juncea...... 747 VaGeritiahcc... massaicus.. Peeciloneta erythrorhyne ha. Pogonocichla or ientalis. ...........- fs Pogonorhynchus TAS AGUS eee ence 766 Polioptila cxerulea obscura. : | SUMDE 001 OY nace epanpertiosestceoner ococoaci eB 966 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Polyborus cheriway................ sogsocuss (Be) Polydactylus....... . 501 Polygyra... , 295 altissima... 231 ashmuni.... w. 283 chiricahuana... 233, 250 levettei...... .-. 238 mearnsi.. 248 miorhyssa.... 228 (Stenotrema) pilsbryi . 280 pseudodonta............. . 232 Thyssaccee. 227 r. hyporhyssa. 228 texasiana...... 223 t. texasensis. ..- 228 {eof Loy oR OSLO LESH cccencesocecn oorrecceecee 222 Polymices melanostoma.................. 292 Polynemid@.............--.--+-+- . 001 Polynemus..... 501 Polysarcus. 444 Polyzoa...... 5 POMACASIS eee see ceiver covets we 004 Pomatorhynchus senegalus.............. 774 Populus tremuloides ..........0..00.00. 2 Poromyide................. 13 | Porospora gigantea -. 89 Porphyrio alleni...... 757, 758 CHlOTO nO US eee eres 758 porphyrio.. 758 Porphyriola... 758 Porphyrula. 758 alleni.... . Tad Posidippus...... . 807 Pratincola axillaris. . 770 EMM2.........-.04: 770 Prinia mystacea..............0..-. 773 PriONiGUS ease ere ee 198 Prionopidee.... 774 Prisopus berosus.. < ... 840 Pristid&.........-- ene: ... 459 Pristiopsis... eae tee MAO, Pristis... 459 pectinatus.. BA so vests eee 459 perrotteti....... , 460 semisagittatus.. seater 459 zysron... ; 459 Procyon pallidus... fer OCS, Proserpinaca palustris sree tet 697 Prosoponcus cristatus................0.... 305 Prosopotheca.. 306, 330, 331 revi COmnisi- eee reer 306 communis... 307, 330 directa...... 307, 330 formosa... ..3807, 331 Vahb ba o¥d bets) ofS teresa ater sonccossrebosneens 307 indivectac. 2) Sees sec cueneee: 307 Mina tar sacar eevewen ae 307, 331 WOU Geese ee eee 307 pallida: 2 fe Sarees 308, 332 spiralis ..808, 332 bib iBlis: cc. teem cca entrees 308 Prosthecerzus........ : Protengonoceras gabbi. Protocardia arkansense... Protenor... Psalidoprocne orientalis... | Psalis americana... Psammechinus cingulatu Psammoryctes.... te | Pseudambassis..............-.-- 3 Pseudobuliminus incertus................ Pseudodiadema diatretum.............. | Pseudogryphus californianus. : PSeudomiop tenye ence eaec eee Pseudomops.... Pseudophasma... Pseudophyllodromia... Pseudopomala brachyptera. Pseudopomatias amcenis... Psittacide............... Psychotria undata. | Prosopotheca transversa........... 308, 333 PrOSPH CNB) cyeteeiecrcs cree scudderi.. petiti orientalis... pulchra... benedeni. infuscata.... oblongata eryptochlore.. MENiUS......... pheton..... phthisicum..... angustata....... peruana............. COS se een eee Pseudopotamilla.... anoculata... brevibranchiata. 55D, 560, 562, 563 intermedia.........0.....-D55, 558, 562 occelata.... 555, 558, 559 oculifera.... 555, 556, 563 PENM ORMIS cee eadascot eee ee 556 splendida......555, 564, 566, 567, oee Pseudotantalus ibis...........c-sc...e00--- Psilotum triquetrum 3 0 Psinidia fenestralis.... ..39, 53 Pteria laripes 10 navicula. 10 GOT GEG. soccccdacuessns caseccrxeasentenenmeateene 10 Pteris (Pteridium) aquilina cau- GBA eines cect eee ie eee 697 heterophylla... . 700 Pternistes infuscatus. 756 Pterocera scorpio... 292 Pterocyclos wilsoni wee CED Pterodiscus.............. 572, 573 digonophora. 2,573 DC LASUS a crncscrcessnce earns 573, 574 1905.] Pterodiscus wesleyi Pteroplatea micrura 2,573 461 Ptychoceras. i eee Ptychopoma wilson... . 725 Ptychosyca inornata... 25 Pugnellus densatus..... . *23 Punctum amblygona.. . 718 ATOMS crete 746 boreale. 5 ele TOA. ......000 . 718 CGAL WEAN CLIT pecs ccescevessenrenssscesses 746 Puntius anchisporus................0++ 486 binotatus........... 486 pulueeerc 485 schwanenfeldii............::.+.---s.0+. 485 Pupillidzoeec.s ss: 718, 737 NUIT SO ANS Ie cree censeactescerenesnccnsesee= 726 Pupinella oshime..... 705 0. yorojimana.... 705 swinhoéi... 726 s. var. meridionalis 726 Pupimopsis MOorrisonia.............00.0.0... 726 Pupisona japonicum depressum..... 710 Purpura armigera an 2 291 bitubercularis....... 291 (Morea) naticella... 26 Letvbyo\Viybatsesepereesseeern 104 Purpuroidea dubia.. 2 Pycnonotide............. 769 Pycnonotus layardi.... .. 769 Pyenoscelus surinamens 33,53 Pygurus? geometricus...............:..-.-- 7 PVT AUS CHUA sceacarecke-sessteence terse ses > 838 Pyramidella conellus. 20 Pyramidellide.... =. 20 Pyramidula. . 268 strigosa huachuana... Pyrenestes unicolor..... SPOT POCOLY PNA aaccercteceeeersrecsceeesseecters hamata.... rogersi..... uncinata..... Pyrgomorphine... Pyrifusus cuneus. mullicaensis pyruloidea........ turritus... oe Pyripora irregularis Sit ee 5,5 Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus. 683 Pyropsis alabamensis............:::... 24 elevatarco..... 23 naticoides.. octolirata.......... 23 perlata..... 23 | retifer...... 24 richardsonii... septemlirata. trochiformis.. Pyrrhocoris........... Pyrula trochiformis... : Quelea sethiopicay.....22-..cccceece esses 24 | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | Rapa elevata. 967 Radinotatum brevipenne.............. 35, ¢ Radiocentrum...........ccce 271, 280, 983 i iatili 460 Rana virgatipes.. Ranella affinis.. bufonia... pyruloidea. Raper ae i Rasbora dusonensis.. 486 leptosoma.... 486 Rasborichthys helfrichii. 486 Regulus calendula...........:..c:s0e00-0- 686 Reithrodontomys longieaud ue pal lidus... SS ee OMG Reptescharellina prolifera. 5 Reptocelleporaria aspera... 5 Reptoflustrella heteropora. 5 Reptomulticara cepularis... & Requienia senseni............. 14 Retelea ovalis................ 6 Reticulipora dichotoma.. 6 | sagena. 6 Rhabdus......... 118 Rhachicreagra.. 445 nothra.. $41 Rhaphiolepis. 59 Rhicnoderma 414 humile....... S41 olivaceum. 415 Rhinobatide... 460 Rhinobatos thouinianus. 460 Rhinopomastus cabanisi. 764 schalowi.............. 764 Rhipipteryx picleye 833 carbonaria....... 832 pulicaria........ 833 Rhizophora mangle. 696 Rhodymenia palmata.. 695 Rhus toxicodendron. 700 Ricinula digitata... 292 horrida.......... 291 marginatra... 292 morus. 292 ricinus... r. elegans.. Riparia cincta.. minor..... riparia Ripipteryx. biolleyi... carbonar limbata...... TAPPING US ie ares cseeeeeneeeeere ne 832 pulicaria.... $33, 843 Risella conoidalis «5 292 Romalea trogon........ we 414 | Rostellaria arenarum...................... 2 968 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., Rostellaria compacta... 23 | Schcenicola apicalis..............0......... 772 pennata............. Schcenobates............. 27 rostrata. mexicanu: 827 spirata............. Scizena armata... 83 Rostellites acs macroptera.... 501 nasutus... packet ws novee-hollandice... .. 501 Rostratula capensis peeetercs nak Sclsenideee sees .. 601 Rotella guamensis. Scirpus lacustris .. 697 montrouzieri... VALGUS tet tater eStores ee 697 Ryacophilus glareola.... Scirtetica marmorata.....0...0.c.. 39 Sabal blackburniana, 697— 700, 701-704 DICKAI sete sets}, Sie SCOMOdOnFACUUIS rs ramets eens 458 Salenia bellula..... ng, NA CANICIIS se etessseresesescter eeecesneyes 459 Salicornia fruticosa... . see 696 | Scolopacide........ e Salmonid@.................... --«+. 362 | Scolopax capensis. Salpinctes obsoletus.. .... 686 nebularis. SAPALUS sc reccc.cstens svcese .... 483 | Scolopendra..... Sardinella brachysoma... ... 489 | Seolopocry ptops sexspinosu x ii ny PSClOSOMda sees uence eee 489 || Scomaber condyle. csc. -...ccsnsnsneere ens 66 DALP ASSUME restarts alec kee eee 698 crumenophthalmu rane 69 baecifentmyseesenet eee ee OOD CRYSOS Men tetees arcs 77 Sarkidiornis melanota.. pee chal heberi 81 Satilatlas............0..0.... os BIllls} hippos 76 Saxicavide......... a als 1 CER eae oe eee eee searnsbcn soe iohe 73 Saxicola isabellina.. sn CAO) inal Aa CUS caeey.nae urea eee 83 schalowi....... me oe hO ruber.. ..16, 76 Sayornis saya... ... 682 SEUINUS: oo. cscvesatet cesses scecsesoeetenyens ’ nigricans... ... 682 BALL CNS a corona cee eee eee 60 Scevola plumieri. ... 698 | Seomberoides.. = 00) Seala annulata..... 20) moluccensis 5 eyclostoma. ray ea) tole ce. SUMAN eects ree enn emcees 20 toloo... aS thomasi..... 20 toloo=para sic c.:scvcescssscueccccmaes 59 Sealaria annulata 20 | Scomberoidine................ 56 sillimani..... 20 | Secomberomorus guttatus.. . 498 Scalariidee... .. 20 | Scombride.... acetay 498 Scalops.... _ 678 | Sconsia alabamensis. 5 ay Scalpellum ‘conradi. 28) 1 ASCOPLODUS!s ns scecessueveres erates nesses 821 Scambula perplana... ute 14 mucronatus. ..821, 842: Scaphites CONTACT ee ee D7, SULONIUS: rs aceccssesnristeserrse eres $21 CUVIETI scree Re col CHL Scorpienidee.. 507 hippocrepis se .. 27% } Scorpio... igre eee tree eters 174 MIDIS eetesenree: Rs .. 27 | Scudderia cuneata 42,54 MEDILOLINIS =e ee svtesoe OU curvicauda... 42, 54 similis...... PATE WIS TOA Beh cernaersscrripnbscn aria anseb Becomes oeeeEOe 82, 86 Scaphopoda.... ls En Mes de Wat bert aaa cto-cemccnacanonsencoscnceno 86. Scapteriscus... . 832 indica... . 86 didactylus.. re $32, 843 indicus... 86 Scardafella inca geen ee 688 | Segmentina swinhoei... . 746 Scartelaos............... .. 513 | Selaginella lepidophylla. . 214 ancupatorius. per) ||| WOGLAT RS aaccaseecastecsetser etait «ae WITIGIS! ccscren ere, eon ee OLS hasseltii. 75 Schistocerca... en sii LOO OO: megalaspis... 72 aluitacea: as. seee seer ree 40, 53,439 | Selasphorus rufus... 682 AMETICAND hae. otra eee 39,53 | Selene vomer........... 88 Gananificaeee tee eeee eee 40,53 | Serinus flaviventri: 778 malachitica... Tateligse 439, 841 reichenowi...... Bele obscura........... . 40, 53 | Seriola bipinnulata.. 65 pyramidata... 189, 8 ‘804, 841 picturata... 67 venusta... ae . 439 Planeta ee ees ree 106 Schizodesma appressa..... vores 17 | Seriolichthys bipinnulatus................ 66 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES Seriolinze 62 Sermyle phy Serpula barbata..... habrogramma. : 4 Serpulidie Se cere se conor en eecbe cee 4,18 Sesuvium portulacastrum. 696, 698 Siajis microlepis........--.-------- 483 Sialia mexicana... eee 690 Sieyos angulatus 700 Siderite.............- S80 Siderolite... $82 Sigmodon hispidus eremicus.........- 677 Silica... ...869, 871, 878, 882, 895, $96 | Siliqua. cretacea... 17 intuspurpurea..... 118 CLO Seeetereenens 118 | Siliquaria biplicata...... 17 | PAUPETAtA.... eee eeesseeseeeseeeeneeeettess 21 | CTT Tra Co Fs Went epee eeepc eee eee Ree Rooceco 462 Silurine.............-- 463 Silurus micronemus. 469 | Siphonalia fusoides. 103 hinnulus... 103 hyperodon.. longirostris. mikado... 103 pseudobuceinum. 103 SPACICEAL.......---000--e--+- 103 semiplicat 103 stearnsii.. 103 | vanattai... . 108 Sistrum cancellatum. 292 MANAG ALLY iNest eee cece e ae en coereesnemcenncer 292 Sisyrynchium bermudianum....698, 699 Sitala angulifera...........-..-- wa. 45 | circumcincta taiwanica. 745 | conulus... 745 hirasei...... 745 TMSIQVAS. ........--200e-e-eeeeseeeeeeeereee 745 trochulus... : 744 | t. formosana... 744 | Solartella............-...- 115 Solarium abyssina. 20 Soleide.... : 517 Solemya plan at DI Solenia tumidula... 6 Solenide.... 17 Solenoceras a ahitcree eee 27 Solidago sempervirens 698, 699 SOTOMOCELAS oka ceapeecesecceneee-->-teeeeeee c= at} Solyma lineolata 17 Sonorella 5, 253-255, 261 arizonen: ~~ ASA | ashmuni dalli....... 259, 265, 266 goldmani. 25 granulatissima. 256, 261-265 g- latior... ...264, 265 FDA VA... csscneneecancegesweesener arene 264 hachitana, 254, 256, 257, 259, 260, 261, 265, 266, 268 i Spanionyx bidens... | Sphinx euphorbiee.... | Stenacris chlorizans... OF PHILADELPHIA. 969 Sonorella h. ashmuni.........256, 237, 259 h. bowiensis.........256, 260, 261, 266 lohrii....... Pee oe: 264, 265 257, 257 , 261, 262 , 266-268 256, 267 mearns nelsoni... y. circumstriata. y. huachucana... wolcottiana.... 172) = ¢ 20 Spatangus cor-marinum... sincee ? parastatus.... 7 stella......... 7 ungula..... ue ath Spatula Clypeata.......sscoseeeeeeeesecrets 688 Spermestes cucullatus... 5 OES! Spheriola umbonata... = 14 Sphenodiseus | lenticularis var. mis- s 28 sissippiensis Spiranthes brevilabrus. Spiropalpus ete tees Spirorbis? rotula.. + Spizella brewer... 684 socialis arizone........ 684 | Spondylidee........-..--2.---csrsecssnsten 12 Spondylus capax. — 12 ; gregale....... 12 Spreo superbus... 781 Stagmatoptera insafiabilis $40 Stagmomantis.... . 794 © ANGTOg YMA. .....----e-seee reese 794, S40 carolina... 33, 53 dimidiata.. . $40 heterogamia 840 montana... 795 nahua..... theophila.. tolteca... venusta..... Statice REO Steirodon.... prasinus... thoracicus... Stelgidopteryx sorireo Stenophora..........-- julipusilli. NEMAtOICES. ......-eeee-eeeeeeeeee (Cnemidospora) s ‘spiroboli. 90, 93, 9+ Stenotaphrum americanum, 696, 698, 699, 700 Stenothyra formosana.........-------- 749 Stephanibex coronatus. Sterna antillarum dougalli......-...--:.-.-----+ 687 elegans 687 hybrida 758 970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Stilosoman. crater eee eens 208 Stilpnochlonars.cs mses: Senos 807 azteca... marginella. tolteca........... "807" S45 Straparolus deplanatus 2 lapidosus... 19, 20 subplanus..... 20 Stratocles costaricensis 840 multilineatus... . 840 RS GIG ban Ol Seer eaters ere error 736 Streptaxis (Odontartemon) heudei 736 Strix perlatatet ce econ cee pratincola..... Stromateus cinereu Strombidee......... Strombus..... maculatus. leidyi.... pugilis.. urceUs..... : Sturnella magna neglecta.................. 683 neglecta... Sturnidie Loe Sulcosinus... Sycobrotus reichenowi. Syletria... decewbarodtesece we angulata.... ere 433, 841 Sylvia brevicaudata.. af CIStICOla rere (Cisticola) lugubris.. Sylviella jacksoni.......... whytii.. Sylviidee... Sylvitettix communis.. Sy mphaloxipha magnifica... n Sy mphemia semipalmata inornata 6S1 Synanceia eRe Rite OL, Synanceine... wie aca COU/ Syatechnae ete ane on enna S14 candelli... $14, 842 OliVACEO-VITIGIS..........:0.0eceeeeeeeee S14 CANA CO a seestece seseeciseseeeneseeeeesee 814 Syrbula, 162, 168, 174, 180, 186, 192, 193, 194 ACULICOMNIS He eee eee admirabilis. 36, Syromastes, 186, 187, 193, 194, 195, DOL Tachycineta thalassina..............00 690 ADE Kel oy SUIS TOE Re cacoonce acne sncconco co: 462 Tachysurus argyropleuron.............. 462 MeeniOPOd aieceeeeee eee sece eee 410, 413 auricornis....... 410, 413, 414 burmeisteriey ee cessceseeceee ees 413 centurio...... gutterosa, picticorni pulchella. superba... tamaulipensis | Temnopteryx deropeltiformis. Teniopoda varipennis, 410, 413,414,841 Tafalisea lurida... ...02, 54 Tanagra erythr ory neha... Tantalus hagedash....... 760 He) s Hesececetsec 761 loculator... Tapinocyba... veseeee+ B06, 327 distincta... 306, 327, 338 Mamrsig eriOrlentalisies ss esseceenees 768 Taxidea taxus infusca... ee Tchitrea perspicillata suahelica...... 769 Tellimera........ 16 | Tellina dens ta... 16 dispar.... 292 (Tellinimera) eborea.. 16 eufalensis... 16 georgiana.. 7 LG (Tellinella) georgiat nie 16 SCOMIMA tA, eres eee 292 Mellinideee suse. cea ee 16 Mellimimerss oy ete ete ene ee 16 bored ceca e racine ete ee 16 Telmatodytes palustris paludicola. 686 palustris plesius..........0.......-+.. 6386 Tenea....... parilis.. PINGUIs eee ee eee 15 Tephrocorys cinerea saturatior....... 777 Terebra hedleyana.... Ihedleyile teres Merebratellayplicatass sss. sre 6 Terebratula fragilis cwrestecccse 6 harlani.......... Ono perovalis es} plicata 6 Sayi...... 6 Terebratulina atlantica.. 6 floridana........... 6 halliana.. 6 Teredinidee..... 18 Teredo contorta.. 18 irregularis. 18 tibialis.......... 18 Terpsiphone perspicillata suahelica 769 Tetraodon palembangensis.............. 507 Tetraodontide............ . 507 Mettiaideanssavarccsse renee 801 Naiterallist Accent. en caareerucenes 35, 53 nicaragua Bepcepedtss OIL 841 Tettigonidee... 42, 54, 805, 842 Tettix tolteca... . 801 Textor dinemelli.................. a ffeil! pnalassenialeeessesnesee srs . 185 Thalassornis leuconota . 162 Thelepus hamatus........ . 856 iRheraponses set . 504 Theridion cheliferum 309 Theridium... 314 bicorne.... OO Thesprotia graminis.........0.0.00008 34, 53 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 971 AR OWIOMN YS oso Sees eset ba ceessdetadseeeses 678 | Trachurops crumenophthalmus..... 69 fulvus nigricans...... .. 680 | Trachurus mediterraneus 67 Thripias namaquus.... . 766 SYDOMEGEICUS xc ee cnt -cneeseceenescseenene 67 Thymallide.............. . 365 firth Urs eeestsccsioceanseeeseees 69 Thymallus signifer.. . 865 | Trapezium........ 120 Thynnus moluccensis................0000+ 56 guiniacum. we. 292 Thyreobzeus........... 303, 322 japonicum.... 119, 120 laticeps 303, 322 | j. delicatum. .. 120 SCUUHERS cote eaeeeatetetee 322 | (0) 0} Coy rY 7 ren espe eeeeeceeneees 292 Thysanophora................. ..... 222 | Trema (Sponia) lamarckiana.......... 700 Thysanozoon.. 188,201 | Trematopygus crucifer...................- 7 ADE SOT US ste cert ece mee ee eevee B27, |) reno nid serene. cc. .0-- 756 SEY eM IM Us, Se cose casseeseeseeeeee reece 308 | Triacanthide... 507 tricorni 308,309 | Triacanthus oxycephalus 507 STirm eal sono se oeceadac ceo eeeustncsets == 769) | fErichidion®......c::cs1.-<<-=-- 501 Tmetieus..:..-2c:- ..306, 310-313 hilleri.. 502 debiliseeeeceeres "813, 338 indicus... 8 distinctus... ESS SS5n uitebid iombtin see aes reee eee sec erane ct 501 luxuosus.. ..307, 331 | Trichiurid=.......... 499 meestus 313,337 | Trichiurus savala.......... 499 palustris.. 313,338 | Tricholeama masaicum. 766 PICLENS. s2.cc.-cueceies sos ceceestsecss tse S12) )|) erichopepl acc. sccc--e<-- i PEODATUS:.. es ec--<0=ss- S12 s | melrichorbiyn Chics ee ec ceneeeen cman ROdUS | ple bUs. 2 c-c2:---cenen-c- . 763 | pulcher... --.905,.93, 94, a8 Torinia densegranosa. LOG bn CLOPLELUS es ses cer-ce-cencsestesceeneareces 76 Tornatella bullata....... 18,19 | Tridacna gigas. 292 Tornatellina boeningi... .. 737 | Trigonarca..... 8 ULCUAN Bice - eres escrs: . 718 cuneata.. 9 triplicata.... = 8 cuneiformi 9 Motanus ’stagmaliss. ra .coccs-c-euerenceses 759 transversa........ 8 Tournefortia gnaphalodes................ 698 Trigonia angulicostata. ll Toxostoma crissale......... .. 686 eufalensis............. 11 PROXO CESS o4-". . z x ? i p's Se om : oa ee, | ahh €4 =) é { a8 NR acy ow z 4 Z re . zx aby SZ ¢ 5 oe 5h, ” 50 7 ST 4 Ko at i I k \ Fy e8 VAG Ne : e a "Se ay “wil oo 8 tpl sg te: #4 }.) a Ste, Ve a ve } Ze }) / 2 a ZN PN Zo aes PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XI. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XII. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XIII. 44 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. it PLATE XIV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. ve i i) PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XV. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XVI. oO 10) Hee 114 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. i PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XVII. = 21 Ces 22 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 93 24 it PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XVIII. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. He PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XIX. dhlryde PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. / PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XX. 21 Klay del. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. ln PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXI. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PLATE XXII. Sas 5 55 Teese: CALI Mag 7 a tyne ioe er, PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXIII. 24 25 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. To PLATE XXIV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXV. PILSBRY MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXVI PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. aad PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXVII. 23 24 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PLATE XXVIII. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 4905. ERIGONE2. CROSBY. i PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXIX. CROSBY. ERIGONE4= PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXX. SMITH. SENILITY AMONG GASTROPODS. PLATE XXXI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. SMITH. SENILITY AMONG GASTROPODS. il PLATE XXXII. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. | oe ees Wray ss ®@” es iS ® STO has Pye Ss KOS URSA eRe ng " Cy b) CH tele sa lets) (“SSS SH Eto) : CT Ehe) SSS Ek Cx E> EE> ZY Gad a Ag NON NOGRW BES sa AR ORY ES AN a BS PA ira TAM IW Mi Roh/ GANG Bt acarainnn vimana De K>>, Mie YY Roane on eC SS OLIGOCH4Z2TA OF NEW ENGLAND. MOORE. it PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXIII. 31 32 MOORE. OLIGOCH4A=TA OF NEW ENGLAND. i PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXIV 4 rf 15 1 fs Vy Ws } JF ve Nz 12 16 MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHATA. it PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXV. MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHA2=TA. i PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXVI. MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHASTA. i PLATE XXXVI1. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PSEUDOPOTAMILLA. MOORE. i PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXVIII. PILSBRY AND VANATTA. HAWAIIAN ACHATINELLIDA anp ENDODONTID4<3. PLATE XXXIX. PROC. ACAD. NAT, SCI. PHILA. 1905. IM Un | PILSBRY AND VANATTA. HAWAIIAN ACHATINELLID.® anp ENDODONTIDA® ‘ad00 SHdILVOUIA VNVH YATMOH ‘TOP “WM TL “TX ALV Id ‘GO6B} ‘WIIHd “IOS “LVN ‘AVOV ‘O0OUd PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLI. Helen Winchester, del. PALMER. TRACHELOMONAS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLII. HARSHBERGER. CAUDICES OF BERMUDA PALMETTO. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLIII. Vanatta del. PILSBRY AND VANATTA. HAWAIIAN ENDODONTA AnD OPEAS i PLATE XLIV PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. CMM) Wtibuuy Wldiheuy, “Wiel yyy, “fd We, Ye, AMPHARETID4S aND TEREBELLIDAS. MOORE. ri a QH Aeademy of Natural Sciences i of Philadelphia Ae Proceedings Vie Biclowical i { & Medical Vaat si Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY